1.
図書
Ulrich Schubert, Nicola Hüsing
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2019 xviii, 404 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
Solid-State Reactions / 2：
Reactions Between Solid Compounds / 2.1：
Ceramic Method / 2.1.1：
General Aspects of Solid-State Reactions / 2.1.1.1：
Facilitating Solid-State Reactions / 2.1.1.2：
Mechanochemical Synthesis / 2.1.2：
Carbothermal Reduction / 2.1.3：
Combustion Synthesis / 2.1.4：
Solution Combustion Synthesis / 2.1.4.1：
Solid-Gas Reactions / 2.2：
Ceramics Processing / 2.3：
Sintering / 2.3.1：
Intercalation Reactions / 2.4：
Mechanistic Aspects / 2.4.1：
Preparative Methods / 2.4.2：
Intercalation of Polymers in Layered Systems / 2.4.3：
Pillaring of Layered Compounds / 2.4.4：
Further Reading
Formation of Solids from the Gas Phase / 3：
Chemical Vapour Transport / 3.1：
Halogen Lamps / 3.1.1：
Transport Reactions / 3.1.2：
Chemical Vapour Deposition / 3.2：
General Aspects / 3.2.1：
Techniques / 3.2.2：
Metal CVD / 3.2.3：
Silicon and Aluminium / 3.2.3.1：
Tungsten / 3.2.3.2：
Copper / 3.2.3.3：
CVD of Carbon / 3.2.4：
CVD of Binary and Multinary Compounds / 3.2.5：
Metal Oxides / 3.2.5.1：
Metal Nitrides / 3.2.5.2：
Metal Chalcogenides and Pnictides / 3.2.5.3：
Aerosol-Assisted CVD / 3.2.6：
Chemical Vapour Infiltration / 3.2.7：
Gas-Phase Powder Syntheses / 3.3：
Formation of Solids from Solutions and Melts / 4：
Glass / 4.1：
The Structural Theory of Glass Formation / 4.1.1：
Crystallization Versus Glass Formation / 4.1.2：
Glass Melting / 4.1.3：
Phase Separation / 4.1.4：
Metallic Glasses / 4.1.5：
Crystallization from Solution / 4.2：
Monodispersity / 4.2.1：
Shape Control of Crystals / 4.2.2：
Non-classical Crystallization / 4.2.3：
Biomineralization / 4.2.4：
Biogenic Materials / 4.2.4.1：
Bioinspired Materials Chemistry / 4.2.4.2：
Electrodeposition / 4.3：
Colloids / 4.3.1：
Electrodeposition of Ceramics / 4.3.2：
Solvothermal Processes / 4.4：
Fundamentals / 4.4.1：
Growing Single Crystals / 4.4.2：
Solvothermal Synthesis / 4.4.3：
Synthetic Calcium Phosphate Biomaterials / 4.4.3.1：
Zeolites / 4.4.3.3：
Sol-Gel Processes / 4.5：
The Chemistry of Alkoxide Precursors / 4.5.1：
Hydrolysis and Condensation / 4.5.2：
Silica-Based Materials / 4.5.2.1：
Metal Oxide-Based Materials / 4.5.2.2：
The Sol-Gel Transition (Gelation) / 4.5.3：
Aging and Drying / 4.5.4：
Nonhydrolytic Sol-Gel Processes / 4.5.5：
Inorganic-Organic Hybrid Materials / 4.5.6：
Aerogels / 4.5.7：
Preparation and Modification of Inorganic Polymers / 5：
Synthesis and Crosslinking / 5.1：
Copolymers / 5.1.2：
Polysiloxanes (Silicones) / 5.2：
Properties and Applications / 5.2.1：
Structure / 5.2.2：
Preparation / 5.2.3：
Curing ('Vulcanizing') / 5.2.4：
Polyphosphazenes / 5.3：
Preparation and Modification / 5.3.1：
Polysilanes / 5.4：
Polycarbosilanes / 5.4.1：
Polysilazanes and Related Polymers / 5.6：
Polymers with B-N Backbones / 5.7：
Other Inorganic Polymers / 5.8：
Other Phosphorus-Containing Polymers / 5.8.1：
Polymers with S-N Backbones / 5.8.2：
Metallopolymers / 5.8.3：
Polymer-to-Ceramic Transformation / 5.9：
Self-Assembly / 6：
Self-Assembled Monolayers / 6.1：
Metal-Organic Frameworks / 6.2：
Modularity of the Structures / 6.2.1：
Synthesis and Modification / 6.2.2：
Supramolecular Arrangements of Surfactants and Block Copolymers / 6.3：
Layer-by-Layer Assembly / 6.4：
Templating / 7：
Introduction to Porosity and High Surface Area Materials / 7.1：
Infiltration and Coating of Templates / 7.2：
Replica Technique / 7.2.1：
Sacrificial Templates / 7.2.2：
Colloidal Crystals / 7.2.2.1：
Hollow Particles / 7.2.2.2：
Direct Foaming / 7.2.3：
Nanocasting / 7.2.4：
In Situ Formation of Templates / 7.3：
Breath Figures / 7.3.1：
Freeze Casting / 7.3.2：
Supramolecular Assemblies of Amphiphiles / 7.3.3：
Synthesis of Periodic Mesoporous Silicas / 7.3.3.1：
Evaporation-Induced Self-Assembly / 7.3.3.2：
Incorporation of Organic Groups / 7.3.3.3：
Reorganization and Transformation Processes / 7.4：
Pseudomorphic Transformation / 7.4.1：
Kirkendall Effect / 7.4.2：
Galvanic Replacement / 7.4.3：
Phase Separation and Leaching / 7.4.4：
Nanomaterials / 8：
Properties of Nanomaterials / 8.1：
Properties Due to Surface Effects / 8.1.1：
Properties of Nanocrystalline Materials / 8.1.2：
Catalytic Properties / 8.1.3：
Optical Properties / 8.1.4：
Electrical Properties / 8.1.5：
Magnetic Properties / 8.1.6：
Syntheses of Nanoparticles / 8.2：
Severe Plastic Deformation / 8.2.1：
Formation from Vapours / 8.2.2：
Formation from Solution / 8.2.3：
Surface Modification with Organic Groups / 8.2.4：
One-Dimensional Nanostructures / 8.3：
Nanowires and Nanorods / 8.3.1：
Nanotubes / 8.3.2：
Carbon Nanotubes / 8.3.2.1：
Titania Nanotubes / 8.3.2.2：
Two-Dimensional Nanomaterials / 8.4：
Graphene / 8.4.1：
Other 2D Nanomaterials / 8.4.2：
Heterostructures and Composites / 8.5：
Core-Shell Nanoparticles / 8.5.1：
Vertical 2D Heterostructures / 8.5.2：
Polymer-Matrix Nanocomposites / 8.5.3：
Supported Metal Nanoparticles / 8.5.4：
Glossary
Index
Preface
Acknowledgements
Abbreviations
2.
図書
Ulf Leonhardt
出版情報:
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 2010 xii, 277 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Acknowledgements
Introduction / 1：
A note to the reader / 1.1：
Quantum theory / 1.2：
Axioms / 1.2.1：
Quantum statistics / 1.2.2：
Schrödinger and Heisenberg pictures / 1.2.3：
On the questions and homework problems / 1.3：
Further reading / 1.4：
Quantum field theory of light / 2：
Light in media / 2.1：
Maxwell's equations / 2.1.1：
Quantum commutator / 2.1.2：
Light modes / 2.2：
Modes and their scalar product / 2.2.1：
Bose commutation relations / 2.2.2：
Interference / 2.2.3：
Monochromatic modes / 2.2.4：
Zero-point energy and Casimir force / 2.3：
An attractive cavity / 2.3.1：
Reflections / 2.3.2：
Questions / 2.4：
Homework problem / 2.5：
Simple quantum states of light / 2.6：
The electromagnetic oscillator / 3.1：
Single-mode states / 3.2：
Quadrature states / 3.2.1：
Fock states / 3.2.2：
Thermal states / 3.2.3：
Coherent states / 3.2.4：
Uncertainty and squeezing / 3.3：
Quasiprobability distributions / 3.4：
Wigner representation / 4.1：
Wigner's formula / 4.1.1：
Basic properties / 4.1.2：
Examples / 4.1.3：
Other quasiprobability distributions / 4.2：
Q function / 4.2.1：
P function / 4.2.2：
s-parameterized quasiprobability distributions / 4.2.3：
Simple optical instruments / 4.3：
Beam splitter / 5.1：
Heisenberg picture / 5.1.1：
Schrödinger picture / 5.1.2：
Fock representation and wave-particle dualism / 5.1.3：
Detection / 5.2：
Photodetector / 5.2.1：
Balanced homodyne detection / 5.2.2：
Quantum tomography / 5.2.3：
Simultaneous measurement of conjugate variables / 5.2.4：
Irrevesible processes / 5.3：
Lindblad's theorem / 6.1：
Irreversibility / 6.1.1：
Reversible dynamics / 6.1.2：
Irreversible dynamics / 6.1.3：
Loss and gain / 6.2：
Absorption and amplification / 6.2.1：
Absorber / 6.2.2：
Amplifier / 6.2.3：
Eavesdropper / 6.2.4：
Continuous quantum measurements / 6.3：
Entanglement / 6.4：
Parametric amplifier / 7.1：
Einstein-Podolski-Rosen state / 7.1.1：
Quantum teleportation / 7.1.4：
Polarization correlations / 7.2：
Singlet state / 7.2.1：
Polarization / 7.2.2：
Bell's theorem / 7.2.3：
Horizons / 7.3：
Minkowski space / 8.1：
Locality and relativity / 8.1.1：
Space-time geometry / 8.1.2：
Light / 8.1.3：
Accelerated observers / 8.2：
Rindler coordinates / 8.2.1：
Accelerated modes / 8.2.2：
Unruh effect / 8.2.3：
Moving media / 8.3：
Motivation / 8.3.1：
Trans-Planckian problem / 8.3.2：
Light in moving media / 8.3.3：
Geometry of light / 8.3.4：
Hawking radiation / 8.3.5：
Stress of the quantum vacuum / 8.4：
State reconstruction in quantum mechanics / Appendix B：
References
Index
Irreversible processes
Appendixes
Acknowledgements
Introduction / 1：
A note to the reader / 1.1：
3.
図書
Gregory Falkovich
出版情報:
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 2011 xii, 167 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Prologue
Basic equations and steady flows / 1：
Definitions and basic equations / 1.1：
Definitions / 1.1.1：
Equations of motion for an ideal fluid / 1.1.2：
Hydrostatics / 1.1.3：
Isentropic motion / 1.1.4：
Conservation laws and potential flows / 1.2：
Kinematics / 1.2.1：
Kelvin's theorem / 1.2.2：
Energy and momentum fluxes / 1.2.3：
Irrotational and incompressible flows / 1.2.4：
Flow past a body / 1.3：
Incompressible potential flow past a body / 1.3.1：
Moving sphere / 1.3.2：
Moving body of an arbitrary shape / 1.3.3：
Quasi-momentum and induced mass / 1.3.4：
Viscosity / 1.4：
Reversibility paradox / 1.4.1：
Viscous stress tensor / 1.4.2：
Navier-Stokes equation / 1.4.3：
Law of similarity / 1.4.4：
Stokes flow and the wake / 1.5：
Slow motion / 1.5.1：
The boundary layer and the separation phenomenon / 1.5.2：
Flow transformations / 1.5.3：
Drag and lift with a wake / 1.5.4：
Exercises
Unsteady flows / 2：
Instabilities / 2.1：
Kelvin-Helmholtz instability / 2.1.1：
Energetic estimate of the stability threshold / 2.1.2：
Landau's law / 2.1.3：
Turbulence / 2.2：
Cascade / 2.2.1：
Turbulent river and wake / 2.2.2：
Acoustics / 2.3：
Sound / 2.3.1：
Riemann wave / 2.3.2：
Burgers equation / 2.3.3：
Acoustic turbulence / 2.3.4：
Mach number / 2.3.5：
Dispersive waves / 3：
Linear waves / 3.1：
Surface gravity waves / 3.1.1：
Viscous dissipation / 3.1.2：
Capillary waves / 3.1.3：
Phase and group velocity / 3.1.4：
Weakly non-linear waves / 3.2：
Hamiltonian description / 3.2.1：
Hamiltonian normal forms / 3.2.2：
Wave instabilities / 3.2.3：
Non-linear Schrödinger equation (NSE) / 3.3：
Derivation of NSE / 3.3.1：
Modulational instability / 3.3.2：
Soliton, collapse and turbulence / 3.3.3：
Korteveg-de-Vries (KdV) equation / 3.4：
Waves in shallow water / 3.4.1：
The KdV equation and the soliton / 3.4.2：
Inverse scattering transform / 3.4.3：
Solutions to exercises / 4：
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Epilogue
Notes
References
Index
Preface
Prologue
Basic equations and steady flows / 1：
4.
図書
edited by Xin-bo Zhang
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2018 xiv, 417 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction to Metal-Air Batteries: Theory and Basic Principles / Zhiwen Chang and Xin-bo Zhang1：
Li-O2 Battery / 1.1：
Sodium-O2 Battery / 1.2：
References
Stabilization of Lithium-Metal Anode in Rechargeable Lithium-Air Batteries / Bin Liu and Wu Xu and Ji-Guang Zhang2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Recent Progresses in Li Metal Protection for Li-O2 Batteries / 2.2：
Design of Composite Protective Layers / 2.2.1：
New Insights on the Use of Electrolyte / 2.2.2：
Functional Separators / 2.2.3：
Solid-State Electrolytes / 2.2.4：
Alternative Anodes / 2.2.5：
Challenges and Perspectives / 2.3：
Acknowledgment
Li-Air Batteries: Discharge Products / Xuanxuan Bi and Rongyue Wang and Jun Lu3：
Discharge Products in Aprotic Li-O2 Batteries / 3.1：
Peroxide-based Li-O2 Batteries / 3.2.1：
Electrochemical Reactions / 3.2.1.1：
Crystalline and Electronic Band Structure of Li2 O2 / 3.2.1.2：
Reaction Mechanism and the Coexistence of Li2 O2 and LiO2 / 3.2.1.3：
Super oxide-based Li-02 Batteries / 3.2.2：
Problems and Challenges in Aprotic Li-O2 Batteries / 3.2.3：
Decomposition of the Electrolyte / 3.2.3.1：
Degradation of the Carbon Cathode / 3.2.3.2：
Discharge Products in Li-Air Batteries / 3.3：
Challenges to Exchanging O2 to Air / 3.3.1：
Effect of Water on Discharge Products / 3.3.2：
Effect of Small Amount of Water / 3.3.2.1：
Aqueous Li-O2 Batteries / 3.3.2.2：
Effect of C02 on Discharge Products / 3.3.3：
Current Li-Air Batteries and Perspectives / 3.3.4：
Electrolytes for Li-O2 Batteries / Alex R. Neale and Peter Goodrich and Christopher Hardacre and Johan Jacquemin4：
General Li-O2 Battery Electrolyte Requirements and Considerations / 4.1：
Electrolyte Salts / 4.1.1：
Ethers and Glymes / 4.1.2：
Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) and Sulfones / 4.1.3：
Nitriles / 4.1.4：
Amides / 4.1.5：
Ionic Liquids / 4.1.6：
Future Outlook / 4.1.7：
Li-Oxygen Battery: Parasitic Reactions / Xiahui Yao and Qi Dong and Qingmei Cheng and Dunwei Wang5：
The Desired and Parasitic Chemical Reactions for Li-Oxygen Batteries / 5.1：
Parasitic Reactions of the Electrolyte / 5.2：
Nucleophilic Attack / 5.2.1：
Autoxidation Reaction / 5.2.2：
Acid-Base Reaction / 5.2.3：
Proton-mediated Parasitic Reaction / 5.2.4：
Additional Parasitic Chemical Reactions of the Electrolyte: Reduction Reaction / 5.2.5：
Parasitic Reactions at the Cathode / 5.3：
The Corrosion of Carbon in the Discharge Process / 5.3.1：
The Corrosion of Carbon in the Recharge Process / 5.3.2：
Catalyst-induced Parasitic Chemical Reactions / 5.3.3：
Alternative Cathode Materials and Corresponding Parasitic Chemistries / 5.3.4：
Additives and Binders / 5.3.5：
Contaminations / 5.3.6：
Parasitic Reactions on the Anode / 5.4：
Corrosion of the Li Metal / 5.4.1：
SEI in the Oxygenated Atmosphere / 5.4.2：
Alternative Anodes and Associated Parasitic Chemistries / 5.4.3：
New Opportunities from the Parasitic Reactions / 5.5：
Summary and Outlook / 5.6：
Li-Air Battery: Electrocatalysts / 6：
Types of ELectrocatalyst / 6.1：
Carbonaceous Materials / 6.2.1：
Commercial Carbon Powders / 6.2.1.1：
Carbon Nanotubes (CNTs) / 6.2.1.2：
Graphene / 6.2.1.3：
Doped Carbonaceous Material / 6.2.1.4：
Noble Metal and Metal Oxides / 6.2.2：
Transition Metal Oxides / 6.2.3：
Perovskite Catalyst / 6.2.3.1：
Redox Mediator / 6.2.3.2：
Research of Catalyst / 6.3：
Reaction Mechanism / 6.4：
Summary / 6.5：
Lithium-Air Battery Mediator / Zhuojion Liang and Guangtao Cong and Yu Wang and Yi-Chun Lu7：
Redox Mediators in Lithium Batteries / 7.1：
Redox Mediators in Li-Air Batteries / 7.1.1：
Redox Mediators in Li-ion and Lithium-flow Batteries / 7.1.2：
Overcharge Protection in Li-ion Batteries / 7.1.2.1：
Redox Targeting Reactions in Lithium-flow Batteries / 7.1.2.2：
Selection Criteria and Evaluation of Redox Mediators for Li-O2 Batteries / 7.2：
Redox Potential / 7.2.1：
Stability / 7.2.2：
Reaction Kinetics and Mass Transport Properties / 7.2.3：
Catalytic Shuttle vs Parasitic Shuttle / 7.2.4：
Charge Mediators / 7.3：
Lil (Lithium Iodide) / 7.3.1：
LiBr (Lithium Bromide) / 7.3.2：
Nitroxides: TEMPO (2,2,6,6-TetramethyIpiperidinyioxyl) and Others / 7.3.3：
TTF (Tetrathiafulvalene) / 7.3.4：
Tris[4-(diethylamino)phenyl]amine (TDPA) / 7.3.5：
Comparison of the Reported Charge Mediators / 7.3.6：
Discharge Mediator / 7.4：
Iron Phthalocyanine (FePc) / 7.4.1：
2,5-Di-tert'butyl-l,4-benzoquinone (DBBQ) / 7.4.2：
Conclusion and Perspective / 7.5：
Spatiotemporal Operando X-ray Diffraction Study on Li-Air Battery / Di-Jia Liu and Jiang-Lan Shui8：
Microfocused X-ray Diffraction (¿-XRD) and Li-O2 Cell Experimental Setup / 8.1：
Study on Anode: Limited Reversibility of Lithium in Rechargeable LAB / 8.2：
Study on Separator: Impact of Precipitates to LAB Performance / 8.3：
Study on Cathode: Spatiotemporal Growth of Li2 O2 During Redox Reaction / 8.4：
Metal-Air Battery: In Situ Spectroelectrochemical Techniquesx / lain M. Aldous and Laurence J. Hardwick and Richard J. Nichols and J. Padmanabhan Vivek9：
Raman Spectroscopy / 9.1：
In Situ Raman Spectroscopy for Metal-O2 Batteries / 9.1.1：
Background Theory / 9.1.2：
Practical Considerations / 9.1.3：
Electrochemical Roughening / 9.1.3.1：
Addressing Inhomogeneous SERS Enhancement / 9.1.3.2：
In Situ Raman Setup / 9.1.4：
Determination of Oxygen Reduction and Evolution Reaction Mechanisms Within Metal-O2 Batteries / 9.1.5：
Infrared Spectroscopy / 9.2：
Background / 9.2.1：
IR Studies of Electrochemical Interfaces / 9.2.2：
Infrared Spectroscopy for Metal-O2 Battery Studies / 9.2.3：
UV/Visible Spectroscopic Studies / 9.3：
UV/Vis Spectroscopy / 9.3.1：
UV/Vis Spectroscopy for Metal-O2 Battery Studies / 9.3.2：
Electron Spin Resonance / 9.4：
Cell Setup / 9.4.1：
Deployment of Electrochemical ESR in Battery Research / 9.4.2：
Zn-Air Batteries / Tong wen Yu and Rui Cai and Zhongwei Chen9.5：
Zinc Electrode / 10.1：
Electrolyte / 10.3：
Separator / 10.4：
Air Electrode / 10.5：
Structure of Air Electrode / 10.5.1：
Oxygen Reduction Reaction / 10.5.2：
Oxygen Evolution Reaction / 10.5.3：
Electrocatalyst / 10.5.4：
Noble Metals and Alloys / 10.5.4.1：
Inorganic-Organic Hybrid Materials / 10.5.4.2：
Meta-free Materials / 10.5.4.4：
Conclusions and Outlook / 10.6：
Experimental and Computational investigation of Nonaqueous Mg/O2 Batteries / Jeffrey G. Smith and Güiin Vardar and Charles W. Monroe and Donald J. Siegel11：
Experimental Studies of Magnesium/Air Batteries and Electrolytes / 11.1：
Ionic Liquids as Candidate Electrolytes for Mg/O2 Batteries / 11.2.1：
Modified Grignard Electrolytes for Mg/O2 Batteries / 11.2.2：
All-inorganic Electrolytes for Mg/O2 Batteries / 11.2.3：
Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy / 11.2.4：
Computational Studies of Mg/O2 Batteries / 11.3：
Calculation of Thermodynamic Overpotentials / 11.3.1：
Charge Transport in Mg/O2 Discharge Products / 11.3.2：
Concluding Remarks / 11.4：
Novel Methodologies to Model Charge Transport In Metal-Air Batteries / Nicoiai Rask Mathiesen and Marko Melander and Mikael Kuisma and Pablo García-Fernandez and Juan Maria García Lastra12：
Modeling Electrochemical Systems with GPAW / 12.1：
Density Functional Theory / 12.2.1：
Conductivity from DFT Data / 12.2.2：
The GPAW Code / 12.2.3：
Charge Transfer Rates with Constrained DFT / 12.2.4：
Marcus Theory of Charge Transfer / 12.2.4.1：
Constrained DFT / 12.2.4.2：
Polaronic Charge Transport at the Cathode / 12.2.4.3：
Electrochemistry at Solid-Liquid Interfaces / 12.2.5：
Modeling the Electrochemical Interface / 12.2.5.1：
Implicit Solvation at the Electrochemical Interface / 12.2.5.2：
Generalized Poisson-Boltzmann Equation for the Electric Double Layer / 12.2.5.3：
A Electrode Potential Within the Poisson-Boltzmann Model
Calculations at Constant Electrode Potential / 12.2.6：
The Need for a Constant Potential Presentation / 12.2.6.1：
Grand Canonical Ensemble for Electrons / 12.2.6.2：
Fictitious Charge Dynamics / 12.2.6.3：
Model in Practice / 12.2.6.4：
Conclusions / 12.2.7：
Second Principles for Material Modeling / 12.3：
The Energy in SP-DET / 12.3.1：
The Lattice Term (E(0) ) / 12.3.2：
Electronic Degrees of Freedom / 12.3.3：
Model Construction / 12.3.4：
Perspectives on SP-DFT / 12.3.5：
Acknowledgments
Flexible Metal-Air Batteries / Huisheng Peng and Yifan Xu and Jian Pan and Yang Zhao and Lie Wang and Xiang Shi13：
Flexible Electrolytes / 13.1：
Aqueous Electrolytes / 13.2.1：
PAA-based Gel Polymer Electrolyte / 13.2.1.1：
PEO-based Gel Polymer Electrolyte / 13.2.1.2：
PVA-based Gel Polymer Electrolyte / 13.2.1.3：
Nonaqueous Electrolytes / 13.2.2：
PEO-based Polymer Electrolyte / 13.2.2.1：
PVDF-HFP-based Polymer Electrolyte / 13.2.2.2：
Ionic Liquid Electrolyte / 13.2.2.3：
Flexible Anodes / 13.3：
Flexible Cathodes / 13.4：
Modified Stainless Steel Mesh / 13.4.1：
Modified Carbon Textile / 13.4.2：
Carbon Nanotube / 13.4.3：
Graphene-based Cathode / 13.4.4：
Other Composite Electrode / 13.4.5：
Prototype Devices / 13.5：
Sandwich Structure / 13.5.1：
Fiber Structure / 13.5.2：
Perspectives on the Development of Metal-Air Batteries / 13.6：
Lithium Anode / 14.1：
Cathode / 14.1.2：
The Reaction Mechanisms / 14.1.4：
The Development of Solid-state Li-O2 Battery / 14.1.5：
The Development of Flexible Li-O2 Battery / 14.1.6：
Na-O2 Battery / 14.2：
Zn-air Battery / 14.3：
Index
Preface
Introduction to Metal-Air Batteries: Theory and Basic Principles / Zhiwen Chang and Xin-bo Zhang1：
Li-O2 Battery / 1.1：
5.
図書
Daniel Minoli
出版情報:
Boca Raton, Fla. : CRC Press, c2011 xiv, 302 p., [24] p. of plates ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
The Author
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Overview / 1.1：
Background and Opportunities / 1.2：
Course of Investigation / 1.3：
References
Bibliography
Some Basic Fundamentals of Visual Science / Chapter 2：
Stereo Vision Concepts / 2.1：
Stereoscopy / 2.1.1：
Binocular Depth Perception and Convergence / 2.1.2：
Cyclopean Image / 2.1.3：
Accommodation / 2.1.4：
Parallax Concepts / 2.2：
Parallax / 2.2.1：
Parallax Barrier and Lenticular Lenses / 2.2.2：
Other Concepts / 2.3：
Polarization / 2.3.1：
Chromostereopsis / 2.3.2：
3D Imaging / 2.3.3：
Occlusion and Scene Reconstruction / 2.3.4：
Conclusion / 2.4：
Analytical 3D Aspects of the Human Visual System / Appendix 2A：
Theory of Stereo Reproduction / 2A.1：
Analytics / 2A.2：
Depth Perception / 2A.2.1：
Geometry of Stereoscopic 3D Displays / 2A.2.2：
Geometry of Stereo Capturing / 2A.2.3：
Stereoscopic 3D Distortions / 2A.2.4：
Workflow of Conventional Stereo Production / 2A.3：
Basic Rules and Production Grammar / 2A.3.1：
Example / 2A.3.2：
Application of Visual Science Fundamentals to 3DTV / Chapter 3：
Application of the Science to 3D Projection/3DTV / 3.1：
Common Video Treatment Approaches / 3.1.1：
Projections Methods for Presenting Stereopairs / 3.1.2：
Polarization, Synchronization, and Colorimetrics / 3.1.3：
Autostereoscopic Viewing / 3.2：
Lenticular Lenses / 3.2.1：
Parallax Barriers / 3.2.2：
Other Longer-Term Systems / 3.3：
Multi-Viewpoint 3D Systems / 3.3.1：
Integral Imaging/Holoscopic Imaging / 3.3.2：
Holographic Approaches / 3.3.3：
Volumetric Displays/Hybrid Holographic / 3.3.4：
Viewer Physiological Issues with 3D Content / 3.4：
The Accommodation Problem / 3.4.1：
Infinity Separation / 3.4.2：
Conclusion and Requirements of Future 3DTV / 3.5：
Basic 3DTV Approaches for Content Capture and Mastering / Chapter 4：
General Capture, Mastering, and Distribution Process / 4.1：
3D Capture, Mastering, and Distribution Process / 4.2：
Content Acquisition / 4.2.1：
3D Mastering / 4.2.2：
Spatial Compression / 4.2.2.1：
Temporal Multiplexing / 4.2.2.2：
2D in Conjunction with Metadata (2D+M) / 4.2.2.3：
Color Encoding / 4.2.2.4：
Overview of Network Transport Approaches / 4.3：
MPEG Standardization Efforts / 4.4：
Additional Details on 3D Video Formats / Appendix 4A：
Conventional Stereo Video (CSV) / 4A.1：
Video plus Depth (V+D) / 4A.2：
Multiview Video plus Depth (MV+D) / 4A.3：
Layered Depth Video (LDV) / 4A.4：
3D Basic 3DTV Approaches and Technologies for In-Home Display of Content / Chapter 5：
Connecting the In-Home Source to the Display / 5.1：
3DTV Display Technology / 5.2：
Commercial Displays Based on Projection / 5.2.1：
Commercial Displays Based on LCD and PDP Technologies / 5.2.2：
LCD 3DTV Polarized Display / 5.2.3：
Summary of 3DTV Polarized Displays / 5.2.4：
Glasses Accessories / 5.2.5：
Other Display Technologies / 5.3：
Autostereoscopic Systems with Parallax Support in the Vertical and Horizontal Axes / 5.3.1：
Autostereoscopic Systems for PDAs / 5.3.2：
Primer on Cables/Connectivity for High-End Video / 5.4：
In-Home Connectivity Using Cables / 5A.1：
Digital Visual Interface (DVI) / 5A.1.1：
High-Definition Multimedia Interface" (HDMI") / 5A.1.2：
DisplayPort / 5A.1.3：
In-Home Connectivity Using Wireless Technology / 5A.2：
Wireless Gigabit Alliance / 5A.2.1：
WirelessHD / 5A.2.2：
Other Wireless / 5A.2.3：
3DTV Advocacy and System-Level Research Initiatives / Chapter 6：
3D Consortium (3DC) / 6.1：
3D@Home Consortium / 6.2：
3D Media Cluster / 6.3：
3DTV / 6.4：
Challenges and Players in the 3DTV Universe / 6.5：
European Information Society Technologies (IST) Project "Advanced Three-Dimensional Television System Technologies" (ATTEST) / 6.5.1：
3D Content Creation / 6.5.1.1：
3D Video Coding / 6.5.1.2：
Transmission / 6.5.1.3：
Virtual-View Generation and 3D Display / 6.5.1.4：
3DPhone / 6.5.2：
Mobile3DTV / 6.5.3：
Real3D / 6.5.4：
HELIUM3D (High Efficiency Laser Based Multi User Multi Modal 3D Display) / 6.5.5：
The MultiUser 3D Television Display (MUTED) / 6.5.6：
3D4YOU / 6.5.7：
3DPresence / 6.5.8：
Audio-Visual Content Search and Retrieval in a Distributed P2P Repository (Victory) / 6.5.9：
Victory in Automotive Industry / 6.5.9.1：
Victory in Game Industry / 6.5.9.2：
2020 3D Media / 6.5.10：
i3DPost / 6.5.11：
Glossary
Index
Preface
The Author
Introduction / Chapter 1：
6.
図書
edited by Caitlin H. Bell ... [et al.]
出版情報:
Boca Raton : CRC Press, c2019 xxix, 439 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Figures
List of Tables
Foreword
Acknowledgments
Editors
Contributors
Introduction to Emerging Contaminants / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Who Identifies Emerging Contaminants? / 1.2：
United States Environmental Protection Agency / 1.2.1：
United States Department of Defense / 1.2.2：
United States Geologic Survey / 1.2.3：
State Agencies in the United States / 1.2.4：
Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants / 1.2.5：
European Union / 1.2.6：
Australian National Environment Protection Council / 1.2.7：
What is the Life Cycle of an Emerging Contaminant? / 1.3：
What are the Key Challenges Associated with Emerging Contaminants? / 1.4：
The Need for Balance / 1.5：
This Book / 1.6：
Acronyms
1,4-Dioxane / Chapter 2：
Basic Information / 2.1：
Toxicity and Risk Assessment / 2.3：
Potential Noncancer Effects / 2.3.1：
Potential Cancer Effects / 2.3.2：
Regulatory Status / 2.4：
Site Characterization / 2.5：
Investigation Approaches / 2.5.1：
Analytical Methods / 2.5.2：
Advanced Investigation Techniques / 2.5.3：
Soil Treatment / 2.6：
Groundwater Treatment / 2.7：
In Situ Treatment / 2.7.1：
In Situ Chemical Oxidation / 2.7.1.1：
Bioremediation / 2.7.1.2：
Phytoremediation / 2.7.1.3：
Thermal Treatment / 2.7.1.4：
Ex Situ Treatment and Dynamic Groundwater Recirculation / 2.7.2：
Natural Attenuation / 2.7.3：
Drinking Water and Wastewater Treatment / 2.8：
Point-of-Use and Point-of-Entry Treatment / 2.8.1：
1.4-Dioxane Treatment Technologies for Drinking Water Treatment and Ex Situ Groundwater Remediation / 2.9：
Advanced Oxidation Processes / 2.9.1：
Bioreaetors / 2.9.2：
Granular Activated Carbon and Other Sorbenl Media / 2.9.3：
Electrochemical Oxidation / 2.9.4：
Conclusion / 2.10：
Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances / Chapter 3：
PFASs Chemistry / 3.1：
Ionic State / 3.2.1：
Linear and Branched Isomers / 3.2.2：
Perfluoroalkyl Substances / 3.2.3：
Perfluoroalkyl Sulfonic Acids / 3.2.3.1：
Perfluoroalkyl Carboxylic Acids / 3.2.3.2：
Perfluoroalkyl Phosphonic and Phosphinic Acids / 3.2.3.3：
Perfluoroalkyl Ether Carboxylates and Perfluoroalkyl Ether Sulfonates / 3.2.3.4：
Polyfluoroalkyl Substances / 3.2.4：
ECF-Derived Polyfluoroalkyl Substances / 3.2.4.1：
Fluorotelomerizat ion-Derived Polyfluoroalkyl Substances / 3.2.4.2：
Long- and Short-Chain PFASs / 3.2.5：
Polymeric PFASs / 3.2.6：
Replacement PFASs / 3.2.7：
Chemistry of PFASs in Class B Firefighting Foams / 3.2.8：
Physical, Chemical, and Biological Properties / 3.3：
Biological Activity Towards PFASs / 3.3.1：
Transformation of Polyfluoroalkyl Substances / 3.3.2：
Abiotic Transformation / 3.3.2.1：
Biotic Transformation / 3.3.2.2：
PFASs Production and Use / 3.4：
Manufacturing Processes and Uses / 3.4.1：
Electrochemical Fluorination / 3.4.2：
Fluorotelomerization / 3.4.3：
Oligomerization / 3.4.4：
Uses / 3.4.5：
Use as Surfactants / 3.4.5.1：
Use as Surface Coatings / 3.4.5.2：
Other Uses / 3.4.5.3：
Sampling and Analysis / 3.5：
General Sampling Guidelines / 3.5.1：
Soil and Sediment Sampling / 3.5.1.1：
Surface Water and Groundwater Sampling / 3.5.1.2：
Storage and Hold Times / 3.5.1.3：
Chemical Analysis Methods / 3.5.2：
Overview of Standard Methods / 3.5.2.1：
Advanced Analytical Techniques / 3.5.2.2：
Health Considerations / 3.6：
Exposure Routes / 3.6.1：
Distribution in Tissue / 3.6.2：
Bioaccumulation / 3.6.3：
Elimination / 3.6.4：
Toxicologic and Epidemiological Studies / 3.6.5：
Acute Toxicity / 3.6.5.1：
(Sub)Chronic Toxicity / 3.6.5.2：
Epidemiological Studies / 3.6.5.3：
Polyfluoroalkyl Substance Toxicity / 3.6.5.4：
Derivation of Reference Doses/Tolerable Daily Intakes / 3.6.5.5：
Carcinogenic Effects / 3.6.5.6：
Regulation / 3.7：
Regulation of PFASs / 3.7.1：
Global Treaties and Conventions / 3.7.1.1：
United States of America / 3.7.1.2：
Europe / 3.7.1.3：
Australia / 3.7.1.4：
Regulation of Perfluoroalkyl Ethers / 3.7.2：
Fate and Transport / 3.8：
PFAS Distribution in Environmental Matrices / 3.8.1：
PFASs in Soils / 3.8.1.1：
Leaching / 3.8.1.2：
Transport and Retardation in Groundwater / 3.8.1.3：
Surface Waters and Sediments / 3.8.1.4：
Vapor Migration / 3.8.1.5：
Atmospheric Deposition / 3.8.1.6：
Detections and Background Levels in the Environment / 3.8.2：
Sites of Concern / 3.8.3：
CSM for Industrial Facilities / 3.8.3.1：
CSM for Fire Training Areas and Class B Fire Response Areas / 3.8.3.2：
CSM for WWTPs and Biosolid Application Areas / 3.8.3.3：
CSM for Landfills / 3.8.3.4：
PFAS-Relevant Treatment Technologies / 3.9：
Biological Treatment / 3.9.1：
Soil and Sediment Treatment / 3.9.2：
Incineration / 3.9.2.1：
Stabilization/Solidification / 3.9.2.2：
Vapor Energy Generator Technology / 3.9.2.3：
Soil/Sediment Washing / 3.9.2.4：
High-Energy Electron Beam / 3.9.2.5：
Mechanochemical Destruction / 3.9.2.6：
Water Treatment / 3.9.3：
Mature Water Treatment Technologies / 3.9.3.1：
Developing Treatment Technologies / 3.9.3.2：
Experimental Treatment Technologies / 3.9.3.3：
Conclusions / 3.10：
Hexavalent Chromium / Chapter 4：
Geochemistry of Chromium / 4.1：
Sources of Cr(VI) / 4.1.2：
U.S. Federal Regulations / 4.2：
U.S. State Regulations / 4.3.2：
California / 4.3.2.1：
North Carolina / 4.3.2.2：
New Jersey / 4.3.2.3：
Other Countries / 4.3.3：
Occurrence of Cr(VI) / 4.4：
Naturally Occurring (Background) Cr(VI) in Groundwater / 4.4.1：
Cr(VI) in Drinking Water / 4.4.2：
Investigation of Cr(VI) in Groundwater / 4.5：
Chromium Isotopes / 4.5.2：
Mineralogical Analyses / 4.5.3.2：
In Situ Reduction / 4.6：
In Situ Chemical Reduction / 4.6.1.1：
In Situ Biological Reduction / 4.6.1.2：
Permeable Reactive Barriers / 4.6.1.3：
Reoxidation of Cr(III) Formed by In Situ Reduction / 4.6.1.4：
Ex Situ Treatment / 4.6.2：
Dynamic Groundwater Recirculation
Tier I / 4.6.4：
Tier II / 4.6.4.2：
Tier III / 4.6.4.3：
Tier IV / 4.6.4.4：
Drinking Water Treatment / 4.7：
Point-of-Entry and Point-of-Use Treatment / 4.7.1：
Cr(VI) Treatment Technologies for Drinking Water Treatment and Ex Situ Groundwater Remediation / 4.8：
Reduction/Coagulation/Filtration with Ferrous Iron / 4.8.1：
Ion Exchange / 4.8.2：
Weak Base Anion Resins / 4.8.2.1：
Strong Base Anion Resins / 4.8.2.2：
Reverse Osmosis / 4.8.3：
Bioreactors / 4.8.4：
Phytostabilization / 4.8.4.1：
Iron Media / 4.8.4.2：
Reduction/Filtration via Stannous Chloride (RF-Sn[II]) / 4.8.5：
1,2,3-Trichloropropane / 4.9：
International Guidance / 5.1：
Investigation / 5.4：
Groundwater Remediation Technologies / 5.4.2：
In Situ Hydrolysis / 5.5.1：
In Situ Biological Treatment / 5.5.1.2：
TCP Treatment Technologies for Drinking Water Treatment and Ex Situ Groundwater Remediation / 5.5.1.3：
Granular Activated Carbon / 5.7.1：
Air Stripping / 5.7.2：
Other Processes / 5.7.4：
Considerations for Future Contaminants of Emerging Concern / 5.8：
Categorizing Future Emerging Contaminants / 6.1：
The Challenges Posed in Emerging Contaminant Management / 6.3：
Challenges Associated with Release to the Environment / 6.3.1：
Challenges Associated with Assessing Toxicological Risk / 6.3.2：
Challenges Associated with Regulation / 6.3.3：
Challenges Associated with Characterization and Analysis / 6.3.4：
Challenges Associated with Treatment / 6.3.5：
The Future of Emerging Contaminants / 6.4：
Appendices
USEPA Candidate Contaminant List / Appendix A：
REACH Candidate List / Appendix B：
Emerging Contaminants and Their Physical and Chemical Properties / Appendix C：
NGI Preliminary List of Substances That Could Be Considered to Meet the PMT or vPvM Criteria / Appendix D：
Summary of PFAS Environmental Standards: Soil / Appendix E.1：
Summary of PFAS Environmental Standards: Groundwater / Appendix E.2：
Summary of PFAS Environmental Standards: Surface Water / Appendix E.3：
Summary of PFAS Environmental Standards: Drinking Water / Appendix E.4：
Notes / Appendix E.5：
Index
List of Figures
List of Tables
Foreword
7.
図書
Shiping Liu, Gang (Sheng) Chen
出版情報:
Hoboken, NJ : Wiley, 2019 xii, 254 p. ; 23 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Robot Joint Friction Modeling and Parameter Identification / 1.1：
Contact Perception in Virtual Environment / 1.2：
Organization of This Book / 1.3：
References
Fundamentals of Robot Dynamics and Control / 2：
Robot Kinematics / 2.1：
Matrix Description of Robot Kinematics / 2.1.1：
Homogeneous Transformation Matrices / 2.1.2：
Forward Kinematics / 2.1.3：
Inverse Kinematics / 2.1.4：
Velocity Kinematics / 2.1.5：
Robot Dynamics / 2.2：
Robot Control / 2.3：
Trajectory Control / 2.3.1：
Point-to-point Control / 2.3.2.1：
Trajectories for Paths Specified by Points / 2.3.2.2：
Interaction Control / 2.3.3：
Impedance Control / 2.3.3.1：
Hybrid Force-Position Control 38 References / 2.3.3.2：
Friction and Contact of Solid Interfaces / 3：
Contact Between Two Solid Surfaces / 3.1：
Description of Surfaces / 3.2.1：
Contact Mechanics of Two Solid Surfaces / 3.2.2：
Friction Between Two Solid Surfaces / 3.3：
Adhesion / 3.3.1：
Dry Friction / 3.3.2：
Friction Mechanisms / 3.3.2.1：
Friction Transitions and Wear / 3.3.2.2：
Static Friction, Hysteresis, Time, and Displacement Dependence / 3.3.2.3：
Effects of Environmental and Operational Condition on Friction / 3.3.2.4：
Liquid Mediated Friction / 3.3.3：
Stribeck Curve / 3.3.3.1：
Unsteady Liquid-Mediated Friction / 3.3.3.2：
Negative Slope of Friction-Velocity Curve / 3.3.3.3：
Friction Models / 3.3.4：
Friction Dynamics of Manipulators / 4：
Friction Models of Robot Manipulator Joints / 4.1：
Modeling Friction with Varied Effects / 4.2：
The Motion Equations of Dynamics of Robot Manipulators with Friction / 4.3：
The General Motion Equation of Robot Manipulators / 4.3.1：
The Motion Equation of Two-Link Robot Manipulators / 4.3.2：
Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos of Manipulators / 4.4：
Parameters Identification / 4.5：
Identification of Dynamic Parameters / 4.5.1：
Identification of Parameters of Friction Models / 4.5.2：
Uncertainty Analysis / 4.5.3：
Friction Compensation and Control of Robot Manipulator Dynamics / 4.6：
Force Feedback and Haptic Rendering / 5：
Overview of Robot Force Feedback / 5.1：
Generating Methods of Feedback Force / 5.2：
Serial Mechanism / 5.2.1：
Kinematics / 5.2.1.1：
Dynamics / 5.2.1.2：
Parallel Mechanism / 5.2.2：
Kinematics Model / 5.2.2.1：
Dynamics Based on Virtual Work / 5.2.2.2：
Friction Compensation / 5.2.3：
Calculation of Virtual Force / 5.3：
Collision Detection / 5.3.1：
The Construction of the Bounding Box / 5.3.1.1：
Calculation of Distance between Bounding Boxes / 5.3.1.2：
Calculating the Model of Virtual Force / 5.3.2：
1-DoF Interaction / 5.3.2.1：
2-DoF Interaction / 5.3.2.2：
3-DoF Interaction / 5.3.2.3：
6-DoF Interaction / 5.3.2.4：
Haptic Display Based on Point Haptic Device / 5.4：
Human Tactile Perception / 5.4.1：
Haptic Texture Display Methods / 5.4.2：
Virtual Simulation of Robot Control / 6：
Overview of Robot Simulation / 6.1：
3D Graphic Environment / 6.2：
Virtual Reality-Based Robot Control / 6.3：
Overview of Virtual Reality / 6.3.1：
Overview of Teleoperation / 6.3.2：
Virtual Reality-Based Teleoperation / 6.3.3：
Augmented Reality-Based Tele operation / 6.4：
Overview of Augmented Reality / 6.4.1：
Augmented Reality-Based Teleoperation / 6.4.2：
Task Planning Methods in Virtual Environment / 6.5：
Overview / 6.5.1：
Interactive Graphic Mode / 6.5.2：
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Robot Joint Friction Modeling and Parameter Identification / 1.1：
8.
図書
Rance D. Necaise
出版情報:
Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley, c2011 xviii, 520 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Abstract Data Types / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Abstractions / 1.1.1：
Data Structures / 1.1.2：
The Date ADT / 1.2：
Preconditions and Postconditions / 1.2.1：
Using the ADT / 1.2.2：
Implementing the ADT / 1.2.3：
The Bag ADT / 1.3：
Selecting a Data Structure / 1.3.1：
The Class Definition / 1.3.3：
Iterators / 1.4：
The Set ADT / 1.5：
The Map ADT / 1.5.1：
Defining the ADT / 1.6.1：
Implementing the Map ADT / 1.6.2：
Alternate Implementation / 1.6.3：
Application: Histograms / 1.7：
Building a Histogram / 1.7.1：
Implementing the Histogram ADT / 1.7.2：
Programming Problems
Arrays and Vectors / Chapter 2：
The Array Structure / 2.1：
Simulating an Array / 2.1.1：
The Array ADT / 2.1.2：
The Python List (Vector) / 2.1.3：
Multi-Dimensional Arrays / 2.3：
The MultiArray ADT / 2.3.1：
Data Organization / 2.3.2：
Variable Length Arguments / 2.3.3：
MultiArray Implementation / 2.3.4：
The Matrix ADT / 2.4：
Matrix Operations / 2.4.1：
Application: The Game of Life / 2.4.2：
Rules of the Game / 2.5.1：
Designing a Solution / 2.5.2：
ADT Implementation / 2.5.3：
Exercises
Algorithm Analysis / Chapter 3：
Complexity Analysis / 3.1：
Big-O Notation / 3.1.1：
Classes of Algorithms / 3.1.2：
Empirical Analysis / 3.1.3：
Evaluating ADT Implementations / 3.2：
Evaluating the Python List / 3.2.1：
Evaluating the Set ADT / 3.2.2：
Searching / 3.3：
Linear Search / 3.3.1：
Binary Search / 3.3.2：
Working with Ordered Lists / 3.4：
Building An Ordered List / 3.4.1：
Merging Ordered Lists / 3.4.2：
The Set ADT Revisited / 3.5：
Application: The Sparse Matrix / 3.6：
Implementation / 3.6.1：
Analysis / 3.6.2：
The Linked List / Chapter 4：
A Linked Structure / 4.1：
The Singly-Linked List / 4.2：
Basic Operations / 4.2.1：
Evaluating the Linked List / 4.2.2：
The Bag ADT Revisited / 4.3：
Implementation Details / 4.3.1：
Linked List Iterator / 4.3.2：
Using a Tail Pointer / 4.4：
The Ordered Linked List / 4.5：
The Sparse Matrix Revisited / 4.6：
The New Implementation / 4.6.1：
Comparing Implementations / 4.6.2：
Application: Polynomials / 4.7：
Polynomial Operations / 4.7.1：
The Polynomial ADT / 4.7.2：
Advanced Linked Lists / 4.7.3：
Doubly-Linked List / 5.1：
Organization / 5.1.1：
List Operations / 5.1.2：
Circular Linked List / 5.2：
Multi-Linked Lists / 5.2.1：
Multiple Chains / 5.3.1：
The Sparse Matrix / 5.3.2：
Complex Iterators / 5.4：
Application: Text Editor / 5.5：
Typical Editor Operations / 5.5.1：
The Edit Buffer ADT / 5.5.2：
Stacks / 5.5.3：
The Stack ADT / 6.1：
Implementing the Stack / 6.2：
Vector Based / 6.2.1：
Linked List Version / 6.2.2：
Stack Applications / 6.3：
Balanced Delimiters / 6.3.1：
Evaluating Postfix Expressions / 6.3.2：
Application: Solving a Maze / 6.4：
Backtracking / 6.4.1：
The Maze ADT / 6.4.2：
Queues / 6.4.4：
The Queue ADT / 7.1：
Implementing the Queue / 7.2：
Circular Array / 7.2.1：
The Priority Queue / 7.2.3：
Application: Computer Simulations / 7.4：
Airline Ticket Counter / 7.4.1：
Class Specifications / 7.4.2：
Hash Tables / Chapter 8：
Hash Functions / 8.1：
Open Addressing / 8.3：
Linear Probing / 8.3.1：
Collision Resolution / 8.3.2：
Bucket Hashing / 8.4：
Hashing Efficiency / 8.5：
The Map ADT Revisited / 8.6：
Application: The Color Histogram / 8.7：
Recursion / Chapter 9：
Recursive Functions / 9.1：
Properties of Recursion / 9.2：
Classic Example: The Factorial Function / 9.2.1：
Greatest Common Divisor / 9.2.2：
Recursion and Stacks / 9.3：
The Towers of Hanoi / 9.4：
Backtracking Revisited / 9.5：
The Eight-Queens Problem / 9.5.1：
Solving the Four-Queens / 9.5.2：
Recursive Solution / 9.5.3：
Application: Sudoku Puzzles / 9.6：
Binary Trees and Heaps / Chapter 10：
Tree Structure / 10.1：
The Binary Tree / 10.2：
Traversals / 10.2.1：
Arithmetic Expresssions / 10.2.2：
Tree Threading / 10.3：
Heaps / 10.4：
Insertions / 10.4.1：
Removals / 10.4.2：
Evaluating the Heap / 10.4.3：
The Priority Queue Revisited / 10.4.4：
Application: Morse Code / 10.5：
Advanced Search Trees / Chapter 11：
The Binary Search Tree / 11.1：
Deletions / 11.1.1：
Evaluating the BST / 11.1.4：
AVL Trees / 11.2：
Evaluating the AVL Tree / 11.2.1：
2-3 Trees / 11.3：
Splay Trees / 11.4：
Application: Improved Map ADT / 11.5：
Sorting Algorithms / Chapter 12：
The Simple Algorithms / 12.1：
Bubble Sort / 12.1.1：
Selection Sort / 12.1.2：
Insertion Sort / 12.1.3：
Radix Sort / 12.2：
Basic Algorithm / 12.2.1：
Bucket Sorting / 12.2.2：
Divide and Conquer / 12.3：
Merge Sort / 12.3.1：
Quick Sort / 12.3.2：
Heap Sort / 12.4：
Application: Empirical Analysis / 12.5：
Python Review / Appendix A：
Basic Concepts / A.1：
Functions / A.2：
Sequence Types / A.3：
Classes / A.4：
Copying Objects / A.5：
Exceptions / A.6：
Object-Oriented Programming / Appendix B：
Encapsulation / B.1：
Inheritance / B.3：
Polymorphism / B.4：
Abstract Data Types / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Abstractions / 1.1.1：
9.
図書
Arvind Agarwal, Srinivasa Rao Bakshi, Debrupa Lahiri
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Authors
List of Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
Composite Materials / 1.1：
Development of Carbon Fibers / 1.2：
Carbon Nanotubes: Synthesis and Properties / 1.3：
Carbon Nanotube-Metal Matrix Composites / 1.4：
Chapter Highlights / 1.5：
References
Processing Techniques / 2：
Powder Metallurgy Routes / 2.1：
Conventional Sintering / 2.1.1：
Hot Pressing / 2.1.2：
Spark Plasma Sintering / 2.1.3：
Deformation Processing / 2.1.4：
Melt Processing / 2.2：
Casting / 2.2.1：
Melt Infiltration / 2.2.2：
Thermal Spraying / 2.3：
Plasma Spraying / 2.3.1：
High Velocity Oxy-Fuel Spraying / 2.3.2：
Cold Spraying / 2.3.3：
Electrochemical Routes / 2.4：
Novel Techniques / 2.5：
Molecular Level Mixing / 2.5.1：
Sputtering / 2.5.2：
Sandwich Processing / 2.5.3：
Torsion/Friction Processing / 2.5.4：
Chemical/Physical Vapor Deposition Techniques / 2.5.5：
Nanoscale Dispersion / 2.5.6：
Laser Deposition / 2.5.7：
Conclusion / 2.6：
Characterization of Metal Matrix-Carbon Nanotube Composites / 2.7：
X-Ray Diffraction / 3.1：
Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2：
Scanning Electron Microscopy with Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy / 3.3：
High Resolution Transmission Electron Microscopy / 3.4：
Electron Energy Loss Spectroscopy / 3.5：
X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy / 3.6：
Mechanical Properties Evaluation / 3.7：
Nanoscale Mechanical Testing / 3.7.1：
Nano-Indentation / 3.7.1.1：
Nano Dynamic Modulus Analysis / 3.7.1.2：
Modulus Mapping / 3.7.1.3：
Nanoscratch / 3.7.1.4：
Macroscale/Bulk Mechanical Testing / 3.7.2：
Tensile/Compression Test / 3.7.2.1：
Tribological Property Evaluation / 3.7.2.2：
Thermal Properties / 3.8：
Electrical Properties / 3.9：
Electrochemical Properties / 3.10：
Metal-Carbon Nanotube Systems / 3.11：
Aluminum-Carbon Nanotube System / 4.1：
Copper-Carbon Nanotube System / 4.2：
Nickel-Carbon Nanotube System / 4.3：
Magnesium-Carbon Nanotube System / 4.4：
Other Metals-Carbon Nanotube Systems / 4.5：
Mechanics of Metal-Carbon Nanotube Systems / 4.6：
Elastic Modulus of Metal Matrix-Carbon Nanotube Composites / 5.1：
Modified Rule of Mixtures / 5.1.1：
Cox Model / 5.1.2：
Halpin-Tsai Model / 5.1.3：
Hashin-Shtrikman Model / 5.1.4：
Modified Eshelby Model / 5.1.5：
Dispersion-Based Model / 5.1.6：
Strengthening Mechanisms in Metal Matrix-Carbon Nanotube Composites / 5.2：
Shear Lag Models / 5.2.1：
Strengthening by Interphase / 5.2.2：
Strengthening by Carbon Nanotube Clusters / 5.2.3：
Halpin-Tsai Equations / 5.2.4：
Strengthening by Dislocations / 5.2.5：
Strengthening by Grain Refinement / 5.2.6：
Interfacial Phenomena in Carbon Nanotube Reinforced Metal Matrix Composites / 5.3：
Significance of Interfacial Phenomena / 6.1：
Energetics of Carbon Nanotube-Metal Interaction / 6.2：
Carbon Nanotube-Metal Interaction in Various Systems / 6.3：
Dispersion of Carbon Nanotubes in Metal Matrix / 6.4：
Significance of Carbon Nanotube Dispersion / 7.1：
Methods of Improving Carbon Nanotube Dispersion / 7.2：
Quantification of Carbon Nanotube Dispersion / 7.3：
Electrical, Thermal, Chemical, Hydrogen Storage, and Tribological Properties / 7.4：
Corrosion Properties / 8.1：
Hydrogen Storage Property / 8.4：
Sensors and Catalytic Properties / 8.5：
Tribological Properties / 8.6：
Computational Studies in Metal Matrix-Carbon Nanotube Composites / 8.7：
Thermodynamic Prediction of Carbon Nanotube-Metal Interface / 9.1：
Microstructure Simulation / 9.2：
Mechanical and Thermal Property Prediction by the Object-Oriented Finite Element Method / 9.3：
Summary and Future Directions / 9.4：
Summary of Research on MM-CNT Composites / 10.1：
Future Directions / 10.2：
Improvement in Quality of Carbon Nanotubes / 10.2.1：
Challenges Related to Processing / 10.2.2：
Aligned MM-CNT Composites / 10.2.3：
Understanding Mechanisms of Property Improvement / 10.2.4：
Environmental and Toxicity Aspects of MM-CNT Composites / 10.2.5：
Exploring Novel Applications / 10.2.6：
Index
10.
図書
Paul Darbyshire and David Hampton
出版情報:
Chichester, West Sussex : Wiley, 2011 xv, 261 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
The Hedge Fund Industry / 1：
What Are Hedge Funds? / 1.1：
The Structure of a Hedge Fund / 1.2：
Fund Administrators / 1.2.1：
Prime Brokers / 1.2.2：
Custodian, Auditors and Legal / 1.2.3：
The Global Hedge Fund Industry / 1.3：
North America / 1.3.1：
Europe / 1.3.2：
Asia / 1.3.3：
Specialist Investment Techniques / 1.4：
Short Selling / 1.4.1：
Leverage / 1.4.2：
Liquidity / 1.4.3：
New Developments for Hedge Funds / 1.5：
UCITS III Hedge Funds / 1.5.1：
The European Passport / 1.5.2：
Restrictions on Short Selling / 1.5.3：
Major Hedge Fund Strategies / 2：
Single and Multi Strategy Hedge Funds / 2.1：
Fund of Hedge Funds / 2.2：
Hedge Fund Strategies / 2.3：
Tactical Strategies / 2.3.1：
Global Macro / 2.3.1.1：
Managed Futures / 2.3.1.2：
Long/Short Equity / 2.3.1.3：
Pairs Trading / 2.3.1.4：
Event-Driven / 2.3.2：
Distressed Securities / 2.3.2.1：
Merger Arbitrage / 2.3.2.2：
Relative Value / 2.3.3：
Equity Market Neutral / 2.3.3.1：
Convertible Arbitrage / 2.3.3.2：
Fixed Income Arbitrage / 2.3.3.3：
Capital Structure Arbitrage / 2.3.3.3.1：
Swap-Spread Arbitrage / 2.3.3.3.2：
Yield CurveArbitrage / 2.3.3.3.3：
Hedge Fund Data Sources / 3：
Hedge Fund Databases / 3.1：
Major Hedge Fund Indices / 3.2：
Non investable and Investable Indices / 3.2.1：
Dow Jones Credit Suisse Hedge Fund Indexes / 3.2.2：
Liquid Alternative Betas / 3.2.2.1：
Hedge Fund Research / 3.2.3：
Hedge Fund net / 3.2.4：
FTSE Hedge / 3.2.5：
FTSE Hedge Momentum Index / 3.2.5.1：
Greenwich Alternative Investments / 3.2.6：
GAI Investable Indices / 3.2.6.1：
Morningstar Alternative Investment Center / 3.2.7：
MSCI Hedge Fund Classification Standard / 3.2.7.1：
MSCI Investable Indices / 3.2.7.2：
EDHEC Risk and Asset Management Research Centre (www.edhec-risk.com) / 3.2.8：
Database and Index Biases / 3.3：
Survivorship Bias / 3.3.1：
Instant History Bias / 3.3.2：
Benchmarking / 3.4：
Tracking Error / 3.4.1：
Weighting Schemes / Appendix A：
Statistical Analysis / 4：
Basic Performance Plots / 4.1：
Value Added Monthly Index / 4.1.1：
Histograms / 4.1.2：
Probability Distributions / 4.2：
Populations and Samples / 4.2.1：
Probability Density Function / 4.3：
Cumulative Distribution Function / 4.4：
The Normal Distribution / 4.5：
Standard Normal Distribution / 4.5.1：
Visual Tests for Normality / 4.6：
Inspection / 4.6.1：
Normal Q-Q Plot / 4.6.2：
Moments of a Distribution / 4.7：
Mean and Standard Deviation / 4.7.1：
Skewness / 4.7.2：
Excess Kurtosis / 4.7.3：
Data Analysis Tool: Descriptive Statistics / 4.7.4：
Geometric Brownian Motion / 4.8：
Uniform Random Numbers / 4.8.1：
Covariance and Correlation / 4.9：
Regression Analysis / 4.10：
Ordinary Least Squares / 4.10.1：
Coefficient of Determination / 4.10.1.1：
Residual Plots / 4.10.1.2：
Jarque-Bera Normality Test / 4.10.1.3：
Data Analysis Tool: Regression / 4.10.1.4：
Portfolio Theory / 4.11：
Mean Variance Analysis / 4.11.1：
Solver: Portfolio Optimisation / 4.11.2：
Efficient Portfolios / 4.11.3：
Risk-Adjusted Return Metrics / 5：
The Intuition behind Risk Adjusted Returns / 5.1：
Risk Adjusted Returns / 5.1.1：
Common Risk Adjusted Performance Ratios / 5.2：
The Sharpe Ratio / 5.2.1：
The Modified Sharpe Ratio / 5.2.2：
The Sortino Ratio / 5.2.3：
The Drawdown Ratio / 5.2.4：
Common Performance Measures in the Presence of a Market Benchmark / 5.3：
The Information Ratio / 5.3.1：
The M Squared Metric / 5.3.2：
The Treynor Ratio / 5.3.3：
Jensen's Alpha / 5.3.4：
The Omega Ratio / 5.4：
Asset Pricing Models / 6：
The Risk Adjusted Two Moment Capital Asset Pricing Model / 6.1：
Interpreting H / 6.1.1：
Static Alpha Analysis / 6.1.2：
Dynamic Rolling Alpha Analysis / 6.1.3：
Multi factor Models / 6.2：
The Choice of Factors / 6.3：
A Multi Factor Framework for a Risk Adjusted Hedge Fund Alpha League Table / 6.3.1：
Alpha and Beta Separation / 6.3.2：
Dynamic Style Based Return Analysis / 6.4：
The Markowitz Risk Adjusted Evaluation Method / 6.5：
Hedge Fund Market Risk Management / 7：
Value at Risk / 7.1：
Traditional Measures / 7.2：
Historical Simulation / 7.2.1：
Parametric Method / 7.2.2：
Monte Carlo Simulation / 7.2.3：
Modified Var / 7.3：
Expected Shortfall / 7.4：
Extreme Value Theory / 7.5：
Block Maxima / 7.5.1：
Peaks over Threshold / 7.5.2：
References
Important Legal Information
Index
Preface
The Hedge Fund Industry / 1：
What Are Hedge Funds? / 1.1：
11.
図書
Nobuyasu Kanekawa ... [et al.]
出版情報:
New York : Springer, c2011 xxv, 204 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Trends in Failure Cause and Countermeasure / 1.1：
Contents and Organization of This Book / 1.2：
For the Best Result / 1.3：
References
Terrestrial Neutron-Induced Failures in Semiconductor Devices and Relevant Systems and Their Mitigation Techniques / 2：
SER in Memory Devices / 2.1：
MCU in Memory Devices / 2.1.2：
SET and MNU in Logic Devices / 2.1.3：
Chip/System-Level SER Problem: SER Estimation and Mitigation / 2.1.4：
Scope of This Chapter / 2.1.5：
Basic Knowledge on Terrestrial Neutron-Induced Soft-Error in MOSFET Devices / 2.2：
Cosmic Rays from the Outer Space / 2.2.1：
Nuclear Spallation Reaction and Charge Collection in CMOSFET Device / 2.2.2：
Experimental Techniques to Quantify Soft-Error Rate (SER) and Their Standardization / 2.3：
The System to Quantify SER - SECIS / 2.3.1：
Basic Method in JESD89A / 2.3.2：
SEE Classification Techniques in Time Domain / 2.3.3：
MCU Classification Techniques in Topological Space Domain / 2.3.4：
Evolution of Multi-node Upset Problem / 2.4：
MCU Characterization by Accelerator-Based Experiments / 2.4.1：
Multi-coupled Bipolar Interaction (MCBI) / 2.4.2：
Simulation Techniques for Neutron-Induced Soft Error / 2.5：
Overall Microscopic Soft-Error Model / 2.5.1：
Nuclear Spallation Reaction Models / 2.5.2：
Charge Deposition Model / 2.5.3：
SRAM Device Model / 2.5.4：
Cell Matrix Model / 2.5.5：
Recycle Simulation Method / 2.5.6：
Validation of SRAM Model / 2.5.7：
Prediction for Scaling Effects Down to 22 nm Design Rule in SRAMs / 2.6：
Roadmap Assumption / 2.6.1：
Results and Discussions / 2.6.2：
Validity of Simulated Results / 2.6.3：
SER Estimation in Devices/Components/System / 2.7：
Standards for SER Measurement for Memories / 2.7.1：
Revisions Needed for the Standards / 2.7.2：
Quantification of SER in Logic Devices and Related Issues / 2.7.3：
An Example of Chip/Board-Level SER Measurement and Architectural Mitigation Techniques / 2.8：
SER Test Procedures for Network Components / 2.8.1：
Hierarchical Mitigation Strategies / 2.8.2：
Basic Three Approaches / 2.9.1：
Design on the Upper Bound (DOUB) / 2.9.2：
Inter Layer Built-in Reliability (LABIR) / 2.10：
Summary / 2.11：
Electromagnetic Compatibility / 3：
Quantitative Estimation of the EMI Radiation Based on the Measured Near-Field Magnetic Distribution / 3.1：
Measurement of the Magnetic Field Distribution Near the Circuit Board / 3.2.1：
Calculation of the Electric Current Distribution on the Circuit Board / 3.2.2：
Calculation of the Far-Field Radiated EMI / 3.2.3：
Development of a Non-contact Current Distribution Measurement Technique for LSI Packaging on PCBs / 3.3：
Electric Current Distribution Detection / 3.3.1：
The Current Detection Result and Its Verification / 3.3.2：
Reduction Technique of Radiated Emission from Chassis with PCB / 3.4：
Far-Field Measurement of Chassis with PCB / 3.4.1：
Measurements of Junction Current / 3.4.2：
PSPICE Modeling / 3.4.3：
Experimental Validation / 3.4.4：
Chapter Summary / 3.5：
Power Integrity / 4：
Detrimental Effect and Technical Trends of Power Integrity Design of Electronic Systems and Devices / 4.1：
Detrimental Effect by Power Supply Noise on Semiconducting Devices / 4.2.1：
Trends of Power Supply Voltage and Power Supply Current for CMOS Semiconducting Devices / 4.2.2：
Trend of Power Distribution Network Design for Electronic Systems / 4.2.3：
Design Methodology of Power Integrity / 4.3：
Definition of Power Supply Noise in Electric System / 4.3.1：
Time-Domain and Frequency-Domain Design Methodology / 4.3.2：
Modeling and Design Methodologies of PDS / 4.4：
Modeling of Electrical Circuit Parameters / 4.4.1：
Design Strategies of PDS / 4.4.2：
Simultaneous Switching Noise (SSN) / 4.5：
Principle of SSN / 4.5.1：
S-G loop SSN / 4.5.2：
P-G loop SSN / 4.5.3：
Measurement of Power Distribution System Performance / 4.6：
On-Chip Voltage Waveform Measurement / 4.6.1：
On-Chip Power Supply Impedance Measurement / 4.6.2：
Fault-Tolerant System Technology / 4.7：
Metrics for Dependability / 5.1：
Reliability / 5.2.1：
Availability / 5.2.2：
Safety / 5.2.3：
Reliability Paradox / 5.3：
Survey on Fault-Tolerant Systems / 5.4：
Technical Issues / 5.5：
High Performance / 5.5.1：
Transparency / 5.5.2：
Physical Transparency / 5.5.3：
Fault Tolerance of Fault Tolerance for Ultimate Safety / 5.5.4：
Reliability of Software / 5.5.5：
Industrial Approach / 5.6：
Autonomous Decentralized Systems / 5.6.1：
Space Application / 5.6.2：
Commercial Fault-Tolerant Systems / 5.6.3：
Ultra-Safe System / 5.6.4：
Availability Improvement vs. Coverage Improvement / 5.7：
Trade-Off Between Availability and Coverage - Stepwise Negotiating Voting / 5.8：
Basic Concept / 5.8.1：
Hiten Onboard Computer / 5.8.2：
Fault-Tolerance Experiments / 5.8.3：
Extension of SNV - Redundancy Management / 5.8.4：
Coverage Improvement / 5.9：
Self-Checking Comparator / 5.9.1：
Optimal Time Diversity / 5.9.2：
On-Chip Redundancy / 5.10：
High Performance (Commercial Fault-Tolerant Computer) / 5.11：
Basic Concepts of TPR Architecture / 5.11.1：
System Configuration / 5.11.2：
System Reconfiguration on Fault Occurrence / 5.11.3：
Processing Take-Over on Fault Occurrence / 5.11.4：
Fault Tolerance of Fault Tolerance / 5.11.5：
Commercial Product Model / 5.11.6：
Current Application Field: X-by-Wire / 5.12：
Challenges in the Future / 6：
Index
Introduction / 1：
Trends in Failure Cause and Countermeasure / 1.1：
Contents and Organization of This Book / 1.2：
12.
図書
Richard J. Brown
出版情報:
Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2018 xvi, 408 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
What Is a Dynamical System? / 1：
Definitions / 1.1：
Ordinary Differential Equations (ODEs) / 1.1.1：
Maps / 1.1.2：
Symbolic Dynamics / 1.1.3：
Billiards / 1.1.4：
Higher-Order Recursions / 1.1.5：
The Viewpoint / 1.2：
Simple Dynamics / 2：
Preliminaries / 2.1：
A Simple System / 2.1.1：
The Time-t Map / 2.1.2：
Metrics on Sets / 2.1.3：
Lipschitz Continuity / 2.1.4：
The Contraction Principle / 2.2：
Contractions on Intervals / 2.2.1：
Contractions in Several Variables / 2.2.2：
Application: The Newton-Raphson Method / 2.2.3：
Application: Existence and Uniqueness of ODE Solutions / 2.2.4：
Application: Heron of Alexandria / 2.2.5：
Interval Maps / 2.3：
Cobwebbing / 2.3.1：
Fixed-Point Stability / 2.3.2：
Monotonic Maps / 2.3.3：
Homochnic/Heteroclinic Points / 2.3.4：
Bifurcations of Interval Maps / 2.4：
Saddle-Node Bifurcation / 2.4.1：
Transcritical Bifurcation / 2.4.2：
Pitchfork Bifurcation / 2.4.3：
First Return Maps / 2.5：
A Quadratic Interval Map; The Logistic Map / 2.6：
The Objects of Dynamics / 3：
Topology on Sets / 3.1：
More on Metrics / 3.2：
More on Lipschitz Continuity / 3.2.1：
Metric Equivalence / 3.2.2：
Fixed-Point Theorems / 3.2.3：
Some Non-Euclidean Metric Spaces / 3.3：
The n-Sphere / 3.3.1：
The Unit Circle / 3.3.2：
The Cylinder / 3.3.3：
The 2-Torus / 3.3.4：
A Cantor Set / 3.4：
The Koch Curve / 3.4.1：
Sierpinski Carpet / 3.4.2：
The Sponges / 3.4.3：
Flows and Maps of Euclidean Space / 4：
Linear, First-order ODE Systems in the Plane / 4.1：
General Homogeneous, Linear Systems in Euclidean Space / 4.1.1：
Autonomous Linear Systems / 4.1.2：
The Matrix Exponential / 4.1.3：
Two-Dimensional Classification / 4.1.4：
Bifurcations in Linear Planar Systems / 4.2：
Linearized Poincaré-Andronov-Hopf Bifurcation / 4.2.1：
Linear Planar Maps / 4.2.2：
Nodes: Sinks and Sources / 4.3.1：
Star or Proper Nodes / 4.3.2：
Degenerate or Improper Nodes / 4.3.3：
Spirals and Centers / 4.3.4：
Saddle Points / 4.3.5：
Linear Flows versus Linear Maps / 4.4：
Local Linearization and Stability of Equilibria / 4.5：
Isolated Periodic Orbit Stability / 4.6：
The Poincaré-Bendixson Theorem / 4.6.1：
Limit Sets of Flows / 4.6.2：
Flows in the Plane / 4.6.3：
Application: The van der Pol Oscillator / 4.6.4：
The Poincaré-Andronov-Hopf Bifurcation / 4.6.5：
Application: Competing Species / 4.7：
The Fixed Points / 4.7.1：
Type and Stability / 4.7.2：
Recurrence / 5：
Rotations of the circle / 5.1：
Continued Fraction Representation / 5.1.1：
Equidistribution and Weyl's Theorem / 5.2：
Application: Periodic Function Reconstruction via Sampling / 5.2.1：
Linear Flows on the Torus / 5.3：
Application: Lissajous Figures / 5.3.1：
Application: A Polygonal Billiard / 5.3.2：
Toral Translations / 5.4：
Invertible Circle Maps / 5.5：
Phase Volume Preservation / 6：
In compressibility / 6.1：
Newtonian Systems of Classical Mechanics / 6.2：
Generating Flows from Functions: Lagrange / 6.2.1：
Generating Flows from Functions: Hamilton / 6.2.2：
Exact Differential Equations / 6.2.3：
Application: The Planar Pendulum / 6.2.4：
First Integrals / 6.2.5：
Application: The Spherical Pendulum / 6.2.6：
Poincaré Recurrence / 6.3：
Non-Wandering Points / 6.3.1：
The Poincaré Recurrence Theorem / 6.3.2：
Circular Billiards / 6.4：
Elliptic Billiards / 6.4.2：
General Convex Billiards / 6.4.3：
Poincaré's Last Geometric Theorem / 6.4.4：
Application: Pitcher Problems / 6.4.5：
Complicated Orbit Structure / 7：
Counting Periodic Orbits / 7.1：
The Quadratic Map: Beyond 4 / 7.1.1：
Hyperbolic Toral Automorphisms / 7.1.2：
Application: Image Restoration / 7.1.3：
Inverse Limit Spaces / 7.1.4：
Shift Spaces / 7.1.5：
Markov Partitions / 7.1.6：
Application: The Baker's Transformation / 7.1.7：
Two-Dimensional Markov Partitions: Arnol'd's Cat Map / 7.2：
Chaos and Mixing / 7.3：
Sensitive Dependence on Initial Conditions / 7.4：
Quadratic Maps: The Final interval / 7.5：
Period-Doubling Bifurcation / 7.5.1：
Trie Schwarzian Derivative / 7.5.2：
Sharkovskii's Theorem / 7.5.3：
Two More Examples of Complicated Dynamical Systems / 7.6：
Complex Dynamics / 7.6.1：
Smale Horseshoe / 7.6.2：
Dynamical Invariants / 8：
Topological Conjugacy / 8.1：
Conjugate Maps / 8.1.1：
Conjugate Hows / 8.1.2：
Conjugacy as Classification / 8.1.3：
Topological Entropy / 8.2：
Lyapunov Exponents / 8.2.1：
Capacity / 8.2.2：
Box Dimension / 8.2.3：
Bowen-Dinaburg (Metric) Topological Entropy / 8.2.4：
Bibliography
Index
What Is a Dynamical System? / 1：
Definitions / 1.1：
Ordinary Differential Equations (ODEs) / 1.1.1：
13.
図書
Mike Lancaster
出版情報:
Cambridge : Royal Society of Chemistry, c2010 xv, 328 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Principles and Concepts of Green Chemistry / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Sustainable Development and Green Chemistry / 1.2：
Green Engineering / 1.2.1：
Atom Economy / 1.3：
Atom Economic Reactions / 1.4：
Rearrangement Reactions / 1.4.1：
Addition Reactions / 1.4.2：
Atom Un-economic Reactions / 1.5：
Substitution Reactions / 1.5.1：
Elimination Reactions / 1.5.2：
Wittig Reactions / 1.5.3：
Reducing Toxicity / 1.6：
Measuring Toxicity / 1.6.1：
Review Questions
Further Reading
Waste: Production, Problems, and Prevention / Chapter 2：
Some Problems Caused by Waste / 2.1：
Sources of Waste from the Chemical Industry / 2.3：
Cost of Waste / 2.4：
Waste Minimization Techniques / 2.5：
The Team Approach to Waste Minimization / 2.5.1：
Process Design for Waste Minimization / 2.5.2：
Minimizing Waste from Existing Processes / 2.5.3：
On-site Waste Treatment / 2.6：
Physical Treatment / 2.6.1：
Chemical Treatment / 2.6.2：
Biotreatment Plants / 2.6.3：
Design for Degradation / 2.7：
Degradation and Surfactants / 2.7.1：
DDT / 2.7.2：
Polymers / 2.7.3：
Some Rules for Degradation / 2.7.4：
Polymer Recycling / 2.8：
Separation and Sorting / 2.8.1：
Incineration / 2.8.2：
Mechanical Recycling / 2.8.3：
Chemical Recycling to Monomers / 2.8.4：
Measuring and Controlling Environmental Performance / Chapter 3：
The Importance of Measurement / 3.1：
Lactic Acid Production / 3.1.1：
Safer Gasoline / 3.1.2：
Introduction to Life Cycle Assessment / 3.2：
Four Stages of LCA / 3.2.1：
Carbon Footprinting / 3.2.2：
Green Process Metrics / 3.3：
Environmental Management Systems (EMS) / 3.4：
ISO 14001 / 3.4.1：
The European Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS) / 3.4.2：
Eco-Labels / 3.5：
Legislation / 3.6：
Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (IPPC) / 3.6.1：
Reach / 3.6.2：
Catalysis and Green Chemistry / Chapter 4：
Introduction to Catalysis / 4.1：
Comparison of Catalyst Types / 4.1.1：
Heterogeneous Catalysts / 4.2：
Basics of Heterogeneous Catalysis / 4.2.1：
Zeolites and the Bulk Chemical Industry / 4.2.2：
Heterogeneous Catalysis in the Fine Chemical and Pharmaceutical Industries / 4.2.3：
Catalytic Converters / 4.2.4：
Homogeneous Catalysts / 4.3：
Transition Metal Catalysts with Phosphine or Carbonyl Ligands / 4.3.1：
Greener Lewis Acids / 4.3.2：
Asymmetric Catalysis / 4.3.3：
Phase Transfer Catalysis / 4.4：
Hazard Reduction / 4.4.1：
C-C Bond Formation / 4.4.2：
Oxidation using Hydrogen Peroxide / 4.4.3：
Biocatalysis / 4.5：
Photocatalysis / 4.6：
Conclusions / 4.7：
Organic Solvents: Environmentally Benign Solutions / Chapter 5：
Organic Solvents and Volatile Organic Compounds / 5.1：
Solvent-free Systems / 5.2：
Supercritical Fluids / 5.3：
Supercritical Carbon Dioxide (scCO2 ) / 5.3.1：
Supercritical Water / 5.3.2：
Water as a Reaction Solvent / 5.4：
Water Based Coatings / 5.4.1：
Ionic Liquids / 5.5：
Ionic Liquids as Catalysts / 5.5.1：
Ionic Liquids as Solvents / 5.5.2：
Fluorous Biphase Solvents / 5.6：
Comparing Greenness of Solvents / 5.7：
Renewable Resources / 5.8：
Biomass as a Renewable Resource / 6.1：
Energy / 6.2：
Fossil Fuels / 6.2.1：
Energy from Biomass / 6.2.2：
Solar Power / 6.2.3：
Other Forms of Renewable Energy / 6.2.4：
Fuel Cells / 6.2.5：
Chemicals from Renewable Feedstocks / 6.3：
Chemicals from Fatly Acids / 6.3.1：
Polymers from Renewable Resources / 6.3.2：
Some Other Chemicals from Natural Resources / 6.3.3：
Alternative Economies / 6.4：
Syngas Economy / 6.4.1：
Hydrogen Economy / 6.4.2：
Biorefinery / 6.5：
Emerging Greener Technologies and Alternative Energy Sources / 6.6：
Design for Energy Efficiency / 7.1：
Photochemical Reactions / 7.2：
Advantages of and Challenges Faced by Photochemical Processes / 7.2.1：
Examples of Photochemical Reactions / 7.2.2：
Chemistry using Microwaves / 7.3：
Microwave Heating / 7.3.1：
Microwave-assisted Reactions / 7.3.2：
Sonochemistry / 7.4：
Sonochemistry and Green Chemistry / 7.4.1：
Electrochemical Synthesis / 7.5：
Examples of Electrochemical Synthesis / 7.5.1：
Designing Greener Processes / 7.6：
Conventional Reactors / 8.1：
Batch Reactors / 8.2.1：
Continuous Reactors / 8.2.2：
Inherently Safer Design / 8.3：
Minimization / 8.3.1：
Simplification / 8.3.2：
Substitution / 8.3.3：
Moderation / 8.3.4：
Limitation / 8.3.5：
Process Intensification / 8.4：
Some PI Equipment / 8.4.1：
Some Example of Intensified Processes / 8.4.2：
In-process Monitoring / 8.5：
Near-infrared Spectroscopy / 8.5.1：
Process Safety / 8.6：
Industrial Case Studies / Chapter 9：
Methyl Methacrylate / 9.1：
Greening of Acetic Acid Manufacture / 9.3：
EPDM Rubbers / 9.4：
Vitamin C / 9.5：
Leather Manufacture / 9.6：
Tanning / 9.6.1：
Fatliquoring / 9.6.2：
Dyeing to be Green / 9.7：
Some Manufacturing Improvements / 9.7.1：
Dye Application / 9.7.2：
Polyethylene / 9.8：
Radical Process / 9.8.1：
Ziegler-Natta Catalysis / 9.8.2：
Metallocene Catalysis / 9.8.3：
Post Metallocene Catalysts / 9.8.4：
Eco-friendly Pesticides / 9.9：
Insecticides / 9.9.1：
Epichlorohydrin / 9.10：
The Future's Green: An Integrated Approach to a Greener Chemical Industry / Chapter 10：
Society and Sustainability / 10.1：
Barriers & Drivers / 10.2：
Role of Legislation / 10.3：
Green Chemical Supply Strategies / 10.4：
Greener Energy / 10.5：
Subject Index / 10.6：
Principles and Concepts of Green Chemistry / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Sustainable Development and Green Chemistry / 1.2：
14.
図書
Vítor Araújo, Maria José Pacifico
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Organization of the Text / 1.1：
Preliminary Definitions and Results / 2：
Fundamental Notions and Definitions / 2.1：
Critical Elements, Non-wandering Points, Stable and Unstable Sets / 2.1.1：
Limit Sets, Transitivity, Attractors and Repellers / 2.1.2：
Hyperbolic Critical Elements / 2.1.3：
Topological Equivalence, Structural Stability / 2.1.4：
Low Dimensional Flow Versus Chaotic Behavior / 2.2：
One-Dimensional Flows / 2.2.1：
Two-Dimensional Flows / 2.2.2：
Three Dimensional Chaotic Attractors / 2.2.3：
Hyperbolic Flows / 2.3：
Hyperbolic Sets and Singularities / 2.3.1：
Examples of Hyperbolic Sets and Axiom A Flows / 2.3.2：
Expansiveness and Sensitive Dependence on Initial Conditions / 2.4：
Chaotic Systems / 2.4.1：
Expansive Systems / 2.4.2：
Basic Tools / 2.5：
The Tubular Flow Theorem / 2.5.1：
Transverse Sections and the Poincaré Return Map / 2.5.2：
The Hartman-Grobman Theorem on Local Linearization / 2.5.3：
The (Strong) Inclination Lemma (or ?-Lemma) / 2.5.4：
Homoclinic Classes, Transitiveness and Denseness of Periodic Orbits / 2.5.5：
The Closing Lemma / 2.5.6：
The Connecting Lemma / 2.5.7：
The Ergodic Closing Lemma / 2.5.8：
A Perturbation Lemma for Flows / 2.5.9：
Generic Vector Fields and Lyapunov Stability / 2.5.10：
The Linear Poincaré Flow / 2.6：
Hyperbolic Splitting for the Linear Poincaré Flow / 2.6.1：
Dominated Splitting for the Linear Poincaré Flow / 2.6.2：
Incompressible Flows, Hyperbolicity and Dominated Splitting / 2.6.3：
Ergodic Theory / 2.7：
Physical or SRB Measures / 2.7.1：
Gibbs Measures Versus SRB Measures / 2.7.2：
Stability Conjectures / 2.8：
Singular Cycles and Robust Singular Attractors / 3：
Singular Horseshoe / 3.1：
A Singular Horseshoe Map / 3.1.1：
A Singular Cycle with a Singular Horseshoe First Return Map / 3.1.2：
The Singular Horseshoe Is a Partially Hyperbolic Set with Volume Expanding Central Direction / 3.1.3：
Bifurcations of Saddle-Connections / 3.2：
Saddle-Connection with Real Eigenvalues / 3.2.1：
Inclination Flip and Orbit Flip / 3.2.2：
Saddle-Focus Connection and Shil'nikov Bifurcations / 3.2.3：
Lorenz Attractor and Geometric Models / 3.3：
Properties of the Lorenz System of Equations / 3.3.1：
The Geometric Model / 3.3.2：
The Geometric Lorenz Attractor Is a Partially Hyperbolic Set with Volume Expanding Central Direction / 3.3.3：
Existence and Robustness of Invariant Stable Foliation / 3.3.4：
Robustness of the Geometric Lorenz Attractors / 3.3.5：
The Geometric Lorenz Attractor Is a Homoclinic Class / 3.3.6：
Robustness on the Whole Ambient Space / 4：
No Equilibria Surrounded by Regular Orbits with Dominated Splitting / 4.1：
Homogeneous Flows and Dominated Splitting / 4.2：
Dominated Splitting over the Periodic Orbits / 4.2.1：
Dominated Splitting over Regular Orbits from the Periodic Ones / 4.2.2：
Bounded Angles on the Splitting over Hyperbolic Periodic Orbits / 4.2.3：
Dominated Splitting for the Linear Poincaré Flow Along Regular Orbits / 4.2.4：
Uniform Hyperbolicity for the Linear Poincaré Flow / 4.3：
Subadditive Functions of the Orbits of a Flow and Exponential Growth / 4.3.1：
Uniform Hyperbolicity for the Linear Poincaré Flow on the Whole Manifold / 4.3.2：
Robust Transitivity and Singular-Hyperbolicity / 5：
Definitions and Statement of Results / 5.1：
Equilibria of Robust Attractors Are Lorenz-Like / 5.1.1：
Robust Attractors Are Singular-Hyperbolic / 5.1.2：
Brief Sketch of the Proofs / 5.1.3：
Higher Dimensional Analogues / 5.2：
Singular-Attractor with Arbitrary Number of Expanding Directions / 5.2.1：
The Notion of Sectionally Expanding Sets / 5.2.2：
Homogeneous Flows and Sectionally Expanding Attractors / 5.2.3：
Proof of Sufficient Conditions to Obtain Attractors / 5.3：
Robust Singular Transitivity Implies Attractors or Repellers / 5.3.2：
Attractors and Singular-Hyperbolicity / 5.4：
Uniformly Dominated Splitting over the Periodic Orbits / 5.4.1：
Dominated Splitting over a Robust Attractor / 5.4.2：
Flow-Boxes Near Equilibria / 5.4.3：
Uniformly Bounded Angle Between Stable and Center-Unstable Directions on Periodic Orbits / 5.4.5：
Singular-Hyperbolicity and Robustness / 6：
Cross-Sections and Poincaré Maps / 6.1：
Stable Foliations on Cross-Sections / 6.1.1：
Hyperbolicity of Poincaré Maps / 6.1.2：
Adapted Cross-Sections / 6.1.3：
Global Poincaré Return Map / 6.1.4：
The One-Dimensional Piecewise Expanding Map / 6.1.5：
Denseness of Periodic Orbits and the One-Dimensional Map / 6.1.6：
Crossing Strips and the One-Dimensional Map / 6.1.7：
Homoclinic Class / 6.2：
Sufficient Conditions for Robustness / 6.3：
Denseness of Periodic Orbits and Transitivity with a Unique Singularity / 6.3.1：
Unstable Manifolds of Periodic Orbits Inside Singular-Hyperbolic Attractors / 6.3.2：
Expansiveness and Physical Measure / 7：
Statements of the Results and Overview of the Arguments / 7.1：
Robust Sensitiveness / 7.1.1：
Existence and Uniqueness of a Physical Measure / 7.1.2：
Expansiveness / 7.2：
Proof of Expansiveness / 7.2.1：
Infinitely Many Coupled Returns / 7.2.2：
Semi-global Poincaré Map / 7.2.3：
A Tube-Like Domain Without Singularities / 7.2.4：
Every Orbit Leaves the Tube / 7.2.5：
Expansiveness of the Poincaré Map / 7.2.6：
Singular-Hyperbolicity and Chaotic Behavior / 7.2.8：
Non-uniform Hyperbolicity / 7.3：
The Starting Point / 7.3.1：
The Hölder Property of the Projection / 7.3.2：
Integrability of the Global Return Time / 7.3.3：
Suspending Invariant Measures / 7.3.4：
Physical Measure for the Global Poincaré Map / 7.3.5：
Suspension Flow from the Poincaré Map / 7.3.6：
Physical Measures for the Suspension / 7.3.7：
Physical Measure for the Flow / 7.3.8：
Hyperbolicity of the Physical Measure / 7.3.9：
Absolutely Continuous Disintegration of the Physical Measure / 7.3.10：
Constructing the Disintegration / 7.3.11：
The Support Covers the Whole Attractor / 7.3.12：
Singular-Hyperbolicity and Volume / 8：
Dominated Decomposition and Zero Volume / 8.1：
Dominated Splitting and Regularity / 8.1.1：
Uniform Hyperbolicity / 8.1.2：
Singular-Hyperbolicity and Zero Volume / 8.2：
Positive Volume Versus Transitive Anosov Flows / 8.2.1：
Extension to Sectionally Expanding Attractors in Higher Dimensions / 8.2.3：
Global Dynamics of Generic 3-Flows / 9：
Spectral Decomposition / 9.1：
Some Consequences of the Generic Dichotomy / 9.2：
Generic 3-Flows, Lyapunov Stability and Singular-Hyperbolicity / 9.2.2：
Conservative Tubular Flow Theorem / 9.3：
Realizable Linear Flows / 9.3.2：
Blending Oseledets Directions Along an Orbit Segment / 9.3.3：
Lowering the Norm: Local Procedure / 9.3.4：
Lowering the Norm: Global Procedure / 9.3.5：
Proof of the Dichotomy with Singularities (Theorem 9.4) / 9.3.6：
Related Results and Recent Developments / 10：
More on Singular-Hyperbolicity / 10.1：
Topological Dynamics / 10.1.1：
Attractors that Resemble the Lorenz Attractor / 10.1.2：
Unfolding of Singular Cycles / 10.1.3：
Contracting Lorenz-Like Attractors / 10.1.4：
Dimension Theory, Ergodic and Statistical Properties / 10.1.5：
Large Deviations for the Lorenz Flow / 10.2.1：
Central Limit Theorem for the Lorenz Flow / 10.2.2：
Decay of Correlations / 10.2.3：
Decay of Correlations for the Return Map and Quantitative Recurrence on the Geometric Lorenz Flow / 10.2.4：
Non-mixing Flows and Slow Decay of Correlations / 10.2.5：
Decay of Correlations for Flows / 10.2 6：
Thermodynamical Formalism / 10.2.7：
Generic Conservative Flows in Dimension 3 / 10.3：
Lyapunov Stability on Generic Vector Fields / Appendix A：
Robustness of Dominated Decomposition / Appendix B：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Organization of the Text / 1.1：
Preliminary Definitions and Results / 2：
15.
図書
Maher S. Amer
目次情報:
続きを見る
Nanotechnology, the Technology of Small Thermodynamic Systems / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Origins of Nanotechnology / 1.2：
What Nanotechnology Is / 1.3：
What Can Nanotechnology Do For Us? / 1.3.1：
Where did the Name "Nano" Came From? / 1.3.2：
Does Every Nanosystem Have to Be so Small? / 1.3.3：
How and Why do the Properties of Matter Change by Entering the Nano-domain? / 1.3.4：
Has Nanotechnology Been Used Before? / 1.3.5：
Why did it Take us so Long to Realize the Importance of Nanotechnology? / 1.3.6：
Back to the Science / 1.4：
Large Systems and Small Systems Limits / 1.5：
Scales of Inhomogeneity / 1.6：
Thermal Gravitational Scale / 1.6.1：
Capillary Length / 1.6.2：
Tolman Length / 1.6.3：
Line Tension (?) and the (?/?) Ratio / 1.6.4：
Correlation Length (?) / 1.6.5：
Thermodynamics of Small Systems / 1.7：
Configurational Entropy of Small Systems / 1.8：
Nanophenomena / 1.9：
Optical Phenomena / 1.9.1：
Electronic Phenomena / 1.9.2：
Thermal Phenomena / 1.9.3：
Mechanical Phenomena / 1.9.4：
References
Raman Spectroscopy; (the Diagnostic Tool / Chapter 2：
Raman Phenomenon / 2.1：
General Theory of Raman Scattering / 2.3：
Raman Selection Rules / 2.4：
Vibration Modes and the Polarizability Tensor / 2.4.1：
Symmetry / 2.5：
Identity (E) / 2.5.1：
Center of Symmetry (i) / 2.5.2：
Planes of Symmetry (?) (Minor Planes) / 2.5.3：
Symmetry Elements and Symmetry Operations / 2.5.5：
Point Groups / 2.6：
Point Groups of Molecules / 2.6.1：
Point Groups of Crystals / 2.6.2：
Space Groups / 2.7：
Glide Planes / 2.7.1：
Space Groups in One- and Two-dimensional Space / 2.7.3：
Character Table / 2.8：
Symmetry Operations and Transformation of Directional Properties / 2.8.1：
Degenerate Symmetry Species (Degenerate Representations) / 2.8.2：
Symmetry Species in Linear Molecules / 2.8.3：
Classification of Normal Vibration by Symmetry / 2.8.4：
Raman Overtones and Combination Bands / 2.8.5：
Molecular and Lattice Raman Modes / 2.8.6：
Raman from an Energy Transfer Viewpoint / 2.9：
Boltzmann Distribution and its Correlation to Raman Lines / 2.10：
Perturbation Effects on Raman Bands / 2.11：
Strain Effects / 2.11.1：
Heat Effects / 2.11.2：
Hydrostatic Pressure Effects / 2.11.3：
Structural Imperfections Effects / 2.11.4：
Chemical Potentials Effects / 2.11.5：
Resonant Raman Effect / 2.12：
Calculations of Raman Band Positions / 2.13：
Polarized Raman and Band Intensity / 2.14：
Dispersion Effect / 2.15：
Instrumentation / 2.16：
Recommended General Reading
Fullerenes, the Building Blocks / Chapter 3：
Overview / 3.1：
Fullerenes, the Beginnings and Current State / 3.2：
Zero-dimensional Fullerenes: The Structure / 3.4：
Structure of the [60] Fullerene Molecule / 3.4.1：
Structure of the [70] Fullerene Molecule / 3.4.2：
Production Methods of Fullerenes / 3.5：
Huffman- Krätschmer Method / 3.5.1：
Benzene Combustion Method / 3.5.2：
Condensation Method / 3.5.3：
Extraction Methods of Fullerenes / 3.6：
Purification Methods of Fullerene / 3.7：
Fullerene Onions / 3.8：
One-dimensional Fullerene: the Structure / 3.9：
Single-walled Carbon Nanotubes (SWCNTs) / 3.9.1：
Multi-walled Carbon Nanotubes (MWCNTs) / 3.9.2：
Production of Carbon Nanotubes / 3.9.3：
Two-dimensional Fullerenes - Graphene / 3.10：
The Nano-frontier; Properties, Achievements, and Challenges / Chapter 4：
Raman Scattering of Fullerenes / 4.1：
Raman Scattering of Single-walled Carbon Nanotubes / 4.2.1：
Raman Scattering of Double- and Multi-walled Carbon Nanotubes / 4.2.4：
Raman Scattering of Graphene / 4.2.5：
Thermal Effects on Raman Scattering / 4.2.6：
Fullerene Solubility and Solvent Interactions / 4.3：
Solvent Effects on Fullerenes / 4.3.1：
Fullerene Effects on Solvents / 4.3.2：
Fullerenes under Pressure / 4.4：
Overview, Potentials, Challenges, and Concluding Remarks / 4.5：
Character Tables for Various Point Groups / Appendix 1：
General Formula for Calculating the Number of Normal Vibrations in Each Symmetry Species / Appendix 2：
Polarizability Tensors for the 32 Point Groups including the Icosahedral Group / Appendix 3：
Subject Index
Nanotechnology, the Technology of Small Thermodynamic Systems / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Origins of Nanotechnology / 1.2：
16.
図書
Hajer Bahouri, Jean-Yves Chemin, Raphaël Danchin
目次情報:
続きを見る
Basic Analysis / 1：
Basic Real Anslysis / 1.1：
Holder and Convolution Inequslities / 1.1.1：
The Atomic Decomposition / 1.1.2：
Proof of Refined Young Inequslityp8 / 1.1.3：
A Bilinear Interpolation Theorem / 1.1.4：
A Linear Interpolation Result / 1.1.5：
The Hardy-Littlewood Maximal Function / 1.1.6：
The Fourier Transform / 1.2：
Fourier Transforms of Functions and the Schwartz Space / 1.2.1：
Tempered Distributions and the Fourier Transform / 1.2.2：
A Few Calculations of Fourier Transforms / 1.2.3：
Homogeneous Sobolev Spaces / 1.3：
Definition and Basic Properties / 1.3.1：
Sobolev Embedding in Lebesgue Spaces / 1.3.2：
The Limit Case Hd/2 / 1.3.3：
The Embedding Theorem in Hölder Spaces / 1.3.4：
Nonhomogeneous Sobolev Spaces on Rd / 1.4：
Embedding / 1.4.1：
A Density Theorem / 1.4.3：
Hardy Inequality / 1.4.4：
References and Remarks / 1.5：
Littlewood-Paley Theory / 2：
Functions with Compactly Supported Fourier Transforms / 2.1：
Bernstein-Type Lemmas / 2.1.1：
The Smoothing Effect of Heat Flow / 2.1.2：
The Action of a Diffeomorphism / 2.1.3：
The Effects of Some Nonlinear Functions / 2.1.4：
Dyadic Partition of Unity / 2.2：
Homogeneous Besov Spaces / 2.3：
Characterizations of Homogeneous Besov Spaces / 2.4：
Besov Spaces, Lebesgue Spaces, and Refined Inequalities / 2.5：
Homogeneous Paradifferential Calculus / 2.6：
Homogeneous Bony Decomposition / 2.6.1：
Action of Smooth Functions / 2.6.2：
Time-Space Besov Spaces / 2.6.3：
Nonhomogeneous Besov Spaces / 2.7：
Nonhomogeneous Paradifferential Calculus / 2.8：
The Bony Decomposition / 2.8.1：
The Paralinearization Theorem / 2.8.2：
Besov Spaces and Compact Embeddings / 2.9：
Commutator Estimates / 2.10：
Around the Space B&infty;,&infty; 1 / 2.11：
Transport and Transport-Diffusion Equations / 2.12：
Ordinary Differential Equations / 3.1：
The Cauchy-Lipschitz Theorem Revisited / 3.1.1：
Estimates for the Flow / 3.1.2：
A Blow-up Criterion for Ordinary Differential Equations / 3.1.3：
Transport Equations: The Lipschitz Case / 3.2：
A Priori Estimates in General Besov Spaces / 3.2.1：
Refined Estimates in Besov Spaces with Index 0 / 3.2.2：
Solving the Transport Equation in Besov Spaces / 3.2.3：
Application to a Shallow Water Equation / 3.2.4：
Losing Estimates for Transport Equations / 3.3：
Linear Loss of Regularity in Besov Spaces / 3.3.1：
The Exponential Loss / 3.3.2：
Limited Loss of Regularity / 3.3.3：
A Few Applications / 3.3.4：
Transport-Diffusion Equations / 3.4：
A Priori Estimates / 3.4.1：
Exponential Decay / 3.4.2：
Quasilinear Symmetric Systems / 3.5：
Definition and Examples / 4.1：
Linear Symmetric Systems / 4.2：
The Well-posedness of Linear Symmetric Systems / 4.2.1：
Finite Propagation Speed / 4.2.2：
Further Well-posedness Results for Linear Symmetric Systems / 4.2.3：
The Resolution of Quasilinear Symmetric Systems / 4.3：
Paralinearization and Energy Estimates / 4.3.1：
Convergence of the Scheme / 4.3.2：
Completion of the Proof of Existence / 4.3.3：
Uniqueness and Continuation Criterion / 4.3.4：
Data with Critical Regularity and Blow-up Criteria / 4.4：
Critical Besov Regularity / 4.4.1：
A Refined Blow-up Crndition / 4.4.2：
Continuity of the Flow Map / 4.5：
The Incompressible Navier-Stokes System / 4.6：
Basic Facts Concerning the Navier-Stokes System / 5.1：
Well-posedness in Sobolev Spaces / 5.2：
A General Result / 5.2.1：
The Behavior of the Hd/2-1 Norm Near 0 / 5.2.2：
Results Related to the Structure of the System / 5.3：
The Particular Case of Dimension Two / 5.3.1：
The Case of Dimension Three / 5.3.2：
An Elementary Lp Approach / 5.4：
The Endpoint Space for Picard's Scheme / 5.5：
The Use of the L1 -smoothing Effect of the Heat Flow / 5.6：
The Cannone-Meyer-Planchon Theorem Revisited / 5.6.1：
The Flow of the Solutions of the Navier-Stokes System / 5.6.2：
Anisotropic Viscosity / 5.7：
The Case of L2 Data with One Vertical Derivative in L2 / 6.1：
A Global Existence Result in Anisotropic Besov Spaces / 6.2：
Anisotropic Localization in Fourier Space / 6.2.1：
The Functional Framework / 6.2.2：
Statement of the Main Result / 6.2.3：
Some Technical Lemmas / 6.2.4：
The Proof of Existence / 6.3：
The Proof of Uniqueness / 6.4：
Euler System for Perfect Incompressible Fluids / 6.5：
Local Well-posedness Results for Inviscid Fluids / 7.1：
The Biot-Savart Law / 7.1.1：
Estimates for the Pressure / 7.1.2：
Another Formulation of the Euler System / 7.1.3：
Local Existence of Smooth Solutions / 7.1.4：
Uniqueness / 7.1.5：
Continuation Criteria / 7.1.6：
Global Existence Results in Dimension Two / 7.2：
Smooth Solutions / 7.2.1：
The Borderline Case / 7.2.2：
The Yudovich Theorem / 7.2.3：
The Inviscid Limit / 7.3：
Regularity Results for the Navier-Stokes System / 7.3.1：
The Smooth Case / 7.3.2：
The Rough Case / 7.3.3：
Viscous Vortex Patches / 7.4：
Results Related to Striated Regularity / 7.4.1：
A Stationary Estimate for the Velocity Field / 7.4.2：
Uniform Estimates for Striated Regularity / 7.4.3：
A Global Convergence Result for Striated Regularity / 7.4.4：
Application to Smooth Vortex Patches / 7.4.5：
Strichartz Estimates and Applications to Semilinear Dispersive Equations / 7.5：
Examples of Dispersive Estimates / 8.1：
The Dispersive Estimate for the Free Transport Equation / 8.1.1：
The Dispersive Estimates for the Schrdillger Equation / 8.1.2：
Integral of Oscillating Functions / 8.1.3：
Dispersive Estimates for the Wave Equation / 8.1.4：
The L2 Boundedness of Some Fourier Integral Operators / 8.1.5：
Billnear Methods / 8.2：
The Duality Method and the TT* Argument / 8.2.1：
Strichartz Estimates: The Case q > 2 / 8.2.2：
Strichartz Estimates: The Endpoint Case q = 2 / 8.2.3：
Application to the Cubic Semilinear Schrödinger Equation / 8.2.4：
Strichartz Estimates for the Wave Equation / 8.3：
The Basic Strichartz Estimate / 8.3.1：
The Refined Strichartz Estimate / 8.3.2：
The Qulntic Wave Equation in R3 / 8.4：
The Cubic Wave Equation in R3 / 8.5：
Solutions in H1 / 8.5.1：
Local and Global Well-posedness for Rough Data / 8.5.2：
The Nonlinear Interpolation Method / 8.5.3：
Application to a Class of Semilinear Wave Equations / 8.6：
Smoothing Effect in Quasilinear Wave Equations / 8.7：
A Well-posedness Result Based on an Energy Method / 9.1：
The Main Statement and the Strategy of its Proof / 9.2：
Refined Paralinearization of the Wave Equation / 9.3：
Reduction to a Microlocal Strichartz Estimate / 9.4：
Microlocal Strichartz Estimates / 9.5：
A Rather General Statement / 9.5.1：
Geometrical Optics / 9.5.2：
The Solution of the Eikonal Equation / 9.5.3：
The Transport Equation / 9.5.4：
The Approximation Theorem / 9.5.5：
The Proof of Theorem 9.16 / 9.5.6：
The Compressible Navier-Stokes System / 9.6：
About the Model / 10.1：
General Overview / 10.1.1：
The Barotropic Navier-Stokes Equations / 10.1.2：
Local Theory for Data with Critical Regularity / 10.2：
Scaling Invariance and Statement of the Main Result / 10.2.1：
Existence of a Local Solution / 10.2.2：
A Continuation Criterion / 10.2.4：
Local Theory for Data Bounded Away from the Vacuum / 10.3：
A Priori Estimates for the Linearized Momentum Equation / 10.3.1：
Global Existence for Small Data / 10.3.2：
Statement of the Results / 10.4.1：
A Spectral Analysis of the Linearized Equation / 10.4.2：
A Prioli Estimates for the Linearized Equation / 10.4.3：
Proof of Global Existence / 10.4.4：
The Incompressible Limit / 10.5：
Main Results / 10.5.1：
The Case of Small Data with Critical Regularity / 10.5.2：
The Case of Large Data with More Regularity / 10.5.3：
References / 10.6：
List of Notations
Index
Basic Analysis / 1：
Basic Real Anslysis / 1.1：
Holder and Convolution Inequslities / 1.1.1：
17.
図書
Deborah D.L. Chung
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction to carbon materials / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Graphite / 1.1.1：
Diamond / 1.1.2：
Fullerene / 1.1.3：
The graphite family / 1.2：
Graphite and turbostratic carbon / 1.2.1：
Carbon fibers and nanofibers / 1.2.2：
Carbon nanotubes / 1.2.3：
Intercalated graphite / 1.2.4：
Graphite oxide / 1.2.5：
Exfoliated graphite / 1.2.6：
Flexible graphite / 1.2.7：
Graphene / 1.2.8：
Activated carbon / 1.2.9：
Carbon black / 1.2.10：
Carbon-carbon composites / 1.2.11：
The diamond family / 1.3：
Diamond-like carbon / 1.3.1：
Graphane
The fullerene family / 1.4：
References
Structure of graphite and carbon in the graphite family / 2：
Fabrication of graphite / 2.2：
Polycrytalline graphite / 2.2.1：
Graphite flakes / 2.2.2：
Pyrolytic graphite / 2.2.3：
Properties of graphite / 2.3：
Reciprocal lattice / 2.4：
Electronic energy bands / 2.5：
Magnetic energy levels / 2.6：
Electrical properties / 2.7：
Lattice vibrations / 2.8：
Graphite intercalation compounds / 2.9：
Classification of graphite intercalation compounds / 2.9.1：
Covalent intercalation compounds / 2.9.2：
Graphite oxide (graphitic acid) / 2.9.2.1：
Carbon monofluoride (graphite monofluoride) / 2.9.2.2：
Tetracarbon monofluoride / 2.9.2.3：
Ionic intercalation compounds / 2.9.3：
Graphite-halogens / 2.9.3.1：
Graphite-alkali metals / 2.9.3.2：
Graphite-acid compounds / 2.9.3.3：
Graphite-halide compounds / 2.9.3.4：
Intercalated graphite fibers / 2.9.4：
Structure and formation / 2.10：
Viscoelastic and elastomeric properties / 2.10.2：
Dielectric properties / 2.10.3：
Thermal and electrical conductivities / 2.10.4：
Adsorption and filtration behavior / 2.10.5：
Electronic structure of graphene / 2.11：
Optical behavior / 3.3：
Defects in graphene / 3.4：
Mechanical behavior / 3.5：
Preparation of graphene / 3.6：
Preparation of graphene by the cleavage of graphite / 3.6.1：
Preparation of graphene by the mechanical disintegration of intercalated graphite / 3.6.2：
Preparation of graphene by the chemical reduction of graphene oxide / 3.6.3：
Preparation of graphene by nonoxidizing liquid exfoliation / 3.6.4：
Preparation of graphene by chemical vapor deposition / 3.6.5：
Graphene yarns / 3.7：
Graphene paper / 3.8：
Graphene foam / 3.9：
Graphene ink / 3.10：
Graphene quantum dots / 3.11：
Doping of graphene / 3.12：
Hybrids of graphene and carbon nanotubes / 3.13：
Hybrids of graphene and carbon fibers / 3.14：
Hybrids of graphene and electrochemical electrode materials / 3.15：
Fabrication / 4：
Structure / 4.3：
Squish ability and compaction / 4.4：
Application in thermal interface materials / 4.5：
Application as an electrically conductive additive / 4.6：
Dielectric behavior / 4.7：
Viscoelastic behavior / 4.8：
Nanoindentation behavior / 4.8.1：
Dynamic mechanical properties / 4.8.2：
Carbon black composites / 4.9：
Competing materials / 4.10：
Market and applications / 4.11：
Structure of activated carbon / 5：
Adsorption / 5.2：
Forms of activated carbon / 5.3：
Granular activated carbon / 5.3.1：
Powdered activated carbon / 5.3.2：
Extruded activated carbon / 5.3.3：
Bead activated carbon / 5.3.4：
Activated carbon assemblies / 5.4：
Honeycomb carbon filters / 5.4.1：
Activated carbon blocks with hollow channels / 5.4.2：
Activated carbon foam / 5.4.3：
Activated carbon foam assemblies / 5.4.4：
Activated carbon fiber fabric / 5.4.5：
Activated carbon composites / 5.4.6：
Fabrication of activated carbon / 5.5：
Steam activation / 5.5.1：
Gas activation / 5.5.2：
Chemical activation / 5.5.3：
Regeneration of activated carbon / 5.6：
Processing-structure-properly relationships of activated carbon / 5.7：
Applications of activated carbon / 5.8：
Water purification / 5.8.1：
Air purification / 5.8.2：
Gas purification / 5.8.3：
Waste treatment / 5.8.4：
Carbon dioxide capture / 5.8.5：
Heat pumps and refrigeration / 5.8.6：
Electrochemical components / 5.8.7：
Catalyst support / 5.8.8：
Market of activated carbon / 5.9：
Carbon fibers / 6：
Applications and market / 6.1：
Continuous fiber assemblies / 6.3：
Discontinuous fibers / 6.4：
Microstructure / 6.5：
Continuous carbon fibers vs. other materials / 6.6：
Carbon fiber composites / 6.8：
Carbon nanofibers and nanotubes / 7：
Structure of carbon nanofibers and nanotubes / 7.1：
Properties of carbon nanofibers and nanotubes / 7.3：
Mats and yams of CNFs/CNTs / 7.4：
Mats / 7.4.1：
Fabrication of mats / 7.4.1.1：
Electrical and electromagnetic behavior of mats / 7.4.1.2：
Mechanical behavior of mats / 7.4.1.3：
Electrochemical behavior of mats / 7.4.1.4：
Yarns / 7.4.2：
Fabrication of yarns / 7.4.2.1：
Mechanical behavior of yarns / 7.4.2.2：
Assemblies involving CNTs/CNFs / 7.5：
Vertically aligned CNTs / 7.5.1：
CMF/CNT with filled core channel / 7.5.2：
CNFs/CNTs grown on carbon fibers / 7.5.3：
CNTs grown on carbon black / 7.5.4：
CNTs grown on graphene, reduced graphene oxide or exfoliated graphite / 7.5.5：
Carbon deposited on CNTs / 7.5.6：
CNTs grown on alumina / 7.5.7：
CNTs grown on silica fibers / 7.5.8：
CNFs grown on cordierite / 7.5.9：
CNTs grown on metals / 7.5.10：
CNTs attached to polymers / 7.5.11：
CNFs/CNTs mixed with electrochemical electrode material / 7.5.12：
Fabrication of carbon nanofibers and nanotubes / 7.6：
Fabrication of carbon nanofibers/nanotubes from carbonaceous gases / 7.6.1：
Fabrication of carbon nanofibers from electro spun polymer nanofibers / 7.6.2：
Graphitization of carbon nanofibers / 7.6.4：
Index / 7.7：
Preface
Introduction to carbon materials / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
18.
図書
Brian R. Martin, G. Shaw
出版情報:
Hoboken, NJ : Wiley, 2019 xiv, 499 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Notes
Basic concepts / 1：
History / 1.1：
The origins of nuclear physics / 1.1.1：
The emergence of particle physics: hadrons and quarks / 1.1.2：
The standard model of particle physics / 1.1.3：
Relativity and antiporticles / 1.2：
Space-time symmetries and conservation laws / 1.3：
Parity / 1.3.1：
Charge conjugation / 1.3.2：
Time reversal / 1.3.3：
Interactions and Feynman diagrams / 1.4：
Interactions / 1.4.1：
Feynman diagrams / 1.4.2：
Particle exchange: forces and potentials / 1.5：
Range of forces / 1.5.1：
The Yukawa potential / 1.5.2：
Observable quantities: cross-sections and decay rates / 1.6：
Amplitudes / 1.6.1：
Cross-sections / 1.6.2：
The basic scattering formulas / 1.6.3：
Unstable states / 1.6.4：
Units / 1.7：
Problems 1
Nuclear phenomenology / 2：
Mass spectroscopy / 2.1：
Deflection spectrometers / 2.1.1：
Kinematic analysis / 2.1.2：
Penning trap measurements / 2.1.3：
Nuclear shapes and sizes / 2.2：
Charge distribution / 2.2.1：
Matter distribution / 2.2.2：
Semi-empirical mass formula: the liquid drop model / 2.3：
Binding energies / 2.3.1：
Semi-empirical mass formula / 2.3.2：
Nuclear instability / 2.4：
Decay chains / 2.5：
ß decay phenomenology / 2.6：
Odd-mass nuclei / 2.6.1：
Even-mass nuclei / 2.6.2：
Fission / 2.7：
¿ decays / 2.8：
Nuclear reactions / 2.9：
Problems 2
Particle phenomenology / 3：
Leptons / 3.1：
Lepton multiplets and lepton numbers / 3.1.1：
Universal lepton interactions; the number of neutrinos / 3.1.2：
Neutrinos / 3.1.3：
Neutrino mixing and oscillations / 3.1.4：
Oscillation experiments / 3.1.5：
Neutrino masses and mixing angles / 3.1.0：
Lepton numbers revisited / 3.1.7：
Quarks / 3.2：
Evidence for quarks / 3.2.1：
Quark generations and quark numbers / 3.2.2：
Hadrons / 3.3：
Flavour independence and charge multiplets / 3.3.1：
The simple quark model / 3.3.2：
Hadron decays and lifetimes / 3.3.3：
Hadron magnetic moments and masses / 3.3.4：
Heavy quarkonia / 3.3.5：
Allowed and exotic quantum numbers / 3.3.6：
Problems 3
Experimental methods / 4：
Overview / 4.1：
Accelerators and beams / 4.2：
DC accelerators / 4.2.1：
AC accelerators / 4.2.2：
Neutral and unstable particle beams / 4.2.3：
Particle interactions with matter / 4.3：
Short-range interactions with nuclei / 4.3.1：
Ionisation energy losses / 4.3.2：
Radiation energy losses / 4.3.3：
Interactions of photons in matter
Ranges and interaction lengths
Particle detectors / 4.4：
Gaseous ionisation detectors / 4.4.1：
Scintillation counters / 4.4.2：
Semiconductor detectors / 4.4.3：
Cerenkov counters and transition radiation / 4.4.4：
Calorimeters / 4.4.5：
Detector Systems / 4.5：
Problems 4
Quark dynamics: the strong interaction / 5：
Colour / 5.1：
Quantum chromodynamics (QCD) / 5.2：
The strong coupling constant / 5.2.1：
Screening, antiscreening and asymptotic freedom / 5.2.2：
New forms of matter / 5.3：
Exotic hadrons / 5.3.1：
The quark-gluon plasma / 5.3.2：
Jets and gluons / 5.4：
Colour counting / 5.4.1：
Deep inelastic scattering and nucleoli structure / 5.5：
Scaling / 5.5.1：
The quark-par ton model / 5.5.2：
Scaling violations and parton distributions / 5.5.3：
Inelastic neutrino scattering / 5.5.4：
Other processes / 5.0：
Jets / 5.0.1：
Lepton pair production / 5.0.2：
Current and constituent quarks / 5.7：
Problems 5
Weak interactions and electroweak unification / 6：
Charged and neutral currents / 6.1：
Charged current reactions / 6.2：
W-lepton interactions / 6.2.1：
Lepton-quark symmetry and mixing / 6.2.2：
W-boson decays / 6.2.3：
Charged current selection rules / 6.2.4：
The third generation / 6.3：
More quark mixing / 6.3.1：
Properties of the top quark / 6.3.2：
Neutral currents and the unified theory / 6.4：
Electroweak unification / 0.4.1：
The Z° vertices and electroweak reactions / 6.4.2：
Gauge invariance and the Higgs boson / 6.5：
Unification and the gauge principle / 6.5.1：
Particle masses and the Higgs held / 6.5.2：
Properties of the Higgs boson / 6.5.3：
Discovery of the Higgs boson / 6.5.4：
Problems 0
Symmetry breaking in the weak interaction / 7：
P violation, C violation, and CP conservation / 7.1：
Muon decay symmetries / 7.1.1：
Parity violation in electro weak processes / 7.1.2：
Spin structure of the weak interactions / 7.2：
Left-handed neutrinos and right-handed antineutrinos / 7.2.1：
Particles with mass: chirality / 7.2.2：
Neutral kaons: particle-antiparticle mixing and CP violation / 7.3：
CP invariance and neutral kaons / 7.3.1：
CP violation in K0 L decay / 7.3.2：
Flavour oscillations and CPT invariance / 7.3.3：
CP violation and flavour oscillations in B decays / 7.4：
Direct CP violation in decay rates / 7.4.1：
B0 -B0 mixing / 7.4.2：
CP violation in interference / 7.4.3：
CP violation in the standard model / 7.5：
Problems 7
Models and theories of nuclear physics / 8：
The nucleon-nucleon potential / 8.1：
Fermi gas model / 8.2：
Shell model / 8.3：
Shell structure of atoms / 8.3.1：
Nuclear shell structure and magic numbers / 8.3.2：
Spins, parities, and magnetic dipole moments
Excited states
Nonspbcrical nuclei / 8.4：
Electric quadrupole moments / 8.4.1：
Collective model / 8.4.2：
Summary of nuclear structure models / 8.5：
¿ decay / 8.6：
ß decay / 8.7：
V - A theory / 8.7.1：
Electron and positron momentum distributions / 8.7.2：
Selection rules / 8.7.3：
Applications of Fermi theory / 8.7.4：
Transition rates / 8.8：
Problems 8
Applications of nuclear and particle physics / 9：
Induced fission and chain reactions / 9.1：
Thermal fission reactors / 9.1.2：
Radioactive waste / 9.1.3：
Power from ADS systems / 9.1.4：
Fusion / 9.2：
Coulomb barrier / 9.2.1：
Fusion reaction rates / 9.2.2：
Nucleosynthesis and stellar evolution / 9.2.3：
Fusion reactors / 9.2.4：
Nuclear weapons / 9.3：
Fission devices / 9.3.1：
Fission/fusion devices / 9.3.2：
Biomedical applications / 9.4：
Radiation and living matter / 9.4.1：
Radiation therapy / 9.4.2：
Medical imaging using ionising radiation / 9.4.3：
Magnetic resonance imaging / 9.4.4：
Further applications / 9.5：
Computing and data analysis / 9.5.1：
Archaeology and geophysics / 9.5.2：
Accelerators and detectors / 9.5.3：
Industrial applications / 9.5.4：
Problems 9
Some outstanding questions and future prospects / 10：
Hadrons and nuclei / 10.1：
Hadron structure and the nuclear environment / 10.2.1：
Nuclear structure / 10.2.2：
Unification schemes / 10.3：
Grand unification / 10.3.1：
Supersymmetry / 10.3.2：
Strings and things / 10.3.3：
The nature of the neutrino / 10.4：
Neutrinoless double beta decay / 10.4.1：
Particle astrophysics / 10.5：
Neutrino astrophysics / 10.5.1：
Cosmology and dark matter / 10.5.2：
Matter antimatter asymmetry / 10.5.3：
Axioms and the strong CP problem / 10.5.4：
Some results in quantum mechanics / A：
Barrier penetration / A.1：
Density of states / A.2：
Perturbation theory and the Second Golden Rule / A.3：
Isospin formalism / A.4：
Isospin operators and quark states / A.4.1：
Hadron states / A.4.2：
Problems A
Relativistic kinematics / B：
Loreutz transformations and four-vectors / B.1：
Frames of reference / B.2：
Invariants / B.3：
Problems B
Rutherford scattering / C：
Classical physios / C.1：
Quantum mechanics / C.2：
Problems C
Gauge theories / D：
Gauge invariance and the standard model / D.1：
Electromagnetism and the gauge principle / D.1.1：
The standard model / D.1.2：
Problems D / D.2：
Short answers to selected problems / E：
References
Index
Inside Rear Cover: Table of constants and conversion factors
Preface
Notes
Basic concepts / 1：
19.
図書
Joseph B. Lambert, Eugene P. Mazzola, Clark D. Ridge
出版情報:
Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley & Sons, 2019 xxii, 456 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to First Edition
Acknowledgments
Preface to Second Edition
Solutions
Symbols
Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
Magnetic Properties of Nuclei / 1.1：
The Chemical Shift / 1.2：
Excitation and Relaxation / 1.3：
Pulsed Experiments / 1.4：
The Coupling Constant / 1.5：
Quantitation and Complex Splitting / 1.6：
Commonly Studied Nuclides / 1.7：
Dynamic Effects / 1.8：
Spectra of Solids / 1.9：
Problems
Tips on Solving NMR Problems
References
Further Reading
Introductory Experimental Methods / 2：
The Spectrometer / 2.1：
Sample Preparation / 2.2：
Optimizing the Signal / 2.3：
Sample Tube Placement / 2.3.1：
Probe Tuning / 2.3.2：
Field/Frequency Locking / 2.3.3：
Spectrometer Shimming / 2.3.4：
Determination of NMR Spectral-Acquisition Parameters / 2.4：
Number of Data Points / 2.4.1：
Spectral Width / 2.4.2：
Filter Bandwidth / 2.4.3：
Acquisition Time / 2.4.4：
Transmitter Offset / 2.4.5：
Flip Angle / 2.4.6：
Receiver Gain / 2.4.7：
Number of Scans / 2.4.8：
Steady-State Scans / 2.4.9：
Oversampling and Digital Filtration / 2.4.10：
Decoupling for X Nuclei / 2.4.11：
Typical NMR Experiments / 2.4.12：
Determination of NMR Spectral-Processing Parameters / 2.5：
Exponential Weighting / 2.5.1：
Zero Filling / 2.5.2：
FID Truncation and Spectral Artifacts / 2.5.3：
Resolution / 2.5.4：
Determination of NMR Spectra: Spectral Presentation / 2.6：
Signal Phasing and Baseline Correction / 2.6.1：
Zero Referencing / 2.6.2：
Determination of Certain NMR Parameters / 2.6.3：
Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants / 2.6.3.1：
1 H Integration / 2.6.3.2：
Calibrations / 2.7：
Pulse Width (Flip Angle) / 2.7.1：
Decoupler Field Strength / 2.7.2：
Factors That Influence Proton Shifts / 3：
Local Fields / 3.1.1：
Nonlocal Fields / 3.1.2：
Proton Chemical Shifts and Structure / 3.2：
Saturated Aliphatics / 3.2.1：
Alkanes / 3.2.1.1：
Functionalized Alkanes / 3.2.1.2：
Unsaturated Aliphatics / 3.2.2：
Alkynes / 3.2.2.1：
Alkenes / 3.2.2.2：
Aldehydes / 3.2.2.3：
Aromatics / 3.2.3：
Protons on Oxygen and Nitrogen / 3.2.4：
Programs for Empirical Calculations / 3.2.5：
Medium and Isotope Effects / 3.3：
Medium Effects / 3.3.1：
Isotope Effects / 3.3.2：
Factors That Influence Carbon Shifts / 3.4：
Carbon Chemical Shifts and Structure / 3.5：
Acyclic Alkanes / 3.5.1：
Cyclic Alkanes / 3.5.1.2：
Unsaturated Compounds / 3.5.1.3：
Alkynes and Nitriles / 3.5.2.1：
Carbonyl Groups / 3.5.2.3：
Tables of Chemical Shifts / 3.5.4：
Further Tips on Solving NMR Problems
First- and Second-order Spectra / 4：
Chemical and Magnetic Equivalence / 4.2：
Signs and Mechanisms of Coupling / 4.3：
Couplings over One Bond / 4.4：
Geminal Couplings / 4.5：
Vicinal Couplings / 4.6：
Long-range Couplings / 4.7：
¿- ¿ Overlap / 4.7.1：
Zigzag Pathways / 4.7.2：
Through-Space Coupling / 4.7.3：
Spectral Analysis / 4.8：
Second-order Spectra / 4.9：
Deceptive Simplicity / 4.9.1：
Virtual Coupling / 4.9.2：
Shift Reagents / 4.9.3：
Isotope Satellites / 4.9.4：
Tables of Coupling Constants / 4.10：
Further Topics in One-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy / 5：
Spin-Lattice and Spin-Spin Relaxation / 5.1：
Causes of Relaxation / 5.1.1：
Measurement of Relaxation Time / 5.1.2：
Transverse Relaxation / 5.1.3：
Structural Ramifications / 5.1.4：
Anisotropic Motion / 5.1.5：
Segmental Motion / 5.1.6：
Partially Relaxed Spectra / 5.1.7：
Quadrupolar Relaxation / 5.1.8：
Reactions on the NMR Time Scale / 5.2：
Hindered Rotation / 5.2.1：
Ring Reversal / 5.2.2：
Atomic Inversion / 5.2.3：
Valence Tautomerizations and Bond Shifts / 5.2.4：
Quantification / 5.2.5：
Magnetization Transfer and Spin Locking / 5.2.6：
Multiple Resonance / 5.3：
Spin Decoupling / 5.3.1：
Difference Decoupling / 5.3.2：
Classes of Multiple Resonance Experiments / 5.3.3：
Off-resonance Decoupling / 5.3.4：
The Nuclear Overhauser Effect / 5.4：
Origin / 5.4.1：
Observation / 5.4.2：
Difference NOE / 5.4.3：
Applications / 5.4.4：
Limitations / 5.4.5：
Spectral Editing / 5.5：
The Spin-Echo Experiment / 5.5.1：
The Attached Proton Test / 5.5.2：
The DEPT Sequence / 5.5.3：
Sensitivity Enhancement / 5.6：
The INEPT sequence / 5.6.1：
Refocused INEPT / 5.6.2：
Spectral Editing with Refocused INEPT / 5.6.3：
DEPT Revisited / 5.6.4：
Carbon Connectivity / 5.7：
Phase Cycling, Composite Pulses, and Shaped Pulses / 5.8：
Phase Cycling / 5.8.1：
Composite Pulses / 5.8.2：
Shaped Pulses / 5.8.3：
Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscooy / 6：
Proton-Proton Correlation Through/Coupling / 6.1：
COSY45 / 6.1.1：
Long-Range COSY (LRCOSY or Delayed COSY) / 6.1.2：
Phase-Sensitive COSY (¿-COSY) / 6.1.3：
Multiple Quantum Filtration / 6.1.4：
TOtal Correlation SpectroscopY (TOCSY) / 6.1.5：
Relayed COSY / 6.1.6：
J-Resolved Spectroscopy / 6.1.7：
COSY for Other Nuclides / 6.1.8：
Proton-Heteronucleus Correlation / 6.2：
HETCOR / 6.2.1：
HMQC / 6.2.2：
BIRD-HMQC / 6.2.3：
HSQC / 6.2.4：
COLOC / 6.2.5：
HMBC / 6.2.6：
Heteronuclear Relay Coherence Transfer / 6.2.7：
Proton-Proton Correlation Through Space or Chemical Exchange / 6.3：
Carbon-Carbon Correlation / 6.4：
Higher Dimensions / 6.5：
Pulsed Field Gradients / 6.6：
Diffusion-Ordered Spectroscopy / 6.7：
Summary of 2D Methods / 6.8：
Advanced Experimental Methods / 7：
Part A: One-Dimensional Techniques / 7.1：
T1 Measurements / 7.1.1：
13 C Spectral Editing Experiments / 7.1.2：
The APT Experiment / 7.1.2.1：
The DEPT Experiment / 7.1.2.2：
NOE Experiments / 7.1.3：
The NOE Difference Experiment / 7.1.3.1：
The Double-Pulse, Field-Gradient, Spin-Echo NOE Experiment / 7.1.3.2：
Part B: Two-Dimensional Techniques / 7.2：
Two-Dimensional NMR Data-Acquisition Parameters / 7.2.1：
Number of Time Increments / 7.2.1.1：
Spectral Widths / 7.2.1.3：
Relaxation Delay / 7.2.1.4：
Number of Scans per Time Increment / 7.2.1.8：
Two-Dimensional NMR Data-Processing Parameters / 7.2.1.10：
Weighting Functions / 7.2.2.1：
Digital Resolution / 7.2.2.2：
Linear Prediction / 7.2.2.4：
Two-Dimensional NMR Data Display / 7.2.3：
Phasing and Zero Referencing / 7.2.3.1：
Symmetrization / 7.2.3.2：
Use of Cross Sections in Analysis / 7.2.3.3：
Part C: Two-Dimensional Techniques: The Experiments / 7.3：
Homonuclear Chemical-Shift Correlation Experiments via Scalar / 7.3.1：
Coupling
The COSY Family: COSY-90°, COSY-45°, Long-Range COSY, and DQF-COSY / 7.3.1.1：
The TOCSY Experiment / 7.3.1.2：
Direct Heteronuclear Chemical-Shift Correlation via Scalar Coupling / 7.3.2：
The HMQC Experiment / 7.3.2.1：
The HSQC Experiment / 7.3.2.2：
The HETCOR Experiment / 7.3.2.3：
Indirect Heteronuclear Chemical-Shift Correlation via Scalar Coupling / 7.3.3：
The HMBC Experiment / 7.3.3.1：
The FLOCK Experiment / 7.3.3.2：
The HSQC-TOCSY Experiment / 7.3.3.3：
Homonuclear Chemical-Shift Correlation via Dipolar Coupling / 7.3.4：
The NOESY Experiment / 7.3.4.1：
The ROESY Experiment / 7.3.4.2：
1D and Advanced 2D Experiments / 7.3.5：
The 1D TOCSY Experiment / 7.3.5.1：
The 1D NOESY and ROESY Experiments / 7.3.5.2：
The Multiplicity-Edited HSQC Experiment / 7.3.5.3：
The H2BC Experiment / 7.3.5.4：
Nonuniform Sampling / 7.3.5.5：
Pure Shift NMR / 7.3.5.6：
Covariance NMR / 7.3.5.7：
Pure Shift-Covariance NMR / 7.3.6：
Structural Elucidation: Two Methods / 8：
Part A: Spectral Analysis / 8.1：
1 H NMR Data / 8.1.1：
13 C NMR Data / 8.1.2：
The COSY Experiment / 8.13：
General Molecular Assembly Strategy / 8.1.6：
A Specific Molecular Assembly Procedure / 8.1.8：
Part B: Computer-Assisted Structure Elucidation / 8.1.9：
CASE Procedures / 8.2.1：
T-2 Toxin / 8.2.2：
Derivation of the NMR Equation / Appendix A：
The Bloch Equations / Appendix B：
Reference
Quantum Mechanical Treatment of the Two-Spin System / Appendix C：
Analysis of Second-Order. Three- and Four-Spin Systems by Inspection / Appendix D：
Relaxation / Appendix E：
Product-Operator Formalism and Coherence-Level Diagrams / Appendix F：
Stereochemical Considerations / Appendix G：
Homotopics Groups / G.1：
Enantiotopic Groups / G.2：
Diastereotopic Groups / G.3：
Index
Preface to First Edition
Acknowledgments
Preface to Second Edition
20.
図書
東工大
赤間世紀著
出版情報:
東京 : カットシステム, 2011.11 xiv, 408p ; 21cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
第1章 統計ソフトR 1
1.1 Rの歴史 2
1.2 Rの機能 3
1.3 本書の使用法 4
1.4 構文の構成 4
第2章 基本項目
2.1 データ属性 8
2.1.1 attr 8
2.1.2 attributes 9
2.1.3 comment 10
2.1.4 length 11
2.1.5 names 12
2.1.6 NULL 13
2.1.7 numeric 14
2.1.8 structure 15
2.1.9 typeof 15
2.2 日付と時間 16
2.2.1 Sys.time 16
2.2.2 Sys.Date 17
2.2.3 date 17
2.2.4 as.POSIX 18
2.2.5 difftime 19
2.2.6 strptime 20
2.2.7 weekdays 21
2.2.8 months 22
2.2.9 Date 22
2.2.10 DateTimeClasses 23
2.3 データタイプ 25
2.3.1 integer 25
2.3.2 numeric 26
2.3.3 double 27
2.3.4 complex 29
2.3.5 character 30
2.3.6 logical 31
2.3.7 vector 33
2.3.8 matrix 34
2.3.9 data.frame 35
2.3.10 array 37
2.3.11 list 39
2.3.12 seq 41
2.3.13 NA 42
2.3.14 is.finit 43
2.4 基本システム変数 44
2.4.1 commandArgs 44
2.4.2 LETTERS 45
2.4.3 NULL 46
2.4.4 Random 47
2.4.5 R.Version 48
2.5 データセット
2.5.1 ability.cov 50
2.5.2 airmiles 51
2.5.3 AirPassengers 52
2.5.4 airquality 53
2.5.5 anscombe 54
2.5.6 attenu 55
2.5.7 attitude 56
2.5.8 austres 57
2.5.9 beaver 58
2.5.10 BJsales 59
2.5.11 BOD 61
2.5.12 cars 62
2.5.13 ChickWeight 63
2.5.14 chickwts 64
2.5.15 C02 65
2.5.16 co2 66
2.5.17 crimtab67
2.5.18 discoveries 68
2.5.19 DNase 69
2.5.20 esoph 70
2.5.21 euro 71
2.5.22 eurodist 73
2.5.23 EuStockMarkets 75
2.5.24 faithful 76
2.5.25 Formaldehyde 77
2.5.26 freeny 78
2.5.27 HairEyeColor 80
2.5.28 Harman23.cor 81
2.5.29 Harman74.cor 82
2.5.30 Indometh 83
2.5.31 infert 84
2.5.32 InsectSprays 86
2.5.33 iris 87
2.5.34 islands 88
2.5.35 JohnsonJohnson 90
2.5.36 LakeHuron 91
2.5.37 lh 92
2.5.38 LifeCycleSavings 92
2.5.39 Loblolly 94
2.5.40 longley 95
2.5.41 lynx 96
2.5.42 morley 97
2.5.43 mtcars 98
2.5.44 nhtemp 99
2.5.45 Nile 100
2.5.46 nottem 101
2.5.47 occupationalStatus 102
2.5.48 Orange 103
2.5.49 OrchardSprays 104
2.5.50 PlantGrowth 106
2.5.51 precip 107
2.5.52 presidents 108
2.5.53 pressure 110
2.5.54 Puromycin 111
2.5.55 quakes 11 2
2.5.56 randu 113
2.5.57 rivers 114
2.5.58 rock 11 5
2.5.59 sleep 116
2.5.60 stackloss 118
2.5.61 state 120
2.5.62 sunspot.month 122
2.5.63 sunspot.year 122
2.5.64 sunspots 1 23
2.5.65 swiss 124
2.5.66 Theoph 126
2.5.67 Titanic 127
2.5.68 ToothGrowth 128
2.5.69 treering 130
2.5.70 trees 131
2.5.71 UCBAdmissions 132
2.5.72 UKDriverDeaths 133
2.5.73 UKgas 135
2.5.74 UKLungDeaths 136
2.5.75 USAccDeaths 137
2.5.76 USArrests 138
2.5.77 USJudgeRatings 139
2.5.78 USPersonalExpenditure 140
2.5.79 uspop 141
2.5.80 VADeaths 142
2.5.81 volcano 143
2.5.82 warpbreaks 144
2.5.83 women 145
2.5.84 WorldPhones 146
2.5.85 WWWusage 147
2.6 主なパッケージ 148
2.6.1 base-package 148
2.6.2 utilis-package 148
2.6.3 stats-package 148
2.6.4 graphics-package 148
2.6.5 grDevices-package 149
第3章 数学 151
3.1 算術 152
3.1.1 Arithmetic 152
3.1.2 Extremes 153
3.1.3 colSums 155
3.1.4 cumsum 156
3.1.5 prod 157
3.1.6 Round 158
3.1.7 range 159
3.1.8 sets 161
3.1.9 sort 162
3.1.10 sum 164
3.2 数学関数 165
3.2.1 abs 165
3.2.2 sign 166
3.2.3 log 167
3.2.4 Trig 168
3.2.5 Hyperbolic 170
3.2.6 Special 172
3.2.7 Bessel 174
3.2.8 norm 176
3 2 9 polyroot 177
3.3 論理演算 178
3.3.1 Comparison 178
3.3.2 Logic 180
3.3.3 logical 182
3.3.4 all 183
3.3.5 any 184
3.3.6 complete.cases 185
3.3.7 which 186
3.4 配列と行列 187
3.4.1 backsolve 187
3.4.2 col 190
3.4.3 row 191
3.4.4 crossprod 192
3.4.5 %*% 193
3.4.6 %o% 195
3.4.7 nrow 198
3.4.8 ncol 199
3.4.9 t 200
3.4.10 det 201
3.4.11 diag 202
3.4.12 dim 203
3.4.13 dimnames 204
3.4.14 row.names 206
3.4.15 row/colnames 207
3.4.16 eigen 208
3.4.17 kronecker 210
3.4.18 lower.tri 211
3.4.19 qr 213
3.4.20 svd 214
3.4.21 chol 215
3.4.22 solve 216
第4章 グラフィックス 219
4.1 プロット 220
4.1.1 plot 220
4.1.2 curve 222
4.1.3 barplot 223
4.1.4 pie 225
4.1.5 hist 227
4.1.6 boxplot 229
4.1.7 qqnorm 231
4.1.8 contour 233
4.2 グラフィックスデバイス 235
4.2.1 Devices 235
4.2.2 dev 236
4.2.3 embedFonts 238
4.2.4 Japanese 239
4.2.5 pdf 240
4.2.6 pictex 242
4.2.7 png 243
4.2.8 postscript 244
4.2.9 windows 246
4.2.10 xfig 248
4.3 カラー 249
4.3.1 RGB 249
4.3.2 XYZ 250
4.3.3 colors 251
4.3.4 rgb 252
第5章 プログラミング 253
5.1 制御 254
5.1.1 Control 254
5.1.2 ifelse 257
5.1.3 switch 258
5.1.4 function 259
5.1.5 debug 260
5.1.6 call 262
5.1.7 eval 263
5.1.8 expression 264
5.1.9 message 265
5.1.10 mode 266
5.1.11 name 267
5.1.12 stop 268
5.1.13 try 269
5.1.14 warning 270
5.2 メソッド 271
5.2.1 setClass 271
5.2.2 new 272
5.2.3 as 274
5.2.4 setMethod 275
5.2.5 is 277
5.3 入出力 279
5.3.1 scan 279
5.3.2 print 281
5.3.3 readline 282
5.3.4 readBin 283
5.3.5 readChar 284
5.3.6 read.table 286
5.3.7 write 288
5.3.8 write.table 289
5.3.9 sprintf 290
5.4 ユーティリティ 292
5.4.1 demo 292
5.4.2 edit 293
5.4.3 example 295
第6章 統計 297
6.1 確率分布と乱数 298
6.1.1 Beta 298
6.1.2 Binomial 300
6.1.3 Cauchy 302
6.1.4 Chisquare 303
6.1.5 Exponential 305
6.1.6 FDist 306
6.1.7 GammaDist 308
6.1.8 Geometric 309
6.1.9 Hypergeometric 310
6.1.10 Lognormal 312
6.1.11 NegBinomial 313
6.1.12 Normal 315
6.1.13 Poisson 317
6.1.14 TDist 318
6.1.15 Uniform 321
6.1.16 Weibull 322
6.2 記述統計 324
6.2.1 mean 325
6.2.2 median 326
6.2.3 quantile 327
6.2.4 IQR 328
6.2.5 Correlation 328
6.2.6 sd 331
6.2.7 fivenurn 332
6.2.8 skewness 333
6.2.9 kurtosis 335
6.3 推測統計 337
6.3.1 binom.test 339
6.3.2 prop.test 340
6.3.3 t.test 342
6.3.4 chisq.test 344
6.3.5 var.test 346
6.3.6 cor.test 347
6.4 統計モデル 349
6.4.1 formula 349
6.4.2 lm 350
6.4.3 summary.lm 353
6.4.4 predict.lm 354
6.4.5 nls 356
6.4.6 summary.nls 357
6.4.7 predict.nls 358
6.4.8 glm 360
6.5 時系列 362
6.5.1 ts 362
6.5.2 plot.ts 363
6.5.3 lag 365
6.5.4 diff 366
6.5.5 acf 367
6.5.6 plot.acf 369
6.5.7 spec.pgram 371
6.5.8 spectrum 374
6.5.9 ar 376
6.5.10 arima 378
6.5.11 garch 380
参考文献 384
逆引き索引 385
（1）基本項目 385
（2）データセット 387
（3）数学 390
（4）グラフィックス 392
（5）プログラミング 393
（6）統計 395
索引 398
第1章 統計ソフトR 1
1.1 Rの歴史 2
1.2 Rの機能 3
21.
図書
edited by Mark Wild, Gregory J. Offer
出版情報:
Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley & Sons, 2019 xiv, 335 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Materials / Part I：
Electrochemical Theory and Physics / Geraint Minton1：
Overview of a LiS cell / 1.1：
The Development of the Cell Voltage / 1.2：
Using the Electrochemical Potential / 1.2.1：
Electrochemical Reactions / 1.2.2：
The Electric Double Layer / 1.2.3：
Reaction Equilibrium / 1.2.4：
A Finite Electrolyte / 1.2.5：
The Need for a Second Electrode / 1.2.6：
Allowing a Current to Flow / 1.3：
The Reaction Overpotential / 1.3.1：
The Transport Overpotential / 1.3.2：
General Comments on the Over potentials / 1.3.3：
Additional Processes Which Define the Behavior of a LiS Cell / 1.4：
Multiple Electrochemical Reactions at One Surface / 1.4.1：
Chemical Reactions / 1.4.2：
Species Solubility and Indirect Reaction Effects / 1.4.3：
Transport Limitations in the Cathode / 1.4.4：
The Active Surface Area / 1.4.5：
Precipitate Accumulation / 1.4.6：
Electrolyte Viscosity, Conductivity, and Species Transport / 1.4.7：
Side Reactions and SEI Formation at the Anode / 1.4.8：
Anode Morphological Changes / 1.4.9：
Polysulfide Shuttle / 1.4.10：
Summary / 1.5：
References
Sulfur Cathodes / Holger Althues and Susanne Dörfler and Sören Thieme and Patrick Strubel and Stefan Kaskel2：
Cathode Design Criteria / 2.1：
Overview of Cathode Components and Composition / 2.1.1：
Cathode Design: Role of Electrolyte in Sulfur Cathode Chemistry / 2.1.2：
Cathode Design: Impact on Energy Density on Cell Level / 2.1.3：
Cathode Design: Impact on Cycle Life and Self-discharge / 2.1.4：
Cathode Design: Impact on Rate Capability / 2.1.5：
Cathode Materials / 2.2：
Properties of Sulfur / 2.2.1：
Porous and Nanostructured Carbons as Conductive Cathode Scaffolds / 2.2.2：
Graphite-Like Carbons / 2.2.2.1：
Synthesis of Graphite-like Carbons / 2.2.2.2：
Carbon Black / 2.2.2.3：
Activated Carbons / 2.2.2.4：
Carbide-Derived Carbon / 2.2.2.5：
Hard-Template-Assisted Carbon Synthesis / 2.2.2.6：
Carbon Surface Chemistry / 2.2.2.7：
Carbon/Sulfur Composite Cathodes / 2.2.3：
Microporous Carbons / 2.2.3.1：
Mesoporous Carbons / 2.2.3.2：
Macroporous Carbons and Nanotube-based Cathode Systems / 2.2.3.3：
Hierarchical Mesoporous Carbons / 2.2.3.4：
Hierarchical Microporous Carbons / 2.2.3.5：
Hollow Carbon Spheres / 2.2.3.6：
Graphene / 2.2.3.7：
Retention of LiPS by Surface Modifications and Coating / 2.2.4：
Metal Oxides as Adsorbents for Lithium Polysulfides / 2.2.4.1：
Cathode Processing / 2.3：
Methods for C/S Composite Preparation / 2.3.1：
Wet (Organic, Aqueous) and Dry Coating for Cathode Production / 2.3.2：
Alternative Cathode Support Concepts (Carbon Current Collectors, Binder-free Electrodes) / 2.3.3：
Processing Perspective for Carbons, Binders, and Additives / 2.3.4：
Conclusions / 2.4：
Electrolyte for Lithium-Sulfur Batteries / Marzieh Barghamadi and Mustafa Musameh and Thomas Rüther and Anand I. Bhatt and Anthony F. Hollenkamp and Adam S. Best3：
The Case for Better Batteries / 3.1：
Li-S Battery: Origins and Principles / 3.2：
Solubility of Species and Electrochemistry / 3.3：
Liquid Electrolyte Solutions / 3.4：
Modified Liquid Electrolyte Solutions / 3.5：
Variation in Electrolyte Salt Concentration / 3.5.1：
Mixed Organic-Ionic Liquid Electrolyte Solutions / 3.5.2：
Ionic Liquid Electrolyte Solutions / 3.5.3：
Solid and Solidified Electrolyte Configurations / 3.6：
Polymer Electrolytes / 3.6.1：
Absorbed Liquid/Gelled Electrolyte / 3.6.1.1：
Solid Polymer Electrolytes / 3.6.1.2：
Non-polymer Solid Electrolytes / 3.6.2：
Challenges of the Cathode and Solvent for Device Engineering / 3.7：
Tire Cathode Loading Challenge / 3.7.1：
Cathode Wetting Challenge / 3.7.2：
Concluding Remarks and Outlook / 3.8：
Anode-Electrolyte Interface / Mark Wild4：
Introduction / 4.1：
SEI Formation / 4.2：
Anode Morphology / 4.3：
Electrolyte Additives for Stable SEI Formation / 4.4：
Barrier Layers on the Anode / 4.6：
A Systemic Approach / 4.7：
Mechanisms / Part II：
Reference
Molecular Level Understanding of the Interactions Between Reaction Intermediates of Li-S Energy Storage Systems and Ether Solvents / Rajeev S. Assary and Larry A. Curtiss5：
Computational Details / 5.1：
Results and Discussions / 5.3：
Reactivity of Li-S Intermediates with Dimethoxy Ethane (DME) / 5.3.1：
Kinetic Stability of Ethers in the Presence of Lithium Polysulfide / 5.3.2：
Linear Fluorinated Ethers / 5.3.3：
Summary and Conclusions / 5.4：
Acknowledgments
Lithium Sulfide / Sylwia Walus6：
Li2 S as the End Discharge Product / 6.1：
General / 6.2.1：
Discharge Product: Li2 S or Li2 S2 /Li2 S? / 6.2.2：
A Survey of Experimental and Theoretical Findings Involving Li2 S and Li2 S2 Formation and Proposed Reduction Pathways / 6.2.3：
Mechanistic Insight into Li2 S/Li2 S2 Nucleation and Growth / 6.2.4：
Strategies to Limit Li2 S Precipitation and Enhance the Capacity / 6.2.5：
Charge Mechanism and its Difficulties / 6.2.6：
Li2 S-Based Cathodes: Toward a Li Ion System / 6.3：
Initial Activation of Li2 S - Mechanism of First Charge / 6.3.1：
Recent Developments in Li2 S Cathodes for Improved Performances / 6.3.3：
Degradation in Lithium-Sulfur Batteries / Rajlakshmi Purkoyastha6.4：
Degradation Processes Within a Lithium- Sulfur Cell / 7.1：
Degradation at Cathode / 7.2.1：
Degradation at Anode / 7.2.2：
Degradation in Electrolyte / 7.2.3：
Degradation Due to Operating Conditions: Temperature, C-Rates, and Pressure / 7.2.4：
Degradation Due to Geometry: Scale-Up and Topology / 7.2.5：
Capacity Fade Models / 7.3：
Dendrite Models / 7.3.1：
Equivalent Circuit Network Models / 7.3.2：
Methods of Detecting and Measuring Degradation / 7.4：
Incremental Capacity Analysis / 7.4.1：
Differential Thermal Voltammetry / 7.4.2：
Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy / 7.4.3：
Resistance Curves / 7.4.4：
Macroscopic Indicators / 7.4.5：
Methods for Countering Degradation / 7.5：
Future Direction / 7.6：
Modeling / Part III：
Lithium-Sulfur Model Development / Teng Zhang and Monica Marinescu and Gregory J. Offer8：
Zero-Dimensional Model / 8.1：
Model Formulation / 8.2.1：
Shuttle and Precipitation / 8.2.1.1：
Time Evolution of Species / 8.2.1.3：
Model Implementation / 8.2.1.4：
Basic Charge/Discharge Behaviors / 8.2.2：
Modeling Voltage Loss in Li-S Cells / 8.3：
Electrolyte Resistance / 8.3.1：
Anode Potential / 8.3.2：
Surface Passivation / 8.3.3：
Transport Limitation / 8.3.4：
Higher Dimensional Models / 8.4：
One-Dimensional Models / 8.4.1：
Multi-Scale Models / 8.4.2：
Battery Management Systems - State Estimation for Lithium-Sulfur Batteries / Daniel J. Auger and Abbas Fotouhi and Karsten Propp and Stefano Longo8.5：
Motivation / 9.1：
Capacity / 9.1.1：
State of Charge (SoC) / 9.1.2：
State of Health (SoH) / 9.1.3：
Limitations of Existing Battery State Estimation Techniques / 9.1.4：
SoC Estimation from "Coulomb Counting" / 9.1.4.1：
SoC Estimation from Open-Circuit Voltage (OCV) / 9.1.4.2：
Direction of Current Work / 9.1.5：
Experimental Environment for Li-S Algorithm Development / 9.2：
Pulse Discharge Tests / 9.2.1：
Driving Cycle Tests / 9.2.2：
State Estimation Techniques from Control Theory / 9.3：
Electrochemical Models / 9.3.1：
Equivalent Circuit Network (ECN) Models / 9.3.2：
Kalman Filters and Their Derivatives / 9.3.3：
State Estimation Techniques from Computer Science / 9.4：
ANFIS as a Modeling Tool / 9.4.1：
Human Knowledge and Fuzzy Inference Systems (FIS) / 9.4.2：
Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems / 9.4.3：
State-of-Charge Estimation Using ANFIS / 9.4.4：
Conclusions and Further Directions / 9.5：
Application / Part IV：
Commercial Markets for Li-S / Mark Crittenden10：
Technology Strengths Meet Market Needs / 10.1：
Weight / 10.1.1：
Safety / 10.1.2：
Cost / 10.1.3：
Temperature Tolerance / 10.1.4：
Shipment and Storage / 10.1.5：
Power Characteristics / 10.1.6：
Environmentally Friendly Technology (Clean Tech) / 10.1.7：
Pressure Tolerance / 10.1.8：
Control / 10.1.9：
Electric Aircraft / 10.2：
Satellites / 10.3：
Cars / 10.4：
Buses / 10.5：
Trucks / 10.6：
Electric Scooter and Electric Bikes / 10.7：
Marine / 10.8：
Energy Storage / 10.9：
Low-Temperature Applications / 10.10：
Defense / 10.11：
Looking Ahead / 10.12：
Conclusion / 10.13：
Battery Engineering / Gregory J. Offer11：
Mechanical Considerations / 11.1：
Thermal and Electrical Considerations / 11.2：
Case Study / Paul Brooks12：
A Potted History of Eternal Solar Flight / 12.1：
Why Has It Been So Difficult? / 12.3：
Objectives of HALE UAV / 12.4：
Stay Above the Cloud / 12.4.1：
Stay Above the Wind / 12.4.2：
Stay in the Sun / 12.4.3：
Year-Round Markets / 12.4.4：
Seasonal Markets / 12.4.5：
How Valuable Are These Markets and What Does That Mean for the Battery? / 12.4.6：
Worked Example - HALE UAV / 12.5：
Cells, Batteries, and Real Life / 12.6：
Cycle Life, Charge, and Discharge Rates / 12.6.1：
Payload / 12.6.2：
Avionics / 12.6.3：
Temperature / 12.6.4：
End-of-Life Performance / 12.6.5：
Protection / 12.6.6：
Balancing - Useful Capacity / 12.6.7：
Summary of Real-World Issues / 12.6.8：
A Quick Aside on Regenerative Fuel Cells / 12.7：
So What Do We Need from Our Battery Suppliers? / 12.8：
The Challenges for Battery Developers / 12.9：
The Answer to the Title / 12.10：
Index / 12.11：
Preface
Materials / Part I：
Electrochemical Theory and Physics / Geraint Minton1：
22.
図書
Steven Tadelis
出版情報:
Princeton : Princeton University Press, c2013 xv, 396 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Rational Decision Making / Part I：
The Single-Person Decision Problem / Chapter 1：
Actions, Outcomes, and Preferences / 1.1：
Preference Relations / 1.1.1：
Payoff Functions / 1.1.2：
The Rational Choice Paradigm / 1.2：
Summary / 1.3：
Exercises / 1.4：
Introducing Uncertainty and Time / Chapter 2：
Risk, Nature, and Random Outcomes / 2.1：
Finite Outcomes and Simple Lotteries / 2.1.1：
Simple versus Compound Lotteries / 2.1.2：
Lotteries over Continuous Outcomes / 2.1.3：
Evaluating Random Outcomes / 2.2：
Expected Payoff: The Finite Case / 2.2.1：
Expected Payoff: The Continuous Case / 2.2.2：
Caveat: It's Not Just the Order Anymore / 2.2.3：
Risk Attitudes / 2.2.4：
The St. Petersburg Paradox / 2.2.5：
Rational Decision Making with Uncertainty / 2.3：
Rationality Revisited / 2.3.1：
Maximizing Expected Payoffs / 2.3.2：
Decisions over Time / 2.4：
Backward Induction / 2.4.1：
Discounting Future Payoffs / 2.4.2：
Applications / 2.5：
The Value of Information / 2.5.1：
Discounted Future Consumption / 2.5.2：
Theory versus Practice / 2.6：
Static Games of Complete Information / 2.7：
Preliminaries / Chapter 3：
Normal-Form Games with Pure Strategies / 3.1：
Example: The Prisoner's Dilemma / 3.1.1：
Example: Cournot Duopoly / 3.1.2：
Example: Voting on a New Agenda / 3.1.3：
Matrix Representation: Two-Player Finite Game / 3.2：
Example: Rock-Paper-Scissors / 3.2.1：
Solution Concepts / 3.3：
Assumptions and Setup / 3.3.1：
Evaluating Solution Concepts / 3.3.2：
Evaluating Outcomes / 3.3.3：
Rationality and Common Knowledge / 3.4：
Dominance in Pure Strategies / 4.1：
Dominated Strategies / 4.1.1：
Dominant Strategy Equilibrium / 4.1.2：
Evaluating Dominant Strategy Equilibrium / 4.1.3：
Iterated Elimination of Strictly Dominated Pure Strategies / 4.2：
Iterated Elimination and Common Knowledge of Rationality / 4.2.1：
Evaluating IESDS / 4.2.2：
Beliefs, Best Response, and Rationalizability / 4.3：
The Best Response / 4.3.1：
Beliefs and Best-Response Correspondences / 4.3.2：
Rationalizability / 4.3.3：
The Cournot Duopoly Revisited / 4.3.4：
The "p-Beauty Contest" / 4.3.5：
Evaluating Rationalizability / 4.3.6：
Pinning Down Beliefs: Nash Equilibrium / 4.4：
Nash Equilibrium in Pure Strategies / 5.1：
Pure-Strategy Nash Equilibrium in a Matrix / 5.1.1：
Evaluating the Nash Equilibria Solution / 5.1.2：
Nash Equilibrium: Some Classic Applications / 5.2：
Two Kinds of Societies / 5.2.1：
The Tragedy of the Commons / 5.2.2：
Coumot Duopoly / 5.2.3：
Bertrand Duopoly / 5.2.4：
Political Ideology and Electoral Competition / 5.2.5：
Mixed Strategies / 5.3：
Strategies, Beliefs, and Expected Payoffs / 6.1：
Finite Strategy Sets / 6.1.1：
Continuous Strategy Sets / 6.1.2：
Beliefs and Mixed Strategies / 6.1.3：
Expected Payoffs / 6.1.4：
Mixed-Strategy Nash Equilibrium / 6.2：
Example: Matching Pennies / 6.2.1：
Multiple Equilibria: Pure and Mixed / 6.2.2：
IESDS and Rationalizability Revisited / 6.3：
Nash's Existence Theorem / 6.4：
Dynamic Games of Complete Information / 6.5：
The Extensive-Form Game / Chapter 7：
Game Trees / 7.1.1：
Imperfect versus Perfect Information / 7.1.2：
Strategies and Nash Equilibrium / 7.2：
Pure Strategies / 7.2.1：
Mixed versus Behavioral Strategies / 7.2.2：
Normal-Form Representation of Extensive-Form Games / 7.2.3：
Nash Equilibrium and Paths of Play / 7.3：
Credibility and Sequential Rationality / 7.4：
Sequential Rationality and Backward Induction / 8.1：
Subgame-Perfect Nash Equilibrium: Concept / 8.2：
Subgame-Perfect Nash Equilibrium: Examples / 8.3：
The Centipede Game / 8.3.1：
Stackelberg Competition / 8.3.2：
Mutually Assured Destruction / 8.3.3：
Time-Inconsistent Preferences / 8.3.4：
Multistage Games / 8.4：
Payoffs / 9.1：
Strategies and Conditional Play / 9.3：
Subgame-Perfect Equilibria / 9.4：
The One-Stage Deviation Principle / 9.5：
Repeated Games / 9.6：
Finitely Repeated Games / 10.1：
Infinitely Repeated Games / 10.2：
Strategies / 10.2.1：
Application: Tacit Collusion / 10.3：
Sequential Interaction and Reputation / 10.5：
Cooperation as Reputation / 10.5.1：
Third-Party Institutions as Reputation Mechanisms / 10.5.2：
Reputation Transfers without Third Parties / 10.5.3：
The Folk Theorem: Almost Anything Goes / 10.6：
Strategic Bargaining / 10.7：
One Round of Bargaining: The Ultimatum Game / 11.1：
Finitely Many Rounds of Bargaining / 11.2：
The Infinite-Horizon Game / 11.3：
Application: Legislative Bargaining / 11.4：
Closed-Rule Bargaining / 11.4.1：
Open-Rule Bargaining / 11.4.2：
Static Games of Incomplete Information / 11.5：
Bayesian Games / Chapter 12：
Strategic Representation of Bayesian Games / 12.1：
Players, Actions, Information, and Preferences / 12.1.1：
Deriving Posteriors from a Common Prior: A Player's Beliefs / 12.1.2：
Strategies and Bayesian Nash Equilibrium / 12.1.3：
Examples / 12.2：
Teenagers and the Game of Chicken / 12.2.1：
Study Groups / 12.2.2：
Inefficient Trade and Adverse Selection / 12.3：
Committee Voting / 12.4：
Mixed Strategies Revisited: Harsanyi's Interpretation / 12.5：
Auctions and Competitive Bidding / 12.6：
Independent Private Values / 13.1：
Second-Price Sealed-Bid Auctions / 13.1.1：
English Auctions / 13.1.2：
First-Price Sealed-Bid and Dutch Auctions / 13.1.3：
Revenue Equivalence / 13.1.4：
Common Values and the Winner's Curse / 13.2：
Mechanism Design / 13.3：
Setup: Mechanisms as Bayesian Games / 14.1：
The Players / 14.1.1：
The Mechanism Designer / 14.1.2：
The Mechanism Game / 14.1.3：
The Revelation Principle / 14.2：
Dominant Strategies and Vickrey-Clarke-Groves Mechanisms / 14.3：
Dominant Strategy Implementation / 14.3.1：
Vickrey-Clarke-Groves Mechanisms / 14.3.2：
Dynamic Games of Incomplete Information / 14.4：
Sequential Rationality with Incomplete Information / Chapter 15：
The Problem with Subgame Perfection / 15.1：
Perfect Bayesian Equilibrium / 15.2：
Sequential Equilibrium / 15.3：
Signaling Games / 15.4：
Education Signaling: The MBA Game / 16.1：
Limit Pricing and Entry Deterrence / 16.2：
Separating Equilibria / 16.2.1：
Pooling Equilibria / 16.2.2：
Refinements of Perfect Bayesian Equilibrium in Signaling Games / 16.3：
Building a Reputation / 16.4：
Cooperation in a Finitely Repeated Prisoner's Dilemma / 17.1：
Driving a Tough Bargain / 17.2：
A Reputation for Being "Nice" / 17.3：
Information Transmission and Cheap Talk / 17.4：
Information Transmission: A Finite Example / 18.1：
Information Transmission: The Continuous Case / 18.2：
Application: Information and Legislative Organization / 18.3：
Mathematical Appendix / 18.4：
Sets and Sequences / 19.1：
Basic Definitions / 19.1.1：
Basic Set Operations / 19.1.2：
Functions / 19.2：
Continuity / 19.2.1：
Calculus and Optimization / 19.3：
Differentiation and Optimization / 19.3.1：
Integration / 19.3.3：
Probability and Random Variables / 19.4：
Cumulative Distribution and Density Functions / 19.4.1：
Independence, Conditional Probability, and Bayes' Rule / 19.4.3：
Expected Values / 19.4.4：
References
Index
Preface
Rational Decision Making / Part I：
The Single-Person Decision Problem / Chapter 1：
23.
図書
Michael Baron
出版情報:
Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press, c2019 xix, 465 p. ; 27 cm
シリーズ名:
A Chapman & Hall book
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction and Overview / 1：
Making decisions under uncertainty / 1.1：
Overview of this book / 1.2：
Summary and conclusions
Exercises
Probability and Random Variables / I：
Probability / 2：
Events and their probabilities / 2.1：
Outcomes, events, and the sample space / 2.1.1：
Set operations / 2.1.2：
Rules of Probability / 2.2：
Axioms of Probability / 2.2.1：
Computing probabilities of events / 2.2.2：
Applications in reliability / 2.2.3：
Combinatorics / 2.3：
Equally likely outcomes / 2.3.1：
Permutations and combinations / 2.3.2：
Conditional probability and independence / 2.4：
Discrete Random Variables and Their Distributions / 3：
Distribution of a random variable / 3.1：
Main concepts / 3.1.1：
Types of random variables / 3.1.2：
Distribution of a random vector / 3.2：
Joint distribution and marginal distributions / 3.2.1：
Independence of random variables / 3.2.2：
Expectation and variance / 3.3：
Expectation / 3.3.1：
Expectation of a function / 3.3.2：
Properties / 3.3.3：
Variance and standard deviation / 3.3.4：
Covariance and correlation / 3.3.5：
Chebyshev's inequality / 3.3.6：
Application to finance / 3.3.8：
Families of discrete distributions / 3.4：
Bernoulli distribution / 3.4.1：
Binomial distribution / 3.4.2：
Geometric distribution / 3.4.3：
Negative Binomial distribution / 3.4.4：
Poisson distribution / 3.4.5：
Poisson approximation of Binomial distribution / 3.4.6：
Continuous Distributions / 4：
Probability density / 4.1：
Families of continuous distributions / 4.2：
Uniform distribution / 4.2.1：
Exponential distribution / 4.2.2：
Gamma distribution / 4.2.3：
Normal distribution / 4.2.4：
Central Limit Theorem / 4.3：
Computer Simulations and Monte Carlo Methods / 5：
Introduction / 5.1：
Applications and examples / 5.1.1：
Simulation of random variables / 5.2：
Random number generators / 5.2.1：
Discrete methods / 5.2.2：
Inverse transform method / 5.2.3：
Rejection method / 5.2.4：
Generation of random vectors / 5.2.5：
Special methods / 5.2.6：
Solving problems by Monte Carlo methods / 5.3：
Estimating probabilities / 5.3.1：
Estimating means and standard deviations / 5.3.2：
Forecasting / 5.3.3：
Estimating lengths, areas, and volumes / 5.3.4：
Monte Carlo integration / 5.3.5：
Stochastic Processes / II：
Definitions and classifications / 6：
Markov processes and Markov chains / 6.2：
Markov chains / 6.2.1：
Matrix approach / 6.2.2：
Steady-state distribution / 6.2.3：
Counting processes / 6.3：
Binomial process / 6.3.1：
Poisson process / 6.3.2：
Simulation of stochastic processes / 6.4：
Queuing Systems / 7：
Main components of a queuing system / 7.1：
The Little's Law / 7.2：
Bernoulli single-server queuing process / 7.3：
Systems with limited capacity / 7.3.1：
M/M/1 system / 7.4：
Evaluating the system's performance / 7.4.1：
Multiserver queuing systems / 7.5：
Bernoulli k-server queuing process / 7.5.1：
M/M/k systems / 7.5.2：
Unlimited number of servers and M/M/∞ / 7.5.3：
Simulation of queuing systems / 7.6：
Statistics / III：
Introduction to Statistics / 8：
Population and sample, parameters and statistics / 8.1：
Descriptive statistics / 8.2：
Mean / 8.2.1：
Median / 8.2.2：
Quantiles, percentiles, and quartiles / 8.2.3：
Standard errors of estimates / 8.2.4：
Interquartile range / 8.2.6：
Graphical statistics / 8.3：
Histogram / 8.3.1：
Stem-and-leaf plot / 8.3.2：
Boxplot / 8.3.3：
Scatter plots and time plots / 8.3.4：
Statistical Inference I / 9：
Parameter estimation / 9.1：
Method of moments / 9.1.1：
Method of maximum likelihood / 9.1.2：
Estimation of standard errors / 9.1.3：
Confidence intervals / 9.2：
Construction of confidence intervals: a general method / 9.2.1：
Confidence interval for the population mean / 9.2.2：
Confidence interval for the difference between two means / 9.2.3：
Selection of a sample size / 9.2.4：
Estimating means with a given precision / 9.2.5：
Unknown standard deviation / 9.3：
Large samples / 9.3.1：
Confidence intervals for proportions / 9.3.2：
Estimating proportions with a given precision / 9.3.3：
Small samples: Student's t distribution / 9.3.4：
Comparison of two populations with unknown variances / 9.3.5：
Hypothesis testing / 9.4：
Hypothesis and alternative / 9.4.1：
Type I and Type II errors: level of significance / 9.4.2：
Level ¿ tests: general approach / 9.4.3：
Rejection regions and power / 9.4.4：
Standard Normal null distribution (Z-test) / 9.4.5：
Z-tests for means and proportions / 9.4.6：
Pooled sample proportion / 9.4.7：
Unknown ¿: T-tests / 9.4.8：
Duality: two-sided tests and two-sided confidence intervals / 9.4.9：
P-value / 9.4.10：
Inference about variances / 9.5：
Variance estimator and Chi-square distribution / 9.5.1：
Confidence interval for the population variance / 9.5.2：
Testing variance / 9.5.3：
Comparison of two variances. F-distribution / 9.5.4：
Confidence interval for the ratio of population variances / 9.5.5：
F-tests comparing two variances / 9.5.6：
Statistical Inference II / 10：
Chi-square tests / 10.1：
Testing a distribution / 10.1.1：
Testing a family of distributions / 10.1.2：
Testing independence / 10.1.3：
Nonparametric statistics / 10.2：
Sign test / 10.2.1：
Wilcoxon signed rank test / 10.2.2：
Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon rank sum test / 10.2.3：
Bootstrap / 10.3：
Bootstrap distribution and all bootstrap samples / 10.3.1：
Computer generated bootstrap samples / 10.3.2：
Bootstrap confidence intervals / 10.3.3：
Bayesian inference / 10.4：
Prior and posterior / 10.4.1：
Bayesian estimation / 10.4.2：
Bayesian credible sets / 10.4.3：
Bayesian hypothesis testing / 10.4.4：
Regression / 11：
Least squares estimation / 11.1：
Examples / 11.1.1：
Method of least squares / 11.1.2：
Linear regression / 11.1.3：
Regression, and correlation / 11.1.4：
Overfitting a model / 11.1.5：
Analysis of variance, prediction, and further inference / 11.2：
ANOVA and R-square / 11.2.1：
Tests and confidence intervals / 11.2.2：
Prediction / 11.2.3：
Multivariate regression / 11.3：
Introduction and examples / 11.3.1：
Matrix approach and least squares estimation / 11.3.2：
Analysis of variance, tests, and prediction / 11.3.3：
Model building / 11.4：
Adjusted R-square / 11.4.1：
Extra sum of squares, partial F-tests, and variable selection / 11.4.2：
Categorical predictors and dummy variables / 11.4.3：
Appendix
Data sets / A.1：
Inventory of distributions / A.2：
Discrete families / A.2.1：
Continuous families / A.2.2：
Distribution tables / A.3：
Calculus review / A.4：
Inverse function / A.4.1：
Limits and continuity / A.4.2：
Sequences and series / A.4.3：
Derivatives, minimum, and maximum / A.4.4：
Integrals / A.4.5：
Matrices and linear systems / A.5：
Answers to selected exercises / A.6：
Index
Preface
Introduction and Overview / 1：
Making decisions under uncertainty / 1.1：
24.
図書
Yoshihiro Kanno
出版情報:
Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press, 2011 xix, 425 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Convex Optimization over Symmetric Cone / I：
Cones, Complementarity, and Conic Optimization / 1：
Proper Cones and Conic Inequalities / 1.1：
Convex sets and cones / 1.1.1：
Partial order induced by proper cone / 1.1.2：
Complementarity over Cones / 1.2：
Dual cones and self-duality / 1.2.1：
Complementarity problems / 1.2.2：
Variational inequalities / 1.2.3：
Complementarity over nonnegative orthant / 1.2.4：
Overview of complementarity over cones / 1.2.5：
Positive-Semidefinite Cone / 1.3：
Positive-semidefinite matrices / 1.3.1：
Inner product of matrices / 1.3.2：
Self-duality of positive-semidefinite cone / 1.3.3：
Complementarity over positive-semidefinite cone / 1.3.4：
Second-Order Cone / 1.4：
Fundamentals of second-order cone / 1.4.1：
Self-duality of second-order cone / 1.4.2：
Complementarity over second-order cone / 1.4.3：
Conic Constraints and Their Relationship / 1.5：
Conic Optimization / 1.6：
Linear programming / 1.6.1：
Semidefmite programming / 1.6.2：
Second-order cone programming / 1.6.3：
Notes / 1.7：
Optimality and Duality / 2：
Fundamentals of Convex Analysis / 2.1：
Convex sets and convex functions / 2.1.1：
Monotone functions and convexity / 2.1.2：
Closed convex functions / 2.1.3：
Subdifferential / 2.1.4：
Conjugate function / 2.1.5：
Dual problem / 2.2：
Weak duality / 2.2.2：
Strong duality / 2.2.3：
Optimality condition / 2.2.4：
Fenchel duality / 2.2.5：
Lagrangian duality / 2.2.6：
KKT conditions / 2.2.7：
Application to Semidefinite Programming / 2.3：
Fenchel dual problem of SDP / 2.3.1：
Duality and optimality of SDP / 2.3.2：
Lagrangian duality of SDP / 2.3.3：
Applications in Structural Engineering / 2.4：
Compliance Optimization / 3.1：
Definition of compliance / 3.1.1：
Compliance minimization / 3.1.2：
Worst-case compliance and robust optimization / 3.1.3：
Eigenvalue Optimization / 3.2：
Eigenvalue optimization of structures / 3.2.1：
SDP formulation / 3.2.2：
Set-Valued Constitutive Law / 3.2.3：
Constitutive law / 3.3.1：
Linear elasticity and Legendre transformation / 3.3.2：
Inversion via Fenchel transformation / 3.3.3：
Unilateral contact law and Fenchel transformation / 3.3.4：
Cable Networks: An Example in Nonsmooth Mechanics / 3.4：
Principles of Potential Energy for Cable Networks / 4：
No-compression model / 4.1：
Inclusion form / 4.1.2：
Variational form / 4.1.3：
Complementarity form / 4.1.4：
Potential Energy Principles in Convex Optimization Forms / 4.2：
Principle of potential energy in general form / 4.2.1：
Principle for large strain / 4.2.2：
Principle for linear strain / 4.2.3：
Principle for the Green-Lagrange strain / 4.2.4：
More on Cable Networks: Nonlinear Material Law / 4.3：
Piecewise-linear law / 4.3.1：
Piecewise-quadratic law / 4.3.2：
Duality in Cable Networks: Principles of Complementary Energy / 4.4：
Duality in Cable Networks (1): Large Strain / 5.1：
Embedding to Fenchel form / 5.1.1：
Duality and optimality / 5.1.2：
Principle of complementary energy / 5.1.4：
Existence and uniqueness of solution / 5.1.5：
Duality in Cable Networks (2): Linear Strain / 5.2：
Duality in Cable Networks (3): Green-Lagrange Strain / 5.2.1：
Numerical Methods / 5.3.1：
Algorithms for Conic Optimization / 6：
Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method / 6.1：
Outline of interior-point methods / 6.1.1：
Interior-point method for linear programming / 6.1.2：
Interior-point method for semidefinite programming / 6.1.3：
Reformulation and Smoothing Method / 6.2：
Reformulation method / 6.2.1：
Smoothing method / 6.2.2：
Extensions to conic complementarity problems / 6.2.3：
Numerical Analysis of Cable Networks / 6.3：
Cable Networks with Pin-Joints / 7.1：
Cable Networks with Sliding Joints / 7.2：
Form-Finding of Cable Networks / 7.3：
Form-finding with specified axial forces / 7.3.1：
Special cases / 7.3.2：
Problems in Nonsmooth Mechanics / 7.4：
Masonry Structures / 8：
Introduction / 8.1：
Notation / 8.1.1：
Principle of Potential Energy for Masonry Structures / 8.2：
Principle of potential energy / 8.2.1：
Conic optimization formulation / 8.2.2：
Principle of Complementary Energy for Masonry Structures / 8.3：
Duality and optimally / 8.3.1：
Numerical Aspects / 8.3.4：
Spatial discretization / 8.4.1：
Examples / 8.4.2：
Planar Membranes / 8.5：
Analysis in Small Deformation / 9.1：
Principle of potential energy in small deformation / 9.2.1：
Principle of complementary energy in small deformation / 9.2.2：
Principle of Potential Energy for Membranes / 9.3：
Principle of Complementary Energy for Membranes / 9.3.1：
Spatial discretizatio / 9.4.1：
Frictional Contact Problems / 9.5.2：
Friction Law / 10.1：
Coulomb's law / 10.1.1：
Second-order cone complementarity formulation / 10.1.2：
Incremental Problem / 10.2：
Friction law in incremental problems / 10.2.1：
Contact kinematics / 10.2.2：
Problem formulation / 10.2.3：
Discussions on Various Complementarity Forms / 10.3：
On auxiliary variables / 10.3.1：
Maximum dissipation law and its optimality conditions / 10.3.2：
A formulation using projection operator / 10.3.3：
Friction law and normality rule / 10.3.4：
Plasticity / 10.4：
Fundamentals of Plasticity / 11.1：
Perfect Plasticity / 11.2：
Classical formulation of flow rule in perfect plasticity / 11.2.1：
Plasticity with Isotropic Hardening / 11.2.2：
Linear isotropic hardening law / 11.3.1：
Incremental problem / 11.3.2：
SOCP formulation of incremental problem / 11.3.4：
Plasticity with Kinematic Hardening / 11.4：
Linear kinematic hardening / 11.4.1：
References / 11.4.2：
Index
About the Author
Convex Optimization over Symmetric Cone / I：
Cones, Complementarity, and Conic Optimization / 1：
Proper Cones and Conic Inequalities / 1.1：
25.
図書
Darryl D Holm
出版情報:
London : Imperial College Press , Toh Tuck Link, Singapore : World Scientific [distributor], c2011 xx, 390 p. ; 23 cm
シリーズ名:
Geometric mechanics ; pt. 2
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Galileo / 1：
Principle of Galilean relativity / 1.1：
Galilean transformations / 1.2：
Admissible force laws for an N-particle system / 1.2.1：
Subgroups of the Galilean transformations / 1.3：
Matrix representation of SE(3) / 1.3.1：
Lie group actions of SE(3) / 1.4：
Lie group actions of G(3) / 1.5：
Matrix representation of G(3) / 1.5.1：
Lie algebra of SE(3) / 1.6：
Lie algebra of G(3) / 1.7：
Newton, Lagrange, Hamilton and the rigid body / 2：
Newton / 2.1：
Newtonian form of free rigid rotation / 2.1.1：
Newtonian form of rigid-body motion / 2.1.2：
Lagrange / 2.2：
The principle of stationary action / 2.2.1：
Noether's theorem / 2.3：
Lie symmetries and conservation laws / 2.3.1：
Infinitesimal transformations of a Lie group / 2.3.2：
Lagrangian form of rigid-body motion / 2.4：
Hamilton-Pontryagin constrained variations / 2.4.1：
Manakov's formulation of the SO(n) rigid body / 2.4.2：
Matrix Euler-Poincaré equations / 2.4.3：
An isospectral eigenvalue problem for the SO(n) rigid body / 2.4.4：
Manakov's integration of the SO(n) rigid body / 2.4.5：
Hamilton / 2.5：
Hamiltonian form of rigid-body motion / 2.5.1：
Lie-Poisson Hamiltonian rigid-body dynamics / 2.5.2：
Lie-Poisson bracket / 2.5.3：
Nambu's R3 Poisson bracket / 2.5.4：
Clebsch variational principle for the rigid body / 2.5.5：
Rotating motion with potential energy / 2.5.6：
Quaterions / 3：
Operating with quaternions / 3.1：
Multiplying quaternions using Pauli matrices / 3.1.1：
Quaternionic conjugate / 3.1.2：
Decomposition of three-vectors / 3.1.3：
Alignment dynamics for Newton's second law / 3.1.4：
Quaternionic dynamics of Kepler's problem / 3.1.5：
Quaternionic conjugation / 3.2：
Cayley-Klein parameters / 3.2.1：
Pure quaternions, Pauli matrices and SU(2) / 3.2.2：
Tilde map: R3 su(2) so(3) / 3.2.3：
Dual of the tilde map: R3* su(2)* so(3)* / 3.2.4：
Pauli matrices and Poincaré's sphere C2 → S2 / 3.2.5：
Poincaré's sphere and Hopf's fibration / 3.2.6：
Coquaternions / 3.2.7：
Adjoint and coadjoint actions / 4：
Cayley-Klein dynamics for the rigid body / 4.1：
Cayley-Klein parameters, rigid-body dynamics / 4.1.1：
Body angular frequency / 4.1.2：
Actions of quaternions, Lie groups and Lie algebras / 4.1.3：
AD, Ad, ad, Ad* and ad* actions of quaternions / 4.2.1：
AD, Ad, and ad for Lie algebras and groups / 4.2.2：
Example: The Heisenberg Lie group / 4.3：
Definitions for the Heisenberg group / 4.3.1：
Adjoint actions: AD, Ad and ad / 4.3.2：
Coadjoint actions: Ad* and ad* / 4.3.3：
Coadjoint motion and harmonic oscillations / 4.3.4：
The special orthogonal group SO(3) / 5：
Adjoint and coadjoint actions of SO(3) / 5.1：
Ad and ad operations for the hat map / 5.1.1：
AD, Ad and ad actions of SO(3) / 5.1.2：
Dual Lie algebra isomorphism / 5.1.3：
Adjoint and codajoint semidirect-product group actions / 6：
Special Euclidean group SE(3) / 6.1：
Adjoint operations for SE(3) / 6.2：
Adjoint actions of SE(3)'s Lie algebra / 6.3：
The ad action of se(3) on itself / 6.3.1：
The ad* action of se(3) on its dual se(3)* / 6.3.2：
Left versus right / 6.3.3：
Special Euclidean group SE(2) / 6.4：
Semidirect-product group SL(2,R) SR2 / 6.5：
Definitions for SL(2,E)SR2 / 6.5.1：
AD, Ad, and ad actions / 6.5.2：
Ad* and ad* actions / 6.5.3：
Coadjoint motion relation / 6.5.4：
Galilean group / 6.6：
Definitions for G(3) / 6.6.1：
AD, Ad, and ad actions of G(3) / 6.6.2：
Iterated semidirect products / 6.7：
Euler-Poincaré and Lie-Poisson equation SE(3) / 7：
Euler-Poincaré equations for left-invariant Lagrangians under SE(3) / 7.1：
Legendre transform from se(3) to se(3)* / 7.1.1：
Lie-Poisson bracket on se(3)* / 7.1.2：
Coadjoint motion on se(3)* / 7.1.3：
Kirchhoff equations on se(3)* / 7.2：
Looks can be deceiving: The heavy top / 7.2.1：
Heavy-top equation / 8：
Introduction and definitions / 8.1：
Heavy-top action principle / 8.2：
Lie-Poisson brackets / 8.3：
Lie-Poisson brackets and momentum maps / 8.3.1：
Lie-Poisson brackets for the heavy top / 8.3.2：
Clebsch action principle / 8.4：
Kaluza-Klein construction / 8.5：
The Euler-Poincaré theorem / 9：
Action principles on Lie algebras / 9.1：
Hamilton-Pontryagin principle / 9.2：
Clebsch approach to Euler-Poincaré / 9.3：
Defining the Lie derivative / 9.3.1：
Clebsch Euler-Poincaré principle / 9.3.2：
Lie-Poisson Hamiltonian formulation / 9.4：
Cotangent-lift momentum maps / 9.4.1：
Lie-Poisson Hamiltonian form of a continuum spin chain / 10：
Formulating continuum spin chain equations / 10.1：
Euler-Poincaré equations / 10.2：
Hamiltonian formulation / 10.3：
Momentum maps / 11：
The momentum map / 11.1：
Cotangent lift / 11.2：
Examples of momentum maps / 11.3：
The Poincaré sphere S2 ∈ S3 / 11.3.1：
Overview / 11.3.2：
Roudn, rolling rigid bodies / 12：
Introduction / 12.1：
Holonomic versus nonholonomic / 12.1.1：
The Chaplygin ball / 12.1.2：
Nonholonomic Hamilton-Pontryagin variational principle / 12.2：
HP principle for the Chaplygin ball / 12.2.1：
Circular disk rocking in a vertical plane / 12.2.2：
Euler's rolling and spinning disk / 12.2.3：
Nonholonomic Euler-Poincaré reduction / 12.3：
Semidirect-product structure / 12.3.1：
Euler-Poincaré theorem
Constrained reduced Lagrangian / 12.3.3：
A Geometrical structure of classical mechanics
Manifold / A 1：
Motion: Tangent vectors and flows / A.2：
Vector fields, integral curves and flows / A.2.1：
Differentials of functions: The cotangent bundle / A.2.2：
Tangent and cotangent lifts / A.3：
Summary of derivatives on manifolds / A.3.1：
B Lie groups and Lie algebras
Matrix Lie groups / B.1：
Defining matrix Lie algebras / B.2：
Examples of matrix Lie groups / B.3：
Lie group actions / B.4：
Left and right translations on a Lie group / B.4.1：
Tangent and cotangent lift actions / B 5：
Jacobi-Lie bracket / B.6：
Lie derivative and Jacobi-Lie bracket / B.7：
Lie derivative of a vector field / B.7.1：
Vector fields in ideal fluid dynamics323 / B.7.2：
C Enhanced coursework
Variations on rigid-body dynamics / C.1：
Two times / C.1.1：
Rotations in complex space / C.1.2：
Rotations in four dimensions: SO(4) / C.1.3：
C3 oscillators / C.2：
Momentum maps for GL(n,R) / C.3：
Motion on the symplectic Lie group Sp(2) / C.4：
Two coupled rigid bodies / C.5：
Poincaré's 1901 paper / D：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Galileo / 1：
Principle of Galilean relativity / 1.1：
26.
図書
by Hiroki Nakamura
出版情報:
Singapore : World Scientific, c2012 xiv, 500 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Introduction: What is "Nonadiabatic Transition"? / Chapter 1：
Multi-Disciplinarity / Chapter 2：
Physics / 2.1：
Chemistry / 2.2：
Biology / 2.3：
Economics / 2.4：
Historical Survey of Theoretical Studies / Chapter 3：
Landau-Zener-Stueckelberg Theory / 3.1：
Rosen-Zener-Demkov Theory / 3.2：
Nikitin's Exponential Model / 3.3：
Nonadiabatic Transition Due to Coriolis Coupling and Dynamical State Representation / 3.4：
Background Mathematics / Chapter 4：
Wentzel-Kramers-Brillouin Semiclassical Theory / 4.1：
Stokes Phenomenon / 4.2：
Basic Two-State Theory for Time-Independent Processes / Chapter 5：
Exact Solutions of the Linear Curve Crossing Problems / 5：
Landau-Zener type / 5.1.1：
Nonadiabatic tunneling type / 5.1.2：
Complete Semiclassical Solutions of General Curve Crossing Problems / 5.2：
Landau-Zener (LZ) type / 5.2.1：
E ≥ EX (b2 ≥ 0) / 5.2.1.1：
E ≤ EX (b2 ≤ 0) / 5.2.1.2：
Numerical examples / 5.2.1.3：
Nonadiabatic Tunneling (NT) Type / 5 2 2：
E ≤ Et (b2 ≤ -1) / 5.2.2.1：
Et ≤ E ≤ Eb ( / 5.2.2.2：
E ≥ Eb (b2 ≥ 1 / 5.2.2.3：
Complete reflection / 5.2.2.4：
Non-Curve-Crossing Case / 5.2.2.5：
Rosen-Zener-Demkov model / 5.3.1：
Diabatically avoided crossing model / 5 3 2：
Exponential Potential Model: Unification of the Landau-Zener and Rosen-Zener Models / 5.4：
-Exact Solution / 5.4.1：
-Semiclassical Solution / 5.4.2：
Mathematical Implications / 5.5：
Basic Two-State Theory for Time-Dependent Processes / 5.5.1：
Exact Solution of Quadratic Potential Problem / 6.1：
Semiclassical Solution in General Case / 6.2：
Two-crossing case: (β ≥ 0 / 6.2.1：
Diabatically avoided crossing case: β ≤ 0 / 6.2.2：
Other Exactly Solvable Models / 6.3：
Two-State Problems / Chapter 7：
Diagrammatic Technique / 7.1：
Inelastic Scattering / 7.2：
Elastic Scattering with Resonances and Predissocation / 7.3：
Perturbed Bound States / 7.4：
Time-Dependent Periodic Crossing Problems / 7.5：
Time-Dependent Nonlinear Equations Related to Bose-Einstein Condensate Problems / 7.6：
Wave Packet Dynamics in a Linearly Chirped Laser Field / 7.7：
Effects of Coupling to Phonons and Quantum Devices / Chapters 8：
Effects of Coupling to Phonons / 8.1：
Quantum Devices / 8.2：
Multi-Channel Problems / Chapter 9：
Exactly Solvable Models / 9.1：
Time-independent case / 9.1.1：
Time-dependent case / 9.1.2：
Semiclassical Theory of Time-Independent Multi-Channel Problems / 9.2：
General framework / 9.2.1：
Case of no closed channel (m = 0) / 9.2.1.1：
Case of m ≠ 0 at energies higher than the bottom of the highest adiabatic potential / 9.2.1.2：
Case of m ≠ 0 at energies lower than the bottom of the highest adiabatic potential / 9.2.1.3：
Numerical example / 9.2.2：
Time-Dependent Problems / 9.3：
Multi-Dimensional Problems / Chapter 10：
Classification of Surface Crossing / 10.1：
Crossing seam / 10.1.1：
Conical intersection / 10 1 2：
Rermer-Teller effect / 10.1.3：
Reduction to One-Dimensional Multi-Channel Problem / 10.2：
Linear Jahn-Teller proble / 10.2.1：
Electronically adiabatic chemical reaction / 10.2.2：
Semiclassical Propagation Method / 10.3：
Trajectory surface hopping method / 10.3.1：
Semiclassical initial value representation method / 10.3.2：
Semiclassical frozen Gaussian propagation method / 10.3.3：
Nonadiabatic Transition State Theory / 10.4：
General formulation / 10.4.1：
Improvement of the Marcus theory of electron transfer / 10.4.2：
Complete Reflection and Bound States in the Continuum / Chapter 11：
One NT-Type Crossing Case / 11.1：
Diabatically Avoided Crossing (DAC) Case / 11.2：
Two NT-Type Crossings Case / 11.3：
At energies above the top of the barrier: (Eu , ∞) / 11.3.1：
At energies between the barrier top and the higher crossing: (E+ , Eu ) / 11.3.2：
At energies in between the two crossing regions: (E E- , E E+ ) / 11.3.3：
At energies below the crossing points: (-∞,E E- ) / 11.3.4：
New Mechanism of Molecular Switching / 11.3.5：
Basic Idea / 12.1：
One-Dimensional Model / 12.2：
Transmission in a pure system / 12.2.1：
Transmission in a system with impurities / 12.2.2：
Two-Dimensional Model / 12.3：
Two-dimensional constriction model / 12.3.1：
Wave functions, matching, and transmission coefficient / 12.3.2：
Numerical Examples / 12.4：
Control of Nonadiabatic Processes by an External Field / Chapter 13：
Floquet Theorem and Nonadiabatic Transitions in a Quasi-Periodic Field / 13.1：
Floquet theorem and dressed state representation / 13.1.1：
Nonadiabatic transitions in a quasi-periodic field / 13.1.2：
Basic ideas / 13.2Control of Nonadiabatic Transitions by Periodically Sweeping External Field：
Basic theory of periodic sweeping / 13.2.2：
Semiclassical Guided Optimal Control Theory / 13.3：
Laser Control of Photodissociation with Use of the Complete Reflection Phenomenon / 13.4：
Comprehension of Nonadiabatic Chemical Dynamics / Chapter 14：
Chemical Reaction Dynamics / 14.1：
Three-dimensional chemical reactions / 14.1.1：
Nonadiabatic chemical reactions / 14.1.2：
Photo-Induced Dynamics / 14.2：
Photo-isomerization of retinal / 14.2.1：
Photo-absorption spectrum / 14.2.2：
Electron Transfer / 14.3：
Normal case / 14.3.1：
Inverted case / 14.3.2：
Control of Chemical Dynamics / Chapter 15：
Efficient Excitation/De-Excitation by Periodic Chirping / 15.1：
Spin tunneling by magnetic field / 15.1.1：
Vibrational and tunneling transitions controlled by laser / 15.1.2：
Selective and complete excitation of energy levels / 15.1.3：
Pump and dump of wave packet / 15.1.4：
Control of Wave Packet Motion and Transition at Conical Intersection / 15.2：
Vibrational isomerization of HCN / 15.2.1：
Giving a pre-determined directed momentum to wave packet / 15.2.2：
Selective Photo-dissociation of OHC1 into O+HCl / 15.2.3：
Selective Photo-Dissociation with Use of the Complete Reflection Phenomenon / 15.3：
Control of π-Electron Rotation and Its Coupling to Molecular Vibration / 15.4：
Manifestation of Molecular Functions / Chapter 16：
Molecular Switching / 16.1：
Hydrogen Transmission Through Carbon Ring / 16.2：
Photo-Chromic Conversion of Cyclohexadiene to Hexatriene / 16.3：
Molecular Motors / 16.4：
Conclusions: Future Perspectives / Chapter 17：
Final Recommended Formulas of the Zhu-Nakamura Theory for General Time-Independent Two-Channel Problem / Appendix A：
Landau-Zener Type (see Fig. A.l) / A.1：
E ≥ Ex / A.1.1：
E ≤ Ex / A.1.2：
Definitions of σzn , σzn , and σψ / A.1.3：
Total scattering matrix / A.1.4：
Nonadiabatic Tunneling Type (see Fig. A.2) / A.2：
E ≥ Eb / A.2.1：
Eb ≥ E ≥ Et / A.2.2：
E ≤ Et / A.2.3：
Time-Dependent Version of the Zhu-Nakamura Theory / Appendix B：
References
Index
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Introduction: What is "Nonadiabatic Transition"? / Chapter 1：
27.
図書
edited by Yoshimi Ito
出版情報:
New York : McGraw-Hill, c2010 xx, 214 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations
Nomenclature
Table for Conversation
Fundamentals in Design of Structural Body Components / 1：
Necessities and Importance of Lightweighted Structure in Reduction of Thermal Deformation-Discussion Using Mathematical Models / 1.1：
First-hand View for Lightweighted Structures with High Stiffness and Damping in Practice / 1.2：
Axi-symmetrical Configuration-Portal Column (Column of Twin-Pillar Type) / 1.2.1：
Placement and Allocation of Structural Configuration Entities / 1.2.2：
References
What Is Thermal Deformation? / 2：
General Behavior of Thermal Deformation / 2.1：
Estimation of Heat Sources and Their Magnitudes / 2.2：
Estimation of Heat Source Position / 2.2.1：
Estimation of Magnitude of Heat Generation / 2.2.2：
Estimation of Thermal Deformation of Machine Tools / 2.3：
Estimation of Thermal Deformation in General / 2.3.1：
Thermal Deformation Caused by Inner Heat Sources / 2.3.2：
Thermal Deformation Caused by Both Inner and Outer Heat Sources / 2.3.3：
Heat Sources Generated by Chips and Their Dissipation / 2.4：
Mathematical Model of Chips / 2.4.1：
Thermal Properties of Chips-Equivalent Thermal Conductivity and Contact Resistance / 2.4.2：
An Example of Heat Transfer from Piled Chips to Machine Tool Structure / 2.4.3：
Dissipation of Chips / 2.4.4：
Future Perspectives in Research and Development for Heat Sources and Dissipation / 2.5：
Structural Materials and Design for Preferable Thermal Stability / 3：
Remedies Concerning Raw Materials for Structural Body Components / 3.1：
Concrete / 3.1.1：
Painting and Coating Materials / 3.1.2：
New Materials / 3.1.3：
Remedies Concerning Structural Configurations and Plural-Spindle Systems / 3.2：
Non-Sensitive Structure / 3.2.1：
Non-Constraint Structure / 3.2.2：
Deformation Minimization Structure / 3.2.3：
Plural-Spindle Systems-Twin-Spindle Configuration Including Spindle-over-Spindle Type / 3.2.4：
Future Perspectives in Research and Development for Structural Configuration to Minimize Thermal Deformation / 3.3：
Two-Layered Spindle with Independent Rotating Function / 3.3.1：
Selective Modular Design for Advanced Quinaxial-Controlled MC with Turning Function / 3.3.2：
Various Remedies for Reduction of Thermal Deformation / 4：
Thermal Deformations and Effective Remedies / 4.1：
Classification of Remedies for Reduction of Thermal Deformation / 4.2：
Separation of Heat Sources / 4.2.1：
Reduction of Generated Heat / 4.2.2：
Equalization of Temperature Distribution / 4.2.3：
Compensation of Thermal Deformations / 4.2.4：
Innovative Remedies for Minimizing Thermal Deformation in the Near Future / 4.3：
Appendix
Optimization of Structural Design / A.1：
Finite Element Analysis for Thermal Behavior / 5：
Numerical Computation for Thermal Problems in General / 5.1：
Introduction / 5.1.1：
Finite Element Method / 5.1.2：
Finite Differences Method / 5.1.3：
Decision Making for the Selection of Methods / 5.1.4：
Procedure for Thermal Finite Element Analysis / 5.2：
Discretisation / 5.2.1：
Materials / 5.2.3：
Assembling Components to an Entire Machine Tool Model / 5.2.4：
Boundary Conditions / 5.2.5：
Loadcases / 5.2.6：
Linear and Non-Linear Thermal Computation / 5.2.7：
Determination of Boundary Conditions / 5.3：
Convection Heat Transfer Coefficients / 5.3.1：
Emission Coefficients and View Factors / 5.3.3：
Heat Sources and Sinks / 5.3.4：
Thermomechanical Simulation Process / 5.4：
Serial Processing / 5.4.1：
Coupled Processing / 5.4.3：
Future Perspectives in Research and Development for Thermal FEA / 5.5：
Engineering Computation for Thermal Behavior and Thermal Performance Test / 6：
Tank Model / 6.1：
Bond Graph Simulation to Estimate Thermal Behavior within High-Voltage and NC Controllers / 6.2：
Thermal Performance Testing / 6.3：
Index
Preface
Abbreviations
Nomenclature
28.
図書
P.A. Durbin, B.A. Pettersson Reif
出版情報:
Chichester : Wiley, 2011 [i.e. 2010] xiii, 357 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Preface to second edition
Preface to first edition
Motivation
Epitome
Acknowledgements
Fundamentals of Turbulence / Part I：
Introduction / 1：
The turbulence problem / 1.1：
Closure modeling / 1.2：
Categories of turbulent flow / 1.3：
Exercises
Mathematical and statistical background / 2：
Dimensional analysis / 2.1：
Scales of turbulence / 2.1.1：
Statistical tools / 2.2：
Averages and probability density functions / 2.2.1：
Correlations / 2.2.2：
Cartesian tensors / 2.3：
Isotropic tensors / 2.3.1：
Tensor functions of tensors; Cayley-Hamilton theorem / 2.3.2：
Reynolds averaged Navier-Stokes equations / 3：
Background to the equations / 3.1：
Reynolds averaged equations / 3.2：
Terms of kinetic energy and Reynolds stress budgets / 3.3：
Passive contaminant transport / 3.4：
Parallel and self-similar shear flows / 4：
Plane channel flow / 4.1：
Logarithmic layer / 4.1.1：
Roughness / 4.1.2：
Boundary layer / 4.2：
Entrainment / 4.2.1：
Free-shear layers / 4.3：
Spreading rates / 4.3.1：
Remarks on self-similar boundary layers / 4.3.2：
Heat and mass transfer / 4.4：
Parallel flow and boundary layers / 4.4.1：
Dispersion from elevated sources / 4.4.2：
Vorticity and vortical structures / 5：
Structures / 5.1：
Boundary layers / 5.1.1：
Non-random vortices / 5.1.3：
Vorticity and dissipation / 5.2：
Vortex stretching and relative dispersion / 5.2.1：
Mean-squared vorticity equation / 5.2.2：
Single-Point Closure Modeling / Part II：
Models with scalar variables / 6：
Boundary-layer methods / 6.1：
Integral boundary-layer methods / 6.1.1：
Mixing length model / 6.1.2：
The ?- model / 6.2：
Analytical solutions to the ?- model / 6.2.1：
Boundary conditions and near-wall modifications / 6.2.2：
Weak solution at edges of free-shear flow; free-stream sensitivity / 6.2.3：
The ?-? model / 6.3：
Stagnation-point anomaly / 6.4：
The question of transition / 6.5：
Reliance on the turbulence model / 6.5.1：
Intermittency equation / 6.5.2：
Laminar fluctuations / 6.5.3：
Eddy viscosity transport models / 6.6：
Models with tensor variables / 7：
Second-moment transport / 7.1：
A simple illustration / 7.1.1：
Closing the Reynolds stress transport equation / 7.1.2：
Models for the slow part / 7.1.3：
Models for the rapid part / 7.1.4：
Analytic solutions to SMC models / 7.2：
Homogeneous shear flow / 7.2.1：
Curved shear flow / 7.2.2：
Algebraic stress approximation and nonlinear eddy viscosity / 7.2.3：
Non-homogeneity / 7.3：
Turbulent transport / 7.3.1：
Near-wall modeling / 7.3.2：
No-slip condition / 7.3.3：
Nonlocal wall effects / 7.3.4：
Reynolds averaged computation / 7.4：
Numerical issues / 7.4.1：
Examples of Reynolds averaged computation / 7.4.2：
Advanced topics / 8：
Further modeling principles / 8.1：
Galilean invariance and frame rotation / 8.1.1：
Realizability / 8.1.2：
Second-moment closure and Langevin equations / 8.2：
Moving equilibrium solutions of SMC / 8.3：
Criterion for steady mean flow / 8.3.1：
Solution in two-dimensional mean flow / 8.3.2：
Bifurcations / 8.3.3：
Passive scalar flux modeling / 8.4：
Scalar diffusivity models / 8.4.1：
Tensor diffusivity models / 8.4.2：
Scalar flux transport / 8.4.3：
Scalar variance / 8.4.4：
Active scalar flux modeling: effects of buoyancy / 8.5：
Second-moment transport models / 8.5.1：
Stratified shear flow / 8.5.2：
Theory of Homogeneous Turbulence / Part III：
Mathematical representations / 9：
Fourier transforms / 9.1：
Three-dimensional energy spectrum of homogeneous turbulence / 9.2：
Spectrum tensor and velocity covariances / 9.2.1：
Modeling the energy spectrum / 9.2.2：
Navier-Stokes equations in spectral space / 10：
Convolution integrals as triad interaction / 10.1：
Evolution of spectra / 10.2：
Small-? behavior and energy decay / 10.2.1：
Energy cascade / 10.2.2：
Final period of decay / 10.2.3：
Rapid distortion theory / 11：
Irrotational mean flow / 11.1：
Cauchy form of vorticity equation / 11.1.1：
Distortion of a Fourier mode / 11.1.2：
Calculation of covariances / 11.1.3：
General homogeneous distortions / 11.2：
Homogeneous shear / 11.2.1：
Turbulence near a wall / 11.2.2：
Turbulence Simulation / Part IV：
Eddy-resolving simulation / 12：
Direct numerical simulation / 12.1：
Grid requirements / 12.1.1：
Numerical dissipation / 12.1.2：
Energy-conserving schemes / 12.1.3：
Illustrations / 12.2：
Pseudo-spectral method / 12.3：
Simulation of large eddies / 13：
Large eddy simulation / 13.1：
Filtering / 13.1.1：
Subgrid models / 13.1.2：
Detached eddy simulation / 13.2：
References
Index
Preface
Preface to second edition
Preface to first edition
29.
図書
Peter Bajorski
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Who Should Read This Book / 1.1：
How This Book is Organized / 1.2：
How to Read This Book and Learn from It / 1.3：
Note for Instructors / 1.4：
Book Web Site / 1.5：
Fundamentals of Statistics / 2：
Statistical Thinking / 2.1：
Data Format / 2.2：
Descriptive Statistics / 2.3：
Measures of Location / 2.3.1：
Measures of Variability / 2.3.2：
Data Visualization / 2.4：
Dot Plots / 2.4.1：
Histograms / 2.4.2：
Box Plots / 2.4.3：
Scatter Plots / 2.4.4：
Probability and Probability Distributions / 2.5：
Probability and Its Properties / 2.5.1：
Probability Distributions / 2.5.2：
Expected Value and Moments / 2.5.3：
Joint Distributions and Independence / 2.5.4：
Covariance and Correlation / 2.5.5：
Rules of Two and Three Sigma / 2.6：
Sampling Distributions and the Laws of Large Numbers / 2.7：
Skewness and Kurtosis / 2.8：
Statistical Inference / 3：
Point Estimation of Parameters / 3.1：
Definition and Properties of Estimators / 3.2.1：
The Method of the Moments and Plug-In Principle / 3.2.2：
The Maximum Likelihood Estimation / 3.2.3：
Interval Estimation / 3.3：
Hypothesis Testing / 3.4：
Samples From Two Populations / 3.5：
Probability Plots and Testing for Population Distributions / 3.6：
Probability Plots / 3.6.1：
Kolmogorov-Smirnov Statistic / 3.6.2：
Chi-Squared Test / 3.6.3：
Ryan-Joiner Test for Normality / 3.6.4：
Outlier Detection / 3.7：
Monte Carlo Simulations / 3.8：
Bootstrap / 3.9：
Statistical Models / 4：
Regression Models / 4.1：
Simple Linear Regression Model / 4.2.1：
Residual Analysis / 4.2.2：
Multiple Linear Regression and Matrix Notation / 4.2.3：
Geometric Interpretation in an n-Dimensional Space / 4.2.4：
Statistical Inference in Multiple Linear Regression / 4.2.5：
Prediction of the Response and Estimation of the Mean Response / 4.2.6：
More on Checking the Model Assumptions / 4.2.7：
Other Topics in Regression / 4.2.8：
Experimental Design and Analysis / 4.3：
Analysis of Designs with Qualitative Factors / 4.3.1：
Other Topics in Experimental Design / 4.3.2：
Supplement 4A. Vector and Matrix Algebra
Vectors
Matrices
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of Matrices
Spectral Decomposition of Matrices
Positive Definite Matrices
A Square Root Matrix
Supplement 4B. Random Vectors and Matrices
Sphering
Fundamentals of Multivariate Statistics / 5：
The Multivariate Random Sample / 5.1：
Multivariate Data Visualization / 5.3：
The Geometry of the Sample / 5.4：
The Geometric Interpretation of the Sample Mean / 5.4.1：
The Geometric Interpretation of the Sample Standard Deviation / 5.4.2：
The Geometric Interpretation of the Sample Correlation Coefficient / 5.4.3：
The Generalized Variance / 5.5：
Distances in the p-Dimensional Space / 5.6：
The Multivariate Normal (Gaussian) Distribution / 5.7：
The Definition and Properties of the Multivariate Normal Distribution / 5.7.1：
Properties of the Mahalanobis Distance / 5.7.2：
Multivariate Statistical Inference / 6：
Inferences About a Mean Vector / 6.1：
Testing the Multivariate Population Mean / 6.2.1：
Interval Estimation for the Multivariate Population Mean / 6.2.2：
Confidence Regions / 6.2.3：
Comparing Mean Vectors from Two Populations / 6.3：
Equal Covariance Matrices / 6.3.1：
Unequal Covariance Matrices and Large Samples / 6.3.2：
Unequal Covariance Matrices and Samples Sizes Not So Large / 6.3.3：
Inferences About a Variance-Covariance Matrix / 6.4：
How to Check Multivariate Normality / 6.5：
Principal Component Analysis / 7：
Definition and Properties of Principal Components / 7.1：
Definition of Principal Components / 7.2.1：
Finding Principal Components / 7.2.2：
Interpretation of Principal Component Loadings / 7.2.3：
Scaling of Variables / 7.2.4：
Stopping Rules for Principal Component Analysis / 7.3：
Fair-Share Stopping Rules / 7.3.1：
Large-Gap Stopping Rules / 7.3.2：
Principal Component Scores / 7.4：
Statistical Inference in Principal Component Analysis / 7.5：
Independent and Identically Distributed Observations / 7.6.1：
Imaging Related Sampling Schemes / 7.6.2：
Further Reading / 7.7：
Canonical Correlation Analysis / 8：
Mathematical Formulation / 8.1：
Practical Application / 8.3：
Calculating Variability Explained by Canonical Variables / 8.4：
Canonical Correlation Regression / 8.5：
Cross-Validation / 8.6：
Discrimination and Classification - Supervised Learning / 9：
Classification for Two Populations / 9.1：
Classification Rules for Multivariate Normal Distributions / 9.2.1：
Cross-Validation of Classification Rules / 9.2.2：
Fisher's Discriminant Function / 9.2.3：
Classification for Several Populations / 9.3：
Gaussian Rules / 9.3.1：
Fisher's Method / 9.3.2：
Spatial Smoothing for Classification / 9.4：
Clustering - Unsupervised Learning / 9.5：
Similarity and Dissimilarity Measures / 10.1：
Similarity and Dissimilarity Measures for Observations / 10.2.1：
Similarity and Dissimilarity Measures for Variables and Other Objects / 10.2.2：
Hierarchical Clustering Methods / 10.3：
Single Linkage Algorithm / 10.3.1：
Complete Linkage Algorithm / 10.3.2：
Average Linkage Algorithm / 10.3.3：
Ward Method / 10.3.4：
Nonhierarchical Clustering Methods / 10.4：
K-Means Method / 10.4.1：
Clustering Variables / 10.5：
Data Sets / 10.6：
Miscellanea / Appendix C：
References
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Who Should Read This Book / 1.1：
30.
図書
Peter J. Huber
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
What is Data Analysis? / 1：
Tukey's 1962 paper / 1.1：
The Path of Statistics / 1.2：
Strategy Issues in Data Analysis / 2：
Strategy in Data Analysis / 2.1：
Philosophical issues / 2.2：
On the theory of data analysis and its teaching / 2.2.1：
Science and data analysis / 2.2.2：
Economy of forces / 2.2.3：
Issues of size / 2.3：
Strategic planning / 2.4：
Planning the data collection / 2.4.1：
Choice of data and methods. / 2.4.2：
Systematic and random errors / 2.4.3：
Strategic reserves / 2.4.4：
Human factors / 2.4.5：
The stages of data analysis / 2.5：
Inspection / 2.5.1：
Error checking / 2.5.2：
Modification / 2.5.3：
Comparison / 2.5.4：
Modeling and Model fitting / 2.5.5：
Simulation / 2.5.6：
What-if analyses / 2.5.7：
Interpretation / 2.5.8：
Presentation of conclusions / 2.5.9：
Tools required for strategy reasons / 2.6：
Ad hoc programming / 2.6.1：
Graphics / 2.6.2：
Record keeping / 2.6.3：
Creating and keeping order / 2.6.4：
Massive Data Sets / 3：
Introduction / 3.1：
Disclosure: Personal experiences / 3.2：
What is massive? A classification of size / 3.3：
Obstacles to scaling / 3.4：
Human limitations: visualization / 3.4.1：
Human - machine interactions / 3.4.2：
Storage requirements / 3.4.3：
Computational complexity / 3.4.4：
Conclusions / 3.4.5：
On the structure of large data sets / 3.5：
Types of data / 3.5.1：
How do data sets grow? / 3.5.2：
On data organization / 3.5.3：
Derived data sets / 3.5.4：
Data base management and related issues / 3.6：
Data archiving / 3.6.1：
The stages of a data analysis / 3.7：
Actual collection / 3.7.1：
Data access / 3.7.3：
Initial data checking / 3.7.4：
Data analysis proper / 3.7.5：
The final product: presentation of arguments and conclusions / 3.7.6：
Examples and some thoughts on strategy / 3.8：
Volume reduction / 3.9：
Supercomputers and software challenges / 3.10：
When do we need a Concorde? / 3.10.1：
General Purpose Data Analysis and Supercomputers / 3.10.2：
Languages, Programming Environments and Data-based Prototyping / 3.10.3：
Summary of conclusions / 3.11：
Languages for Data Analysis / 4：
Goals and purposes / 4.1：
Natural languages and computing languages / 4.2：
Natural languages / 4.2.1：
Batch languages / 4.2.2：
Immediate languages / 4.2.3：
Language and literature / 4.2.4：
Object orientation and related structural issues / 4.2.5：
Extremism and compromises, slogans and reality / 4.2.6：
Some conclusions / 4.2.7：
Interface issues / 4.3：
The command line interface / 4.3.1：
The menu interface / 4.3.2：
The batch interface and programming environments / 4.3.3：
Some personal experiences / 4.3.4：
Miscellaneous issues / 4.4：
On building blocks / 4.4.1：
On the scope of names / 4.4.2：
On notation / 4.4.3：
Book-keeping problems / 4.4.4：
Requirements for a general purpose immediate language / 4.5：
Approximate Models / 5：
Models / 5.1：
Bayesian modeling / 5.2：
Mathematical statistics and approximate models / 5.3：
Statistical significance and physical relevance / 5.4：
Judicious use of a wrong model / 5.5：
Composite models / 5.6：
Modeling the length of day / 5.7：
The role of simulation / 5.8：
Pitfalls / 5.9：
Simpson's paradox / 6.1：
Missing data / 6.2：
The Case of the Babylonian Lunar Six / 6.2.1：
X-ray crystallography / 6.2.2：
Regression of Y on X or of X on Y? / 6.3：
Create order in data / 7：
General considerations / 7.1：
Principal component methods / 7.2：
Principal component methods: Jury data / 7.2.1：
Multidimensional scaling / 7.3：
Multidimensional scaling: the method / 7.3.1：
Multidimensional scaling: a synthetic example / 7.3.2：
Multidimensional scaling: map reconstruction / 7.3.3：
Correspondence analysis / 7.4：
Correspondence analysis: the method / 7.4.1：
Kültepe eponyms / 7.4.2：
Further examples: marketing and Shakespearean plays / 7.4.3：
Multidimensional scaling vs. Correspondence analysis / 7.5：
Hodson's grave data / 7.5.1：
Plato data / 7.5.2：
More case studies / 8：
A nutshell example / 8.1：
Shape invariant modeling / 8.2：
Comparison of point configurations / 8.3：
The cyclodecane conformation / 8.3.1：
The Thomson problem / 8.3.2：
Notes on numerical optimization / 8.4：
References
Index
Preface
What is Data Analysis? / 1：
Tukey's 1962 paper / 1.1：
31.
図書
C.N.R. Rao, A. Govindaraj
目次情報:
続きを見る
Carbon Nanotubes / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Synthesis / 1.2：
Multi-walled Nanotubes / 1.2.1：
Aligned Nanotube Bundles and Micropatterning / 1.2.2：
Single-walled Carbon Nanotubes / 1.2.3：
Direct Spinning of Nanotube Yarns / 1.2.4：
Selective Preparative Procedures for Semiconducting and Metallic SWNTs / 1.2.5：
Junction Nanotubes / 1.2.6：
Peapods and Double-walled Nanotubes / 1.2.7：
Mechanism of Formation / 1.2.8：
Purification of SWNTs / 1.2.9：
Separation of Metallic and Semiconducting SWNTs / 1.2.10：
Structure, Spectra and Characterization / 1.3：
General Structural Features / 1.3.1：
Raman and other Spectroscopies / 1.3.2：
Pressure-induced Transformations / 1.3.3：
Electronic Structure / 1.3.4：
Chemically Modified Nanotubes / 1.4：
Doping with Boron and Nitrogen / 1.4.1：
Intercalation by Alkali Metals / 1.4.2：
Metal Semiconductor Transitions Induced by Molecular Interaction / 1.4.3：
Chirality Selection / 1.4.4：
Opening and Filling of Nanotubes / 1.4.5：
Decoration and Coating / 1.4.6：
Reactivity, Solubilization and Functionalization / 1.4.7：
Covalent Functionalization / 1.4.8：
Non-covalent Functionalization / 1.4.9：
Interaction with Biomolecules / 1.4.10：
Endrohedral Filling / 1.4.11：
Functionalization Using Fluorous Chemistry and Click Chemistry / 1.4.12：
Electronic Properties / 1.5：
Phase Transitions and Fluid Mechanics / 1.6：
Carbon Nanotube Composites / 1.7：
Applications, Potential and Otherwise / 1.8：
Electronic Applications / 1.8.1：
Field-effect Transistors and Related Devices / 1.8.2：
Field Emission / 1.8.3：
Energy Storage and Conversion: Supercapacitors, Solar Cells and Actuators / 1.8.4：
Sensors and Probes / 1.8.5：
Biological Aspects / 1.8.6：
Mechanical Properties and Related Devices / 1.8.7：
Lithium Batteries / 1.8.8：
Gas Adsorption and Hydrogen Storage / 1.8.9：
Other Useful Properties and Devices / 1.8.10：
References
Inorganic Nanotubes / Chapter 2：
Synthetic Methods / 2.1：
Specific Cases / 2.3：
Nanotubes of Elemental Materials / 2.3.1：
Metal Chalcogenide Nanotubes / 2.3.2：
Pnictide Nanotubes / 2.3.3：
Nanotubes of Carbides and other Materials / 2.3.4：
Metal Oxide Nanotubes / 2.3.5：
Complex Inorganic Nanostructures Based on Nanotubes / 2.3.6：
Properties and Applications / 2.4：
Mechanical Properties / 2.4.1：
Electronic, Magnetic, Optical and Related Properties / 2.4.2：
Tribological Properties / 2.4.3：
Thermal Properties / 2.4.4：
Solubilization and Functionalization / 2.4.5：
Applications / 2.4.6：
Inorganic Nanowires / Chapter 3：
Synthetic Strategies / 3.1：
Vapour Phase Growth / 3.2.1：
Vapour-Liquid-Solid Growth / 3.2.2：
Oxide-assisted Growth / 3.2.3：
Vapour-Solid Growth / 3.2.4：
Carbo-thermal Reactions / 3.2.5：
Solution-based Growth / 3.2.6：
Anisotropic Structures / 3.2.7：
Template-based Synthesis / 3.2.8：
Solution-Liquid-Solid Process / 3.2.9：
Solvothermal Synthesis / 3.2.10：
Growth Control and Integration / 3.2.11：
Elemental Nanowires / 3.3：
Silicon / 3.3.1：
Germanium / 3.3.2：
Boron / 3.3.3：
In, Sn, Pb, Sb and Bi / 3.3.4：
Se and Te / 3.3.5：
Gold / 3.3.6：
Silver / 3.3.7：
Iron and Cobalt / 3.3.8：
Nickel and Copper / 3.3.9：
Other Metals and Alloys / 3.3.10：
Metal Oxide Nanowires / 3.4：
MgO / 3.4.1：
A12O3, Ga203 and ln203 / 3.4.2：
SnO2 / 3.4.3：
CeO2 / 3.4.4：
SiO2 and Ge02 / 3.4.5：
TiO2 / 3.4.6：
CrO2, Mn02 and Mn304 / 3.4.7：
CuxO / 3.4.8：
ZnO / 3.4.9：
Vanadium and Tungsten Oxides / 3.4.10：
Other Binary Oxides / 3.4.11：
Ternary and Quarternary Oxides / 3.4.12：
Metal Nitride Nanowires / 3.5：
Boron Nitride / 3.5.1：
Aluminium Nitride / 3.5.2：
Gallium Nitride / 3.5.3：
Indium Nitride / 3.5.4：
Si3N4 and Si2N2O / 3.5.5：
Metal Carbide and Boride Nanowires / 3.6：
Boron Carbide / 3.6.1：
Silicon Carbide / 3.6.2：
Borides / 3.6.3：
Metal Chalcogenide Nanowires / 3.7：
Cadmium Sulfide / 3.7.1：
CdSe and CdTe / 3.7.2：
PbS, PbSe and PbTe / 3.7.3：
Bismuth Chalcogenides / 3.7.4：
CuS and CuSe / 3.7.5：
ZnS and ZnSe / 3.7.6：
NbS2, NbSe2 and NbSe3 / 3.7.7：
Other Chalcogenides / 3.7.8：
GaAs, InP and other Semiconductor Nanowires / 3.8：
Gallium Arsenide / 3.8.1：
InP and GaP / 3.8.2：
Miscellaneous Nanowires / 3.9：
Coaxial Nanowires and Coating Nanowires / 3.9.1：
Self Assembly and Functionalization / 3.10：
Useful Properties and Potential Applications / 3.11：
Optical Properties / 3.11.1：
Electrical and Magnetic Properties / 3.11.2：
Transistors and Devices / 3.11.3：
Energy Storage and Conversion / 3.11.4：
Electromechanical Devices / 3.11.6：
Subject Index / 3.11.7：
Carbon Nanotubes / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Synthesis / 1.2：
32.
図書
Philip J. Armitage
出版情報:
New York : Cambridge University Press, 2010 x, 284 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Observations of planetary systems / 1：
Solar System planets / 1.1：
The minimum mass Solar Nebula / 1.1.1：
Minor bodies in the Solar System / 1.2：
Radioactive dating of the Solar System / 1.3：
The snowline in the Solar Nebula / 1.4：
Chondritic meteorites / 1.5：
Extrasolar planetary systems / 1.6：
Direct imaging / 1.6.1：
Radial velocity searches / 1.6.2：
Astrometry / 1.6.3：
Transits / 1.6.4：
Gravitational microlensing / 1.6.5：
Properties of extrasolar planets / 1.7：
Further reading / 1.8：
Protoplanetary disk structure / 2：
Disks in the context of star formation / 2.1：
Classification of Young Stellar Objects / 2.1.1：
Vertical structure / 2.2：
Radial force balance / 2.3：
Radial temperature profile of passive disks / 2.4：
Razor-thin disks / 2.4.1：
Flared disks / 2.4.2：
Radiative equilibrium disks / 2.4.3：
The Chiang-Goldreich model / 2.4.4：
Spectral energy distributions / 2.4.5：
Opacity / 2.5：
Opacity in the optically thin outer disk / 2.5.1：
Analytic opacities / 2.5.2：
The condensation sequence / 2.6：
Ionization state of protoplanetary disks / 2.7：
Thermal ionization / 2.7.1：
Nonthermal ionization / 2.7.2：
Protoplanetary disk evolution / 2.8：
Observations of disk evolution / 3.1：
Surface density evolution of a thin disk / 3.2：
The viscous time scale / 3.2.1：
Solutions to the disk evolution equation / 3.2.2：
Temperature profile of accreting disks / 3.2.3：
Vertical structure of protoplanetary disks / 3.3：
The central temperature of accreting disks / 3.3.1：
Shakura-Sunyaev ? prescription / 3.3.2：
Vertically averaged solutions / 3.3.3：
Angular momentum transport mechanisms / 3.4：
The Rayleigh criterion / 3.4.1：
The magnetorotational instability / 3.4.2：
Disk winds and magnetic braking / 3.4.3：
Hydrodynamic turbulence / 3.4.4：
Fffects of partial ionization on disk evolution / 3.5：
Layered disks / 3.5.1：
Disk dispersal / 3.6：
Photoevaporation / 3.6.1：
Viscous evolution with photoevaporation / 3.6.2：
Magnetospheric accretion / 3.7：
Planetesiroal formation / 3.8：
Aerodynamic drag on solid particles / 4.1：
Epstein drag / 4.1.1：
Stokes drag / 4.1.2：
Dust settling / 4.2：
Single particle settling with coagulation / 4.2.1：
Settling in the presence of turbulence / 4.2.2：
Radial drift of solid particles / 4.3：
Radial drift with coagulation / 4.3.1：
Particle concentration at pressure maxima / 4.3.2：
Turbulent radial diffusion / 4.3.3：
Diffusion of large particles / 4.4：
Planetesimal formation via coagulation / 4.5：
Coagulation equation / 4.5.1：
Sticking efficiencies / 4.5.2：
Goldreich-Ward mechanism / 4.6：
Gravitational stability of a particle layer / 4.6.1：
Application to planetesimal formation / 4.6.2：
Self-excited turbulence / 4.6.3：
Routes to planetesimal formation / 4.7：
Terrestrial planet formation / 4.8：
Physics of collisions / 5.1：
Gravitational focusing / 5.1.1：
Shear versus dispersion dominated encounters / 5.1.2：
Accretion versus disruption / 5.1.3：
Statistical models of planetary growth / 5.2：
Approximate treatment / 5.2.1：
Shear and dispersion dominated limits / 5.2.2：
Isolation mass / 5.2.3：
Velocity dispersion / 5.3：
Viscous stirring / 5.3.1：
Dynamical friction / 5.3.2：
Gas drag / 5.3.3：
Analytic formulae for planetary growth / 5.4：
Collisional damping and turbulent excitation / 5.5：
Final assembly / 5.6：
Giant planet formation / 5.8：
Core accretion / 6.1：
Core/envelope structure / 6.1.1：
Critical core mass / 6.1.2：
Growth of giant planets / 6.1.3：
Disk instability / 6.2：
Fragmentation conditions / 6.2.1：
Disk cooling time scale / 6.2.2：
Comparison with observations / 6.3：
Early evolution of planetary systems / 6.4：
Migration in gaseous disks / 7.1：
Resonant torques / 7.1.1：
Type 1 migration / 7.1.2：
Type 2 migration / 7.1.3：
Applications / 7.1.4：
Resonant evolution / 7.2：
Resonant capture / 7.2.1：
Kozai resonance / 7.2.2：
Migration in planetesimal disks / 7.3：
Application to the outer Solar System / 7.3.1：
The Nice Model / 7.3.2：
Application to extrasolar planetary systems / 7.3.3：
Planetary system stability / 7.4：
Hill stability / 7.4.1：
Planet-planet scattering / 7.4.2：
Physical and astronomical constants / 7.5：
N-body methods / Appendix 2：
References
Index
Preface
Observations of planetary systems / 1：
Solar System planets / 1.1：
33.
図書
Richard J. Szabo
出版情報:
London : Imperial College Press, c2011 xv, 148 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to Second Edition
Preface to First Edition
A Brief History of String Theory / Chapter 1：
Classical String Theory / Chapter 2：
The Relativistic Particle / 2.1：
Reparametrization Invariance / 2.1.1：
Examples / 2.1.2：
The Bosonic String / 2.2：
Worldsheet Symmetries / 2.2.1：
String Equations of Motion / 2.3：
Mode Expansions / 2.3.1：
Mass-Shell Constraints / 2.3.2：
Quantization of the Bosonic String / Chapter 3：
Canonical Quantization / 3.1：
Normal Ordering / 3.1.1：
The Physical String Spectrum / 3.2：
The Open String Spectrum / 3.2.1：
The Closed String Spectrum / 3.2.2：
Worldsheet-Spacetime Interplay / 3.2.3：
Vertex Operators / 3.3：
String Perturbation Theory / 3.3.1：
Chan-Paton Factors / 3.5：
Superstrings / Chapter 4：
Motivation / 4.1：
The RNS Superstring / 4.2：
The Superstring Spectrum / 4.2.1：
The Open Superstring Spectrum / 4.3.1：
The Closed Superstring Spectrum / 4.3.2：
The GSO Projection / 4.4：
Spacetime Supersymmetry / 4.4.1：
Example: One-Loop Vacuum Amplitude / 4.5：
Fermionic Spin Structures / 4.5.1：
Ramond-Ramond Charges and T-Duality / Chapter 5：
Ramond-Ramond Charges / 5.1：
Remarks on Superstring Types / 5.1.1：
Type II Ramond-Ramond States / 5.1.2：
T-Duality for Closed Strings / 5.1.3：
String Geometry / 5.2.1：
T-Duality for Open Strings / 5.3：
T-Duality for Type II Superstrings / 5.4：
D-Branes and Gauge Theory / Chapter 6：
D-Branes / 6.1：
Wilson Lines / 6.2：
D-Brane Terminology / 6.2.1：
Collective Coordinates for D-Branes / 6.3：
Non-Abelian Gauge Symmetry / 6.3.1：
The Born-Infeld Action / 6.4：
D-Brane Dynamics / Chapter 7：
The Dirac-Born-Infeld Action / 7.1：
Example / 7.1.1：
Supergravity Couplings / 7.1.2：
Supersymmetric Yang-Mills Theory / 7.2：
Forces Between D-Branes / 7.2.1：
BPS States / 7.3.1：
Ramond-Ramond Couplings of D-Branes / Chapter 8：
D-Brane Anomalies / 8.1：
Chern-Simons Actions / 8.2：
Branes within Branes / 8.3：
Solutions to Exercises / Chapter 9：
Bibliography
Index
Preface to Second Edition
Preface to First Edition
A Brief History of String Theory / Chapter 1：
34.
図書
Slobodan P. Simonović
出版情報:
Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley, c2011 xxxiv, 308 p. ; 25 cm.
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Figures and Tables
About the Author
Foreword
Preface
List of Acronyms and Abbreviations
Management of Disasters / I：
Introduction / 1：
Issues in Management of Disasters-Personal Experience / 1.1：
Red River Flooding / 1.1.1：
"Red River Flood of the Century," Manitoba, Canada / 1.1.2：
Tools for Management of Disasters-Two New Paradigms / 1.2：
The Complexity Paradigm / 1.2.1：
The Uncertainty Paradigm / 1.2.2：
Conclusions / 1.3：
References
Exercises
Integrated Disaster Management / 2：
Definition / 2.1：
Integrated Disaster Management Activities / 2.2：
Mitigation / 2.2.1：
Preparedness / 2.2.2：
Response / 2.2.3：
Recovery / 2.2.4：
Disaster Management in Canada-Brief Overview / 2.3：
Emergency Management Act / 2.3.1：
National Disaster Mitigation Strategy / 2.3.2：
Joint Emergency Preparedness Program / 2.3.3：
Emergency Response / 2.3.4：
The Role of Federal Government in Disaster Recovery / 2.3.5：
Decision Making and Integrated Disaster Management / 2.4：
Individual Decision Making / 2.4.1：
Decision Making in Organizations / 2.4.2：
Decision Making in Government / 2.4.3：
Systems View of Integrated Disaster Management / 2.5：
Systems Analaysis for Integrated Management of Disasters / II：
Systems Thinking and Integrated Disaster Management / 3：
System Definitions / 3.1：
What is a System? / 3.1.1：
Systems Thinking / 3.1.2：
Systems Analysis / 3.1.3：
The Systems Approach / 3.1.4：
Systems "Engineering" / 3.1.5：
Feedback / 3.1.6：
Mathematical Modeling / 3.1.7：
A Classification of Systems / 3.1.8：
A Classification of Mathematical Models / 3.1.9：
A Systems Typology in Integrated Disaster Management / 3.2：
Systems View of Disaster Management / 3.2.2：
Systems View of Disaster Management Activities / 3.2.3：
Systems Formulation Examples / 3.3：
Dynamics of Epidemics / 3.3.1：
Shortest Supply Route / 3.3.2：
Resources Allocation / 3.3.3：
Introduction to Methods and Tools for a Systems Approach to Management of Disaster / 4：
Simulation / 4.1：
System Dynamics Simulation / 4.2：
Optimization / 4.3：
Multiobjective Analysis / 4.4：
Disaster Risk Management / 4.5：
Sources of Uncertainty / 4.5.1：
Conceptual Risk Definitions / 4.5.2：
Probabilistic Approach / 4.5.3：
A Fuzzy Set Approach / 4.5.4：
Computer Support: Decision Support Systems / 4.6：
Implementation of Systems Analysis to Management of Disasters / III：
Definitions / 5：
System Structure and Patterns of Behavior / 5.2：
System Dynamics Simulation Modeling Process / 5.3：
Causal Loop Diagram / 5.3.1：
Stock and Flow Diagram / 5.3.2：
Generic Principles of System Dynamics Simulation Modeling / 5.3.3：
Numerical Simulation / 5.3.4：
Policy Design and Evaluation-Model Use / 5.3.5：
System Dynamics Simulation Modeling Examples / 5.4：
A Simple Flu Epidemic Model / 5.4.1：
A More Complex Flu Epidemic Model with Recovery / 5.4.2：
An Example of Disaster Management Simulation-Flood Evacuation Simulation Model / 5.5：
Human Behavior During Disasters / 5.5.1：
A System Dynamics Simulation Model / 5.5.3：
Application of the Evacuation Model to the Analyses of Flood Emergency Procedures in the Red River Basin, Manitoba, Canada / 5.5.4：
Linear Programming / 5.5.5：
Formulation of Linear Optimization Models / 6.1.1：
Algebraic Representations of Linear Optimization Models / 6.1.2：
The Simplex Method for Solving Linear Programs / 6.2：
Completeness of the Simplex Algorithm / 6.2.1：
The Big M Method / 6.2.2：
Duality in LP / 6.3：
Sensitivity Analysis / 6.3.1：
Special Types of LP Problems-Transportation Problem / 6.4：
Formulation of the Transportation Problem / 6.4.1：
Solution of the Transportation Problem / 6.4.2：
Special Types of LP Problems-Network Problems / 6.5：
The Shortest Path Problem / 6.5.1：
The Minimum Spanning Tree Problem / 6.5.2：
The Maximum Flow Problem / 6.5.3：
An Example of Disaster Management Optimization-The Optimal Placement of Casualty Evacuation Assets / 6.6：
The OPTEVAC Model / 6.6.1：
A Casualty Evacuation Example / 6.6.3：
Summary / 6.6.4：
Toward Operational Framework for Multiobjective Analysis / 7：
An Illustrative Example / 7.1.2：
Multiobjective Analysis Methodology / 7.2：
Change of Concept / 7.2.1：
Nondominated Solutions / 7.2.2：
Participation of Decision Makers / 7.2.3：
Classification of Multiobjective Techniques / 7.2.4：
Disaster Management Applications / 7.2.5：
The Weighting Method / 7.3：
The Compromise Programming Method / 7.4：
Compromise Programming / 7.4.1：
Some Practical Recommendations / 7.4.2：
The COMPRO Computer Program / 7.4.3：
An Example of Disaster Management Multiobjective Analysis-Selection of Flood Management Alternative / 7.5：
Preparation of Input Data / 7.5.1：
Solution of Flood Management Problem Using Compromise Programming / 7.5.2：
Be Prepared / 7.5.3：
A View Ahead / 8：
Issues in Future Disaster Management / 8.1：
Climate Change / 8.1.1：
Population Growth and Migrations / 8.1.2：
A Systems View / 8.2：
Index
List of Figures and Tables
About the Author
Foreword
35.
図書
Paul Murrell
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
An Introduction to R Graphics / 1：
R graphics examples / 1.1：
Standard plots / 1.1.1：
Trellis plots / 1.1.2：
The grammar of graphics / 1.1.3：
Specialized plots / 1.1.4：
General graphical scenes / 1.1.5：
The organization of R graphics / 1.2：
Base graphics versus grid graphics / 1.2.1：
Base Graphics / I：
Simple Usage of Base Graphics / 2：
The base graphics model / 2.1：
The plot() function / 2.2：
Plots of a single variable / 2.3：
Plots of two variables / 2.4：
Plots of many variables / 2.5：
Arguments to graphics functions / 2.6：
Standard arguments to graphics functions / 2.6.1：
Customizing Base Graphics / 2.7：
The base graphics model in more detail / 3.1：
Plotting regions / 3.1.1：
The base graphics state / 3.1.2：
Controlling the appearance of plots / 3.2：
Colors / 3.2.1：
Lines / 3.2.2：
Text / 3.2.3：
Data symbols / 3.2.4：
Axes / 3.2.5：
Clipping / 3.2.6：
Moving to a new plot / 3.2.8：
Arranging multiple plots / 3.3：
Using the base graphics state / 3.3.1：
Layouts / 3.3.2：
The split-screen approach / 3.3.3：
Annotating plots / 3.4：
Annotating the plot region / 3.4.1：
Annotating the margins / 3.4.2：
Legends / 3.4.3：
Coordinate systems / 3.4.4：
Special cases / 3.4.6：
Creating new plots / 3.5：
A simple plot from scratch / 3.5.1：
A more complex plot from scratch / 3.5.2：
Writing base graphics functions / 3.5.3：
Interactive graphics / 3.6：
Grid Graphics / II：
Trellis Graphics: The lattice Package / 4：
The lattice graphics model / 4.1：
Why another graphics system? / 4.1.1：
Lattice plot types / 4.2：
The formula argument and multipanel conditioning / 4.3：
The group argument and legends / 4.4：
The layout argument and arranging plots / 4.5：
The scales argument and labeling axes / 4.6：
The panel argument and annotating plots / 4.7：
Adding output to a lattice plot / 4.7.1：
Par. settings and graphical parameters / 4.8：
The Grammar of Graphics: The ggplot2 Package / 5：
Quick plots / 5.1：
The ggplot2 graphics model / 5.2：
Data / 5.2.1：
Geoms and aesthetics / 5.4：
Scales / 5.5：
Statistical transformations / 5.6：
The group aesthetic / 5.7：
Position adjustments / 5.8：
Coordinate transformations / 5.9：
Facets / 5.10：
Themes / 5.11：
Annotating / 5.12：
Extending ggplot2 / 5.13：
The grid Graphics Model / 6：
A brief overview of grid graphics / 6.1：
A simple example / 6.1.1：
Graphical primitives / 6.2：
Graphical utilities / 6.2.1：
Standard arguments / 6.2.2：
Conversion functions / 6.2.3：
Complex units / 6.3.2：
Controlling the appearance of output / 6.4：
Specifying graphical parameter settings / 6.4.1：
Vectorized graphical parameter settings / 6.4.2：
Viewports / 6.5：
Pushing, popping, and navigating between viewports / 6.5.1：
Clipping to viewports / 6.5.2：
Viewport lists, stacks, and trees / 6.5.3：
Viewports as arguments to graphical primitives / 6.5.4：
Graphical parameter settings in viewports / 6.5.5：
Missing values and non-finite values / 6.5.6：
Customizing lattice plots / 6.7：
Adding grid output to lattice output / 6.8.1：
Adding lattice output to grid output / 6.8.2：
Customizing ggplot2 output / 6.9：
Adding grid output to ggplot2 output / 6.9.1：
Adding ggplot2 output to grid output / 6.9.2：
The grid Graphics Object Model / 7：
Working with graphical output / 7.1：
Listing graphical objects / 7.2：
Selecting graphical objects / 7.3：
Grab lists, trees, and paths / 7.4：
Graphical parameter settings in gTrees / 7.4.1：
Searching for grobs / 7.5：
Editing graphical context / 7.6：
Forcing graphical objects / 7.7：
Working with graphical objects off-screen / 7.8：
Reordering graphical objects / 7.9：
Capturing output / 7.10：
Querying grobs / 7.11：
Calculating the sizes of grobs / 7.11.1：
Calculating the positions of grobs / 7.11.2：
Placing and packing grobs in frames / 7.12：
Placing and packing off-screen / 7.12.1：
Display lists / 7.13：
Working with lattice grobs / 7.14：
Working with ggplot2 grobs / 7.15：
Developing New Graphical Functions and Objects / 8：
An example / 8.1：
Graphical functions / 8.2：
Modularity / 8.2.1：
Embeddable output / 8.2.2：
Editable output / 8.2.3：
Annotatable output / 8.2.4：
Graphical objects / 8.3：
Defining a static grob / 8.3.1：
Editable grobs / 8.3.2：
Defining a static grob with drawing context / 8.3.3：
Defining a dynamic grob / 8.3.4：
Forcing grobs / 8.3.5：
Reverting grobs / 8.3.6：
Defining a dynamic grob with drawing context / 8.3.7：
Querying graphical objects / 8.3.8：
Summary of graphical object methods / 8.3.9：
Calculations during drawing / 8.3.10：
Avoiding argument explosion / 8.3.11：
Mixing graphical functions and graphical objects / 8.4：
Debugging grid / 8.5：
The Graphics Engine / III：
Graphics Formats / 9：
Graphics devices / 9.1：
Graphical output formats / 9.2：
Vector formats / 9.2.1：
Raster formats / 9.2.2：
R Studio / 9.2.3：
Including R graphics in other documents / 9.3：
Latex / 9.3.1：
"Productivity" software / 9.3.2：
Web pages / 9.3.3：
Device-specific features / 9.4：
Multiple pages of output / 9.5：
Extension packages / 9.6：
Graphical Parameters / 10：
Semitransparent colors / 10.1：
Converting colors / 10.1.2：
Color sets / 10.1.3：
Device dependency of color specifications / 10.1.4：
Line styles / 10.2：
Line widths / 10.2.1：
Line types / 10.2.2：
Line ends and joins / 10.2.3：
Fonts / 10.3：
Font family / 10.4.1：
Font face / 10.4.2：
Multi-line text / 10.4.3：
Locales / 10.4.4：
Escape sequences / 10.4.5：
Anti-aliasing / 10.4.6：
Mathematical formulae / 10.5：
Integrating Graphics Systems / IV：
Importing Graphics / 11：
The Moon and the tides / 11.1：
Importing raster graphics / 11.2：
Importing vector graphics / 11.3：
The grImport package / 11.3.1：
The grImport2 package / 11.3.2：
Combining Graphics Systems / 12：
The gridBase package / 12.1：
Annotating base graphics using grid / 12.1.1：
Base graphics in grid viewports / 12.1.2：
Problems and limitations of gridBase / 12.1.3：
The gridGraphics package / 12.2：
Editing base graphics using grid / 12.2.1：
Problems and limitations of gridGraphics / 12.2.2：
Advanced Graphics / 13：
Exporting SVG / 13.1：
SVG advanced features / 13.2：
Gradient fills / 13.2.1：
Pattern fills / 13.2.2：
Filters / 13.2.3：
Clipping paths / 13.2.4：
Masks / 13.2.5：
SVG drawing context / 13.3：
SVG definitions / 13.4：
Drawing off screen / 13.5：
SVG fonts / 13.6：
Exporting base graphics / 13.7：
Exporting to other formats / 13.8：
Exporting imported images / 13.9：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
An Introduction to R Graphics / 1：
R graphics examples / 1.1：
36.
図書
Dominik G. Rabus, Karsten Rebner, Cinzia Sada
出版情報:
Berlin : Walter de Gruyter, c2019 xvi, 476 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
De Gruyter textbook
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
List of Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
Materials / 2：
Inorganic materials / 2.1：
Silicon / 2.1.1：
Glass in opto-microfluidics / 2.1.2：
Polymers / 2.2：
Role of polymer composition / 2.2.1：
Role of thermal response in polymers / 2.2.2：
Role of structure order - molecular arrangement / 2.2.3：
Elastomers: PDMS / 2.2.4：
Thermoplastics: PMMA, PC, PVC CBC / 2.2.5：
Thermoset: SU-8 photoresist, polyimide / 2.2.6：
Smart polymers: Hydrogels / 2.2.7：
General properties of polymers in microfluidics / 2.2.8：
Papers / 2.3：
Comparisons / 2.4：
Smart materials / 2.5：
Shape memory materials / 2.5.1：
Smart fluids / 2.5.2：
Magnetostrictive materials / 2.5.3：
Electrostrictive / 2.5.4：
Chromogenic materials / 2.5.5：
Quantum dots (QD) / 2.6：
Nanowires / 2.7：
Conclusion / 2.8：
Further reading
Self-assessment questions
Materials fabrication and patterning techniques / 3：
Fabrication techniques in opto-microfluidics: Film deposition / 3.1：
Evaporation / 3.1.1：
Sputtering techniques / 3.1.2：
Chemical vapor deposition and plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition - PECVD / 3.1.3：
Sol-gel coating / 3.1.4：
Epitaxial growth and heteroepitaxial growth / 3.1.6：
Fabrication techniques: Local modification of bulk material properties / 3.2：
Thermal diffusion / 3.2.1：
Ion exchange / 3.2.2：
Material implantation and irradiation / 3.3：
Ion implantation / 3.3.1：
Modification of polymers by radiation / 3.3.2：
Patterning techniques / 3.4：
Photolithography / 3.4.1：
Replication / 3.5：
Replica molding / 3.5.1：
Self Assessment questions
Photonics and biophotonics / 4：
Wave guiding basics / 4.1：
Characterization of optical waveguide based-devices / 4.2：
Types of waveguides / 4.3：
Types of optical fibers / 4.4：
Fabrication methods for optical waveguides / 4.5：
Lithography / 4.5.1：
Dry & wet etching / 4.5.2：
Planar waveguide-based devices / 4.6：
All polymer waveguides / 4.6.1：
Silicon-polymer hybrid waveguides / 4.6.2：
Active photonic devices / 4.7：
Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) / 4.7.1：
Detectors / 4.7.2：
Image sensors / 4.7.3：
Semiconductor lasers / 4.7.4：
Organic LEDs, organic PDs and organic lasers / 4.7.5：
Biology / 4.8：
Cell types / 4.8.1：
Patterning of living cells / 4.8.2：
Fluldlcs and fluid control systems / 4.9：
Valve basics / 5.1：
Introduction into fluidic mechanics / 5.2：
Theory of fluid control elements in systems / 5.3：
Introduction into control theory / 5.4：
Open-loop and closed-loop controls / 5.4.1：
The control loop / 5.4.2：
Adapting the controller to the controlled system / 5.4.3：
Rating and selection of control valves / 5.4.4：
Microvalves / 5.5：
Fabrication of fluidic channels: Bonding / 5.6：
Sensors for Optofluidic systems / 5.7：
Process sensors / 6.1：
Temperature sensors / 6.1.1：
Pressure sensors / 6.1.2：
Flow sensors / 6.1.3：
Level sensors / 6.1.4：
Self-Assessment Questions
Process analytical sensors / 6.2：
The added-value concept / 6.2.1：
Taxonomy / 6.2.2：
Process analyzer categories / 6.2.3：
Spectroscopic in-line monitoring / 6.3：
Industry relevance / 6.3.1：
The interaction of radiation with matter / 6.3.2：
UV-Vis spectroscopy / 6.3.3：
Flow chemistry applications with UV/Vis spectroscopy / 6.3.4：
Fluorescence spectroscopy / 6.3.5：
Infrared spectroscopy / 6.3.6：
Spectrometer components and designs / 6.3.7：
Raman spectroscopy / 6.3.8：
Multivariate data analysis / 6.4：
The importance of data quality / 6.4.1：
Inspect the data / 6.4.2：
Check the process or reference data / 6.4.3：
Bus technologies for optofluidic systems / 6.5：
Optofluidic systems / 7.1：
Specimens and analytical control material / 7.1.1：
Chemicals and calibrators / 7.1.2：
Apparatus / 7.1.3：
BANSAI photometric measurement with laser light / 7.1.4：
Reference method / 7.1.5：
Imprecision / 7.1.6：
Drift / 7.1.7：
Accuracy / 7.1.8：
Method comparison / 7.19：
Linearity / 7.1.10：
Limits of detection and quantification / 7.1.11：
Statistical analysis / 7.1.12：
Festo optofluidic / 7.1.13：
Real-time optical analysis / 7.1.14：
Visualization of hidden information / 7.1.15：
Separation of different fluids / 7.1.16：
Outlook / 7.2：
Glossary of optofluidics terms and definitions / 9：
Chemical resistance properties of materials / 10：
International standards and regulations
AATCC Evaluation Procedures - Textiles
AS/NZS Australian/New Zealand Standards
ASBC - Beer
ASTM Standard Specifications
Din
ICUMSA Sugar Methods
ISO
JIS
SAE J1545
TAPPI Test Methods - Pulp and Paper
USP - Pharmaceuticals
References
Index
Foreword
List of Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
37.
図書
Hideki Matsumura, Hironobu Umemoto, Karen K. Gleason, Ruud E. I. Schropp
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2019 xvi, 421 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
Thin Film Technologies / 1.1：
Birth of Cat-CVD / 1.2：
Research History of Cat-CVD and Related Technologies / 1.3：
Structure of This Book / 1.4：
References
Fundamentals for Studying the Physics of Cat-CVD and Difference from PECVD / 2：
Fundamental Physics of the Deposition Chamber / 2.1：
Density of Molecules and Their Thermal Velocity / 2.1.1：
Mean Free Path / 2.1.2：
Equation Expressing the Mean Free Path / 2.1.2.1：
Estimation of Diameter of Molecules or Species / 2.1.2.2：
Examples of Mean Free Path / 2.1.2.3：
Interval Time Between the First Collision and the Second Collision / 2.1.2.4：
Collisions with a Solid Surface / 2.1.3：
Comparison of Collisions of Molecules in Space with Collisions at Chamber Wall / 2.1.3.1：
Residence Time of Species in Chamber / 2.1.4：
Difference Between Cat-CVD and PECVD Apparatuses / 2.2：
Fundamental Features of PECVD / 2.3：
Birth of PECVD / 2.3.1：
Generation of Plasma / 2.3.2：
DC Plasma to RF Plasma / 2.3.3：
Sheath Voltage / 2.3.4：
Density of Decomposed Species in PECVD / 2.3.5：
Number of Collisions Between Electrons and Gas Molecules / 2.3.5.1：
Number of Decomposed Species in PECVD / 2.3.5.2：
Drawbacks of PECVD and Technologies Overcoming Them / 2.4：
Plasma Damage / 2.4.1：
Increase of Frequency in PECVD / 2.4.2：
Power Transferring System / 2.4.3：
Large Area Uniformity for Film Deposition / 2.4.4：
Features of Cat-CVD as Technology Overcoming Drawbacks of PECVD / 2.5：
Rough Calculation of Ranges (R) of Si and H Atoms and Defect Range (Rdefect ) Created by Si and H Atoms Implanted with Very Low Energy / 2.A：
Fundamentals for Analytical Methods for Revealing Chemical Reactions in Cat-CVD / 3：
Importance of Radical Species in CVD Processes / 3.1：
Radical Detection Techniques / 3.2：
One-Photon Laser-Induced Fluorescence / 3.3：
General Formulation / 3.3.1：
Validity of the Assumption of a Two-State System / 3.3.2：
Anisotropy of the Fluorescence / 3.3.3：
Correction for Nonradiative Decay Processes / 3.3.4：
Spectral Broadening / 3.3.5：
Typical Apparatus for One-Photon LIF and the Experimental Results / 3.3.6：
Determination of Rotational and Vibrational State Distributions of Molecular Radicals / 3.3.7：
Estimation of Absolute Densities in One-Photon LIF / 3.3.8：
Two-Photon Laser-Induced Fluorescence / 3.4：
Single-Path Vacuum Ultraviolet (VUV) Laser Absorption / 3.5：
Other Laser Spectroscopic Techniques / 3.6：
Resonance-Enhanced Multiphoton Ionization / 3.6.1：
Cavity Ringdown Spectroscopy / 3.6.2：
Tunable Diode Laser Absorption Spectroscopy / 3.6.3：
Mass Spectrometric Techniques / 3.7：
Photoionization Mass Spectrometry / 3.7.1：
Threshold Ionization Mass Spectrometry / 3.7.2：
Ion Attachment Mass Spectrometry / 3.7.3：
Determination of Gas-Phase Composition of Stable Molecules / 3.8：
Term Symbols Used in Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy / 3.A：
Physics and Chemistry of Cat-CVD / 4：
Kinetics of Molecules in Cat-CVD Chamber / 4.1：
Molecules in Cat-CVD Chamber / 4.1.1：
Comparison with PECVD for Decomposition / 4.1.2：
Influence of Surface Area of Catalyzer / 4.1.3：
What Happens on Catalyzer Surfaces - Catalytic Reactions / 4.2：
Poisoning of Surface Decomposition Processes / 4.3：
Gas Temperature Distribution in Cat-CVD Chambers / 4.4：
Decomposition Mechanisms on Metal Wire Surfaces and Gas-Phase Kinetics / 4.5：
Catalytic Decomposition of Diatomic Molecules: H2 , N2 , and O2 / 4.5.1：
Catalytic Decomposition of H2 O / 4.5.2：
Catalytic Decomposition of SiH4 and SiH4 /H2 and the Succeeding Gas-Phase Reactions / 4.5.3：
Catalytic Decomposition of NH3 and the Succeeding Gas-Phase Reactions / 4.5.4：
Catalytic Decomposition of CH4 and CH4 /H2 and the Succeeding Gas-Phase Reactions / 4.5.5：
Catalytic Decomposition of PH3 and PH3 /H2 and the Succeeding Gas-Phase Reactions / 4.5.6：
Catalytic Decomposition of B2 H6 and B2 H6 /H2 and the Succeeding Gas-Phase Reactions / 4.5.7：
Catalytic Decomposition of H3 NBH3 and Release of B Atoms from Boronized Wires / 4.5.8：
Catalytic Decomposition of Methyl-Substituted Silanes and Hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) / 4.5.9：
Summary of Catalytic Decomposition of Various Molecules on Metal Wires / 4.5.10：
Si Film Formation Mechanisms in Cat-CVD / 4.6：
Properties of Inorganic Films Prepared by Cat-CVD / 5：
Properties of Amorphous Silicon (a-Si) Prepared by Cat-CVD / 5.1：
Fundamentals of Amorphous Silicon (a-Si) / 5.1.1：
Birth of Device Quality Amorphous Silicon (a-Si) / 5.1.1.1：
Band Structure of Amorphous Materials / 5.1.1.2：
General Properties of a-Si / 5.1.1.3：
Fundamentals of Preparation of a-Si by Cat-CVD / 5.1.2：
Deposition Parameters / 5.1.2.1：
Structural Studies on Cat-CVD a-Si: Infrared Absorption / 5.1.2.2：
General Properties of Cat-CVD a-Si / 5.1.3：
Deposition Mechanism of a-Si in Cat-CVD Process - Growth Model / 5.1.4：
Crystallization of Silicon Films and Microcrystalline Silicon (¿c-Si) / 5.2：
Growth of Crystalline Si Film / 5.2.1：
Structure of Cat-CVD Poly-Si / 5.2.2：
Properties of Cat-CVD Poly-Si Films / 5.2.3：
Si Crystal Growth on Crystalline Si / 5.2.4：
Properties of Silicon Nitride (SiNx ) / 5.3：
Usefulness of Silicon Nitride (SiNx ) Films / 5.3.1：
Fundamentals for the Preparation of SiNx / 5.3.2：
SiNx Preparation from NH3 and SiH4 Mixture / 5.3.3：
SiNx Preparation from Mixture of NH3 , SiH4 , and a Large Amount of H2 / 5.3.4：
Conformal Step Coverage of SiNx Prepared from the Mixture of NH3 , SiH4 , and a Large Amount of H2 / 5.3.5：
Cat-CVD SiNx Prepared from HMDS / 5.3.6：
Properties of Silicon Oxynitride (SiOx Ny ) / 5.4：
SiOx Ny Films Prepared by SiH4 , NH3 , H2 , and O2 Mixtures / 5.4.1：
SiOx Ny Films Prepared by HMDS, NH3 , H2 , and O2 Mixtures / 5.4.2：
Properties of Silicon Oxide (SiO2 ) Films Prepared by Cat-CVD / 5.5：
Preparation of Aluminum Oxide (Al2 O3) Films by Cat-CVD / 5.6：
Preparation of Aluminum Nitride (AIN) by Cat-CVD / 5.7：
Summary of Cat-CVD Inorganic Films / 5.8：
Organic Polymer Synthesis by Cat-CVD-Related Technology - Initiated CVD (iCVD) / 6：
PTFE Synthesis by Cat-CVD-Related Technology / 6.1：
Select Characteristics and Applications of CVD PTFE Films / 6.2.1：
Influence of the Catalyzing Materials for PTFE Deposition / 6.2.2：
Mechanistic Principles of iCVD / 6.3：
Initiators and Inhibitors / 6.3.1：
Monomer Adsorption / 6.3.2：
Deposition Rate and Molecular Weight / 6.3.3：
Copolymerization / 6.3.4：
Conformality / 6.3.5：
Functional, Surface-Reactive, and Responsive Organic Films Prepared by iCVD / 6.4：
Polyglycidyl Methacrylate (PGMA): Properties and Applications / 6.4.1：
iCVD Films with Perfluoroalkyl Functional Groups: Properties and Applications / 6.4.2：
Polyhydroxyethylacrylate (PHEMA) and Its Copolymers: Properties and Applications / 6.4.3：
Organosilicon and Organosilazanes: Properties and Applications / 6.4.4：
iCVD of Styrene, 4-Aminostyrene, and Divinylbenzene: Properties and Applications / 6.4.5：
iCVD of EGDA and EGDMA: Properties and Applications / 6.4.6：
Zwitterionic and Polyionic iCVD Films: Properties and Applications / 6.4.7：
iCVD "Smart Surfaces": Properties and Applications / 6.4.8：
Interfacial Engineering with iCVD: Adhesion and Grafting / 6.5：
Reactors for Synthesizing Organic Films by iCVD / 6.6：
Summary and Future Prospects for iCVD / 6.7：
Physics and Technologies for Operating Cat-CVD Apparatus / 7：
Influence of Gas Flow in Cat-CVD Apparatus / 7.1：
Experiment Using a Long Cylindrical Chamber for Establishing Quasi-laminar Flow / 7.1.1：
Dissociation Probability of SiH4 Derived from a Cylindrical Chamber / 7.1.2：
Factors Deciding Film Uniformity / 7.2：
Equation Expressing the Geometrical Relation Between Catalyzer and Substrates / 7.2.1：
Example of Estimation of Uniformity of Film Thickness / 7.2.2：
Limit of Packing Density of Catalyzing Wires / 7.3：
Thermal Radiation from a Heated Catalyzer / 7.4：
Fundamentals of Thermal Radiation / 7.4.1：
Control of Substrate Temperatures in Thermal Radiation / 7.4.2：
Thermal Radiation in CVD Systems / 7.4.3：
Contamination from a Heated Catalyzer / 7.5：
Contamination of Catalyzing Materials / 7.5.1：
Contamination from Other Impurities / 7.5.2：
Flux Density of Impurities Emitted from Heated Catalyzers / 7.5.3：
Lifetime of Catalyzing Wires and Techniques to Expand Their Lifetimes / 7.6：
Silicide Formation of W Catalyzer / 7.6.1：
Silicide Formation of Ta Catalyzer / 7.6.3：
Suppression of Silicide Formation by Carburization of W Surface / 7.6.4：
Ta Catalyzer and Method for Extension of Its Lifetime / 7.6.5：
Lifetime Extension by Using TaC / 7.6.6：
Lifetime Extension by Using Other Ta Alloys / 7.6.7：
Lifetimes of W Catalyzer in Carbon-Containing Gases / 7.6.8：
Long-Life Catalyzer Used in iCVD / 7.6.9：
Chamber Cleaning / 7.7：
Status of Mass Production Machine / 7.8：
Cat-CVD Mass Production Machine for Applications in Compound Semiconductors / 7.8.1：
Cat-CVD Mass Production Apparatus for Large Area Deposition / 7.8.2：
Cat-CVD Apparatus for Coating of PET Bottles / 7.8.3：
Prototypes for Any Other Mass Production Machine / 7.8.4：
Application of Cat-CVD Technologies / 8：
Introduction: Summarized History of Cat-CVD Research and Application / 8.1：
Application to Solar Cells / 8.2：
Silicon and Silicon Alloy Thin Film Solar Cells / 8.2.1：
Amorphous Silicon Solar Cells / 8.2.1.1：
Amorphous Silicon-Germanium Alloy Solar Cells / 8.2.1.3：
Micro crystalline Silicon Solar Cells and Tandem Cells / 8.2.1.4：
Nanostructured Solar Cells / 8.2.1.5：
Application to Crystalline Silicon (c-Si) Solar Cells / 8.2.2：
Cat-CVD Silicon-Nitride (SiNx /Amorphous-Silicon (a-Si)-Stacked Passivation / 8.2.2.1：
Cat-CVD SiNx /a-Si-Stacked Passivation on Textured c-Si Substrates / 8.2.2.3：
a-Si and c-Si Heterojunction Solar Cells / 8.2.3：
Surface Passivation on c-Si Solar Cells / 8.2.3.1：
Application to Thin Film Transistors (TFT) / 8.3：
Amorphous Silicon (a-Si) TFT / 8.3.1：
General Features of a-Si TFT / 8.3.1.1：
Cat-CVD a-Si TFT: Differences from PECVD a-Si TFT / 8.3.1.2：
Poly-Si TFT / 8.3.2：
Surface Passivation on Compound Semiconductor Devices / 8.4：
Passivation for Gallium-Arsenide (GaAs) High Electron Mobility Transistor (HEMT) / 8.4.1：
Passivation for Ultrahigh-Frequency Transistors / 8.4.2：
Passivation for Semiconductor Lasers / 8.4.3：
Application for ULSI Industry / 8.5：
Gas Barrier Films for Various Devices Such as Organic Devices / 8.6：
Inorganic Gas Barrier Films, SiNx /SiOx Ny , for OLED / 8.6.1：
Inorganic/Organic Stacked Gas Barrier Films / 8.6.2：
Gas Barrier Films for Food Packages / 8.6.3：
Other Application and Summary of Present Cat-CVD Application / 8.7：
Radicals Generated in Cat-CVD Apparatus and Their Application / 9：
Generation of High-Density Hydrogen (H) Atoms / 9.1：
Generation of High-Density H Atoms / 9.1.1：
Transportation of H Atoms / 9.1.2：
Cleaning and Etching by H Atoms Generated in Cat-CVD Apparatus / 9.2：
Etching of Crystalline Silicon / 9.2.1：
Cleaning of Carbon-Contaminated Surface / 9.2.2：
Photoresist Removal by Hydrogen Atoms / 9.3：
Reduction of Metal Oxide by H atoms / 9.4：
Reduction of Various Metal Oxides / 9.4.1：
Characteristic Control of Metal Oxide Semiconductors by H Atoms / 9.4.2：
Low-Temperature Formation of Low-Resistivity Metal Lines from Liquid Ink by H Atoms / 9.5：
Low-Temperature Surface Oxidation - "Cat-Oxidation" / 9.6：
Low-Temperature Surface Nitridation - "Cat-Nitridation" of Si and GaAs / 9.7：
"Cat-Chemical Sputtering": A New Thin Film Deposition Method Utilizing Radicals / 9.8：
Cat-doping: A Novel Low-Temperature Impurity Doping Technology / 10：
Discovery or Invention of Cat-doping / 10.1：
Low-Temperature and Shallow Phosphorus (P) Doping into c-Si / 10.3：
Measurement of Electrical Properties of a Shallow-Doped Layer / 10.3.1：
Measurement of Concentration Profiles of Cat-Doped Impurities by SIMS / 10.3.2：
Estimation of Diffusion Constant / 10.3.3：
Properties of Cat-Doped P Atoms / 10.3.4：
Mechanism of Cat-doping / 10.3.5：
Possibility of Diffusion Enhancement by H Atoms / 10.3.5.1：
Vacancy Transportation Model / 10.3.5.2：
Si-Modified Surface Layer Model / 10.3.5.3：
Low-Temperature Boron (B) Doping into c-Si / 10.4：
Cat-Doping into a-Si / 10.5：
Feasibility of Cat-Doping for Various Applications / 10.6：
Surface Potential Control by Cat-doping Realizing High-Quality Passivation / 10.6.1：
Cat-doping into a-Si and Its Application to Heterojunction Solar Cells / 10.6.2：
Index
Preface
Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
38.
図書
Ian J.R. Aitchison, Anthony J.G. Hey
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introductory Survey, Electromagnetism as a Gauge Theory, and Relativistic Quantum Mechanics / I：
The Particles and Forces of the Standard Model / 1：
Introduction: the Standard Model / 1.1：
The fermions of the Standard Model / 1.2：
Leptons / 1.2.1：
Quarks / 1.2.2：
Particle interactions in the Standard Model / 1.3：
Classical and quantum fields / 1.3.1：
The Yukawa theory of force as virtual quantum exchange / 1.3.2：
The one-quantum exchange amplitude / 1.3.3：
Electromagnetic interactions / 1.3.4：
Weak interactions / 1.3.5：
Strong interactions / 1.3.6：
The gauge bosons of the Standard Model / 1.3.7：
Renormalization and the Higgs sector of the Standard Model / 1.4：
Renormalization / 1.4.1：
The Higgs boson of the Standard Model / 1.4.2：
Summary / 1.5：
Problems
Electromagnetism as a Gauge Theory / 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
The Maxwell equations: current conservation / 2.2：
The Maxwell equations: Lorentz covariance and gauge invariance / 2.3：
Gauge invariance (and covariance) in quantum, mechanics / 2.4：
The argument reversed: the gauge principle / 2.5：
Comments on the gauge principle in electromagnetism / 2.6：
Relativistic Quantum Mechanics / 3：
The Klein-Gordon equation / 3.1：
Solutions in coordinate space / 3.1.1：
Probability current for the KG equation / 3.1.2：
The Dirac equation / 3.2：
Free-particle solutions / 3.2.1：
Probability current for the Dirac equation / 3.2.2：
Spin / 3.3：
The negative-energy solutions / 3.4：
Positive-energy spinors / 3.4.1：
Negative-energy spinors / 3.4.2：
Dirac's interpretation of the negative-energy solutions of the Dirac equation / 3.4.3：
Feynman's interpretation of the negative-energy solutions of the KG and Dirac equations / 3.4.4：
Inclusion of electromagnetic interactions via the gauge principle: the Dirac prediction of g = 2 for the electron / 3.5：
Lorentz Transformations and Discrete Symmetries / 4：
Lorentz transformations / 4.1：
The KG equation / 4.1.1：
Discrete transformations: P, C and T / 4.1.2：
Parity / 4.2.1：
Charge conjugation / 4.2.2：
CP / 4.2.3：
Time reversal / 4.2.4：
CPT / 4.2.5：
Introduction to Quantum Field Theory / II：
Quantum Field Theory I: The Free Scalar Field / 5：
The quantum field: (i) descriptive / 5.1：
The quantum field: (ii) Lagrange-Hamilton formulation / 5.2：
The action principle: Lagrangian particle mechanics / 5.2.1：
Quantum particle mechanics a la Heisenberg-Lagrange-Hamilton / 5.2.2：
Interlude: the quantum oscillator / 5.2.3：
Lagrange-Hamilton classical field mechanics / 5.2.4：
Heisenberg-Lagrange-Hamilton quantum field mechanics / 5.2.5：
Generalizations: four dimensions, relativity and mass / 5.3：
Quantum Field Theory II: Interacting Scalar Fields / 6：
Interactions in quantum field theory: qualitative introduction / 6.1：
Perturbation theory for interacting fields: the Dyson expansion of the S-matrix / 6.2：
The interaction picture / 6.2.1：
The 5-matrix and the Dyson expansion / 6.2.2：
Applications to the 'ABC theory / 6.3：
The decay C → A + B / 6.3.1：
A + B → A + B scattering: the amplitudes / 6.3.2：
A + B → A + B scattering: the Yukawa exchange mechanism, s and u channel processes / 6.3.3：
A + B → A + B scattering: the differential cross section / 6.3.4：
A + B → A +'B scattering: loose ends / 6.3.5：
Quantum Field Theory III: Complex Scalar Fields, Dirac and Maxwell Fields; Introduction of Electromagnetic Interactions / 7：
The complex scalar field: global U(1) phase invariance, particles and antiparticles / 7.1：
The Dirac field and the spin-statistics connection / 7.2：
The Maxwell field Aμ (x) / 7.3：
The classical field case / 7.3.1：
Quantizing Aμ (x) / 7.3.2：
Introduction of electromagnetic interactions / 7.4：
P, C and T in quantum field theory / 7.5：
Tree-Level Applications in QED / 7.5.1：
Elementary Processes in Scalar and Spinor Electrodynamics / 8：
Coulomb scattering of charged spin-0 particles / 8.1：
Coulomb scattering of s+ (wavefunction approach) / 8.1.1：
Coulomb scattering of s+ (field-theoretic approach) / 8.1.2：
Coulomb scattering of s- / 8.1.3：
Coulomb scattering of charged spin-1/2 particles / 8.2：
Coulomb scattering of e- (wavefunction approach) / 8.2.1：
Coulomb scattering of e- (field-theoretic approach) / 8.2.2：
Trace techniques for spin summations / 8.2.3：
Coulomb scattering of e+ / 8.2.4：
e- s+ scattering / 8.3：
The amplitude for e- s+ → e- s+ / 8.3.1：
The cross section for e- s+ → e- s+ / 8.3.2：
Scattering from a non-point-like object: the pion form factor in e- π+ → e- π+ / 8.4：
e- scattering from a charge distribution / 8.4.1：
Lorentz invariance / 8.4.2：
Current conservation / 8.4.3：
The form factor in the time-like region: e+ e- → π+ π- and crossing symmetry / 8.5：
Electron Compton scattering / 8.6：
The lowest-order amplitudes / 8.6.1：
Gauge invariance / 8.6.2：
The Compton cross section / 8.6.3：
Electron muon elastic scattering / 8.7：
Electron-proton elastic scattering and nucleon form factors / 8.8：
Deep Inelastic Electron-Nucleon Scattering and the Parton Model / 8.8.1：
Inelastic electron-proton scattering: kinematics and structure functions / 9.1：
Bjorken scaling and the parton model / 9.2：
Partons as quarks and gluons / 9.3：
The Drell-Yan process / 9.4：
e+ e- annihilation into hadrons / 9.5：
Loops and Renormalization / IV：
Loops and Renormalization I: The ABC Theory / 10：
The propagator correction in ABC theory / 10.1：
The Ο(g2 ) self-energy ΠC [2] (q2 ) / 10.1.1：
Mass shift / 10.1.2：
Field strength renormalization / 10.1.3：
The vertex correction / 10.2：
Dealing with the bad news: a simple example / 10.3：
Evaluating ΠC [2] (q2 ) / 10.3.1：
Regularization and renormalization / 10.3.2：
Bare and renormalized perturbation theory / 10.4：
Reorganizing perturbation theory / 10.4.1：
The Ο(gph 2 ) renormalized self-energy revisited: how counter terms are determined by renormalization conditions / 10.4.2：
Renormalizability / 10.5：
Loops and Renormalization II: QED / 11：
Counter terms / 11.1：
The Ο(e2 ) fermion self-energy / 11.2：
The Ο (e2 ) photon self-energy / 11.3：
The Ο (e2 ) renormalized photon self-energy / 11.4：
The physics of Πγ [2] (q2 ) / 11.5：
Modified Coulomb's law / 11.5.1：
Radiatively induced charge form factor / 11.5.2：
The running coupling constant / 11.5.3：
ΠC [2] in the s-channel / 11.5.4：
The Ο(e2 ) vertex correction, and Z1 = Z2 / 11.6：
The anomalous magnetic moment and tests of QED / 11.7：
Which theories are renormalizable - and does it matter? / 11.8：
Non-relativistic Quantum Mechanics / A：
Natural Units / B：
Maxwell's Equations: Choice of Units / C：
Special Relativity: Invariance and Covariance / D：
Dirac 5-Function / E：
Contour Integration / F：
Green Functions / G：
Elements of Non-relativistic Scattering Theory / H：
Time-independent formulation and differential cross section / H.1：
Expression for the scattering amplitude: Born approximation / H.2：
Time-dependent approach / H.3：
The Schrodinger and Heisenberg Pictures
Dirac Algebra and Trace Identities / J：
Dirac algebra / J.1：
γ matrices / J.1.1：
γ5 identities / J.1.2：
Hermitian conjugate of spinor matrix elements / J.1.3：
Spin sums and projection operators / J.1.4：
Trace theorems / J.2：
Example of a Cross Section Calculation / K：
The spin-averaged squared matrix element / K.1：
Evaluation of two-body Lorentz-invariant phase space in 'laboratory' variables / K.2：
Feynman Rules for Tree Graphs in QED / L：
External particles / L.1：
Propagators / L.2：
Vertices / L.3：
References
Index
Preface
Introductory Survey, Electromagnetism as a Gauge Theory, and Relativistic Quantum Mechanics / I：
The Particles and Forces of the Standard Model / 1：
39.
図書
Dirk Steinborn
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2012 xvii, 456 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction
The Beginnings of Catalytic Research
The Catalysis Definitions of Berzelius and Ostwald
Principles of Organometallic Catalysis
Homogeneous versus Heterogeneous Catalysis
Catalytic Cycles
Activity and Productivity of Catalysts
Selectivity and Specificity of Catalysts
Determination of Catalytic Mechanisms
Glossary for Catalysis
The Development of Organometallic Catalysis
Elementary Steps in Organometallic Catalysis
Cleavage and Coordination of Ligands
Oxidative Addition and Reductive Elimination
Oxidative Coupling and Reductive Cleavage
Olefin Insertion and Beta-Hydrogen Elimination
Alpha-Hydrogen Elimination and Carbene Insertion Reactions
Addition of Nucleophiles and Heterolytic Fragmentation
Insertion and Extrusion of CO
One-Electron Reduction and Oxidation
Hydrogenation of Olefins
The Wilkinson Catalyst
Enantioselective Hydrogenation
Dihydrogen Complexes and H2 Activation
Transfer Hydrogenation
Hydroformylation of Olefins and Fischer-Tropsch Synthesis
Cobalt Catalysts
Phosphane-Modified Rhodium Catalysts
Enantioselective Hydroformylation
Significance of Hydroformylation and Outlook
The Fischer-Tropsch Synthesis
Carbonylation of Methanol and Water-Gas Shift Reaction
Principles
The Monsanto Process
Synthesis of Acetic Anhydride
The Cativa Process
Water-Gas Shift Reaction and Carbon Monoxide Dehydrogenases
Metathesis
Metathesis of Olefins
Metathesis of Alkynes
Enyne Metathesis
Delta-Bond Metathesis
Metathesis of Alanes
Oligomerization of Olefins
Ziegler Growth Reaction
Nickel Effect and Nickel-Catalyzed Dimerization of Ethene
Trimerization of Ethene
Shell Higher Olefin and Alpha-Sablin Processes
Polymerization of Olefins
Ethene Polymerization
Propene Polymerization
Metallocene Catalysts
Nonmetallocene Catalysts
Copolymerization of Olefins and CO
C-C Linkage of Dienes
Allyl and Butadiene Complexes
Organometallic Elementary Steps of Allyl Ligands
Oligomerization and Telomerization of Butadiene
Polymerization of Butadiene
C-C Coupling Reactions
Palladium-Catalyzed Cross-Coupling Reactions
The Heck Reaction
Palladium-Catalyzed Allylic Alkylation
Hydrocyanation, Hydrosilylation, and Hydroamination of Olefins
Hydrocyanation
Hydrosilylation
Hydroamination
Oxidation of Olefins and Alkanes
The Wacker Process
Epoxidation of Olefins
C-H Functionalization of Alkanes
Nitrogen Fixation
Fundamentals
Heterogeneously Catalyzed Nitrogen Fixation
Enzyme-Catalyzed Nitrogen Fixation
Homogeneously Catalyzed Nitrogen Fixation
Index of Frequently Used Abbreviations
Homogeneously Catalyzed Reactions / 1：
Heterogeneously Catalyzed Reactions / 1.1.2：
Berzelius' Catalysis Concept / 1.2：
Ostwald's Definition of Catalysis / 1.2.2：
Catalytic Activity / 2：
Catalytic Productivity / 2.3.2：
Conversion Time Plots / 2.3.3：
Experimental Studies / 2.4：
Theoretical Studies / 2.5.2：
Oxidative Addition and Reductive Elirnination / 2.6：
Olefin Insertion and p-Hydrogen Elimination / 3.3：
α-Hydrogen Elimination and Carbene Insertion Reactions / 3.5：
One Electron Reduction and Oxidation / 3.6：
Mechanism of Olefin Hydrogenation / 4：
Applications and Examples / 4.3：
Applications for Asymmetric Hydrogenation / 4.3.2.1：
Combinatorial Catalysis / 4.3.2.2：
Nonlinear Effects / 4.3.2.3：
KineticaHy Controlled Enantioselectivity-A Closer Look / 4.3.3：
Dihydrogen Complexes / 4.4：
Activation of Dihydrogen / 4.4.2：
Phosphane Modified Rhodium Catalysts / 4.5：
Enantioselecrive Hydroformylation / 5.3：
Diphosphates as Ligands / 5.4：
Biphasic Catalysis / 5.4.2：
Synthesis of Vitamin A / 5.4.3：
Carbon Dioxide as Alternative to CO / 5.4.4：
Combinatorial and Supramolecular Catalysis / 5.4.5：
Mechanism / 5.5：
Carbonylation of Methanol and Water Gas Shift Reaction / 6：
Water Gas Shift Reaction and Carbon Monoxide Dehydrogenases / 6.1：
Water Gas Shift Reaction / 6.5.1：
Carbon Monoxide Dehydrogenases / 6.5.2：
Catalysts / 7：
Mechanism A Closer Look / 7.1.4：
Metathesis of Cycloalkenes / 7.1.5：
Metathesis of Acyclic Dienes / 7.1.6：
Enantioselective Metathesis / 7.1.7：
Bond Metathesis / 7.2：
Metathesis of Alkanes / 7.5：
Alkane Metathesis Via Tandem Reactions / 7.5.1：
Shell Higher Olefin and α-Sablin Processes / 8：
The Shell Higher Olefin Process (SHOP) / 8.4.1：
α-Sablin Process / 8.4.2：
Use of Linear α-Olefins / 8.4.3：
Ziegler Catalysts / 9：
Phillips Catalysts / 9.2.2：
Polymer Types and Process Specifications / 9.2.4：
Regioselectivity and Stereoselectivity / 9.3：
Ziegler-Natta Catalysts / 9.3.2：
Cocatalysts and Anion Influence / 9.3.3：
C2 - and Cs - Symmetric Metallocene Catalysts / 9.4.2：
Metallocene Catalysts with Diastereotopic Coordination Pockets / 9.4.2.1：
Hemitactic Polymers / 9.4.3.1：
Stereoblock Polymers / 9.4.3.3：
On the Significance of Metallocene Catalysts / 9.4.4：
Catalyst Systems of Early Transition Metals / 9.5：
Catalyst Systems of Late Transition Metals / 9.5.2：
Living Polymerization of Olefins and Block Copolymers / 9.5.3：
Perfectly Alternating Copolymerization / 9.6：
C C Linkage of Dienes / 9.6.2Imperfectly Alternating Copolymerization：
Allyl Complexes / 10.1：
Butadiene Complexes / 10.2.2：
Re Si and supine prone Coordination of Allyl and Butadiene Ligands / 10.2.3：
Butadiene Insertion and P-Hydrogen Elimination / 10.3：
Allyl Insertion / 10.3.3：
anti/cis and syn/trans Correlations / 10.3.4：
Cyclotrimerization of Butadiene / 10.4：
cis/trans Selectivity A Closer Look / 10.4.1.1：
Industrial Synthesis of CDT / 10.4.1.3：
Cyclodimerization of Butadiene / 10.4.2：
Selectivity Control / 10.4.2.1：
Linear Oligomerization and Telomerization of Butadiene / 10.4.3：
Butadiene Polymerization Catalyzed by Allylnickel (II) Complexes / 10.5：
Synthesis and Properties of Polybutadienes and Polyisoprenes / 10.5.3：
Palladium Catalyzed Cross Coupling Reactions / 11：
Mechanism of Cross Coupling Reactions / 11.1.1：
Selected Types of Cross-Coupling / 11.1.3：
Cross Coupling with Organolithium, Organomagnesium, and Organozinc Reagents / 11.1.3.1：
Suzuki Coupling / 11.1.3.2：
Hiyama Coupling / 11.1.3.3：
Stille Coupling / 11.1.3.4：
Sonogashira Coupling / 11.1.3.5：
Ligand Effects / 11.1.3.6：
Alkyl Alkyl Coupling / 11.1.3.7：
Enantioselective Cross-Coupling / 11.1.3.8：
Carbonylative Cross-Coupling / 11.1.3.9：
Mechanism of Heck Reactions / 11.2：
Enantioselective Heck Reactions / 11.2.2：
Principles and Mechanism / 11.3：
Chirality Transfer in Asymmetric Allylation / 11.3.2：
The DuPont Adiponitrile Process / 12：
Outlook / 12.2.3：
Enantioselective Hydrocyanation / 12.2.3.1：
Hydrocyanation of Alkynes / 12.2.3.2：
Hydrocyanation of Polar C=X Bonds / 12.2.3.3：
Significance of Hydrosilylation and Outlook / 12.3：
Applications / 12.3.2.1：
Enantioselective Hydrosilylation / 12.3.2.2：
Hydrosilylation of Alkynes / 12.3.2.3：
Complexes of Silanes / 12.3.2.4：
Catalyst Types / 12.4：
Alkali Metal Amides as Catalysts / 12.4.2.1：
Platinum Group Metals as Catalysts / 12.4.2.2：
Gold Complexes as Catalysts / 12.4.2.3：
Lanthanoid Complexes as Catalysts / 12.4.2.4：
Mechanism of Ethene Oxidation / 13：
Oxypalladation of Olefins / 13.1.3：
Types of Oxypalladation / 13.1.3.1：
Enantioselective Oxypalladation / 13.1.3.2：
Palladium Oxidase Catalysis / 13.1.3.3：
Epoxidation of Ethene and Propene / 13.2：
O2 and ROOH as Oxygen Transfer Agents / 13.2.2.1：
H2 O2as Oxygen Transfer Agent / 13.2.2.2：
Enantioselecrive Oxidation of Olefins / 13.2.3：
Epoxidation of Allyl Alcohols / 13.2.3.1：
Epoxidation of Nonactivated Olefins / 13.2.3.2：
Monooxygenases / 13.2.4：
C-H Activation of Alkanes / 13.3：
Cyclometallation and Orthometallation / 13.3.2.1：
Intermolecular C-H Activation of Alkanes / 13.3.2.2：
C-H Functionalization / 13.3.3：
The Shilov Catalyst System / 13.3.3.1：
The Catalytica System Hg" as Catalyst / 13.3.3.2：
The Catalytica System Pt" as Catalystp326 / 13.3.3.3：
Cytochrome P-450 / 13.3.3.4：
Mechanism of Catalysis / 14：
The Industrial Catalyst / 14.2.3：
Ruthenium Catalysts / 14.2.4：
Enzyme Catalyzed Nitrogen Fixation / 14.3：
The Fe Protein Cycle / 14.3.1：
The MoFe Protein Cycle / 14.3.2：
A Prebiotic Nitrogen Fixing System? / 14.3.3：
Stoichiometric Reduction of N2 Complexes / 14.4：
Catalytic Reduction of Dinirrogen / 14.4.2：
Functionalization of Dinirrogen / 14.4.3：
Solutions to Exercises
Bibliography and Sources
References
Further Reading
Source for Structures
Index
Index of Backgrounds
Preface
Introduction
The Beginnings of Catalytic Research
40.
図書
Frieder Mugele, Jason Heikenfeld
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2019 xii, 299 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction to Capillarity and Wetting Phenomena / 1：
Surface Tension and Surface Free Energy / 1.1：
The Microscopic Origin of Surface Energies / 1.1.1：
Macroscopic Definition of Surface Energy and Surface Tension / 1.1.2：
Young-Lap lace Equation: The Basic Law of Capillarity / 1.2：
Laplace's Equation and the Pressure Jump Across Liquid Surfaces / 1.2.1：
Applications of the Young-Laplace Equation: The Rayleigh-Plateau Instability / 1.2.2：
Young-Dupré Equation: The Basic Law of Wetting / 1.3：
To Spread or Not to Spread: From Solid Surface Tension to Liquid Spreading / 1.3.1：
Partial Wetting: The Young Equation / 1.3.2：
Wetting in the Presence of Gravity / 1.4：
Bond Number and Capillary Length / 1.4.1：
Case Studies / 1.4.2：
The Shape of a Liquid Puddle / 1.4.2.1：
The Pendant Drop Method: Measuring Surface Tension by Balancing Capillary and Gravity Forces / 1.4.2.2：
Capillary Rise / 1.4.2.3：
Variational Derivation of the Young-Laplace and the Young-Dupré Equation / 1.5：
Wetting at the Nanoscale / 1.6：
The Effective Interface Potential / 1.6.1：
The Effective Interface Potential for van der Waals Interaction / 1.6.2：
Equilibrium Surface Profile Near the Three-Phase Contact Line / 1.6.2.2：
Wetting of Heterogeneous Surfaces / 1.7：
Young-Laplace and Young-Dupré Equation for Heterogeneous Surfaces / 1.7.1：
Gibbs Criterion for Contact Line Pinning at Domain Boundaries / 1.7.2：
From Discrete Morphology Transitions to Contact Angle Hysteresis / 1.7.3：
Optimum Contact Angle on Heterogeneous Surfaces: The Laws of Wenzel and Cassie / 1.7.4：
Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 1.7.5：
Wetting of Heterogeneous Surfaces in Three Dimensions / 1.7.6：
Wetting of Complex Surfaces in Three Dimensions: Morphology Transitions, Instabilities, and Symmetry Breaking / 1.7.7：
Mechanical Equilibrium and Stress Tensor / 1.A：
Problems
References
Electrostatics / 2：
Fundamental Laws of Electrostatics / 2.1：
Electric Fields and the Electrostatic Potential / 2.1.1：
Specific Examples / 2.1.2：
Materials in Electric Fields / 2.2：
Conductors / 2.2.1：
Dielectrics / 2.2.2：
Dielectric Liquids and Leaky Dielectrics / 2.2.3：
Electrostatic Energy / 2.3：
Energy of Charges, Conductors, and Electric Fields / 2.3.1：
Capacitance Coefficients and Capacitance / 2.3.2：
Thermodynamic Energy of Charged Systems: Constant Charge Versus Constant Potential / 2.3.3：
Electrostatic Stresses and Forces / 2.4：
Global Forces Acting on Rigid Bodies / 2.4.1：
Local Forces: The Maxwell Stress Tensor / 2.4.2：
Stress Boundary Condition at Interfaces / 2.4.3：
Two Generic Case Studies / 2.5：
Parallel Plate Capacitor / 2.5.1：
Charge and Energy Distribution for Two Capacitors in Series / 2.5.2：
Adsorption at Interfaces / 3：
Adsorption Equilibrium / 3.1：
General Principles / 3.1.1：
Langmuir Adsorption / 3.1.2：
Reduction of Surface Tension / 3.1.3：
Adsorption Kinetics / 3.2：
Surface-Active Solutes: From Surfactants to Polymers, Proteins, and Particles / 3.3：
A Statistical Mechanics Model of Interfacial Adsorption / 3.A：
From Electric Double Layer Theory to Lippmann's Electrocapillary Equation / 4：
Electrocapillarity: the Historic Origins / 4.1：
The Electric Double Layer at Solid-Electrolyte Interfaces / 4.2：
Poisson-Boltzmann Theory and Gouy-Chapman Model of the EDL / 4.2.1：
Total Charge and Capacitance of the Diffuse Layer / 4.2.2：
Voltage Dependence of the Free Energy: Electrowetting / 4.2.3：
Shortcomings of Poisson-Boltzmann Theory and the Gouy-Chapman Model / 4.3：
Teflon-Water Interfaces: a Case Study / 4.4：
Statistical Mechanics Derivation of the Governing Equations / 4.A：
Principles of Modem Electrowetting / 5：
The Standard Model of Electrowetting (on Dielectric) / 5.1：
Electrowetting Phenomenology / 5.1.1：
Macroscopic EW Response / 5.1.2：
Microscopic Structure of the Contact Line Region / 5.1.3：
Interpretation of the Standard Model of EW / 5.2：
The Electromechanical Interpretation / 5.2.1：
Standard Model of EW Versus Lippmann's Electrocapillarity / 5.2.2：
Limitations of the Standard Model: Nonlinearities and Contact Angle Saturation / 5.2.3：
DC Versus AC Electrowetting / 5.3：
Application Example: Parallel Plate Geometry / 5.3.1：
Elements of Fluid Dynamics / 6：
Navier-Stokes Equations / 6.1：
General Principles: from Newton to Navier-Stokes / 6.1.1：
Boundary Conditions / 6.1.2：
Nondimensional Navier-Stokes Equation: The Reynolds Number / 6.1.3：
Example: Pressure-Driven Flow Between Two Parallel Plates / 6.1.4：
Lubrication Flows / 6.2：
General Lubrication Flows / 6.2.1：
Lubrication Flows with a Free Liquid Surface / 6.2.2：
Application I: Linear Stability Analysis of a Thin Liquid Film / 6.2.3：
Application II: Entrainment of Liquid Films / 6.2.4：
Contact Line Dynamics / 6.3：
Tanner's Law and the Spreading of Drops on Macroscopic Scales / 6.3.1：
Surface Profiles on the Mesoscopic Scale: The Cox-Voinov Law / 6.3.2：
Dynamics of the Microscopic Contact Angle: The Molecular Kinetic Picture / 6.3.3：
Comparison to Experimental Results / 6.3.4：
Surface Waves and Drop Oscillations / 6.4：
Surface Waves / 6.4.1：
Oscillating Drops / 6.4.2：
Example: Electrowetting-Driven Excitation of Eigenmodes of a Sessile Drop / 6.4.3：
General Consequences / 6.4.4：
Electrowetting Materials and Fabrication / 7：
Practical Requirements / 7.1：
Electro wetting Deviation: Caused by Non-obvious Materials Behavior / 7.2：
Commonly Observed Temporal Deviations / 7.2.1：
Dielectric Failure (Leakage Current) / 7.2.1.1：
Dielectric Charging / 7.2.1.2：
Charges into the Oil / 7.2.1.3：
Oil Relaxation / 7.2.1.4：
Surfactant Diffusion (Interface Absorption) / 7.2.1.5：
Oil Film Trapping / 7.2.1.6：
Commonly Observed Nontemporal Deviation / 7.2.2：
Unexpected Young's Angles: Gravity Effects / 7.2.2.1：
Unexpected Young's Angles: Surface and Interface Fouling / 7.2.2.2：
Unexpected Young's Angles: Dielectric Charging / 7.2.2.3：
Wetting Hysteresis / 7.2.2.4：
Deviation That Is Often Both Highly Temporal and Nontemporal / 7.2.3：
Chemical/Surface Potentials / 7.2.3.1：
Electrowetting Saturation / 7.3：
The Invariant Onset of Deviation or Saturation and Lack of a Universal Theory for This Invariance / 7.4：
The Invariance of Saturation for Aqueous Conducting Fluids / 7.4.1：
The Invariance of the Onset of Deviation or Saturation for All Types of Conducting Fluids with ¿ci > 5 mN m-1 / 7.4.2：
Summary / 7.4.3：
Choosing Materials: Large Young's Angle and Low Wetting Hysteresis / 7.5：
Conventional Ultralow Surface Energy Coatings (Fluoropolymers) / 7.5.1：
Hydrophilic Coatings Made Hydrophobic Through Proper Choice of Insulating Fluid / 7.5.2：
Superhydrophobic Coatings: Larger Young's Angle in Air but Small Modulation Range / 7.5.3：
Choosing Materials: the Electrowetting Dielectric (Capacitor) / 7.6：
Current State of the Art for Low Potential Electrowetting: Multilayer Dielectrics / 7.6.1：
A Note of Critical Importance for the Topcoat in a Multilayer System / 7.6.2：
Carefully Choosing the Best Materials for Each Individual Layer of the Dielectric Stack / 7.6.3：
First Layer: Inorganic Dielectrics / 7.6.3.1：
Second Layer: Organic Dielectrics / 7.6.3.2：
Third Layer: Fluoropolymer / 7.6.3.3：
The Simplest Approaches Available to Electrowetting Practitioners / 7.6.3.4：
Choosing Materials: Insulating and Conducting Fluids / 7.7：
The Insulating Fluid / 7.7.1：
The Conducting Fluid / 7.7.2：
Ionic Content / 7.7.2.1：
Don't Use Water! / 7.7.2.2：
Summary of General Best Practices / 7.8：
Mitigating Surface Fouling in Biological Applications / 7.9：
Additional Issues for Complex or Integrated Devices / 7.10：
Acknowledgement
Trapped Charge Derivation / 7.A：
Fundamentals of Applied Electrowetting / 8：
Introduction and Scope / 8.1：
Droplet Transport / 8.2：
Basic Force Balance Interpretation of Droplet Transport / 8.2.1：
Advanced Droplet Transport Physics: Threshold and Velocity / 8.2.2：
Advanced Droplet Transport Physics: Flow Field / 8.2.2.1：
Additional Practical Notes on Implementation of Basic Droplet Transport / 8.2.3：
Droplet Transport for Splitting, Dosing, Merging, and Mixing / 8.3：
Simple Experimental Examples / 8.3.1：
Fundamentals of Droplet Splitting / 8.3.2：
Influence of Vertical Radii of Curvature / 8.3.2.1：
Influence of Horizontal Radii of Curvature / 8.3.2.2：
Fundamentals of Droplet Dosing (Dispensing) / 8.3.3：
Fundamentals of Droplet Mixing / 8.3.4：
Stationary Droplet Oscillation, Jumping, and Mixing / 8.4：
Droplet Oscillation / 8.4.1：
Droplet Oscillation and Jumping / 8.4.2：
Droplet Oscillation and Hysteresis / 8.4.3：
Droplet Oscillation and Mixing / 8.4.4：
Gating, Valving, and Pumping / 8.5：
Fundamentals / 8.5.1：
Generating Droplets and Channels / 8.6：
Fundamentals for Droplet Generation / 8.6.1：
Fundamentals for Channel Generation / 8.6.2：
Shape Change in a Channel / 8.7：
Control of Meniscus Curvature / 8.7.1：
Additional Notes on Implementation / 8.8.1：
Control of Meniscus Surface Area/Coverage / 8.9：
Control of Film Breakup and Oil Entrapment / 8.9.1：
ID, 2D, and 3D Control of Rigid Objects / 8.10.1：
Reverse Electro wetting and Energy Harvesting / 8.11.1：
Related and Emerging Topics / 9：
Dielectrophoresis and Dielectrowetting / 9.1：
Basic Dielectrophoresis / 9.2.1：
Dielectrowetting / 9.2.2：
Innovations in Liquid Metal Electrowetting and Electrocapillarity / 9.3：
Electrowetting of GalnSn Liquid Metal Alloys / 9.3.1：
Giant Electrochemical Changes in Liquid Metal Interfacial Surface Tensions / 9.3.2：
Nonequilibrium Electrical Control Without Contact Angle Modulation / 9.4：
Some Limitations of Conventional Electrowetting / 9.4.1：
Electrowetting Without Wetting / 9.4.2：
Appendix Historical Perspective of Modern Electrowetting: individual Testimonials
"CJ" Kim
Authors Note from Heikenfeld
Johan Feenstra
Tom Jones
Frieder Mugele
Richard Fair
Author's Note from Heikenfeld
Bruno Berge
Glen McHale
Stein Kuiper
Jason Heikenfeld
Kwan Hyung Kang: An Appreciation / T. B. Jones
Author's Note from Mugele
Index
Preface
Introduction to Capillarity and Wetting Phenomena / 1：
Surface Tension and Surface Free Energy / 1.1：
41.
図書
Urs Graf
出版情報:
Basel : Birkhäuser, c2010 xi, 415 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction to Hyperfunctions / 1：
Generalized Functions / 1.1：
The Concept of a Hyperfunction / 1.2：
Properties of Hyperfunctions / 1.3：
Linear Substitution / 1.3.1：
Hyperfunctions of the Type f (ø(x)) / 1.3.2：
Differentiation / 1.3.3：
The Shift Operator as a Differential Operator / 1.3.4：
Parity, Complex Conjugate and Realness / 1.3.5：
The Equation ø(x)f(x) = h(x) / 1.3.6：
Finite Part Hyperfunctions / 1.4：
Integrals / 1.5：
Integrals with respect to the Independent Variable / 1.5.1：
Integrals with respect to a Parameter / 1.5.2：
More Familiar Hyperfunctions / 1.6：
Unit-Step, Delta Impulses, Sign, Characteristic Hyperfunctions / 1.6.1：
Integral Powers / 1.6.2：
Non-integral Powers / 1.6.3：
Logarithms / 1.6.4：
Upper and Lower Hyperfunctions / 1.6.5：
Hyperfunctions Concentrated at One Point / 1.6.6：
Analytic Properties / 2：
Sequences, Series, Limits / 2.1：
Cauchy-type Integrals / 2.2：
Projections of Functions / 2.3：
Functions Satisfying the Hölder Condition / 2.3.1：
Projection Theorems / 2.3.2：
Convergence Factors / 2.3.3：
Homologous and Standard Hyperfunctions / 2.3.4：
Projections of Hyperfunctions / 2.4：
Holomorphic and Meromorphic Hyperfunctions / 2.4.1：
Standard Defining Functions / 2.4.2：
Micro-analytic Hyperfunctions / 2.4.3：
Support, Singular Support and Singular Spectrum / 2.4.4：
Product of Hyperfunctions / 2.5：
Product of Upper or Lower Hyperfunctions / 2.5.1：
Products in the Case of Disjoint Singular Supports / 2.5.2：
The Integral of a Product / 2.5.3：
Hadamard's Finite Part of an Integral / 2.5.4：
Periodic Hyperfunctions and Their Fourier Series / 2.6：
Convolutions of Hyperfunctions / 2.7：
Definition and Existence of the Convolution / 2.7.1：
Sufficient Conditions for the Existence of Convolutions / 2.7.2：
Operational Properties / 2.7.3：
Principal Value Convolution / 2.7.4：
Integral Equations I / 2.8：
Laplace Transforms / 3：
Loop Integrals / 3.1：
The Two-Sided Laplace Transform / 3.2：
The Classical Laplace Transform / 3.2.1：
Laplace Transforms of Hyperfunctions / 3.3：
Transforms of some Familiar Hyperfunctions / 3.4：
Dirac Impulses and their Derivatives / 3.4.1：
Non-negative Integral Powers / 3.4.2：
Negative Integral Powers / 3.4.3：
Powers with Logarithms / 3.4.4：
Exponential Integrals / 3.4.6：
Transforms of Finite Part Hyperfunctions / 3.4.7：
Linearity / 3.5：
Image Translation Rule / 3.5.2：
The Multiplication or Image Differentiation Rule / 3.5.3：
Similarity Rule / 3.5.4：
Differentiation Rule / 3.5.5：
Integration Rule / 3.5.6：
Original Translation Rule / 3.5.7：
Linear Substitution Rules / 3.5.8：
Inverse Laplace Transforms and Convolutions / 3.6：
Inverse Laplace Transforms / 3.6.1：
The Convolution Rule / 3.6.2：
Fractional Integrals and Derivatives / 3.6.3：
Right-sided Laplace Transforms / 3.7：
Integral Equations II / 3.8：
Volterra Integral Equations of Convolution Type / 3.8.1：
Convolution Integral Equations over an Infinite Range / 3.8.2：
Fourier Transforms / 4：
Fourier Transforms of Hyperfunctions / 4.1：
Basic Definitions / 4.1.1：
Connection to Laplace Transformation / 4.1.2：
Fourier Transforms of Some Familiar Hyperfunctions / 4.2：
Inverse Fourier Transforms / 4.3：
Reciprocity / 4.3.1：
Linear Substitution Rule / 4.4：
Shift-Rules / 4.4.2：
Complex Conjugation and Realness / 4.4.3：
Differentiation and Multiplication Rule / 4.4.4：
Convolution Rules / 4.4.5：
Further Examples / 4.5：
Poisson's Summation Formula / 4.6：
Application to Integral and Differential Equations / 4.7：
Integral Equations III / 4.7.1：
Heat Equation and Weierstrass Transformation / 4.7.2：
Hubert Transforms / 5：
Hilbert Transforms of Hyperfunctions / 5.1：
Definition and Basic Properties / 5.1.1：
Using Fourier Transforms / 5.1.2：
Analytic Signals and Conjugate Hyperfunctions / 5.2：
Integral Equations IV / 5.3：
Mellin Transforms / 6：
The Classical Mellin Transformation / 6.1：
Mellin Transforms of Hyperfunctions / 6.2：
Scale Changes / 6.3：
Reflection / 6.3.3：
Differentiation Rules / 6.3.6：
Integration Rules / 6.3.7：
Inverse Mellin Transformation / 6.4：
M-Convolutions / 6.5：
Reciprocal Integral Transforms / 6.5.1：
Transform of a Product and Parseval's Formula / 6.5.2：
Applications / 6.6：
Dirichlet's Problem in a Wedge-shaped Domain / 6.6.1：
Euler's Differential Equation / 6.6.2：
Integral Equations V / 6.6.3：
Summation of Series / 6.6.4：
Hankel Transforms / 7：
Hankel Transforms of Ordinary Functions / 7.1：
Genesis of the Hankel Transform / 7.1.1：
Cylinder Functions / 7.1.2：
Lommel's Integral / 7.1.3：
MacRobert's Proof / 7.1.4：
Some Hankel Transforms of Ordinary Functions / 7.1.5：
Hankel Transforms of Hyperfunctions / 7.1.6：
Complements / 7.2.1：
Physical Interpretation of Hyperfunctions / A.1：
Flow Fields and Holomorphic Functions / A.1.1：
Pólya fields and Defining Functions / A.1.2：
Laplace Transforms in the Complex Plane / A.2：
Functions of Exponential Type / A.2.1：
Laplace Hyperfunctions and their Transforms / A.2.2：
Some Basic Theorems of Function Theory / A.3：
Interchanging Infinite Series with Improper Integrals / A.3.1：
Reversing the Order of Integration / A.3.2：
Defining Holomorphic Functions by Series and Integrals / A.3.3：
Tables / B：
Convolution Properties of Hyperfunctions
Operational Rules for the Laplace Transformation
Some Laplace Transforms of Hyperfunctions
Operational Rules for the Fourier Transformation
Some Fourier Transforms of Hyperfunctions
Operational Rules for the Hilbert Transformation
Some Hilbert Transforms of Hyperfunctions
Operational Rules for the Mellin Transformation
Some Mellin Transforms of Hyperfunctions
Operational Rules for the Hankel Transformation
Some Hankel Transforms of order ? of Hyperfunctions
Bibliography
List of Symbols
Index
Preface
Introduction to Hyperfunctions / 1：
Generalized Functions / 1.1：
42.
図書
Jixiang Yan
出版情報:
Berlin : De Gruyter, c2019 xiii, 392 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
De Gruyter graduate
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
The development of nature of light / 1：
Earlier theories / 1.1：
Classical concepts of particle and wave / 1.1.1：
Particle theory of light / 1.1.2：
Wave theory of light / 1.1.3：
Electromagnetic theory of light / 1.2：
Electromagnetic induction law / 1.2.1：
Maxwell's electromagnetic theory / 1.2.2：
Superposition and interference of light / 1.2.3：
The law of independent propagation of light waves / 1.3.1：
Light wave superposition principle / 1.3.2：
Interference conditions of light waves / 1.3.3：
Further discussion of coherence / 1.4：
Complex variable expression of polychromatic field / 1.4.1：
Degree of spatial and temporal coherence / 1.4.2：
Measurement of correlation of spatial and temporal / 1.4.3：
Early quantum theory of light and wave-particle duality / 1.5：
Concepts of radiation and energy quanta / 1.5.1：
Photoelectric effect and the concept of optical quanta / 1.5.2：
Compton scattering and further approval of particle property of light / 1.5.3：
Particle-wave duality of light / 1.5.4：
Brief introduction to modern quantum theory of light / 1.6：
Vector space and linear operator / 1.6.1：
One-dimensional harmonic oscillator / 1.6.2：
Quantization of electromagnetic field / 1.6.3：
Coherent photon states / 1.6.4：
Density operator and quantum distribution / 1.6.5：
Introduction to photon optics / 1.6.6：
Optical radiation and radiation source / 2：
Mechanism of atomic emission / 2.1：
Scattering of alpha particles and the nuclear structure of an atom / 2.1.1：
Atomic spectrum of hydrogen and Bohr's model / 2.1.2：
Quantum mechanics and atomic emission / 2.1.3：
Spectral line broadening / 2.1.4：
Spontaneous radiation and its sources / 2.2：
Laser mechanism / 2.3：
Concept of laser resonator and modes / 2.3.1：
Necessary conditions for producing a laser / 2.3.2：
Relationship between radiation coefficients / 2.3.3：
Necessary conditions for laser production / 2.3.4：
Sufficient condition for producing a laser / 2.3.5：
Physical properties of the lasers / 2.4：
Monochromatic and temporal coherence / 2.4.1：
Directivity and spatial coherence / 2.4.2：
Higher-order coherence / 2.4.3：
High brightness / 2.4.4：
Introduction to the operating characteristics of laser / 2.5：
Ultrashort pulse characteristics / 2.5.1：
Frequency stability characteristics / 2.5.2：
Band structure and electronic states of semiconductors / 2.6：
Introduction to the band concept / 2.6.1：
Electronic state in semiconductor / 2.6.2：
Excitation and recombination radiation / 2.7：
Direct transition and the semiconductor light-emitting material / 2.7.1：
Density of states and electronic excitation / 2.7.2：
p-n Junction in extrinsic semiconductor materials / 2.7.3：
Working mechanism of LEDs / 2.8：
Semiconductor diode laser / 2.9：
Semiconductor optical gain / 2.9.1：
Loss and oscillation threshold condition / 2.9.2：
Hetero-junction semiconductor lasers / 2.10：
Hetero-junction semiconductor / 2.10.1：
Laser structure / 2.10.2：
Bulk solid-state lasers / 3：
Overview / 3.1：
LD-pumped solid-state lasers / 3.2：
Comparison with the flash lamp pump / 3.2.1：
Threshold power and above threshold operation / 3.2.2：
Structure of LD-pumped solid-state laser / 3.2.3：
Thin-disc laser / 3.3：
Thin media and pumping / 3.3.1：
Principle of thin-disc laser / 3.3.2：
"Liquid" lasers / 3.3.3：
Slab lasers / 3.4：
Introduction / 3.4.1：
Solid heat capacity / 3.5：
The classic theory of solid heat capacity / 3.5.1：
Quantum theory of solid heat capacity / 3.5.2：
Heat-capacity operation model of lasers / 3.6：
Heat storage and increase in temperature / 3.6.1：
Temperature distribution and thermal stress / 3.6.2：
Beam distortion / 3.6.3：
Heat capacity laser example / 3.6.4：
Optical fiber lasers / 4：
Energy levels and spectra of several rare earth ions / 4.1：
Laser energy levels and spectra of several rare earth ions in silicon optical fiber / 4.2.1：
Laser energy levels and spectra of several rare earth ions in fluoride optical fiber / 4.2.3：
Mode and conditions for single-mode operation / 4.3：
Bulk media / 4.3.1：
Optical fiber working material / 4.3.2：
Mode property and cutoff frequency / 4.3.3：
The basic structure of optical fiber lasers / 4.3.4：
Double-clad fiber laser / 4.4：
Limitation of the single-clad fiber / 4.4.1：
Introduction of the photonic crystal fiber laser / 4.4.2：
Stimulated scattering fiber lasers / 4.5：
Raman scattering fiber lasers / 4.5.1：
Stimulated Brillouin scattering fiber lasers / 4.5.2：
Beam propagation and propagation media / 5：
Beam propagation in homogeneous media and media boundary / 5.1：
Beam propagation in homogeneous media / 5.1.1：
Beam transmission in the media boundary / 5.1.2：
Beam propagation through a thin lens / 5.1.3：
Gaussian beam propagation / 5.2：
Gaussian beam and its parameters / 5.2.1：
Gaussian beam propagation in free space / 5.2.2：
Gaussian beam propagation through a thin lens / 5.2.3：
Ray optics theory of planar dielectric optical waveguides / 5.3：
Beam reflection and refraction in media boundary / 5.3.1：
The beam propagation in planar waveguide / 5.3.2：
Guided wave in planar dielectric waveguide / 5.3.3：
Goos-Hanchen displacement and effective depth of waveguides / 5.3.4：
The electromagnetic theories foundation of planar waveguide / 5.4：
The general form of Maxwell's equation / 5.4.1：
Maxwell's equations for planar waveguide / 5.4.2：
Solutions of TE wave equations / 5.4.3：
The modes of TE wave and cutoff condition / 5.4.4：
Properties of waveguide mode / 5.4.5：
Channel waveguide introduction / 5.5：
Channel waveguide types / 5.5.1：
Vector wave equation / 5.5.2：
Approximate scalar equation and the method of separation of variables / 5.5.3：
Other solutions of scalar equations / 5.5.4：
Mode coupling theory in guided wave structures / 5.6：
Basic concepts of the directional coupling / 5.6.1：
Coupled mode equations / 5.6.2：
Scalar-coupled wave equations / 5.6.3：
Solutions of the scalar equations / 5.6.4：
Periodic waveguide / 5.6.5：
Waveguide mode transmission / 5.6.6：
Semiconductor waveguide theory / 5.7：
Methods for altering the refractive index of semiconductor / 5.7.1：
Semiconductor planar waveguide / 5.7.2：
Channel waveguide / 5.7.3：
Coupling effect / 5.7.4：
Losses in semiconductor waveguides / 5.7.5：
The new progress of waveguide theory / 5.8：
Second harmonic generation in a nonlinear waveguide / 5.8.1：
Non-orthogonal coupled mode theory of waveguide / 5.8.2：
Waveguide devices in insulating crystals / 5.9：
Directional couplers / 5.9.1：
Balanced bridge interferometers and cross-coupled waveguides / 5.9.2：
Interference filters / 5.9.3：
Coupled-mode fitters / 5.9.4：
The polarization selection devices / 5.9.5：
Transmission gratings / 5.9.6：
Reflection gratings / 5.9.7：
Electro- and acousto-optic gratings / 5.9.8：
Grating couplers / 5.9.9：
Semiconductor waveguide device / 5.10：
Semiconductor passive waveguide / 5.10.1：
Electro-optic waveguide modulator / 5.10.2：
Optoelectronic integrated circuit / 5.10.3：
Application examples of optical waveguide / 5.11：
The planar integrated optic RF spectrum analyzer / 5.11.1：
The waveguide chip connector / 5.11.2：
The channel waveguide A/D converter / 5.11.3：
Guided-wave optical communication / 5.11.4：
Introduction of MOEMS / 5.12：
The diffractive microlens / 5.12.1：
The refractive microlens / 5.12.3：
MOEM system / 5.12.4：
Light detection and detector / 6：
Overview of photoelectric detector performance / 6.1：
Responsivity / 6.1.1：
Noise equivalent power / 6.1.2：
Detectivity / 6.1.3：
Quantum efficiency / 6.1.4：
Response time / 6.1.5：
Linear region / 6.1.6：
Noise / 6.1.7：
The working foundation of photodetectors / 6.2：
External photoelectric effect / 6.2.1：
Photoconductivity effect / 6.2.2：
Photovoltaic effect / 6.2.3：
Light thermal electric effect / 6.2.4：
Photoelectric emission photodetector (based on external photoelectric effect) / 6.3：
Working process and structure of the photomultiplier tube / 6.3.1：
Main performance of the photomultiplier tube / 6.3.2：
Photoconductive detector / 6.4：
Performance of the Hg1-x Cdx Te photoconductive detector / 6.4.1：
Photovoltaic detector / 6.5：
Brief introduction of the current characteristic of the PN junction photodiode / 6.5.1：
Response rate and detection rate / 6.5.3：
Photoelectric imaging and imaging system / 6.5.4：
Image detector profiles / 7.1：
Vacuum imaging device / 7.2.1：
CCD imaging device / 7.2.2：
CID imaging device / 7.2.3：
Point-spread function and performance index based on the point-spread function / 7.3：
Point-spread function / 7.3.1：
Strehl ratio / 7.3.2：
Relationship between circle surrounding energy and spatial frequency / 7.3.3：
OTF / 7.4：
Modulation transfer function / 7.5：
Modulation / 7.5.1：
MTF of the optical system / 7.5.2：
Diffraction-limited MTF / 7.6.1：
Aberrations effect / 7.6.2：
Defocus / 7.6.3：
Introduction to optical imaging system / 7.7：
Staring array optical imaging system / 7.7.1：
Scanning optical imaging system / 7.7.2：
Optical imaging system performance / 7.7.3：
Performance of staring array imaging system / 7.8：
Field of view / 7.8.1：
Noise and signal-to-noise ratio / 7.8.2：
Further description of the scanning imaging system performance / 7.9：
Scanning imaging system / 7.9.1：
System noise of scanning imaging / 7.9.2：
Fundamental of Nonlinear Optics / 8：
Nonlinear wave function / 8.1：
Slowly varying envelope approximation (SVEA) of equation / 8.1.2：
Nonlinearity of material and its coupling with light wave / 8.1.3：
Optical phase conjugate / 8.2：
Definition of phase conjugate wave / 8.2.1：
Comparison of PCM and CPM / 8.2.2：
Three-wave mixing / 8.3：
Phase matching three-wave mixing / 8.3.1：
Phase mismatching three-wave mixing / 8.3.2：
Degenerate four-wave mixing / 8.4：
Forward conjugate wave generated by FWM / 8.4.1：
Backward conjugate wave generated by FWM / 8.4.2：
Experimental study of DFWM phase conjugate / 8.4.3：
Near-Degenerate four wave mixing / 8.5：
DFWM Resonance / 8.6：
Qualitative description / 8.6.1：
Quantitative discussion / 8.6.2：
Photon echo / 8.7：
Qualitative description of photon echo of two-energy level system / 8.7.1：
Qualitative results of photon echo phase conjugate / 8.7.2：
Stimulated scattering / 8.8：
Stimulated Raman scattering / 8.8.1：
Stimulating Britlouin scattering / 8.8.2：
Photorefractive effect and associated materials / 8.9：
Photorefractive effect / 8.9.1：
Some photorefractive materials / 8.9.2：
Self-pumped phase conjugate / 8.10：
Two reflectors / 8.10.1：
Single reflector / 8.10.2：
No external mirror / 8.10.3：
References
Subject Index
Preface
The development of nature of light / 1：
Earlier theories / 1.1：
43.
図書
Benjamin Fine, Anthony M. Gaglione, Gerhard Rosenberger
出版情報:
Baltimore, Maryland : Johns Hopkins University Press, 2014 xiv, 566 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface / 0：
Abstract Algebra and Algebraic Reasoning / 1：
Abstract Algebra / 1.1：
Algebraic Structures / 1.2：
The\Algebraic Method / 1.3：
The\Standard Number Systems / 1.4：
The\Integers and Induction / 1.5：
Exercises / 1.6：
Algebraic Preliminaries / 2：
Sets and Set Theory / 2.1：
Set Operations / 2.1.1：
Functions / 2.2：
Equivalence Relations and Factor Sets / 2.3：
Sizes of Sets / 2.4：
Binary Operations / 2.5：
The\Algebra of Sets / 2.5.1：
Algebraic Structures and Isomorphisms / 2.6：
Groups / 2.7：
Rings and the Integers / 2.8：
Rings and the Ring of Integers / 3.1：
Some Basic Properties of Rings and Subrings / 3.2：
Examples of Rings / 3.3：
The\Modular Rings / 3.3.1：
Noncommutative Rings / 3.3.2：
Rings Without Identities / 3.3.3：
Rings of Subsets / 3.3.4：
Direct Sums of Rings / 3.3.5：
Summary of Examples / 3.3.6：
Ring Homomorphisms and Isomorphisms / 3.4：
Integral Domains and Ordering / 3.5：
Mathematical Induction and the Uniqueness of Z / 3.6：
Number Theory and Unique Factorization / 3.7：
Elementary Number Theory / 4.1：
Divisibility and Primes / 4.2：
Greatest Common Divisors / 4.3：
The\Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic / 4.4：
Congruences and Modular Arithmetic / 4.5：
Unique Factorization Domains / 4.6：
Fields / 4.7：
Fields and Division Rings / 5.1：
Construction and Uniqueness of the Rationals / 5.2：
Fields of Fractions / 5.2.1：
The\Real Number System / 5.3：
The\Completeness of R (Optional) / 5.3.1：
Characterization of R (Optional) / 5.3.2：
The\Construction of R (Optional) / 5.3.3：
The\p-adic Numbers (Optional) / 5.3.4：
The\Field of Complex Numbers / 5.4：
Geometric Interpretation / 5.4.1：
Polar Form and Euler's Identity / 5.4.2：
DeMoivre's Theorem for Powers and Roots / 5.4.3：
Basic Group Theory / 5.5：
Groups, Subgroups and Isomorphisms / 6.1：
Examples of Groups / 6.2：
Permutations and the Symmetric Group / 6.2.1：
Subgroups and Lagrange's Theorem / 6.2.2：
Generators and Cyclic Groups / 6.4：
Factor Groups and the Group Isomorphism Theorems / 6.5：
Normal Subgroups / 7.1：
Factor Groups / 7.2：
Examples of Factor Groups / 7.2.1：
The\Group Isomorphism Theorems / 7.3：
Direct Products and Abelian Groups / 7.4：
Direct Products of Groups / 8.1：
Direct Products of Two Groups / 8.1.1：
Direct Products of Any Finite Number of Groups / 8.1.2：
Abelian Groups / 8.2：
Finite Abelian Groups / 8.2.1：
Free Abelian Groups / 8.2.2：
The\Basis Theorem for Finitely Generated Abelian Groups / 8.2.3：
Symmetric and Alternating Groups / 8.3：
Symmetric Groups and Cycle Structure / 9.1：
The\Alternating Groups / 9.1.1：
Conjugation in Sn / 9.1.2：
The\Simplicity of An / 9.2：
Group Actions and Topics in Group Theory / 9.3：
Group Actions / 10.1：
Conjugacy Classes and the Class Equation / 10.2：
The\Sylow Theorems / 10.3：
Some Applications of the Sylow Theorems / 10.3.1：
Groups of Small Order / 10.4：
Solvability and Solvable Groups / 10.5：
Solvable Groups / 10.5.1：
The\Derived Series / 10.5.2：
Composition Series and the Jordan-Holder Theorem / 10.6：
Topics in Ring Theory / 10.7：
Ideals in Rings / 11.1：
Factor Rings and the Ring Isomorphism Theorem / 11.2：
Prime and Maximal Ideals / 11.3：
Prime Ideals and Integral Domains / 11.3.1：
Maximal Ideals and Fields / 11.3.2：
Principal Ideal Domains and Unique Factorization / 11.4：
Polynomials and Polynomial Rings / 11.5：
Polynomial Rings over a Field / 12.1：
Unique Factorization of Polynomials / 12.2.1：
Euclidean Domains / 12.2.2：
F[x] as a Principal Ideal Domain / 12.2.3：
Polynomial Rings over Integral Domains / 12.2.4：
Zeros of Polynomials / 12.3：
Real and Complex Polynomials / 12.3.1：
The\Fundamental Theorem of Algebra / 12.3.2：
The\Rational Roots Theorem / 12.3.3：
Solvability by Radicals / 12.3.4：
Algebraic and Transcendental Numbers / 12.3.5：
Unique Factorization in Z[x] / 12.4：
Algebraic Linear Algebra / 12.5：
Linear Algebra / 13.1：
Vector Analysis in R3 / 13.1.1：
Matrices and Matrix Algebra / 13.1.2：
Systems of Linear Equations / 13.1.3：
Determinants / 13.1.4：
Vector Spaces over a Field / 13.2：
Euclidean n-Space / 13.2.1：
Vector Spaces / 13.2.2：
Subspaces / 13.2.3：
Bases and Dimension / 13.2.4：
Testing for Bases in Fn / 13.2.5：
Dimension and Subspaces / 13.3：
Algebras / 13.4：
Inner Product Spaces / 13.5：
Banach and Hilbert Spaces / 13.5.1：
The\Gram-Schmidt Process and Orthonormal Bases / 13.5.2：
The\Closest Vector Theorem / 13.5.3：
Least-Squares Approximation / 13.5.4：
Linear Transformations and Matrices / 13.6：
Matrix of a Linear Transformation / 13.6.1：
Linear Operators and Linear Functionals / 13.6.2：
Fields and Field Extensions / 13.7：
Abstract Algebra and Galois Theory / 14.1：
Field Extensions / 14.2：
Algebraic Field Extensions / 14.3：
F-automorphisms, Conjugates and Algebraic Closures / 14.4：
Adjoining Roots to Fields / 14.5：
Splitting Fields and Algebraic Closures / 14.6：
Automorphisms and Fixed Fields / 14.7：
Finite Fields / 14.8：
Transcendental Extensions / 14.9：
A\Survey of Galois Theory / 14.10：
An\Overview of Galois Theory / 15.1：
Galois Extensions / 15.2：
Automorphisms and the Galois Group / 15.3：
The\Fundamental Theorem of Galois Theory / 15.4：
A\Proof of the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra / 15.5：
Some Applications of Galois Theory / 15.6：
The\Insolvability of the Quintic / 15.6.1：
Some Ruler and Compass Constructions / 15.6.2：
Algebraic Extensions of R / 15.6.3：
Bibliography / 15.7：
Index
Preface / 0：
Abstract Algebra and Algebraic Reasoning / 1：
Abstract Algebra / 1.1：
44.
図書
Ian J.R. Aitchison, Anthony J.G. Hey
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Non-Abelian Symmetries / V：
Global Non-Abelian Symmetries / 12：
The Standard Model / 12.1：
The flavour symmetry SU(2)f / 12.2：
The nucleon isospin doublet and the group SU(2) / 12.2.1：
Larger (higher-dimensional) multiplets of SU(2) in nuclear physics / 12.2.2：
Isospin in particle physics: flavour SU(2)f / 12.2.3：
Flavour SU(3)f / 12.3：
Non-Abelian global symmetries in Lagrangian quantum field theory / 12.4：
SU(2)f and SU(3)f / 12.4.1：
Chiral symmetry / 12.4.2：
Problems
Local Non-Abelian (Gauge) Symmetries / 13：
Local SU(2) symmetry / 13.1：
The covariant derivative and interactions with matter / 13.1.1：
The non-Abelian field strength tensor / 13.1.2：
Local SU(3) Symmetry / 13.2：
Local non-Abelian symmetries in Lagrangian quantum field theory / 13.3：
Local SU(2) and SU(3) Lagrangians / 13.3.1：
Gauge field self-interactions / 13.3.2：
Quantizing non-Abelian gauge fields / 13.3.3：
QCD and the Renormalization Group / VI：
QCD I: Introduction, Tree Graph Predictions, and Jets / 14：
The colour degree of freedom / 14.1：
The dynamics of colour / 14.2：
Colour as an SU(3) group / 14.2.1：
Global SU(3)c invariance, and 'scalar gluons' / 14.2.2：
Local SU(3)c invariance: the QCD Lagrangian / 14.2.3：
The θ-term / 14.2.4：
Hard scattering processes, QCD tree graphs, and jets / 14.3：
Introduction / 14.3.1：
Two-jet events in pp collisions / 14.3.2：
Three-jet events in pp collisions / 14.3.3：
3-jet events in e+ e- annihilation / 14.4：
Calculation of the parton-level cross section / 14.4.1：
Soft and collinear divergences / 14.4.2：
Definition of the two-jet cross section in e+ e- annihilation / 14.5：
Further developments / 14.6：
Test of non-Abelian nature of QCD in e+ e- → 4 jets / 14.6.1：
Jet algorithms / 14.6.2：
QCD II: Asymptotic Freedom, the Renormalization Group, and Scaling Violations / 15：
Higher-order QCD corrections to σ(e+ e- → hadrons): large logarithms / 15.1：
The renormalization group and related ideas in QED / 15.2：
Where do the large logs come from? / 15.2.1：
Changing the renormalization scale / 15.2.2：
The RGE and large -q2 behaviour in QED / 15.2.3：
Back to QCD: asymptotic freedom / 15.3：
One loop calculation / 15.3.1：
Higher-order calculations, and experimental comparison / 15.3.2：
σ(e+ e- → hadrons) revisited / 15.4：
A more general form of the RGE: anomalous dimensions and running masses / 15.5：
QCD corrections to the parton model predictions for deep inelastic scattering: scaling violations / 15.6：
Uncancelled mass singularities at order αs / 15.6.1：
Factorization, and the order αs DGLAP equation / 15.6.2：
Comparison with experiment / 15.6.3：
Lattice Field Theory, and the Renormalization Group Revisited / 16：
Discretization / 16.1：
Scalar fields / 16.2.1：
Dirac fields / 16.2.2：
Gauge fields / 16.2.3：
Representation of quantum amplitudes / 16.3：
Quantum mechanics / 16.3.1：
Quantum field theory / 16.3.2：
Connection with statistical mechanics / 16.3.3：
Renormalization, and the renormalization group, on the lattice / 16.4：
Two one-dimensional examples / 16.4.1：
Connections with particle physics / 16.4.3：
Lattice QCD / 16.5：
Introduction, and the continuum limit / 16.5.1：
The static qq potential / 16.5.2：
Calculation of α(MZ 2 ) / 16.5.3：
Hadron masses / 16.5.4：
Spontaneously Broken Symmetry / VII：
Spontaneously Broken Global Symmetry / 17：
The Fabri-Picasso theorem / 17.1：
Spontaneously broken symmetry in condensed matter physics / 17.3：
The ferromagnet / 17.3.1：
The Bogoliubov superfluid / 17.3.2：
Goldstone's theorem / 17.4：
Spontaneously broken global U(1) symmetry: the Goldstone model / 17.5：
Spontaneously broken global non-Abelian symmetry / 17.6：
The BCS superconducting ground state / 17.7：
Chiral Symmetry Breaking / 18：
The Nambu analogy / 18.1：
Two flavour QCD and SU(2)f L × SU(2)f R / 18.1.1：
Pion decay and the Goldberger-Treiman relation / 18.2：
Effective Lagrangians / 18.3：
The linear and non-linear σ-models / 18.3.1：
Inclusion of explicit symmetry breaking: masses for pions and quarks / 18.3.2：
Extension to SU(3)f L × SU(3)f R / 18.3.3：
Chiral anomalies / 18.4：
Spontaneously Broken Local Symmetry / 19：
Massive and massless vector particles / 19.1：
The generation of 'photon mass' in a superconductor: Ginzburg-Landau theory and the Meissner effect / 19.2：
Spontaneously broken local U(1) symmetry: the Abelian Higgs model / 19.3：
Flux quantization in a superconductor / 19.4：
't Hooft's gauges / 19.5：
Spontaneously broken local SU(2) × U(1) symmetry / 19.6：
Weak Interactions and the Electroweak Theory / VIII：
Introduction to the Phenomenology of Weak Interactions / 20：
Fermi's 'current-current' theory of nuclear β-decay, and its generalizations / 20.1：
Parity violation in weak interactions, and V-A theory / 20.2：
Parity violation / 20.2.1：
V-A theory: chirality and helicity / 20.2.2：
Lepton number and lepton flavours / 20.3：
The universal current × current theory for weak interactions of leptons / 20.4：
Calculation of the cross section for νμ + e- → μ- + νe / 20.5：
Leptonic weak neutral currents / 20.6：
Quark weak currents / 20.7：
Two generations / 20.7.1：
Deep inelastic neutrino scattering / 20.7.2：
Three generations / 20.7.3：
Non-leptonic weak interactions / 20.8：
CP Violation and Oscillation Phenomena / 21：
Direct CP violation in B decays' / 21.1：
CP violation in B meson oscillations / 21.2：
Time-dependent mixing formalism / 21.2.1：
Determination of the angles α(φ2 ) and β( φ1 ) of the unitarity triangle / 21.2.2：
CP violation in neutral K-meson decays / 21.3：
Neutrino mixing and oscillations / 21.4：
Neutrino mass and mixing / 21.4.1：
Neutrino oscillations: formulae / 21.4.2：
Neutrino oscillations: experimental results / 21.4.3：
Matter effects in neutrino oscillations / 21.4.4：
The Glashow-Salam-Weinberg Gauge Theory of Electroweak Interactions / 21.4.5：
Difficulties with the current-current and 'naive' IVB models / 22.1：
Violations of unitarity / 22.1.1：
The problem of non-renormalizability in weak interactions / 22.1.2：
The SU(2) × U(1) electroweak gauge theory / 22.2：
Quantum number assignments; Higgs, W and Z masses / 22.2.1：
The leptonic currents (massless neutrinos): relation to current-current model / 22.2.2：
The quark currents / 22.2.3：
Simple (tree-level) predictions / 22.3：
The discovery of the W± and Z0 at the CERN pp collider / 22.4：
Production cross sections for W and Z in pp colliders / 22.4.1：
Charge asymmetry in W± decay / 22.4.2：
Discovery of the W± and Z0 at the pp collider, and their properties / 22.4.3：
Fermion masses / 22.5：
One generation / 22.5.1：
Three-generation mixing / 22.5.2：
Higher-order corrections / 22.6：
The top quark / 22.7：
The Higgs sector / 22.8：
Theoretical considerations concerning mH / 22.8.1：
Higgs boson searches and the 2012 discovery / 22.8.3：
Group Theory / M：
Definition and simple examples / M.1：
Lie groups / M.2：
Generators of Lie groups / M.3：
Examples / M.4：
SO (3) and three-dimensional rotations / M.4.1：
SU(2) / M.4.2：
SO(4): The special orthogonal group in four dimensions / M.4.3：
The Lorentz group / M.4.4：
SU(3) / M.4.5：
Matrix representations of generators, and of Lie groups / M.5：
The relation between SU(2) and SO(3) / M.6：
Geometrical Aspects of Gauge Fields / N：
Covariant derivatives and coordinate transformations / N.1：
Geometrical curvature and the gauge field strength tensor / N.2：
Dimensional Regularization / O：
Grassmann Variables / P：
Feynman Rules for Tree Graphs in QCD and the Electroweak Theory / Q：
QCD / Q.1：
External particles / Q.1.1：
Propagators / Q.1.2：
Vertices / Q.1.3：
The electroweak theory / Q.2：
References / Q.2.1：
Index
Preface
Non-Abelian Symmetries / V：
Global Non-Abelian Symmetries / 12：
45.
図書
Harald J.W. Müller-Kirsten, Armin Wiedemann
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Introduction
Lorentz and Poincaré Group, SL(2, $$$), Dirac and Majorana Spinors / 1：
The Lorentz Group / 1.1：
The Poincaré Group / 1.2：
SL(2, $$$), Dotted and Undotted Indices / 1.3：
Spinor Algebra / 1.3.1：
Calculations with Spinors / 1.3.2：
Connection between SL(2, $$$) and L↑ + / 1.3.3：
The Fierz-Reordering Formula / 1.3.4：
Further Calculations with Spinors / 1.3.5：
Higher Order Weyl Spinors and their Representations / 1.3.6：
Dirac and Majorana Spinors / 1.4：
The Weyl Basis or Chiral Representations / 1.4.1：
The Canonical Basis or Dirac Representation / 1.4.2：
The Majorana Representation / 1.4.3：
Charge Conjugation, Dirac and Weyl Representations / 1.4.4：
Majorana Spinors / 1.4.5：
Calculations with Dirac Spinors / 1.4.6：
Calculations with Majorana Spinors / 1.4.7：
No-Go Theorems and Graded Lie Algebras / 2：
The Theorems of Coleman-Mandula and Haag, &Lstoke;opuszański, Sohnius / 2.1：
The Theorem of Coleman-Mandula / 2.1.1：
The Theorem of Haag, &Lstoke;opuszański and Sohnius / 2.1.2：
Graded Lie Algebras / 2.2：
Lie Algebras / 2.2.1：
Graded Algebras / 2.2.2：
The Graded Lie Algebra of SU (2, $$$) / 2.2.3：
$$$2 Graded Lie Algebras / 2.4：
Graded Matrices / 2.5：
The Supersymmetric Extension of the Poincaré Algebra / 3：
Four-Component Dirac Formulation / 3.1：
Two-Component Weyl Formulation / 3.2：
Representations of the Super-Poincaré Algebra / 4：
Casimir Operators / 4.1：
Classification of Irreducible Representations / 4.2：
N = 1 Supersymmetry / 4.2.1：
N >1 Supersymmetry / 4.2.2：
The Wess-Zumino Model / 5：
The Lagrangian and the Equations of Motion / 5.1：
Symmetries / 5.2：
Plane Wave Expansions / 5.3：
Projection Operators / 5.4：
Anticommutation Relations / 5.5：
The Energy-Momentum Operator of the Wess-Zumino Model / 5.6：
The Hamilton Operator / 5.6.1：
The Three-Momentum Pi / 5.6.2：
Infinitesimal Supersymmetry Transformations / 5.7：
Superspace Formalism and Superfields / 6：
Superspace / 6.1：
Grassmann Differentiation / 6.2：
Supersymmetry Transformations in the Weyl Formalism / 6.3：
Finite Supersymmetry Transformations / 6.3.1：
Infinitesimal Supersymmetry Transformations and Differential Operator Representations of the Generators / 6.3.2：
Consistency with the Majorana Formalism / 6.4：
Covariant Derivatives / 6.5：
Constraints / 6.6：
Transformations of Component Fields / 6.8：
Constrained Superfields and Supermultiplets / 7：
Chiral Superfields / 7.1：
Vector Superfields, Generalized Gauge Transformations / 7.2：
The Supersymmetric Field Strength / 7.3：
Supersymmetric Lagrangians / 8：
Grassmann Integration / 8.1：
Lagrangians and Actions / 8.2：
Construction of Lagrangians from Scalar Superfields / 8.2.1：
Construction of Lagrangians from Vector Superfields / 8.2.2：
Remarks / 8.2.3：
Spontaneous Breaking of Supersymmetry / 9：
The Superpotential / 9.1：
Projection Technique / 9.2：
Spontaneous Symmetry Breaking / 9.3：
The Goldstone Theorem / 9.3.1：
Remarks on the Wess-Zumino Model / 9.3.2：
The O'Raifeartaigh Model / 9.4：
The Mass Spectrum of the O'Raifeartaigh Model / 9.4.1：
Supersymmetric Gauge Theories / 10：
Minimal Coupling / 10.1：
Super Quantum Electrodynamics / 10.2：
The Fayet-Iliopoulos Model / 10.3：
Supersymmetric Non-Abelian Gauge Theory / 10.4：
Bibliography
Index
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Introduction
46.
図書
Feng-Chen Li ... [et al.]
出版情報:
Singapore : John Wiley & Sons, 2012 x, 257 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Background / 1.1：
Surfactant Solution / 1.2：
Anionic Surfactant / 1.2.1：
Cationic Surfactant / 1.2.2：
Nonionic Surfactant / 1.2.3：
Amphoteric Surfactant / 1.2.4：
Zwitterionic Surfactant / 1.2.5：
Mechanism and Theory of Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives / 1.3：
Explanations of the Turbulent DR Mechanism from the, Viewpoint of Microstructures / 1.3.1：
Explanations of the Turbulent DR Mechanism from the Viewpoint of the Physics of Turbulence / 1.3.2：
Application Techniques of Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives / 1.4：
Heat Transfer Reduction of Surfactant Drag-reducing Flow / 1.4.1：
Diameter Effect of Surfactant Drag-reducing Flow / 1.4.2：
Toxic Effect of Cationic Surfactant Solution / 1.4.3：
Chemical Stability of Surfactant Solution / 1.4.4：
Corrosion of Surfactant Solution / 1.4.5：
References
Drag Reduction and Heat Transfer Reduction Characteristics of Drag-Reducing Surfactant Solution Flow / 2：
Fundamental Concepts of Turbulent Drag Reduction / 2.1：
Characteristics of Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives and Its Influencing Factors / 2.2：
Characteristics of Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives / 2.2.1：
Influencing Factors of Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives / 2.2.2：
The Diameter Effect of Surfactant Drag-reducing Flow and Scale-up Methods / 2.3：
The Diameter Effect and Its Influence / 2.3.1：
Scale-up Methods / 2.3.2：
Evaluation of Different Scale-up Methods / 2.3.3：
Heat Transfer Characteristics of Drag-reducing Surfactant Solution How and Its Enhancement Methods / 2.4：
Convective Heat Transfer Characteristics of Drag-reducing Surfactant Solution Flow / 2.4.1：
Heat Transfer Enhancement Methods for Drag-reducing Surfactant Solution Flows / 2.4.2：
Turbulence Structures in Drag-Reducing Surfactant Solution Flow / 3：
Measurement Techniques for Turbulence Structures in Drag-Reducing Flow / 3.1：
Laser Doppler Velocimetry / 3.1.1：
PIV / 3.1.2：
Statistical Characteristics of Velocity and Temperature Fields in Drag-reducing Flow / 3.2：
Distribution of Averaged Quantities / 3.2.1：
Distribution of Fluctuation Intensities / 3.2.2：
Correlation Analyses of Fluctuating Quantities / 3.2.3：
Spectrum Analyses of Fluctuating Quantities / 3.2.4：
Characteristics of Turbulent Vortex Structures in Drag-reducing Flow / 3.3：
Identification Method of Turbulent Vortex by Swirling Strength / 3.3.1：
Distribution Characteristics of Turbulent Vortex in the x-y Plane / 3.3.2：
Distribution Characteristics of Turbulent Vortex in the y-z Plane / 3.3.3：
Distribution Characteristics of Turbulent Vortex in the x-z Plane / 3.3.4：
Reynolds Shear Stress and Wall-Normal Turbulent Heat Flux / 3.4：
Numerical Simulation of Surfactant Drag Reduction / 4：
Direct Numerical Simulation of Drag-reducing Flow / 4.1：
A Mathematical Model of Drag-reducing Flow / 4.1.1：
The DNS Method of Drag-reducing Flow / 4.1.2：
RANS of Drag-reducing Flow / 4.2：
Governing Equation and DNS Method of Drag-reducing Flow / 4.3：
Governing Equation / 4.3.1：
Numerical Method / 4.3.2：
DNS Results and Discussion for Drag-reducing Flow and Heat Transfer / 4.4：
The Overall Study on Surfactant Drag Reduction and Heat Transfer by DNS / 4.4.1：
The Rheological Parameter Effect of DNS on Surfactant Drag Reduction / 4.4.2：
DNS with the Bilayer Model of Flows with Newtonian and Non-Newtonian Fluid Coexistence / 4.4.3：
Conclusion and Future Work / 4.5：
Microstructures and Rheological Properties of Surfactant Solution / 5：
Microstructures in Surfactant Solution and Its Visualization Methods / 5.1：
Microstructures in Surfactant Solution / 5.1.1：
Visualization Methods for Microstructures in Surfactant Solution / 5.1.2：
Rheology and Measurement Methods of Surfactant Solution / 5.2：
Rheological Parameters / 5.2.1：
Measurement Method of Rheological Parameters / 5.2.2：
Rheological Characteristics of Dilute Drag-reducing Surfactant Solution / 5.2.3：
Factors Affecting the Rheological Characteristics of Surfactant Solution / 5.3：
Surfactant Concentration / 5.3.1：
Temperature / 5.3.2：
Type of Surfactant / 5.3.3：
Characterization of Viscoelasticity of Drag-reducing Surfactant Solution by Using Free Surface Swirling Flow / 5.4：
Molecular and Brownian Dynamics Simulations of Surfactant Solution / 5.5：
Brief Introduction of Simulation Methods / 5.5.1：
Brownian Dynamics Simulation by Using a WK Potential / 5.5.2：
Application Techniques for Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives / 6：
Problems That Need to Be Solved in Engineering Applications / 6.1：
Influencing Factors of Drag-reducing Surfactant Additives on the Heat Transfer Performance of Heat Exchangers and Its Counter-measures / 6.1.1：
Influences of Drag-reducing Surfactant Additives on the Environment / 6.1.2：
Scale-up Problem / 6.1.3：
Separation Techniques for Surfactant Solution / 6.2：
Adsorption / 6.2.1：
Ultrafiltration / 6.2.2：
Reverse Osmosis / 6.2.3：
Drag Reduction Stability of Surfactant Solutions / 6.3：
Effect of Adsorption / 6.3.1：
Effects of Fe(OH)3 / 6.3.2：
Effects of Cu(OH)2 / 6.3.3：
Recovery of Drag Reduction / 6.3.4：
Applications of Surfactant Drag Reduction / 6.4：
Application of Surfactant to Hydronic Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems / 6.4.1：
Surfactant Selection in Actual Applications / 6.4.2：
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Background / 1.1：
47.
図書
Robert H. Hill, Jr., David C. Finster
出版情報:
Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley, c2010 1 v. (various pagings) ; 28 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Safety Ethics, Principles, and Practices / Chapter 1：
The Four Principles of Safety / 1.1.1：
What is Green Chemistry? / 1.1.2：
Re-thinking Safety: Learning from Laboratory Incidents / 1.2.1：
Green Chemistry in Organic Chemistry / 1.2.2：
Fostering a Safety Culture / 1.3.1：
Employers' Expectations of Safety Skills for New Chemists / 1.3.2：
Laws and Regulations Pertaining to Safety / 1.3.3：
Green Chemistry - The Big Picture / 1.3.4：
Emergency Response / Chapter 2：
Responding to Laboratory Emergencies / 2.1.1：
Fire Emergencies in Introductory Courses / 2.1.2：
Chemical Spills: On You and in the Lab oratory / 2.1.3：
First Aid in Chemistry Laboratories / 2.1.4：
Fire Emergencies in Organic and Advanced Courses / 2.2.1：
Chemical Spills: Containment and Clean-up / 2.2.2：
Understanding and Communicating about Laboratory Hazards / Chapter 3：
Routes of Exposure to Hazards / 3.1.1：
Learning the Language of Safety: Signs, Symbols, and Labels / 3.1.2：
Finding Hazard Information Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) / 3.1.3：
The Globally Harmonized System (GHS) of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals / 3.2.1：
Information Resources About Laboratory Hazards and Safety / 3.2.2：
Interpreting MSDS Information / 3.2.3：
Chemical Hygiene Plans / 3.3.1：
Recognizing Laboratory Hazards: Toxic Substances and Biological Agents / Chapter 4：
Introduction to Toxicology / 4.1.1：
Acute Toxicity / 4.1.2：
Chronic Toxicity / 4.2.1：
Carcinogens / 4.3.1：
Biotransformation, Bioaccumulation, and Elimination of Toxicants / 4.3.2：
Biological Hazards and Biosafety / 4.3.3：
Recognizing Laboratory Hazards: Physical Hazards / Chapter 5：
Corrosive Hazards in Introductory Chemistry Laboratories / 5.1.1：
Flammables - Chemicals with Burning Passions / 5.1.2：
Corrosives in Advanced Laboratories / 5.2.1：
The Chemistry of Fire and Explosions / 5.2.2：
Incompatibles A Clash of Violent Proportions / 5.2.3：
Gas Cylinders and Cryogenic Liquid Tanks / 5.3.1：
Peroxides Potentially Explosive Hazards / 5.3.2：
Reactive and Unstable Laboratory Chemicals / 5.3.3：
Hazards from Low or High Pressure Systems / 5.3.4：
Electrical Hazards / 5.3.5：
Housekeeping in the Research Lab - The Dangers of Messy Labs / 5.3.6：
Non-ionizing Radiation and Electric and Magnetic Fields / 5.3.7：
An Array of Rays: Ionizing Radiation Hazards in the Laboratory / 5.3.8：
Cryogenic Hazards A Chilling Experience / 5.3.9：
Runaway Reactions / 5.3.10：
Hazards of Catalysts / 5.3.11：
Risk Assessment / Chapter 6：
Risk Assessment - Living Safely with Hazards / 6.1.1：
Using the GHS to Evaluate Chemical Toxic Hazards / 6.2.1：
Understanding Occupational Exposure Limits (OEL) / 6.2.2：
Assessing Chemical Exposure / 6.3.1：
Working or Visiting in a New Laboratory / 6.3.2：
Safety Planning for New Experiments / 6.3.3：
Minimizing, Controlling and Managing Hazards / Chapter 7：
Managing Risk Making Decisions about Safety / 7.1.1：
Laboratory Eye Protection / 7.1.2：
Protecting Your Skin Clothes, Gloves and Tools / 7.1.3：
Chemical Hoods in Introductory Laboratories / 7.1.4：
More about Eye and Face Protection / 7.2.1：
Protecting Your Skin in Advanced Laboratories / 7.2.2：
Containment and Ventilation in Advanced Laboratories / 7.2.3：
Safety Measures for Common Laboratory Operations / 7.3.1：
Radiation Safety / 7.3.2：
Laser Safety / 7.3.3：
Biological Safety Cabinets / 7.3.4：
Protective Clothing and Respirators / 7.3.5：
Safety in the Research Laboratory / 7.3.6：
Process Safety for Chemical Operations / 7.3.7：
Chemical Management: Inspections, Storage, Wastes, and Security / Chapter 8：
Introduction to Handling Chemical Wastes / 8.1.1：
Storing Flammables and Corrosives / 8.2.1：
Doing Your Own Safety Inspection / 8.3.1：
Managing Chemicals in Your Laboratory / 8.3.2：
Chemical Inventories and Storage / 8.3.3：
Handling Hazardous Laboratory Waste / 8.3.4：
Chemical Security / 8.3.5：
Safety Ethics, Principles, and Practices / Chapter 1：
The Four Principles of Safety / 1.1.1：
What is Green Chemistry? / 1.1.2：
48.
図書
Kyohei Fujimoto, Koichi Ito, editors
目次情報:
続きを見る
Small Antennas for Small Mobile Terminals / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Small Antenna Techniques / 2：
The Definition of Electrically Small / 2.1：
Fundamental Antenna Performance Properties / 2.3：
The Chu Limit / 2.4：
Properties of the Electrically Small Dipole and Loop Antennas / 2.5：
Techniques to Design Small Antennas / 2.6：
References
Types of Small Antennas and Small Mobile Terminals / 3：
Types of Small Antennas / 3.1：
Types of Small Mobile Terminals / 3.2：
Antennas for Internet of Things Applications / 4：
Overview of the IoT / 4.1：
Connectivity Technologies and Challenges for the IoT / 4.1.2：
Overview of the CMA / 4.1.3：
Chapter Contribution and Structure / 4.1.4：
Designs of Antennas for the IoT Applications over TVWS with CMA / 4.2：
Narrowband Antennas / 4.2.1：
UWB Antennas / 4.2.2：
RFID-Based Humidity Sensor / 4.3：
Conclusions / 4.4：
Wireless Power Transfer Systems / 5：
Overview of WPT Via Radio Wave / 5.1：
Beam Efficiency of WPT Via Radio Waves / 5.3：
Requirements of Antenna for WPT Via Radio Waves / 5.4：
Characteristics of Antenna Array at the Receiver for WPT Via Radio Waves / 5.5：
Various Applications of WPT / 5.6：
Antennas for Mobile Phones, including Smartphones / 5.7：
Baseline Characteristics / 6.1：
Antenna Size and Performance / 6.2.1：
Effect from Chassis / 6.2.2：
Body Effect / 6.2.3：
Antenna for Smartphone / 6.3：
Antenna Type for Smartphone / 6.3.1：
Tunable Antenna / 6.3.2：
Antennas for Wearable Systems, Including Body-Centric Communication Systems / 7：
Wearable Antenna and Related Issues / 7.1：
Antenna Design for Wearable Devices / 7.1.1：
Multiple Antennas in a Wearable Device / 7.1.2：
Metal Exterior Antennas in a Wearable Device / 7.1.3：
Transparent Conducting Patch Antenna for a Wearable Device / 7.1.4：
Liquid Crystal Antenna for Wearable Antenna / 7.1.5：
SAR of a Wearable Device / 7.2：
Wearable Devices Through the Body Area Network / 7.3：
Body Area Network Via a 2.4-GHz System / 7.3.1：
Body Area Network Via a Megahertz Frequency Range / 7.3.2：
Summary / 7.4：
Antennas for Laptop Computers, Including Information Tags / 8：
Antennas for Laptop Computers / 8.1：
Tunable Multiband Antenna for Tablet Computers / 8.2：
Low SAR Antenna for Tablet Computers / 8.3：
Frequency Reconfigurable Antenna for Mobile Terminals / 8.4：
Design Examples / 8.4.1：
Design of the UHF-RFID Tag / 8.5：
UHF-RFID Tag and Its Read Range / 8.5.1：
Example of RFID Tag Antenna Design for Optical Discs / 8.5.2：
Antennas for 5G Millimeter-Wave System Including Some Practical Issues for Mobile Terminals / 9：
Introductions of the Millimeter-Wave Broadband System and Antennas in the Firth Generation of the Communication System / 9.1：
Millimeter-Wave Antenna Array and Beamforming Technologies / 9.2：
Millimeter-Wave Antennas without Beam Steering / 9.2.1：
Millimeter-Wave Antennas with Beam Steering / 9.2.2：
Millimeter-Wave Antenna Integration and Package / 9.2.3：
Antenna Array Spatial Coverage and Body-Shadowing Effect in a 5G Millimeter-Wave Mobile System / 9.3：
Coverage of Millimeter-Wave Cellular Systems / 9.3.1：
Antenna Arrays in 5G UE and the Assessment Methodologies / 9.3.2：
User Body Effect on 5G UE Antennas / 9.3.3：
Shadowing Loss in the Outdoor Environment / 9.3.4：
Modeling of Human Body Blockage / 9.3.5：
Array System and Network Planning / 9.3.6：
RF EMF Exposure Standards/Guidelines for 5G Millimeter-Wave User Equipment / 9.4：
Power Density Characteristic for Array Antennas / 9.4.1：
Power Constraint Due to Power Density Limits / 9.4.2：
Conservative Power Density Assessment / 9.4.3：
Power Density Assessment Based on Near-Field Reconstruction Algorithms / 9.4.4：
Selected Bibliography
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles / 10：
Communications / 10.1：
SAR / 10.2：
Antenna for Collision Avoidance and Direction Finding / 10.3：
Conformal Antenna and Others / 10.4：
Antennas for Wireless Medical Devices / 11：
Antennas for In-Body Medical Devices / 11.1：
Stationary Antennas in the Body / 11.2.1：
Nonstationary Antennas in the Body / 11.2.2：
Antennas for On-Body or Wearable Devices / 11.3：
Narrowband Antennas with Full Ground Plane / 11.3.1：
UWB Antennas with Full Ground Plane / 11.3.2：
Embroidered Antennas for Easy Integration in Clothing / 11.3.3：
Electromagnetic Simulation / 12：
Electromagnetic Field Simulation Methods / 12.1：
Importance of Electromagnetic Simulation / 12.1.1：
Classification of Electromagnetic Simulation Methods / 12.1.2：
Major Electromagnetic Field. Simulation Methods / 12.1.3：
The Matrix Computation Method / 12.1.4：
Examples of Electromagnetic Field Simulation / 12.1.5：
Design Optimization / 12.2：
Definition of Design Optimization / 12.2.1：
Classification of Structural Optimization / 12.2.2：
Major Optimization Methods / 12.2.3：
Topology Optimization Method as a New Optimization Approach / 12.2.4：
Example of Antenna Optimization / 12.2.5：
Evaluation of Small Antenna Performance / 13：
Fundamentals of Evaluation / 13.1：
Performance Evaluation / 13.2：
Input impedance and Bandwidth / 13.2.1：
Radiation Patterns and Gain / 13.2.2：
Efficiency / 13.2.3：
Measurement / 13.3：
Method of Measurement by Using a Coaxial Cable / 13.3.1：
Method of Measurement by Using Small Oscillator / 13.3.2：
Method of Measurement by Using Fiber-Optics / 13.3.3：
Evaluation of Small Mobile Terminal Antennas / 14：
Measurement Value, Used Conditions, and Phantoms for Small Mobile Terminal Antennas / 14.1：
Measurement Value: Radiation Efficiency in Free Space, Radiation Efficiency with the Human Body, and Mean Effective Gain / 14.1.1：
Use Conditions / 14.1.2：
Measurement Environment of Antenna Performance / 14.2：
Impedance measurements / 14.2.1：
Radiation Performance Measurements / 14.2.2：
Cable Connection Techniques for Evaluating a Small Antenna Embedded in the Product Mobile Terminal / 14.3：
Evaluations of 4 x 4 MIMO Antennas in a Cellular Phone Terminal / 14.4：
Evaluations of GPS Antennas / 14.5：
Evaluations of Bluetooth and Wi-Fi Antennas / 14.6：
Evaluations of Digital TV Antennas / 14.7：
About the Editors
List of Contributors
Index
Small Antennas for Small Mobile Terminals / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Small Antenna Techniques / 2：
49.
図書
Chris Kenyon and Roland Stamm
出版情報:
Basingstoke : Palgrave Macmillan, 2012 xxiv, 227 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
Acknowledgments
Disclaimer
Back to the Basics / 1：
Interest rates / 1.1：
LIBOR / 1.1.1：
Day count conventions / 1.1.2：
Accrued interest and spot / 1.1.3：
Zero rates and discounting / 1.1.4：
Interest rate derivatives / 1.2：
FRAs and swaps / 1.2.1：
Caps, floors, and swaptions / 1.2.2：
Basis swaps / 1.2.3：
FX and cross-currency trades / 1.3：
FX forwards / 1.3.1：
Cross-currency swaps / 1.3.2：
Bootstrapping of Zero Curves / 2：
Money market rates / 2.1：
Forward rates / 2.2：
Swap rates / 2.3：
Interpolation issues / 2.4：
A Plethora of Credit Spreads / 3：
Introduction / 3.1：
CDS spread / 3.2：
Product description / 3.2.1：
Bootstrapping hazard rates from CDS spreads / 3.2.2：
Standard CDS contracts / 3.2.3：
Floating recovery rates / 3.2.4：
CDS spread risk / 3.2.5：
Zero spread / 3.3：
Zero spread risk / 3.3.1：
I spread / 3.4：
I spread risk / 3.4.1：
Par asset swap spread / 3.5：
Inflation-linked asset swaps / 3.5.1：
Implying par asset swap spreads in other currencies / 3.5.3：
Bootstrapping hazard rates from asset swap spreads / 3.5.4：
Par asset swap spread risk / 3.5.5：
Risky floater spread / 3.6：
Risky floater spread risk / 3.6.1：
Connections between spreads / 3.7：
From bond prices to CDS spreads / 3.7.1：
The asset swap - CDS basis / 3.7.2：
Introduction to Basis Spreads / 4：
Something is rotten in the state of pricing / 4.1：
Forwards / 4.1.1：
Overnight indexed swaps / 4.1.2：
Origins / 4.2：
Collateralization and fixings / 4.2.1：
Modeling approaches / 4.3：
Practicalities / 4.3.1：
Simple approaches / 4.3.2：
Local Discount Curves / 5：
Basis swaps in one currency / 5.1：
Standard tenor discount curve / 5.1.1：
OIS discount curve / 5.1.2：
Building the forward curve / 5.2：
Example / 5.3：
Cross-currency basis swaps / 5.4：
Global Discount Curve / 6：
Curve construction / 6.1：
Impact on hedge accounting / 6.2：
Non-Linear Products / 7：
Short rate / 7.1：
FX analogy / 7.2.1：
Discount + spread / 7.2.2：
Extensions for smiles / 7.2.3：
Tenor forward rate / 7.3：
Volatilities / 7.3.1：
Cap and floor volatilities for non-standard tenors / 7.4.1：
Swaption volatilities for non-standard tenors: first approach / 7.4.2：
Swaption volatilities for non-standard tenors: new market approach / 7.4.3：
CVA: Instrument Level / 8：
Closeout / 8.1：
Pricing by expectation / 8.2：
CVA and DVA / 8.2.1：
CVA, DVA, and FVA / 8.2.2：
Critique / 8.2.3：
Pricing by Hedging / 8.3：
Feynman-Kac / 8.3.1：
FVA / 8.3.2：
Zero funding costs / 8.3.3：
Other Perspectives / 8.3.5：
Conditions for trading / 8.4.1：
P&L takeout / 8.4.2：
CVA: Firm Level / 9：
Regulation and interpretation / 9.1：
Reports / 9.1.2：
Balance sheet / 9.2：
Asset-bank-counterparty model / 9.3：
Intuition / 9.3.1：
Effect of own-default on assets and liabilities / 9.3.2：
ABC model / 9.3.3：
Base case: all assets MtM, no collateral, no goodwill / 9.3.4：
Collateral / 9.3.5：
Goodwill / 9.1.6：
Assets on inventory / 9.3.7：
Final Comment / 9.3.8：
Bawl III / 10：
Summary of base III / 10.1：
Exposure under basel II / 10.3：
Contingent capital (CoCo) / 10.4：
Stressed parameters for counterparty risk / 10.5：
CVA risk capital Charge / 10.6：
Alternative calculation methods / 10.6.1：
Calculation under IMM / 10.6.2：
Mitigation / 10.6.3：
Why Is the CVA risk capital charge important? / 10.6.4：
Consequences / 10.6.5：
Wrong-way risk / 10.7：
Backtesting / 11：
Regulatory guidance / 11.1：
Backtesting framework / 11.2：
Notation / 11.2.1：
Instrument dependence on distribution / 11.2.2：
Counterparty exposure setups / 11.2.3：
Distribution weighting from dynamic synthetic portfolios / 11.2.4：
Hypothesis testing / 11.2.5：
Example results for WTI oil / 11.2.6：
Diagnostics / 11.2.7：
Splitting approach / 11.2.8：
Short rates, market-implied calibration, historical backtesting / 11.3：
Bibliography
Index
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
50.
図書
Glenn H. Hurlbert
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
The Diet Problem / 1.1：
The Matching Problem / 1.2：
Un Problema de la Práctica / 1.3：
Standard Form and the Dual / 1.4：
Exercises / 1.5：
The Simplex Algorithm / 2：
Geometric Lens / 2.1：
Algebraic Lens / 2.2：
$$$ / 2.3：
Infeasible Basis / 2.4：
Shortcut Method / 2.5：
Infeasibility / 2.6：
Unboundedness / 2.7：
Cycling / 2.8：
The Fundamental Theorem / 2.9：
Geometry / 2.10：
Extreme Points / 3.1：
Convexity / 3.2：
Carathéodory's Theorem / 3.3：
The Duality Theorem / 3.5：
Primal-Dual Relationship / 4.1：
Complementary Slackness Conditions / 4.2：
Jizoezi, Jizoezi, Jizoezi / 4.3：
Finding Optimal Certificates / 4.4：
Matrix Environment / 4.5：
Format and Dictionaries / 5.1：
Simplex Phases and Advantages / 5.2：
Basic Coefficients / 5.3：
General Form / 5.5：
Nonstandard Duals / 6.1：
General Simplex and Phase 0 / 6.2：
Plus de Pratique / 6.3：
General Duality and Slackness / 6.4：
Unsolvable Systems / 6.5：
Infeasible Certificates / 7.1：
Inconsistency / 7.2：
Unsolvable Subsystems / 7.3：
Geometry Revisited / 7.5：
Helly's Theorem / 8.1：
Permutation Matrices / 8.2：
Pratique de Novo / 8.3：
Cones / 8.4：
Game Theory / 8.5：
Matrix Games / 9.1：
Minimax Theorem / 9.2：
Bitte Praxis / 9.3：
Saddles / 9.4：
Network Environment / 9.5：
Shipping / 10.1：
Trees / 10.2：
Nilai! / 10.3：
Integrality / 10.4：
Combinatorics / 10.5：
Hatchings / 11.1：
Covers / 11.2：
Systems of Distinct Representatives / 11.3：
Economics / 11.5：
Shadow Prices / 12.1：
Reduced Costs / 12.2：
Gyakoroljon egy Kicsit / 12.3：
Dual Simplex / 12.4：
Integer Optimization / 12.5：
Cutting Planes / 13.1：
Branch-and-Bound / 13.2：
Integer Certificates / 13.3：
Linear Algebra Review / 13.5：
Equivalence of Auxiliary and Shortcut Methods / B：
Complexity / C：
P versus IMP / C.l：
Examples / C.2：
LO Complexity / C.3：
Software / D：
WebSim / D.l：
Algorithms / D.2：
Maple / D.3：
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
The Diet Problem / 1.1：
51.
図書
Yusuf Altintas
出版情報:
New York : Cambridge University Press, 2012 xii, 366 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Mechanics of Metal Cutting / 2：
Mechanics of Orthogonal Cutting / 2.1：
Mechanistic Modeling of Cutting Forces / 2.3：
Theoretical Prediction of Shear Angle / 2.4：
Mechanics of Oblique Cutting / 2.5：
Oblique Cutting Geometry / 2.5.1：
Solution of Oblique Cutting Parameters / 2.5.2：
Prediction of Cutting Forces / 2.5.3：
Mechanics of Turning Processes / 2.6：
Mechanics of Milling Processes / 2.7：
Mechanics of Helical End Mills / 2.7.1：
Analytical Modeling of End Milling Forces / 2.8：
Mechanistic Identification of Cutting Constants in Milling / 2.8.1：
Mechanics of Drilling / 2.9：
Tool Wear and Tool Breakage / 2.10：
Tool Wear / 2.10.1：
Tool Breakage / 2.10.2：
Problems / 2.11：
Structural Dynamics of Machines / 3：
Machine Tool Structures / 3.1：
Dimensional Form Errors in Machining / 3.3：
Form Errors in Cylindrical Turning / 3.3.1：
Boring Bar / 3.3.2：
Form Errors in End Milling / 3.3.3：
Structural Vibrations in Machining / 3.4：
Fundamentals of Free and Forced Vibrations / 3.4.1：
Oriented Frequency Response Function / 3.4.2：
Design and Measurement Coordinate Systems / 3.4.3：
Analytical Modal Analysis for Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems / 3.4.4：
Relative Frequency Response Function between Tool and Workpiece / 3.4.5：
Modal Testing of Machine Structures / 3.5：
Theory of Frequency Response Testing / 3.5.1：
Experimental Procedures in Modal Testing / 3.5.2：
Experimental Modal Analysis for Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems / 3.6：
Identification of Modal Parameters / 3.7：
Global Nonlinear Optimization of Modal Parameter Identification / 3.7.1：
Receptance Coupling of End Mills to Spindle-Tool Holder Assembly / 3.8：
Experimental Procedure / 3.8.1：
Machine Tool Vibrations / 3.9：
Stability of Regenerative Chatter Vibrations in Orthogonal Cutting / 4.1：
Stability of Orthogonal Cutting / 4.2.1：
Dimensionless Analysis of Stability Lobes in Orthogonal Cutting / 4.2.2：
Chatter Stability of Orthogonal Cutting with Process Damping / 4.2.3：
Chatter Stability of Turning Operations / 4.3：
Chatter Stability of Turning Systems with Process Damping / 4.4：
Metal Cutting Forces / 4.4.1：
Process Damping Gains Contributed by Flank Wear / 4.4.2：
Stability Analysis / 4.4.3：
Experimental Validation / 4.5：
Analytical Prediction of Chatter Vibrations in Milling / 4.6：
Dynamic Milling Model / 4.6.1：
Zero-Order Solution of Chatter Stability in Milling / 4.6.2：
Multi-Frequency Solution of Chatter Stability in Milling / 4.6.3：
Chatter Stability of Drilling Operations / 4.7：
Dynamic Drilling Force Model / 4.7.1：
Frequency Domain Solution of Drilling Stability / 4.8：
Semidiscrete Time Domain Solution of Chatter Stability / 4.9：
Orthogonal Cutting / 4.9.1：
Discrete Time Domain Stability Solution in Milling / 4.9.2：
Technology of Manufacturing Automation / 4.10：
Computer Numerically Controlled Unit / 5.1：
Organization of a CNC Unit / 5.2.1：
CNC Executive / 5.2.2：
CNC Machine Tool Axis Conventions / 5.2.3：
NC Part Program Structure / 5.2.4：
Main Preparatory Functions / 5.2.5：
Computer-Assisted NC Part Programming / 5.3：
Basics of Analytical Geometry / 5.3.1：
APT Part Programming Language / 5.3.2：
Trajectory Generation for Computer-Controlled Machines / 5.4：
Interpolation with Constant Displacement / 5.4.1：
Acceleration-Limited Velocity Profile Generation with Constant Interpolation Period / 5.4.2：
Jerk-Limited Velocity Profile Generation / 5.4.3：
Real-Time Interpolation Methods / 5.5：
Linear Interpolation Algorithm / 5.5.1：
Circular Interpolation Algorithm / 5.5.2：
Quintic Spline Interpolation within CNC Systems / 5.5.3：
Design and Analysis of Cnc Systems / 5.6：
Machine Tool Drives / 6.1：
Mechanical Components and Torque Requirements / 6.2.1：
Feedback Devices / 6.2.2：
Electrical Drives / 6.2.3：
Permanent Magnet Armature-Controlled dc Motors / 6.2.4：
Position Control Loop / 6.2.5：
Transfer Function of the Position Loop / 6.3：
State Space Model of Feed Drive Control Systems / 6.4：
Sliding Mode Controller / 6.5：
Active Damping of Feed Drives / 6.6：
Design of an Electrohydraulic CNC Press Brake / 6.7：
Hydraulic Press Brake System / 6.7.1：
Dynamic Model of Hydraulic Actuator Module / 6.7.2：
Identification of Electrohydraulic Drive Dynamics for Computer Control / 6.7.3：
Digital Position Control System Design / 6.7.4：
Sensor-Assisted Machining / 6.8：
Intelligent Machining Module / 7.1：
Hardware Architecture / 7.2.1：
Software Architecture / 7.2.2：
Intelligent Machining Application / 7.2.3：
Adaptive Control of Peak Forces in Milling / 7.3：
Discrete Transfer Function of the Milling Process System / 7.3.1：
Pole-Placement Control Algorithm / 7.3.3：
Adaptive Generalized Predictive Control of Milling Process / 7.3.4：
In-Process Detection of Tool Breakage / 7.3.5：
Chatter Detection and Suppression / 7.3.6：
Intelligent Pocketing with the IMM System / 7.4：
Laplace and 2 Transforms / 7.5：
Basic Definitions / A.1：
Partial Fraction Expansion Method / A.3：
Partial Fraction Expansion Method to Determine Inverse Laplace and z Transforms / A.4：
Off-Line and On-Line Parameter Estimation with Least Squares / Appendix B：
Off-Line Least-Squares Estimation / B.1：
Recursive Parameter Estimation Algorithm / B.2：
Bibliography
Index
Analytical Modeling of End Mining Forces
Design and Analysis of CNC Systems
Laplace and z Transforms
Off-Line and On-Line Parameter Estimation With Least Squares
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Mechanics of Metal Cutting / 2：
52.
図書
東工大
Takaaki Tsurumi ... [et al.]
出版情報:
Boca Raton [Fla.] : CRC Press, c2010 xii, 267 p., [8] p. of plates ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface vii
Acknowledgments ix
Authors xi
Chapter 1 Fundamentals of quantum mechanics and band structure 1
1.1 Fundamentals of quantum mechanics 1
1.1.1 Probability amplitude and interference effects 1
1.1.2 Uncertainty principle 5
1.1.3 Wave functions 7
1.1.4 Operators 8
1.1.5 Eigenvalue and expected value 10
1.1.6 Expansion theorem 10
1.1.7 Schroedinger equation 11
1.1.8 Principle of superposition 13
1.1.9 Examples of solutions of the Schroedinger equation 14
1.1.9.1 Electron in a one-dimensional (1D) box 14
1.1.9.2 Harmonic oscillator 15
1.1.9.3 Hydrogen atom 16
1.1.10 Matrix mechanics and bra-ket (Dirac) notation 18
1.1.11 Comparison of the Heisenberg and Schroedinger approaches to quantum mechanics 20
1.1.12 Perturbation theory 22
1.2 Electronic band structure of solids 27
1.2.1 Free electron Fermi gas 27
1.2.2 Nearly free electron model (DOS) 31
1.2.3 Bloch function 33
1.2.4 Kroenig-Penny model 33
1.2.5 Tight binding model 35
1.2.6 Phase velocity, group velocity, and effective mass 37
1.2.7 Reciprocal lattice and the Brillouin zone 40
1.2.8 Energy band structure of silicon (Si) 44
1.2.9 Tight binding approximation for calculating the band structure of graphene 45
1.2.10 Electron correlation 51
1.2.10.1 Hartree-Fock approximation 51
1.2.10.2 Density functional method 54
1.3 Material properties with respect to characteristic size in nanostructures 56
Problems 60
References 60
Chapter 2 Electronic states and electrical properties of nanoscale materials 63
2.1 Outline 63
2.2 Low dimensionality and energy spectrum 64
2.2.1 Space for electrons in materials 64
2.2.2 Electron DOS of 3D materials with macroscopic dimensions 65
2.2.3 Electron DOS in 2D materials (nanosheets) 67
2.2.4 Electron DOS in lD materials (nanowires) 72
2.2.5 Quantized conductance in 1D nanowire systems 74
2.2.6 Electron DOS in 0D materials (nanodots) 77
2.3 Quantization 79
2.3.1 2D square wells 80
2.3.2 2D cylindrical wells 83
2.3.3 Shape effect on the quantized states 85
2.3.4 Finite potential wells 87
2.3.5 Band dispersion effect 93
2.4 Edge (surface)-localized states 96
2.5 Charging effect 100
2.6 Tunneling phenomena 103
2.7 Limiting factors for size effects 111
2.7.1 Thermal fluctuation 111
2.7.2 Lifetime broadening effect 113
2.8 Electronically induced stable nanostructures 115
2.8.1 Magic numbers in clusters 116
2.8.2 Electronic growth 119
Problems 122
References 123
Chapter 3 Optical properties and interactions of nanoscale materials 125
3.1 Size-dependent optical properties: Absorption and emission 125
3.1.1 Basic quantum mechanics of linear optical transitions 126
3.1.2 General concept of excitons 133
3.1.3 Wannier excitons 135
3.1.4 Size effects in high-dielectric-constant materials 136
3.1.5 Size effects in π-conjugated systems 140
3.1.6 Strongly interacting π-conjugated systems: A molecular dimer 144
3.1.7 Molecular Frenkel exciton 149
3.1.8 Size effects in molecular excitons: Coherence length and cooperative phenomena 153
3.1.9 Effects of finite number of optical electrons 157
3.2 Size-dependent optical properties: Absorption and scattering 158
3.2.1 Basic theory of light scattering 160
3.2.2 Size-dependent scattering from dielectric spheres: Mie solutions 164
3.2.3 Optical properties of metal nanoparticles: Plasmonics 169
3.2.4 Local field enhancement and surface-enhanced Raman scattering 176
3.3 Size-dependent electromagnetic interactions: Particle-particle 179
3.3.1 Radiative energy transfer 179
3.3.2 Foerster resonant energy transfer (FRET) 180
3.3.3 Electron-exchange (Dexter) energy transfer 187
3.3.4 Photo-induced electron transfer 190
3.4 Size-dependent interactions: Particle-light interactions in finite geometries 191
3.4.1 Optical interactions in microcavities 191
3.4.2 Effects of dielectric interfaces 198
Problems 201
References 204
Chapter 4 Magnetic and magnetotransport properties of nanoscale materials 207
4.1 Fundamentals of magnetism 207
4.1.1 Magnetic ions and magnetic ordering 207
4.1.2 Exchange interaction 208
4.1.3 Mean field theory of ferromagnetism 211
4.2 Size and surface effects in 3D confined systems 213
4.2.1 Quantization of electronic structures and the Kubo effect 214
4.2.2 Surface magnetism of transition noble metals 220
4.3 Ferromagnetic domain-wall-related phenomena 229
4.3.1 Macroscopic quantum tunneling in magnetic nanostructures 229
4.3.2 Electron scattering at domain walls: Quantum coherence 233
4.3.3 Spin current and spin transfer torque-current-induced domain wall motion 235
4.4 Spin transport in magnetic nanostructures: Magnetic interface effect 240
4.4.1 GMR and TMR effect: Spin-dependent scattering in multilayers and tunneling junctions 240
4.4.2 Spin accumulation and current-perpendicular-to-plane (CPP) GMR: Spin diffusion length 245
4.4.3 Spin Hall effect: Side jump and skew scattering due to spin-orbit coupling 249
Problems 253
References 253
Index 257
Preface vii
Acknowledgments ix
Authors xi
53.
図書
Stephen J. Fonash
出版情報:
Boston : Academic Press, c2010 xxviii, 353 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
List of Symbols
List of Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
Photovoltaic Energy Conversion / 1.1：
Solar Cells and Solar Energy Conversion / 1.2：
Solar Cell Applications / 1.3：
References
Material Properties and Device Physics Basic to Photovoltaics / 2：
Material Properties / 2.1：
Structure of solids / 2.2.1：
Phonon spectra of solids / 2.2.2：
Electron energy levels in solids / 2.2.3：
Optical phenomena in solids / 2.2.4：
Carrier recombination and trapping / 2.2.5：
Photocarrier generation / 2.2.6：
Transport / 2.3：
Transport processes in bulk solids / 2.3.1：
Transport processes at interfaces / 2.3.2：
Continuity concept / 2.3.3：
Electrostatics / 2.3.4：
The Mathematical System / 2.4：
Origins of Photovoltaic Action / 2.5：
Structures, Materials, and Scale / 3：
Basic Structures for Photovoltaic Action / 3.1：
General comments on band diagrams / 3.2.1：
Photovoltaic action arising from built-in electrostatic fields / 3.2.2：
Photovoltaic action arising from diffusion / 3.2.3：
Photovoltaic action arising from effective fields / 3.2.4：
Summary of practical structures / 3.2.5：
Key Materials / 3.3：
Absorber materials / 3.3.1：
Contact materials / 3.3.2：
Length Scale Effects for Materials and Structures / 3.4：
The role of scale in absorption and collection / 3.4.1：
Using the nano-scale to capture lost energy / 3.4.2：
The role of scale in light management / 3.4.3：
Homojunction Solar Cells / 4：
Overview of Homojunction Solar Cell Device Physics / 4.1：
The homojunction barrier region / 4.2.1：
Analysis of Homojunction Device Physics: Numerical Approach / 4.3：
Basic p-n homojunction / 4.3.1：
Addition of a front HT-EBL / 4.3.2：
Addition of a front HT-EBL and back ET-HBL / 4.3.3：
Addition of a front high-low junction / 4.3.4：
A p-i-n cell with a front HT-EBL and back ET-HBL / 4.3.5：
A p-i-n cell using a poor ?? absorber / 4.3.6：
Analysis of Homojunction Device Physics: Analytical Approach / 4.4：
Some Homojunction Configurations / 4.4.1：
Semiconductor-semiconductor Heterojunction Cells / 5：
Overview of Heterojunction Solar Cell Device Physics / 5.1：
The heterojunction barrier region / 5.2.1：
Analysis of Heterojunction Device Physics: Numerical Approach / 5.3：
Absorption by free electron-hole pair excitations / 5.3.1：
Absorption by exciton generation / 5.3.2：
Analysis of Heterojunction Device Physics: Analytical Approach / 5.4：
Absorption by free electron-hole excitations / 5.4.1：
Absorption by excitons / 5.4.2：
Some Heterojunction Configurations / 5.5：
Surface-barrier Solar Cells / 6：
Overview of Surface-barrier Solar Cell Device Physics / 6.1：
The surface-barrier region / 6.2.1：
Analysis of Surface-barrier Device Physics: Numerical Approach / 6.3：
Analysis of Surface-barrier Device Physics: Analytical Approach / 6.4：
Some Surface-barrier Configurations / 6.5：
Dye-sensitized Solar Cells / 7：
Overview of Dye-sensitized Solar Cell Device Physics / 7.1：
The dye-sensitized solar cell barrier region / 7.2.1：
Analysis of DSSC Device Physics: Numerical Approach / 7.3：
Some DSSC Configurations / 7.4：
The Absorption Coefficient / Appendix A：
Radiative Recombination / Appendix B：
Shockley-Read-Hall (Gap-state-assisted) Recombination / Appendix C：
Conduction- and Valence-band Transport / Appendix D：
The Quasi-neutral-region Assumption and Lifetime Semiconductors / Appendix E：
Determining p(x) and n(x) for the Space-charge-neutral Regions of a Homojunction / Appendix F：
Determining n(x) for the Space-charge-neutral Region of a Heterojunction p-type Bottom Material / Appendix G：
Index
Preface
Acknowledgments
List of Symbols
54.
図書
Pavel Broz
目次情報:
続きを見る
Basics / 1：
Polymer Materials for Biomedical Applications / Violeta Malinova ; Wolfgang MeierChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Polymers as biomaterials / 1.2：
Natural and Synthetic Polymers / 1.2.1：
Complicated Polymer Architectures / 1.2.2：
Factors Influencing the Polymer's Applicability in Biomedical Fields / 1.3：
References
Strategies for Transmembrane Passage of Polymer-based Nanostructures / Emmanuel O. AkalaChapter 2：
Peptides and Proteins Delivery / 2.1：
Gene Delivery / 2.1.2：
General Vaccines Delivery / 2.1.3：
Nanoparticles / 2.2：
Gastrointestinal Transepithelial Permeability of Polymer-based Nanostructures / 2.3：
Mechanisms of Transepithelial Transport of Nanoparticles / 2.3.2：
Strategies for Transepithelial Permeability of Polymer-based Nanostructures through the Paracellular Pathway / 2.3.3：
Strategies for Transepithelial Permeability of Polymer-based Nanostructures through the Transcellular Pathway / 2.3.4：
Strategy Based on the Understanding and the Use of the Right Animal Model and Conversion of Epithelial Cells to M Cells / 2.3.5：
Strategies for Gastrointestinal Delivery of Nanoparticles Using Bio-(Muco-) Adhesion Mechanism / 2.3.6：
The Use Permeability or Absorption Enhancers as a Strategy for Transepithelial Permeability of Nanoparticles / 2.3.7：
Strategy Based on the Influence of Particle Size on Transepithelial Permeability of Nanoparticles / 2.3.8：
Strategies Based on the Influence of Particle Surface Properties (Charge and Hydrophobicity) on Transepithelial Permeability of Nanoparticles / 2.3.9：
Strategies Based on Protein Transduction / 2.3.10：
Strategy for Permeability of Nanostructures Across Other Mucosal Epithelia / 2.4：
Transepithelial Permeability of Polymer-based Nanostructures Across the Lung Epithelium / 2.4.1：
Nasal Route / 2.4.2：
Ophthalmic Route / 2.4.3：
Strategies for Permeability of Polymer-based Nanostructures Across the Blood-Brain Barrier / 2.5：
Surfactant / 2.5.1：
Surface Charge / 2.5.2：
Particle Size / 2.5.3：
Antibody for Targeting the Blood-Brain Barrier / 2.5.4：
Lectin for Targeting the Blood-Brain Barrier / 2.5.5：
Nanogel for Targeted Delivery of Drugs Aand Macromolecules to the Brain / 2.5.6：
Nanoparticle Engineering for the Lymphatic System and Lymph Node Targeting / Seyed M. MoghimiChapter 3：
Nanoparticle Size / 3.1：
Nanoparticle Surface Engineering / 3.3：
Surface Modification with Serum / 3.3.1：
Surface Manipulation with Block Copolymers / 3.3.2：
Recent Trends in Vesicular Surface Engineering / 3.4：
Platform Nanotechnologies / 3.5：
Conclusions / 3.6：
Strategies for Intracellular Delivery of Polymer-based Nanosystems / Jaspreet K. Vasir ; Chiranjeevi Peetla ; Vinod LabhasetwarChapter 4：
Barriers to Cellular Transport of Nanosystems / 4.1：
Nanosystem-Cell Interactions and Cellular Internalization / 4.3：
Intracellular Trafficking of Nanosystems / 4.4：
Challenges / 4.5：
Strategies for Triggered Release from Polymer-based Nanostructures / Lucy Kind ; Mariusz GrzelakowskiChapter 5：
Stimuli Applied for Triggered Release / 5.1：
Temperature / 5.2.1：
pH / 5.2.2：
Other Stimuli / 5.2.3：
Polymer-Based Nanostructures for Diagnostic Applications / 2：
Polymeric Nanoparticles for Medical Imaging / Egidijus E. UzgirisChapter 6：
Polymeric Particles in Medical Imaging / 6.1：
MRI Contrast Agents / 6.1.2：
Type I, Linear Chains, Polylysine Backbone / 6.2：
Motivation / 6.2.1：
Synthesis and Conformation / 6.2.2：
Role of Electric Dipole Centers on the Polymer Chain / 6.2.3：
Scaling Law / 6.2.4：
Trans-endothelial Transport: the New Mechanism / 6.2.5：
Tumor Assessment / 6.2.6：
Type I, Linear Chains, Dextran Backbone / 6.3：
Motivation and Early Results / 6.3.1：
DOTA-lmked Dextran / 6.3.2：
New DTPA-dextran Constructs / 6.3.3：
Dextran Constructs for Nuclear and Optical Imaging / 6.3.4：
Summary / 6.3.5：
Type II, Dendrimers and Globular Particles / 6.4：
Structures and Synthesis of Principal Classes of Dendrimers for Imaging / 6.4.1：
Principal Characteristics of DTPA-dendrimers / 6.4.3：
The DOTA-linked Dendrimer, Gadomer 17 / 6.4.4：
Dendrimer Elimination and Safety / 6.4.5：
Applications / 6.4.6：
Other Constructs, Targeting, and CT / 6.4.7：
Globular Agents and Endothelial Pore Size Distribution / 6.5：
Tumor Endothelial Leakiness, Large Pore Dominance Model / 6.5.1：
Theoretical / 6.5.2：
Pore Size Distribution in Rat Mammary Tumors / 6.5.3：
PEG-linked Gd-DTPA-polylysine / 6.5.4：
Iron Oxide Nanopaiticles / 6.6：
Summary Overview / 6.6.1：
Developments / 6.6.2：
Labeling of Cells / 6.6.3：
Cell Trafficking / 6.6.4：
Cell Labeling II and Detection Limits / 6.6.5：
Lymphography / 6.6.6：
Gene Expression / 6.6.7：
Targeting / 6.6.8：
Polymeric Vesicles/Capsules for Diagnostic Applications in Medicine / Margaret A. Wheatley6.6.9：
Ex vivo Diagnostics / 7.1：
Polymeric Nanoparticles / 7.2.1：
Diagnostic Imaging / 7.3：
X-Ray / 7.3.1：
Magnetic Resonance Imaging-contrast / 7.3.2：
Ultrasound Contrast Agents / 7.3.3：
Optical Imaging / 7.3.4：
Radionuclide Imaging / 7.3.5：
Conclusion / 7.4：
Polymer-Based Nanostructures for Therapeutic Applications / 3：
Polymeric Micelles for Therapeutic Applications in Medicine / Vladimir P. TorchilinChapter 8：
Solubilization by Micelles / 8.1：
Polymeric Micelles / 8.3：
Micelle Preparation, Morphology, and Drug Loading / 8.4：
Drug-loaded Polymeric Micelles In vivo: Targeted and Stimuli-sensitive Micelles / 8.5：
Other Applications of Polymeric Micelles / 8.6：
Micelles in Immunology / 8.6.1：
Micelles as Carriers of Contrast Agents / 8.6.2：
Anti-Cancer Polymersomes / Shenshen Cai ; David A. Christian ; Manu Tewari ; Tamara Minko ; Dennis E. Discher8.7：
Polymersome Structure and Properties / 9.1：
Controlled Release Polymersomes / 9.3：
Small Molecule Chemotherapeutics for Shrinking Tumors / 9.4：
Efforts to Target Polymersomes / 9.5：
Conclusions and Opportune Comparisons to Copolymer Micelles / 9.6：
Polymer-Based Nanostructures with an Intelligent Functionality / 4：
Polymer-based Nanoreactors for Medical Applications / An Ranquin ; Caroline De Vocht ; Patrick Van GelderChapter 10：
The Nanoreactor Toolbox / 10.1：
Polymers / 10.2.1：
Channels and Enzymes used in Nanoreactors / 10.2.2：
Preparation Methods / 10.2.3：
Functionalized Reactors / 10.3：
Targeting Nanoreactors to Different Tissues / 10.3.1：
Controlling the Activity of the Nanoreactor / 10.3.2：
Cancer Therapy / 10.4：
Diagnostic Tools / 10.4.2：
Brain Delivery / 10.4.3：
Enzyme Replacement Therapy / 10.4.4：
Biosensors / 10.4.5：
Production of Crystals / 10.4.6：
Open Questions / 10.5：
Toxicity / 10.5.1：
Polymer Chemistry / 10.5.2：
Vesicle Shape / 10.5.3：
Endocytotic Mechanisms / 10.5.4：
Nanoparticles for Cancer Diagnosis and Therapy / Yong-Eun Lee Koo ; Daniel A. Orringer ; Raoul KopelmanChapter 11：
Cancer Facts/Problems / 11.1：
Nanoparticle Advantages for Cancer Therapy and Imaging / 11.1.2：
Nanoparticles for Therapy / 11.2：
Chemotherapy / 11.2.1：
Radiotherapy / 11.2.2：
Photo-dynamic Therapy / 11.2.3：
Thermotherapy / 11.2.4：
Nanoparticles for Imaging / 11.3：
Magnetic Resonance Imaging / 11.3.1：
X-Ray Computed Tomography / 11.3.2：
Bimodal Imaging: MRI and Fluorescence Imaging / 11.3.4：
Multitasking Nanoparticles for Integrated Imaging and Therapy / 11.4：
Summary and Future Challenges / 11.5：
Acknowledgements / 11.6：
Subject Index
Basics / 1：
Polymer Materials for Biomedical Applications / Violeta Malinova ; Wolfgang MeierChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
55.
図書
Henry S. Warren, Jr
出版情報:
Upper Saddle River, N.J. : Addison-Wesley, c2013 xvi, 494 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Notation / 1-1：
Instruction Set and Execution Time Model / 1-2：
Basics / Chapter 2：
Manipulating Rightmost Bits / 2-1：
Addition Combined with Logical Operations / 2-2：
Inequalities among Logical and Arithmetic Expressions / 2-3：
Absolute Value Function / 2-4：
Average of Two Integers / 2-5：
Sign Extension / 2-6：
Shift Right Signed from Unsigned / 2-7：
Sign Function / 2-8：
Three-Valued Compare Function / 2-9：
Transfer of Sign Function / 2-10：
Decoding a "Zero Means 2**n" Field / 2-11：
Comparison Predicates / 2-12：
Overflow Detection / 2-13：
Condition Code Result of Add, Subtract, and Multiply / 2-14：
Rotate Shifts / 2-15：
Double-Length Add/Subtract / 2-16：
Double-Length Shifts / 2-17：
Multibyte Add, Subtract, Absolute Value / 2-18：
Doz, Max, Min / 2-19：
Exchanging Registers / 2-20：
Alternating among Two or More Values / 2-21：
A Boolean Decomposition Formula / 2-22：
Implementing Instructions for all 16 Binary Boolean Operations / 2-23：
Power-of-2 Boundaries / Chapter 3：
Rounding Up/Down to a Multiple of a Known Power of 2 / 3-1：
Rounding Up/Down to the Next Power of 2 / 3-2：
Detecting a Power-of-2 Boundary Crossing / 3-3：
Arithmetic Bounds / Chapter 4：
Checking Bounds of Integers / 4-1：
Propagating Bounds through Add's and SubtractÆs / 4-2：
Propagating Bounds through Logical Operations / 4-3：
Counting Bits / Chapter 5：
Counting 1-Bits / 5-1：
Parity / 5-2：
Counting Leading 0's / 5-3：
Counting Trailing 0's / 5-4：
Searching Words / Chapter 6：
Find First 0-Byte / 6-1：
Find First String of 1-Bits of a Given Length / 6-2：
Find Longest String of 1-Bits / 6-3：
Find Shortest String of 1-Bits / 6-4：
Rearranging Bits and Bytes / Chapter 7：
Reversing Bits and Bytes / 7-1：
Shuffling Bits / 7-2：
Transposing a Bit Matrix / 7-3：
Compress, or Generalized Extract / 7-4：
Expand, or Generalized Insert / 7-5：
Hardware Algorithms for Compress and Expand / 7-6：
General Permutations, Sheep and Goats Operation / 7-7：
Rearrangements and Index Transformations / 7-8：
An LRU Algorithm / 7-9：
Multiplication / Chapter 8：
Multiword Multiplication / 8-1：
High-Order Half of 64-Bit Product / 8-2：
High-Order Product Signed from/to Unsigned / 8-3：
Multiplication by Constants / 8-4：
Integer Division / Chapter 9：
Preliminaries / 9-1：
Multiword Division / 9-2：
Unsigned Short Division from Signed Division / 9-3：
Unsigned Long Division / 9-4：
Doubleword Division from Long Division / 9-5：
Integer Division by Constants / Chapter 10：
Signed Division by a Known Power of 2 / 10-1：
Signed Remainder from Division by a Known Power of 2 / 10-2：
Signed Division and Remainder by Non-Powers of 2 / 10-3：
Signed Division by Divisors > 2 / 10-4：
Signed Division by Divisors ≤-2 / 10-5：
Incorporation into a Compiler / 10-6：
Miscellaneous Topics / 10-7：
Unsigned Division / 10-8：
Unsigned Division by Divisors ≥ 1 / 10-9：
Incorporation into a Compiler (Unsigned) / 10-10：
Miscellaneous Topics (Unsigned) / 10-11：
Applicability to Modulus and Floor Division / 10-12：
Similar Methods / 10-13：
Sample Magic Numbers / 10-14：
Simple Code in Python / 10-15：
Exact Division by Constants / 10-16：
Test for Zero Remainder after Division by a Constant / 10-17：
Methods Not Using Multiply High / 10-18：
Remainder by Summing Digits / 10-19：
Remainder by Multiplication and Shifting Right / 10-20：
Converting to Exact Division / 10-21：
A Timing Test / 10-22：
A Circuit for Dividing by 3 / 10-23：
Some Elementary Functions / Chapter 11：
Integer Square Root / 11-1：
Integer Cube Root / 11-2：
Integer Exponentiation / 11-3：
Integer Logarithm / 11-4：
Unusual Bases for Number Systems / Chapter 12：
Base-2 / 12-1：
Base-l + i / 12-2：
Other Bases / 12-3：
What Is the Most Efficient Base? / 12-4：
Gray Code / Chapter 13：
Incrementing a Gray-Coded Integer / 13-1：
Negabinary Gray Code / 13-3：
Brief History and Applications / 13-4：
Cyclic Redundancy Check / Chapter 14：
Theory / 14-1：
Practice / 14-3：
Error-correcting codes / Chapter 15：
The Hamming Code / 15-1：
Software for SEC-DED on 32 Information Bits / 15-3：
Error Correction Considered More Generally / 15-4：
Hilbert's Curve / Chapter 16：
A Recursive Algorithm for Generating the Hilbert Curve / 16-1：
Coordinates from Distance along the Hilbert Curve / 16-2：
Distance from Coordinates on the Hilbert Curve / 16-3：
Incrementing the Coordinates on the Hilbert Curve / 16-4：
Non-Recursive Generating Algorithms / 16-5：
Other Space-Filling Curves / 16-6：
Applications / 16-7：
Floating-Point / Chapter 17：
IEEE Format / 17-1：
Floating-Point To/From Integer Conversions / 17-2：
Comparing Floating-Point Numbers Using Integer Operations / 17-3：
An Approximate Reciprocal Square Root Routine / 17-4：
The Distribution of Leading Digits / 17-5：
Table of Miscellaneous Values / 17-6：
Formulas for Primes / Chapter 18：
Willans's Formulas / 18-1：
Wormell's Formula / 18-3：
Formulas for Other Difficult Functions / 18-4：
Answers to Exercises
Arithmetic Tables for a 4-Bit Machine / Appendix A：
Newton's Method / Appendix B：
A Gallery of Graphs of Discrete Functions / Appendix C：
Plots of Logical Operations on Integers / C-1：
Plots of Addition, Subtraction, and Multiplication / C-2：
Plots of Functions Involving Division / C-3：
Plots of the Compress, SAG, and Rotate Left Functions / C-4：
2D Plots of Some Unary Functions / C-5：
Bibliography
Index
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / Chapter 1：
56.
図書
Ivo Babuška, John R. Whiteman, Theofanis Strouboulis
出版情報:
Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2011 xii, 323 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The finite element method / 1.1：
Mathematical model / 1.2：
Validation and verification / 1.3：
The finite element method, error analysis and estimation and its role in the processes of verification and validation / 1.4：
The purpose of this book and its layout / 1.5：
Literature / 1.6：
Formulations of the problems / 2：
One-dimensional deformation of an elastic bar and one-dimensional heat conduction / 2.1：
Classical differential equation formulation of the bar problem / 2.1.1：
The principle of virtual work and weak formulation / 2.1.2：
The principle of minimization of energy / 2.1.3：
One-dimensional heat transfer / 2.1.4：
Engineering application, one-dimensional heat-transfer problem / 2.1.5：
Two-dimensional heat-conduction problem / 2.2：
Classical partial differential equation formulation / 2.2.1：
Weak formulation / 2.2.2：
Engineering application; two-dimensional heat-transfer problem / 2.2.3：
Finite element methods / 3：
The Galerkin method / 3.1：
One-dimensional finite element method / 3.3：
The finite element method with piecewise linear functions / 3.3.1：
Implementation: one-dimensional problem with piecewise linear basis functions / 3.3.2：
Complete process for one-dimensional problem / 3.3.3：
The finite element method with piecewise quadratic functions / 3.3.4：
Engineering application: one-dimensional heat-transfer problem / 3.3.5：
Two-dimensional finite element method / 3.4：
Two benchmark problems / 3.4.1：
Engineering application: two-dimensional heat transfer-problems / 3.4.4：
Best approximation property of the finite element solutions / 3.5：
Interpolation and its error / 4：
Estimate of interpolation error on a single element in one dimension / 4.1：
Estimate of interpolation error on a single element in two dimensions / 4.2：
a priori estimates of the error of the finite element solution in the energy norm / 5：
Introduction to a priori error analysis / 5.1：
Error of the finite element solution in one dimension / 5.1.1：
Error analysis for the one-dimensional engineering problem of Section 3.3.5 / 5.1.2：
Two-dimensional problems / 5.2：
Error of the finite element solution in two dimensions / 5.2.1：
Error analysis for Benchmark Problems 1 and 2 / 5.2.2：
Error analysis for the two-dimensional heat-transfer problem; 2D Eng Problem / 5.2.3：
Functionals and superconvergence / 6：
One-dimensional problems / 6.1：
Error in the functionals in one dimension / 6.1.1：
Local character of the error and pollution / 6.1.2：
Superconvergence in one dimension / 6.1.3：
Engineering application; one-dimensional heat-transfer problem / 6.1.4：
The error in the functional / 6.2：
Local character of the error / 6.2.2：
Superconvergence in two dimensions / 6.2.3：
Engineering application: two-dimensional heat-transfer problem / 6.2.4：
a posteriori error estimates / 7：
Error indicators and estimators in one dimension / 7.1：
The Dirichlet element-based error estimator / 7.1.1：
The Neumann element-based error estimator / 7.1.2：
The performance of the Neumann element-based error estimator / 7.1.3：
The Dirichlet subdomain (patch) estimator / 7.1.4：
The Neumann subdomain (patch) estimator / 7.1.5：
The performance of the Neumann subdomain estimators for the one-dimensional engineering problems / 7.1.6：
Averaging-based error indicators and estimators / 7.1.7：
The performance of the ZZ-estimator for the one-dimensional engineering problems / 7.1.8：
The Richardson error estimator / 7.1.9：
The performance of the Richardson estimator / 7.1.10：
Error indicators and estimators in two dimensions / 7.2：
The performance of the Neumann element-based estimator / 7.2.1：
The Dirichlet subdomain (patch)"estimator / 7.2.4：
The performance of the Neumann subdomain (patch) estimator / 7.2.5：
Averaging-based indicators and estimators (ZZ) / 7.2.7：
The performance of the ZZ-estimator / 7.2.8：
The Richardson error estimator and its performance / 7.2.9：
Comparison of the various error estimates / 7.3：
The Neumann element error estimator / 7.3.1：
The Neumann subdomain error estimator / 7.3.2：
Averaging-based error estimators / 7.3.3：
a posteriori error estimations for the 2D engineering problem / 7.3.4：
The Neumann element-based estimator / 7.4.1：
Performance of the Neumann estimator / 7.4.2：
Performance of the ZZ-estimator / 7.4.3：
Performance of the Dirichlet subdomain estimator / 7.4.4：
Performance of the Richardson estimator / 7.4.5：
The performance of the a posteriori error estimators / 7.4.6：
Recommendations for approaching error estimation / 7.4.7：
a posteriori estimation of errors in the functional / 7.5：
Adaptive finite element methods / 7.6：
A note on verification
Epilogue
Appendix: A
Linear spaces, normed linear spaces, linear functionals, bilinear forms / A.1：
Linear space / A.1.1：
Normed linear space / A.1.2：
Inner product spaces / A.1.3：
Schwaxz inequality / A.1.4：
Convergence, completeness and Hilbert spaces / A.2：
Convergence / A.2.1：
Cauchy sequence / A.2.2：
Hilbert space / A.2.3：
Linear functionals and bilinear forms / A.3：
Linear functionals / A.3.1：
Bilinear forms / A.3.2：
The Lax-Milgram lemma / A.3.3：
Bibliography
Index
Introduction / 1：
The finite element method / 1.1：
Mathematical model / 1.2：
57.
図書
Eugene Charniak
出版情報:
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press, c2018 xii, 174 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Feed-Forward Neural Nets / 1：
Perceptrons / 1.1：
Cross-entropy Loss Functions for Neural Nets / 1.2：
Derivatives and Stochastic Gradient Descent / 1.3：
Writing Our Program / 1.4：
Matrix Representation of Neural Nets / 1.5：
Data Independence / 1.6：
References and Further Readings / 1.7：
Written Exercises / 1.8：
Tensorflow / 2：
Tensorflow Preliminaries / 2.1：
A TF Program / 2.2：
Multilayered NNs / 2.3：
Other Pieces / 2.4：
Checkpointing / 2.4.1：
Tensordot / 2.4.2：
Initialization of TF Variables / 2.4.3：
Simplifying TF Graph Creation / 2.4.4：
Convolutional Neural Networks / 2.5：
Filters, Strides, and Padding / 3.1：
A Simple TF Convolution Example / 3.2：
Multilevel Convolution / 3.3：
Convolution Details / 3.4：
Biases / 3.4.1：
Layers with Convolution / 3.4.2：
Pooling / 3.4.3：
Word Embeddings and Recurrent. NNs / 3.5：
Word Embeddings for Language Models / 4.1：
Building Feed-Forward Language Models / 4.2：
Improving Feed-Forward Language Models / 4.3：
Overfitting / 4.4：
Recurrent Networks / 4.5：
Long Short-Term Memory / 4.6：
Sequence-to-Sequence Learning / 4.7：
The Seq2Seq Paradigm / 5.1：
Writing a Seq2Seq MT program / 5.2：
Attention in Seq2seq / 5.3：
Multilength Seq2Seq / 5.4：
Programming Exercise / 5.5：
Deep Reinforcement Learning / 5.6：
Value Iteration / 6.1：
Q-learning / 6.2：
Basic Deep-Q Learning / 6.3：
Policy Gradient Methods / 6.4：
Actor-Critic Methods / 6.5：
Experience Replay / 6.6：
Unsupervised Neural-Network Models / 6.7：
Basic Autoencoding / 7.1：
Convolutional Autoencoding / 7.2：
Variational Autoencoding / 7.3：
Generative Adversarial Networks / 7.4：
Answers to Selected Exercises / 7.5：
Chapter 1 / A.1：
Chapter 2 / A.2：
Chapter 3 / A.3：
Chapter 4 / A.4：
Chapter 5 / A.5：
Chapter 6 / A.6：
Chapter 7 / A.7：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Feed-Forward Neural Nets / 1：
Perceptrons / 1.1：
58.
図書
Arun Shukla, Guruswami Ravichandran, Yapa D.S. Rajapakse, editors
出版情報:
New York : Springer, c2010 xiv, 408 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Dynamic Characterization of Soft Materials / Weinong W. Chen ; Bo Song1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Conventional Kolsky Bar / 1.2：
Modified Kolsky Bar for Characterizing Soft Materials / 1.3：
Weak Transmitted Signal Measurement / 1.3.1：
Inertia Effects / 1.3.2：
Pulse-Shaping Technique for Kolsky-Bar Experiments on Soft Specimens / 1.3.3：
Upper Limit in Strain Rates / 1.4：
Single-Loading Feature / 1.5：
Experiments at Intermediate Strain Rates / 1.6：
Summary / 1.7：
References
Dynamic Shear Failure of Materials / D. Rittel2：
Dynamic Shear Testing / 2.1：
Experimental Considerations / 2.2.1：
Selected Dynamic Shear Studies Using the SCS / 2.2.2：
Dynamic Shear Failure / 2.3：
Some Facts on Adiabatic Shear Failure / 2.3.1：
Conclusions / 2.4：
Dynamic Response of Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polymer Composites Under Shock Wave Loading / Fuping Yuan ; Liren Tsai ; Vikas Prakash ; Dattatraya P. Dandekar ; A.M. Rajendran3：
Analytical Analysis / 3.1：
Wave Propagation in Elastic-Viscoelastic Bilaminates / 3.2.1：
Solution at Wave Front: Elastic Precursor Decay / 3.2.2：
Late-Time Asymptotic Solution / 3.2.3：
Plate Impact Experiments on GRP Composites / 3.3：
Material: GRP Composites / 3.3.1：
Plate Impact Shock Compression Experiments: Experimental Configuration / 3.3.2：
Plate Impact Spall Experiments: Experimental Configuration / 3.3.3：
Shock-Reshock and Shock Release Experiments: Experimental Configuration / 3.3.4：
Target Assembly / 3.4：
Experimental Results and Discussion / 3.5：
Plate Impact Shock Compression Experiments / 3.5.1：
Plate Impact Spall Experiments / 3.5.2：
Shock-Reshock and Shock Release Experiments on S2-Glass GRP / 3.5.3：
Dynamic Compressive Strengths of Polymeric Composites: Testing and Modeling / C.T. Sun ; Jialin Tsai3.6：
Models for Predicting Compressive Failure / 4.1：
The Kink Band Model / 4.2.1：
Microbuckling Model / 4.2.2：
Dynamic Microbuckling Model / 4.3：
Derivation of Rate-Dependent Tangent Shear Modulus / 4.3.1：
Dynamic Microbuckling Model for Off-Axis Specimens / 4.3.2：
Comparison of Microbuckling Model and Kink Band Model / 4.3.3：
Effect of Shear Stress on Compressive Strength / 4.3.4：
Compressive Failure Tests / 4.4：
Compressive Test on 0° Composite Specimen / 4.4.1：
Compressive Test on Off-Axis Specimens / 4.4.2：
Experimental Results of Off-Axis Specimens / 4.4.3：
Longitudinal Compressive Strength / 4.5：
Conclusion / 4.6：
Transverse Response of Unidirectional Composites Under a Wide Range of Confinements and Strain Rates / Theresa H. Kidd ; Murat Vural ; Guruswami Ravichandran5：
Experimental / 5.1：
Materials / 5.2.1：
Low Strain Rate Testing / 5.2.2：
High Strain Rate Testing / 5.2.3：
Confinement / 5.2.4：
Confinement Method for Low Strain Rate Loading / 5.2.5：
Varying Confinement with Polycarbonate Pads Inserts / 5.2.6：
High Strain Rate Confinement Method / 5.2.7：
Low Strain Rate Results / 5.3：
High Strain Rate Results / 5.4：
Shock Loading and Failure of Fluid-filled Tubular Structures / Joseph E. Shepherd ; Kazuaki Inaba5.5：
Korteweg Model of Wave Propagation / 6.1：
Limiting Cases of FSI / 6.3：
Thick, Stiff Tube ? 1/21 / 6.3.1：
Coupled Fluid Motion and Tube Deformation, ? = 0(1) / 6.3.2：
Thin, Flexible Tube ? " 1 / 6.3.3：
Experimental Results / 6.4：
Small Coupling / 6.4.1：
Elastic Motions / 6.4.2：
Plastic Motions / 6.4.3：
High Explosives / 6.4.4：
Moderate Coupling / 6.5：
Elastic Waves / 6.5.1：
Plastic Deformation / 6.5.2：
Composite and Polymer Tubes / 6.5.3：
Appendix / 6.6：
Impact Response and Damage Tolerance of Composite Sandwich Structures / Isaac M. Daniel7：
Sandwich Materials Investigated / 7.1：
Facesheet Materials / 7.2.1：
Core Materials / 7.2.2：
Sandwich Beams under Low Velocity Impact / 7.3：
Sandwich Beam Testing / 7.3.1：
Load Histories / 7.3.2：
Strain Histories / 7.3.3：
Modeling / 7.3.4：
Damage Mechanisms / 7.3.5：
Sandwich Panels under Low Velocity Impact / 7.4：
Experimental Procedures / 7.4.1：
Quasi-Static Behavior / 7.4.3：
Behavior under Low Velocity Impact / 7.4.4：
Damage Evaluation / 7.4.5：
Post-Impact Behavior of Composite Sandwich Panels / 7.5：
Experimental Procedure / 7.5.1：
Results and Discussion / 7.5.3：
Failure of Polymer-Based Sandwich Composites Under Shock Loading / Srinivasan Arjun Tekalur ; Arun Shukla7.6：
Material Systems / 8.1：
E-glass Vinyl Ester Composite / 8.2.1：
Carbon Fiber Vinyl Ester Composite / 8.2.2：
Polyurea Layered Materials / 8.2.3：
Polyurea Sandwich Composites / 8.2.4：
Sandwich Composites with 3D Woven Skin / 8.2.5：
Core Reinforced Sandwich Composites / 8.2.6：
Experimental Setup / 8.3：
Shock Tube / 8.3.1：
Loading and Boundary Conditions / 8.3.2：
High-Speed Imaging / 8.3.3：
Blast Resistance of Laminated Composites / 8.4：
Blast Resistance of Layered Composites / 8.5：
PU/EVE Layered Material / 8.5.1：
EVE/PU Layered Material / 8.5.2：
Blast Resistance of Sandwich Composites / 8.6：
Polyurea-based Sandwich Composites / 8.6.1：
Sandwich Composites with 3D Skin and Polymer Foam Core / 8.6.2：
Fiber-Metal Laminate Panels Subjected to Blast Loading / G.S. Langdon ; G.N. Nurick ; D. Karagiozova ; W.J. Cantwell8.7：
Blast Loading Studies on FMLs: Defining the Structural Materials / 9.1：
Important Properties of FMLs / 9.2.1：
Naming Convention / 9.2.3：
Localized Blast Loading Response / 9.3：
Overview of Test Programme / 9.3.1：
Results / 9.3.2：
Uniformly Distributed Blast Response / 9.4：
Combining the Results / 9.4.1：
Modeling Challenges / 9.6：
Comparison with Experiments / 9.6.2：
Blast Response of FMLs Based on Other Composites / 9.7：
Glass Fiber PolyAmide 6,6 (GFPA) / 9.7.1：
Glass Fiber Epoxy (GLARE©) / 9.7.2：
Comparing Different Types of FML Panels / 9.7.3：
Research Opportunities / 9.8：
Sandwich Panels Subjected to Blast Loading / S. Chung Kim Yuen ; M.D. Theobald9.9：
Sacrificial Cladding / 10.1：
Sandwich Panels / 10.1.2：
Blast Loading Conditions / 10.2：
Air Blast Loading / 10.2.1：
Underwater Blast Loading / 10.2.2：
Simulated Blast Load / 10.2.3：
Sandwich Panels with Cellular Cores / 10.3：
Mechanical Properties of Cellular Materials / 10.3.1：
Sandwich Panels with Honeycomb Cores / 10.3.2：
Sandwich Panels with Foam Cores / 10.3.3：
Sandwich Panels with Micro-Architectured Cores / 10.4：
Cores Manufactured Using Tooling / 10.4.1：
Cores Manufactured Using Selective Laser Melting / 10.4.2：
Sandwich Panels with Macro-Architectured Cores / 10.5：
Future Work / 10.6：
Advanced Numerical Simulation of Failure in Solids Under Blast and Ballistic Loading: A Review / 10.7：
Background / 11.1：
Projectile Penetration / 11.2.1：
Blast Response of Structures / 11.2.2：
Experimental Validation / 11.3：
Diagnostic Penetration Experiment / 11.3.1：
Modeling Requirements / 11.4：
Advances in Cohesive Zone Modeling of Dynamic Fracture / Andrew Seagraves ; Raúl Radovitzky11.5：
Origins of the Cohesive Zone Approach / 12.1：
Finite Element Implementation Using Interface Elements / 12.3：
Intrinsic Approach / 12.4：
The Polynomial Potential Law / 12.4.1：
The Exponential Potential Law / 12.4.2：
Intrinsic Laws for Ductile Fracture / 12.4.3：
Application of the Intrinsic Approach to Brittle Fracture / 12.4.4：
Issues with the Intrinsic Approach / 12.4.5：
Extrinsic Approach / 12.5：
Linear Irreversible Softening Law / 12.5.1：
Applications of the Extrinsic Approach / 12.5.2：
Issues with the Extrinsic Approach / 12.5.3：
Discontinuous Galerkin Formulation of Cohesive Zone Models / 12.6：
Motivation / 12.6.1：
The Discontinuous Galerkin Framework / 12.6.2：
Application: Ceramic Spall Test / 12.6.3：
Conclusions and Recommendations for Future Work / 12.7：
Computational Challenges / 12.7.1：
Extrinsic vs. Intrinsic Cohesive Laws and Associated Open Problems / 12.7.2：
Index
Dynamic Characterization of Soft Materials / Weinong W. Chen ; Bo Song1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Conventional Kolsky Bar / 1.2：
59.
図書
Susumu Tachi
出版情報:
Singapore : World Scientific, c2015 xv, 277 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
About the Author
Preface
Virtual Reality and Telexistence / 1：
What is Telexistence and What is Virtual Reality / 1.1：
Telexistence in the Real World and in Virtual Worlds / 1.2：
Telexistence in the Real World / 1.2.1：
Telexistence in Virtual Worlds / 1.2.2：
Applications of Telexistence / 1.2.3：
Organization of Telexistence and/or Virtual Reality Systems / 1.3：
Virtual Reality as a Human Tool for 3Cs and 3Es / 1.4：
Control / 1.4.1：
Communication / 1.4.2：
Creation / 1.4.3：
Experience/Education / 1.4.4：
Elucidation / 1.4.5：
Entertainment / 1.4.6：
Virtual Reality Convergence / 1.5：
Generations and Design Philosophies of Robots / 2：
Generations of Robots / 2.1：
Design Philosophies in Robotics / 2.2：
Human Augmentation / 2.3：
Sensory Augmentation / 2.3.1：
Intellectual Augmentation / 2.3.2：
Motion Augmentation / 2.3.3：
Space/Time Augmentation / 2.3.4：
Telexistence / 3：
Short History of Telexistence / 3.1：
Augmented Telexistence / 3.2：
R-Cubed / 3.3：
Humanoid Robotics Project: HRP / 3.4：
Mutual Telexistence Communication System: TELESAR II & IV / 3.5：
Telexistence Avatar Robot System: TELESAR V / 3.6：
Fundamental Technologies for Telexistence / 4：
Telexistence Visual Display / 4.1：
Design Concept of Telexistence Visual Display / 4.1.1：
Design Method and Procedures of Telexistence Visual Display / 4.1.2：
Visual Display Prototypes / 4.1.3：
Visual Display Unit / 4.1.3.1：
Experimental Visual Display System / 4.1.3.2：
Evaluation of the Visual Display / 4.1.4：
Horopters and Their Expression / 4.1.4.1：
Experiment / 4.1.4.2：
Summary / 4.1.5：
Mobile Telexistence System / 4.2：
System Configuration / 4.2.1：
Experiments / 4.2.2：
Design and Quantitative Evaluation of Telexistence Manipulation System / 4.2.3：
Telexistence Manipulation System / 4.3.1：
Manipulation Experiments / 4.3.2：
Construction of Virtual Haptic Space / 4.3.3：
Construction Method for Encounter-Type Virtual Haptic Space / 4.4.1：
Active Environment Display / 4.4.1.1：
Shape Approximation Device / 4.4.1.2：
Test Hardware / 4.4.2：
Electrocutaneous Communication / 4.4.3：
Perceived Magnitude Sensation / 4.5.1：
Channel Capacity / 4.5.2：
Phantom Sensation / 4.5.3：
Retroreflective Projection Technology (RPT) / 5：
Principle of Retroreflective Projection Technology / 5.1：
RPT-Based Head Mounted Projector / 5.2：
RPT Applications / 5.3：
Mutual Telexistence Using RPT / 6：
Mutual Telexistence / 6.1：
Experimental Hardware System / 6.2：
Preliminary Mutual Telexistence Hardware System / 6.2.1：
Mutual Telexistence Master-Slave System, for Communication / 6.2.2：
Telexistence Surrogate Anthropomorphic Robot II / 6.3.1：
Slave Robot Arm / 6.3.1.1：
Slave Robot Hand / 6.3.1.2：
Telexistence Cockpit / 6.3.2：
Master Arm / 6.3.2.1：
Master Hand / 6.3.2.2：
3D Display System / 6.3.2.3：
RPT Viewer System / 6.3.3：
Feasibility Experiments / 6.3.4：
Telexistence Communication Using TWISTER: Telexistence Wide-angle Immersive STEReoscope / 6.3.5：
Face-to-Face Communication / 7.1：
Concept of Mutual Telexistence Using TWISTER / 7.2：
Development of TWISTER / 7.3：
Principles of TWISTER / 7.4：
Movable Parallax Barrier / 7.4.1：
Rendering / 7.4.2：
Image Capture / 7.4.3：
Capture and Display / 7.4.4：
Robotic Mutual Telexistence Using TWISTER / 7.4.5：
Omnistereo Camera System for TWISTER / 7.4.6：
Face-to-Face Telexistence Communication using TWISTER Booths / 7.5：
Omnidirectional-3D Audiovisual Presentation System / 7.5.1：
Virtual Environment and Avatars with Physicality / 7.5.2：
Three-Dimensional Facial Capture System / 7.5.3：
Motion Capture System / 7.5.4：
Integrated System / 7.5.5：
Verification of the Telecommunication System / 7.5.6：
Mutual Telexistence Surrogate Robot System: TELESAR IV / 7.6：
General Design of TELESAR IV System / 7.6.1：
TELESAR IV System Configuration / 7.6.2：
Functional Experiments on TELEXSAR IV / 7.6.3：
Total Demonstration and Summary on TELESAR IV / 7.6.4：
Haptic VR and Haptic Telexistence / 7.7：
Haptic Media / 8.1：
Haptic Primary Color Model / 8.2：
Haptic Information Display / 8.3：
Normal/Tangential Force Display: Gravity Grabber / 8.3.1：
Vibration Sensor and Display: TECHTILE Toolkit / 8.3.2：
Thermal Sensor and Display / 8.3.3：
Development of 53-DOF Human-Size Anthropomorphic Robot / 8.4：
Development of Wide-Angle HD Stereovision System / 8.4.2：
Development of Thermal and Haptic Transfer System / 8.4.3：
Editing and Creation of Haptic Information / 8.5：
Haptic Editor / 8.5.1：
Tangible Visuo-Haptic 3D Display / 8.5.2：
RePro3D: RPT-Based Full-Parallax Auto stereoscopic 3D / 8.6：
Future Perspective / 9：
Out-of-the-Body Experience / 9.1：
Impact of Telexistence on Daily Life / 9.2：
Open Problems of Telexistence / 9.3：
Telexistence in the Future / 9.4：
Telexistence and Society / 9.5：
Figures in Color / Appendix A：
Bibliography
Index
About the Author
Preface
Virtual Reality and Telexistence / 1：
60.
図書
P.O.J. Scherer, Sighart F. Fischer
目次情報:
続きを見る
Statistical Mechanics of Biopolymers / Part I：
Random Walk Models for the Conformation / 1：
The Freely Jointed Chain / 1.1：
Entropic Elasticity / 1.1.1：
Force-Extension Relation / 1.1.2：
Two-Component Model / 1.2：
Two-Component Model with Interactions / 1.2.1：
Problems
Flory-Huggins Theory for Biopolymer Solutions / 2：
Monomeric Solution / 2.1：
Polymeric Solution / 2.2：
Phase Transitions / 2.3：
Stability Criterion / 2.3.1：
Critical Coupling / 2.3.2：
Phase Diagram / 2.3.3：
Protein Electrostatics and Solvation / Part II：
Implicit Continuum Solvent Models / 3：
Potential of Mean Force / 3.1：
Dielectric Continuum Model / 3.2：
Born Model / 3.3：
Charges in a Protein / 3.4：
Generalized Born Models / 3.5：
Debye-Hückel Theory / 4：
Electrostatic Shielding by Mobile Charges / 4.1：
1-1 Electrolytes / 4.2：
Charged Sphere / 4.3：
Charged Cylinder / 4.4：
Charged Membrane (Goüy-Chapman Double Layer) / 4.5：
Stern Modification of the Double Layer / 4.6：
Protonation Equilibria / 5：
Protonation Equilibria in Solution / 5.1：
Protonation Equilibria in Proteins / 5.2：
Protonation Enthalpy / 5.2.1：
Protonation Enthalpy Relative to the Uncharged State / 5.2.3：
Statistical Mechanics of Protonation / 5.2.4：
Abnormal Titration Curves of Coupled Residues / 5.3：
Reaction Kinetics / Part III：
Formal Kinetics / 6：
Elementary Chemical Reactions / 6.1：
Reaction Variable and Reaction Rate / 6.2：
Reaction Order / 6.3：
Zero-Order Reactions / 6.3.1：
First-Order Reactions / 6.3.2：
Second-Order Reactions / 6.3.3：
Dynamical Equilibrium / 6.4：
Competing Reactions / 6.5：
Consecutive Reactions / 6.6：
Enzymatic Catalysis / 6.7：
Reactions in Solutions / 6.8：
Diffusion-Controlled Limit / 6.8.1：
Reaction-Controlled Limit / 6.8.2：
Kinetic Theory: Fokker-Planck Equation / 7：
Stochastic Differential Equation for Brownian Motion / 7.1：
Probability Distribution / 7.2：
Diffusion / 7.3：
Sharp Initial Distribution / 7.3.1：
Absorbing Boundary / 7.3.2：
Fokker-Planck Equation for Brownian Motion / 7.4：
Stationary Solution to the Focker-Planck Equation / 7.5：
Diffusion in an External Potential / 7.6：
Large Friction Limit: Smoluchowski Equation / 7.7：
Master Equation / 7.8：
Kramers' Theory / 8：
Kramers' Model / 8.1：
Kramers' Calculation of the Reaction Rate / 8.2：
Dispersive Kinetics / 9：
Dichotomous Model / 9.1：
Fast Solvent Fluctuations / 9.1.1：
Slow Solvent Fluctuations / 9.1.2：
Numerical Example (Fig. 9.3) / 9.1.3：
Continuous Time Random Walk Processes / 9.2：
Formulation of the Model / 9.2.1：
Exponential Waiting Time Distribution / 9.2.2：
Coupled Equations / 9.2.3：
Power Time Law Kinetics / 9.3：
Transport Processes / Part IV：
Nonequilibrium Thermodynamics / 10：
Continuity Equation for the Mass Density / 10.1：
Energy Conservation / 10.2：
Entropy Production / 10.3：
Phenomenological Relations / 10.4：
Stationary States / 10.5：
Simple Transport Processes / 11：
Heat Transport / 11.1：
Diffusion in an External Electric Field / 11.2：
Ion Transport Through a Membrane / 12：
Diffusive Transport / 12.1：
Goldman-Hodgkin-Katz Model / 12.2：
Hodgkin-Huxley Model / 12.3：
Reaction-Diffusion Systems / 13：
Derivation / 13.1：
Linearization / 13.2：
Fitzhugh-Nagumo Model / 13.3：
Reaction Rate Theory / Part V：
Equilibrium Reactions / 14：
Arrhenius Law / 14.1：
Statistical Interpretation of the Equilibrium Constant / 14.2：
Calculation of Reaction Rates / 15：
Collision Theory / 15.1：
Transition State Theory / 15.2：
Comparison Between Collision Theory and Transition State Theory / 15.3：
Thermodynamical Formulation of TSt / 15.4：
Kinetic Isotope Effects / 15.5：
General Rate Expressions / 15.6：
The Flux Operator / 15.6.1：
Marcus Theory of Electron Transfer / 16：
Phenomenological Description of ET / 16.1：
Simple Explanation of Marcus Theory / 16.2：
Free Energy Contribution of the Nonequilibrium Polarization / 16.3：
Activation Energy / 16.4：
Simple Model Systems / 16.5：
Charge Separation / 16.5.1：
Charge Shift / 16.5.2：
The Energy Gap as the Reaction Coordinate / 16.6：
Inner-Shell Reorganization / 16.7：
The Transmission Coefficient for Nonadiabatic Electron Transfer / 16.8：
Elementary Photophysics / Part VI：
Molecular States / 17：
Born-Oppenheimer Separation / 17.1：
Nonadiabatic Interaction / 17.2：
Optical Transitions / 18：
Dipole Transitions in the Condon Approximation / 18.1：
Time Correlation Function Formalism / 18.2：
The Displaced Harmonic Oscillator Model / 19：
The Time Correlation Function in the Displaced Harmonic Oscillator Approximation / 19.1：
High-Frequency Modes / 19.2：
The Short-Time Approximation / 19.3：
Spectral Diffusion / 20：
Dephasing / 20.1：
Gaussian Fluctuations / 20.2：
Long Correlation Time / 20.2.1：
Short Correlation Time / 20.2.2：
Markovian Modulation / 20.3：
Crossing of Two Electronic States / 21：
Adiabatic and Diabatic States / 21.1：
Semiclassical Treatment / 21.2：
Application to Diabatic Et / 21.3：
Crossing in More Dimensions / 21.4：
Dynamics of an Excited State / 22：
Green's Formalism / 22.1：
Ladder Model / 22.2：
A More General Ladder Model / 22.3：
Application to the Displaced Oscillator Model / 22.4：
Elementary Photoinduced Processes / Part VII：
Photophysics of Chlorophylls and Carotenoids / 23：
MO Model for the Electronic States / 23.1：
The Free Electron Model for Polyenes / 23.2：
The LCAO Approximation / 23.3：
Hückel Approximation / 23.4：
Simplified CI Model for Polyenes / 23.5：
Cyclic Polyene as a Model for Porphyrins / 23.6：
The Four Orbital Model for Porphyrins / 23.7：
Energy Transfer Processes / 23.8：
Incoherent Energy Transfer / 24：
Excited States / 24.1：
Interaction Matrix Element / 24.2：
Multipole Expansion of the Excitonic Interaction / 24.3：
Energy Transfer Rate / 24.4：
Spectral Overlap / 24.5：
Energy Transfer in the Triplet State / 24.6：
Coherent Excitations in Photosynthetic Systems / 25：
Coherent Excitations / 25.1：
Strongly Coupled Dimers / 25.1.1：
Excitonic Structure of the Reaction Center / 25.1.2：
Circular Molecular Aggregates / 25.1.3：
Dimerized Systems of LH2 / 25.1.4：
Influence of Disorder / 25.2：
Symmetry-Breaking Local Perturbation / 25.2.1：
Periodic Modulation / 25.2.2：
Diagonal Disorder / 25.2.3：
Off-Diagonal Disorder / 25.2.4：
Ultrafast Electron Transfer Processes in the Photosynthetic Reaction Center / 26：
Proton Transfer in Biomolecules / 27：
The Proton Pump Bacteriorhodopsin / 27.1：
Nonadiabatic Proton Transfer (Small Coupling) / 27.2：
Strongly Bound Protons / 27.4：
Adiabatic Proton Transfer / 27.5：
Molecular Motor Models / Part VIII：
Continuous Ratchet Models / 28：
Transport Equations / 28.1：
Chemical Transitions / 28.2：
The Two-State Model / 28.3：
The Chemical Cycle / 28.3.1：
The Fast Reaction Limit / 28.3.2：
The Fast Diffusion Limit / 28.3.3：
Operation Close to Thermal Equilibrium / 28.4：
Discrete Ratchet Models / 29：
Linear Model with Two Internal States / 29.1：
Appendix / Part IX：
The Grand Canonical Ensemble / A：
Grand Canonical Distribution / A.l：
Connection to Thermodynamics / A.2：
Time Correlation Function of the Displaced Harmonic Oscillator Model / B：
Evaluation of the Time Correlation Function / B.l：
Boson Algebra / B.2：
Derivation of Theorem 1 / B.2.1：
Derivation of Theorem 2 / B.2.2：
Derivation of Theorem 3 / B.2.3：
Derivation of Theorem 4 / B.2.4：
The Saddle Point Method / C：
Solutions
References
Index
Statistical Mechanics of Biopolymers / Part I：
Random Walk Models for the Conformation / 1：
The Freely Jointed Chain / 1.1：
61.
図書
Li Qiu, Kemin Zhou
出版情報:
Upper Saddle River : Prentice Hall, c2010 xi, 439 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Overview / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Basic Concepts / 1.2：
Basic Structures of Feedback Systems / 1.3：
About This Book / 1.4：
Problems
Notes and References
Modeling and Simulation / 2：
Modeling Based on First Principles / 2.1：
Electrical systems / 2.1.1：
Mechanical systems / 2.1.2：
Electromechanical systems / 2.1.3：
State Space Model and Linearization / 2.2：
Transfer Functions and Impulse Responses / 2.3：
Simplifying Block Diagrams / 2.4：
Transfer Function Modeling / 2.5：
MATLAB Manipulation of LTI Systems / 2.6：
Simulation and Implementation of Systems / 2.7：
Hardware simulation and implementation / 2.7.1：
Software simulation and implementation / 2.7.2：
MISO and SIMO Systems / 2.8：
Modeling of Closed-Loop Systems / 2.9：
Case Studies / 2.10：
Ball and beam system / 2.10.1：
Inverted pendulum system / 2.10.2：
Stability and Stabilization / 3：
Concept of Stability / 3.1：
Routh Criterion / 3.2：
Other Stability Criteria / 3.3：
Robust Stability / 3.4：
Stability of Closed-Loop Systems / 3.5：
Pole Placement Design / 3.6：
All Stabilizing Controllers* / 3.7：
All Stabilizing 2DOF Controllers* / 3.8：
Time-Domain Analysis / 3.9：
Responses to Typical Input Signals / 4.1：
Step Response Analysis / 4.2：
Dominant Poles and Zeros / 4.3：
Steady-State Response and System Type / 4.4：
Internal Model Principle / 4.5：
Undershoot / 4.6：
Overshoot / 4.7：
Time-Domain Signal and System Norms / 4.8：
Computation of the Time-Domain 2-Norm / 4.9：
Root-Locus Method / 5：
Root-Locus Techniques / 5.1：
Derivations of Root-Locus Rules* / 5.2：
Effects of Adding Poles and Zeros / 5.3：
Phase-Lag Controller / 5.4：
PI Controller / 5.5：
Phase-Lead Controller / 5.6：
PD Controller / 5.7：
Lead-Lag or PID Controller / 5.8：
2DOF Controllers / 5.9：
General Guidelines in Root-Locus Design / 5.10：
Complementary Root-Locus / 5.11：
Strong Stabilization / 5.12：
Case Study - Ball and Beam System / 5.13：
Frequency-Domain Analysis / 6：
Frequency Response / 6.1：
Bode Diagrams / 6.2：
Nyquist Stability Criterion / 6.3：
Gain Margin and Phase Margin / 6.4：
Closed-Loop Frequency Response / 6.5：
Nichols Chart / 6.6：
Riemann Plot / 6.7：
Classical Design in Frequency Domain / 7：
Ziegler and Nichols Tuning Rules / 7.1：
Ziegler and Nichols first method / 7.6.1：
Frequency-response analysis of the Ziegler and Nichols tuning rules / 7.6.2：
Ziegler and Nichols second method / 7.6.3：
Derivative Control / 7.7：
Alternative PID Implementation / 7.8：
Integral Control and Antiwindup / 7.9：
Design by Loopshaping / 7.10：
Bode's Gain and Phase Relation / 7.11：
Bode's Sensitivity Integral / 7.12：
Performance and Robustness / 8：
Frequency-Domain 2-Norm of Signals and Systems / 8.1：
Frequency-Domain ?-Norm of Systems / 8.2：
Model Uncertainties and Robust Stability / 8.3：
Chordal and Spherical Distances / 8.4：
Distance between Systems / 8.5：
Uncertainty and Robustness / 8.6：
Optimal and Robust Control / 9：
Controller with Optimal Transient / 9.1：
Controller with Weighted Optimal Transient / 9.2：
Minimum-Energy Stabilization / 9.3：
Derivation of the Optimal Controller* / 9.4：
Optimal Robust Stabilization / 9.5：
Stabilization with Guaranteed Robustness / 9.6：
Laplace Transform / A：
Definition / A.1：
Properties / A.2：
Inverse Laplace Transform / A.3：
Matrices and Polynomials / B：
Matrices / B.1：
Polynomials / B.2：
Answers to Selected Problems / C：
Chapter 1 / C.1：
Chapter 2 / C.2：
Chapter 3 / C.3：
Chapter 4 / C.4：
Chapter 5 / C.5：
Chapter 6 / C.6：
Chapter 7 / C.7：
Chapter 8 / C.8：
Chapter 9 / C.9：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Overview / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
62.
図書
Helge Holden ... [et al.]
出版情報:
New York ; London : Springer, c2010 xv, 304 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
Universitext
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Introduction / 1：
Modeling by Stochastic Differential Equations / 1.1：
Framework / 2：
White Noise / 2.1：
The 1-Dimensional, d-Parameter Smoothed White Noise / 2.1.1：
The (Smoothed) White Noise Vector / 2.1.2：
The Wiener-Itô Chaos Expansion / 2.2：
Chaos Expansion in Terms of Hermite Polynomials / 2.2.1：
Chaos Expansion in Terms of Multiple Itô Integrals / 2.2.2：
The Hida Stochastic Test Functions and Stochastic Distributions. The Kondratiev Spaces (S)m;N, (S)m;N-? / 2.3：
The Hida Test Function Space (S) and the Hida Distribution Space (S)* / 2.3.1：
Singular White Noise / 2.3.2：
The Wick Product / 2.4：
Some Examples and Counterexamples / 2.4.1：
Wick Multiplication and Hitsuda/Skorohod Integration / 2.5：
The Hermite Transform / 2.6：
The (S)N?,r Spaces and the S-Transform / 2.7：
The Topology of (S)N-1 / 2.8：
The F-Transform and the Wick Product on L1(&mu) / 2.9：
The Wick Product and Translation / 2.10：
Positivity / 2.11：
Applications to Stochastic Ordinary Differential Equations / 3：
Linear Equations / 3.1：
Linear 1-Dimensional Equations / 3.1.1：
Some Remarks on Numerical Simulations / 3.1.2：
Some Linear Multidimensional Equations / 3.1.3：
A Model for Population Growth in a Crowded, Stochastic Environment / 3.2：
The General (S)-1 Solution / 3.2.1：
A Solution in L1(&mu) / 3.2.2：
A Comparison of Model A and Model B / 3.2.3：
A General Existence and Uniqueness Theorem / 3.3：
The Stochastic Volterra Equation / 3.4：
Wick Products Versus Ordinary Products: a Comparison Experiment / 3.5：
Variance Properties / 3.5.1：
Solution and Wick Approximation of Quasilinear SDE / 3.6：
Using White Noise Analysis to Solve General Nonlinear SDEs / 3.7：
Stochastic Partial Differential Equations Driven by Brownian White Noise / 4：
General Remarks / 4.1：
The Stochastic Poisson Equation / 4.2：
The Functional Process Approach / 4.2.1：
The Stochastic Transport Equation / 4.3：
Pollution in a Turbulent Medium / 4.3.1：
The Heat Equation with a Stochastic Potential / 4.3.2：
The Stochastic Schrödinger Equation / 4.4：
L1(&mu)Properties of the Solution / 4.4.1：
The Viscous Burgers Equation with a Stochastic Source / 4.5：
The Stochastic Pressure Equation / 4.6：
The Smoothed Positive Noise Case / 4.6.1：
An Inductive Approximation Procedure / 4.6.2：
The 1-Dimensional Case / 4.6.3：
The Singular Positive Noise Case / 4.6.4：
The Heat Equation in a Stochastic, Anisotropic Medium / 4.7：
A Class of Quasilinear Parabolic SPDEs / 4.8：
SPDEs Driven by Poissonian Noise / 4.9：
Stochastic Partial Differential Equations Driven by Lévy Processes / 5：
The White Noise Probability Space of a Lévy Process (d = 1) / 5.1：
White Noise Theory for a Lévy Process (d = 1) / 5.3：
Chaos Expansion Theorems / 5.3.1：
The Lévy-Hida-Kondratiev Spaces / 5.3.2：
White Noise Theory for a Lévy Field (d ≥ l) / 5.4：
Construction of the Lévy Field / 5.4.1：
Chaos Expansions and Skorohod Integrals (d ≥ 1) / 5.4.2：
Waves in a Region with a Lévy White Noise Force / 5.4.3：
Heat Propagation in a Domain with a Lévy White Noise Potential / 5.7：
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E
References
List of frequently used notation and symbols
Index
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Introduction / 1：
63.
図書
Roger P. Johnson ; with Fire Resisance chapter contributed by Yong C. Wang
出版情報:
Hoboken, NJ : Wiley Blackwell, 2019 xix, 265 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Symbols, Terminology and Units
Introduction / 1：
Composite beams and slabs / 1.1：
Composite columns and frames / 1.2：
Design philosophy and the Eurocodes / 1.3：
Background / 1.3.1：
Limit state design philosophy / 1.3.2：
Properties of materials / 1.4：
Concrete / 1.4.1：
Reinforcing steel / 1.4.2：
Structural steel / 1.4.3：
Profiled steel sheeting / 1.4.4：
Shear connectors / 1.4.5：
Direct actions (loading) / 1.5：
Methods of analysis and design / 1.6：
Typical analyses / 1.6.1：
Non-Iinear global analysis / 1.6.2：
Shear Connection / 2：
Simply-supported beam of rectangular cross-section / 2.1：
No shear connection / 2.2.1：
Full interaction / 2.2.2：
Uplift / 2.3：
Methods of shear connection / 2.4：
Bond / 2.4.1：
Shear connection for profiled steel sheeting / 2.4.2：
Properties of shear connectors / 2.5：
Stud connectors used with profiled steel sheeting / 2.5.1：
Stud connectors in a 'lying' position / 2.5.2：
Example: stud connectors in a 'lying' position / 2.5.3：
Partial interaction / 2.6：
Effect of degree of shear connection on stresses and deflections / 2.7：
Longitudinal shear in composite slabs / 2.8：
The shear-bond test / 2.8.1：
Design by the m-k method / 2.8.2：
Defects of the m-k method / 2.8.3：
Simply-supported Composite Slabs and Beams / 3：
Example: layout, materials and loadings / 3.1：
Properties of concrete / 3.2.1：
Properties of other materials / 3.2.2：
Resistance of the shear connectors / 3.2.3：
Permanent actions / 3.2.4：
Variable actions / 3.2.5：
Composite floor slabs / 3.3：
Resistance of composite slabs to sagging bending / 3.3.1：
Resistance of composite slabs to longitudinal shear by the partial-interaction method / 3.3.2：
Resistance of composite slabs to vertical shear / 3.3.3：
Punching shear / 3.3.4：
Bending moments from concentrated point and line loads / 3.3.5：
Serviceability limit states for composite slabs / 3.3.6：
Example: composite slab / 3.4：
Profiled steel sheeting as formwork / 3.4.1：
Composite slab - flexure and vertical shear / 3.4.2：
Composite slab - longitudinal shear / 3.4.3：
Local effects of point load / 3.4.4：
Composite slab - serviceability / 3.4.5：
Example: composite slab for a shallow floor using deep decking / 3.4.6：
Comments on the designs of the composite slab / 3.4.7：
Composite beams - sagging bending and vertical shear / 3.5：
Effective cross-section / 3.5.1：
Classification of steel elements in compression / 3.5.2：
Resistance to sagging bending / 3.5.3：
Resistance to vertical shear / 3.5.4：
Resistance of beams to bending combined with axial force / 3.5.5：
Composite beams - longitudinal shear / 3.6：
Critical lengths and cross-sections / 3.6.1：
Non-ductile, ductile and super-ductile stud shear connectors / 3.6.2：
Transverse reinforcement / 3.6.3：
Detailing rules / 3.6.4：
Stresses, deflections and cracking in service / 3.7：
Elastic analysis of composite sections in sagging bending / 3.7.1：
The use of limiting span-to-depth ratios / 3.7.2：
Effects of shrinkage of concrete and of temperature / 3.8：
Vibration of composite floor structures / 3.9：
Prediction of fundamental natural frequency / 3.9.1：
Response of a composite floor to pedestrian traffic / 3.9.2：
Hollow-core and solid precast floor slabs / 3.10：
Joints, longitudinal shear and transverse reinforcement / 3.10.1：
Design of composite beams that support precast slabs / 3.10.2：
Example: simply-supported composite beam / 3.11：
Composite beam - full-interaction flexure and vertical shear / 3.11.1：
Composite beam - partial shear connection, non-ductile connectors and transverse reinforcement / 3.11.2：
Composite beam - deflection and vibration / 3.11.3：
Shallow floor construction / 3.12：
Example: composite beam for a shallow floor using deep decking / 3.13：
Composite beams with large web openings / 3.14：
Continuous Beams and Slabs, and Beams in Frames / 4：
Types of global analysis and of beam-to-column joint / 4.1：
Hogging moment regions of continuous composite beams / 4.2：
Resistance to bending / 4.2.1：
Vertical shear, and moment-shear interaction / 4.2.2：
Longitudinal shear / 4.2.3：
Lateral buckling / 4.2.4：
Cracking of concrete / 4.2.5：
Global analysis of continuous beams / 4.3：
General / 4.3.1：
Elastic analysis / 4.3.2：
Rigid-plastic analysis / 4.3.3：
Stresses and deflections in continuous beams / 4.4：
Design strategies for continuous beams / 4.5：
Example: continuous composite beam / 4.6：
Data / 4.6.1：
Flexure and vertical shear / 4.6.2：
Shear connection and transverse reinforcement / 4.6.3：
Check on deflections / 4.6.5：
Control of cracking / 4.6.6：
Continuous composite slabs / 4.7：
Composite Columns and Frames / 5：
Composite columns / 5.1：
Beam-to-column joints / 5.3：
Properties of joints / 5.3.1：
Classification of joints / 5.3.2：
Design of non-sway composite frames / 5.4：
Imperfections / 5.4.1：
Elastic stiffnesses of members / 5.4.2：
Methods of global analysis / 5.4.3：
First-order global analysis of braced frames / 5.4.4：
Outline sequence for design of a composite braced frame / 5.4.5：
Example: composite frame / 5.5：
Design action effects and load arrangements / 5.5.1：
Simplified design method of EN 1994-1-1, for columns / 5.6：
Detailing rules, and resistance to fire / 5.6.1：
Properties of column lengths / 5.6.3：
Resistance of a cross-section to combined compression and uniaxial bending / 5.6.4：
Verification of a column length / 5.6.5：
Transverse and longitudinal shear / 5.6.6：
Concrete-filled steel tubes / 5.6.7：
Example (continued): external column / 5.7：
Action effects / 5.7.1：
Properties of the cross-section, and y-axis slenderness / 5.7.2：
Resistance of the column length, for major-axis bending / 5.7.3：
Resistance of the column length, for minor-axis bending / 5.7.4：
Checks on shear, and closing comment / 5.7.5：
Example (continued): internal column / 5.8：
Global analysis / 5.8.1：
Resistance of an internal column / 5.8.2：
Comment on column design / 5.8.3：
Example (continued): design of frame for horizontal forces / 5.9：
Design loadings, ultimate limit state / 5.9.1：
Stresses and stiffness / 5.9.2：
Example (continued): joints between beams and columns / 5.10：
Nominally-pinned joint at external column / 5.10.1：
End-plate joint at internal column / 5.10.2：
Example: concrete-filled steel tube with high-strength materials / 5.11：
Loading / 5.11.1：
Action effects for the column length / 5.11.2：
Effect of creep / 5.11.3：
Slenderness / 5.11.4：
Bending moment / 5.11.5：
Interaction polygon, and resistance / 5.11.6：
Discussion / 5.11.7：
Fire Resistance / Yong C. Wang6：
General introduction and additional symbols / 6.1：
Fire resistance requirements / 6.1.1：
Fire resistance design procedure / 6.1.2：
Partial safety factors and material properties / 6.1.3：
Composite slabs / 6.2：
General calculation method / 6.2.1：
Tabulated data / 6.2.2：
Tensile membrane action / 6.2.3：
Composite beams / 6.3：
Critical temperature method / 6.3.1：
Temperature of protected steel / 6.3.2：
Load-carrying capacity calculation method / 6.3.3：
Appraisal of different calculation methods for composite beams / 6.3.4：
Shear resistance / 6.3.5：
General calculation method and methods for different types of columns / 6.4：
Concrete-filled tubes / 6.4.2：
"Worked example for concrete-filled tubes with eccentric loading / 6.4.3：
Partial-interaction theory / A：
Theory for simply-supported beam / A.l：
Example: partial interaction / A.2：
References
Index
Preface
Symbols, Terminology and Units
Introduction / 1：
64.
図書
Edited by Jean-Philippe Thiran, Ferran Marqués, Hervé Bourlard
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / Jean-Philippe Thiran ; Ferran Marqués ; Hervé Bourlard1：
Signal Processing, Modelling and Related Mathematical Tools / Part I：
Statistical Machine Learning for HCI / Samy Bengio2：
Introduction to Statistical Learning / 2.1：
Types of Problem / 2.2.1：
Function Space / 2.2.2：
Loss Functions / 2.2.3：
Expected Risk and Empirical Risk / 2.2.4：
Statistical Learning Theory / 2.2.5：
Support Vector Machines for Binary Classification / 2.3：
Hidden Markov Models for Speech Recognition / 2.4：
Speech Recognition / 2.4.1：
Markovian Processes / 2.4.2：
Hidden Markov Models / 2.4.3：
Inference and Learning with HMMs / 2.4.4：
HMMs for Speech Recognition / 2.4.5：
Conclusion / 2.5：
References
Speech Processing / Thierry Dutoit ; Stéphane Dupont3：
Feature Extraction / 3.1：
Acoustic Modelling / 3.2.2：
Language Modelling / 3.2.3：
Decoding / 3.2.4：
Multiple Sensors / 3.2.5：
Confidence Measures / 3.2.6：
Robustness / 3.2.7：
Speaker Recognition / 3.3：
Overview / 3.3.1：
Text-to-Speech Synthesis / 3.3.2：
Natural Language Processing for Speech Synthesis / 3.4.1：
Concatenative Synthesis with a Fixed Inventory / 3.4.2：
Unit Selection-Based Synthesis / 3.4.3：
Statistical Parametric Synthesis / 3.4.4：
Conclusions / 3.5：
Natural Language and Dialogue Processing / Olivier Pietquin4：
Natural Language Understanding / 4.1：
Syntactic Parsing / 4.2.1：
Semantic Parsing / 4.2.2：
Contextual Interpretation / 4.2.3：
Natural Language Generation / 4.3：
Document Planning / 4.3.1：
Microplanning / 4.3.2：
Surface Realisation / 4.3.3：
Dialogue Processing / 4.4：
Discourse Modelling / 4.4.1：
Dialogue Management / 4.4.2：
Degrees of Initiative / 4.4.3：
Evaluation / 4.4.4：
Image and Video Processing Tools for HCI / Montse Pardàs ; Verónica Vilaplana ; Cristian Canton-Ferrer4.5：
Face Analyses / 5.1：
Face Detection / 5.2.1：
Face Tracking / 5.2.2：
Facial Feature Detection and Tracking / 5.2.3：
Gaze Analysis / 5.2.4：
Face Recognition / 5.2.5：
Facial Expression Recognition / 5.2.6：
Hand-Gesture Analysis / 5.3：
Head Orientation Analysis and FoA Estimation / 5.4：
Head Orientation Analysis / 5.4.1：
Focus of Attention Estimation / 5.4.2：
Body Gesture Analysis / 5.5：
Processing of Handwriting and Sketching Dynamics / Claus Vielhauer5.6：
History of Handwriting Modality and the Acquisition of Online Handwriting Signals / 6.1：
Basics in Acquisition, Examples for Sensors / 6.3：
Analysis of Online Handwriting and Sketching Signals / 6.4：
Overview of Recognition Goals in HCI / 6.5：
Sketch Recognition for User Interface Design / 6.6：
Similarity Search in Digital Ink / 6.7：
Summary and Perspectives for Handwriting and Sketching in HCI / 6.8：
Multimodal Signal Processing and Modelling / Part II：
Basic Concepts of Multimodal Analysis / Mihai Curban7：
Defining Multimodality / 7.1：
Advantages of Multimodal Analysis / 7.2：
Multimodal Information Fusion / Norman Poh ; Josef Kittler7.3：
Levels of Fusion / 8.1：
Adaptive versus Non-Adaptive Fusion / 8.3：
Other Design Issues / 8.4：
Modality Integration Methods / Mihai Gurban ; jean-Philippe Thiran8.5：
Multimodal Fusion for AVSR / 9.1：
Types of Fusion / 9.2.1：
Multistream HMMs / 9.2.2：
Stream Reliability Estimates / 9.2.3：
Multimodal Speaker Localisation / 9.3：
A Multimodal Recognition Framework for Joint Modality Compensation and Fusion / Konstantinos Moustakas ; Savvas Argyropoulos ; Dimitrios Tzovaras9.4：
Joint Modality Recognition and Applications / 10.1：
A New Joint Modality Recognition Scheme / 10.3：
Concept / 10.3.1：
Theoretical Background / 10.3.2：
Joint Modality Audio-Visual Speech Recognition / 10.4：
Signature Extraction Stage / 10.4.1：
Recognition Stage / 10.4.2：
Joint Modality Recognition in Biometrics / 10.5：
Results / 10.5.1：
References|204 / 10.6：
Managing Multimodal Data, Metadata and Annotations: Challenges and Solutions / Andrei Popescu-Belis11：
Setting the Stage: Concepts and Projects / 11.1：
Metadate-versusAnnotations / 11.2.l：
Examples of Large Multimodal Collections / 11.2.2：
Capturing and Recording Multimodal Data / 11.3：
Capture Devices / 11.3.1：
Synchronisation / 11.3.2：
Activity Types in Multimodal Corpora / 11.3.3：
Examples of Set-ups and Raw Data / 11.3.4：
Reference Metadata and Annotations / 11.4：
Gathering Metadata: Methods / 11.4.1：
Metadata for the AMI Corpus / 11.4.2：
Reference Annotations: Procedure and Tools / 11.4.3：
Data Storage and Access / 11.5：
Exchange Formats for Metadata and Annotations / 111.5.1：
Data Servers / 111.5.2：
Accessing Annotated Multimodal Data / 111.5.3：
Conclusions and Perspectives / 11.6：
Multimodal Human-Computer and Human-to-Human Interaction / Part III：
Multimodal Input / Natalie Ruiz ; Fang Chen ; Sharon Oviatt12：
Advantages of Multimodal Input Interfaces / 12.1：
State-of-the-Art Multimodal Input Systems / 12.2.1：
Multimodality, Cognition and Performance / 12.3：
Multimodal Perception and Cognition / 12.3.1：
Cognitive Load and Performance / 12.3.2：
Understanding Multimodal Input Behaviour / 12.4：
Theoretical Frameworks / 12.4.1：
Interpretation of Multimodal Input Patterns / 12.4.2：
Adaptive Multimodal Interfaces / 12.5：
Designing Multimodal Interfaces that Manage Users' Cognitive Load / 12.5.1：
Designing Low-Load Multimodal Interfaces for Education / 12.5.2：
Conclusions and Future Directions / 12.6：
MuItimodal Output: Facial Motion, Gestures and Synthesised Speech Synchronisation / Igor S. Pand ić13：
Basic AV Speech Synthesis / 13.1：
The Animation System / 13.3：
Coarticulation / 13.4：
Extended AV Speech Synthesis / 13.5：
Data-Driven Approaches / 13.5.1：
Rule-Based Approaches / 13.5.2：
Embodied Conversational Agents / 13.6：
TTS Timing Issues / 13.7：
On-the-Fly Synchronisation / 13.7.1：
A Priori Synchronisation / 13.7.2：
Interactive Representations of Multimodal Databases / Stéphane Marchand-Maillet ; Donn Morrison ; Enikö Szekely ; Eric Bruno13.8：
Multimodal Data Representation / 14.1：
Multimodal Data Access / 14.3：
Browsing as Extension of the Query Formulation Mechanism / 14.3.1：
Browsing for the Exploration of the Content Space / 14.3.2：
Alternative Representations / 14.3.3：
Commercial Impact / 14.3.4：
Gaining Semantic from User Interaction / 14.4：
Multimodal Interactive Retrieval / 14.4.1：
Crowdsourcing / 14.4.2：
Conclusion and Discussion / 14.5：
Modelling Interest in Face-to-Face Conversations from Multimodal Nonverbal Behaviour / Daniel Catica-Perez15：
Perspectives on Interest Modelling / 15.1：
Computing Interest from Audio Cues / 15.3：
Computing interest from Multimodal Cues / 15.4：
Other Concepts Related to Interest / 15.5：
Concluding Remarks / 15.6：
Index
Preface
Introduction / Jean-Philippe Thiran ; Ferran Marqués ; Hervé Bourlard1：
Signal Processing, Modelling and Related Mathematical Tools / Part I：
65.
図書
Soheil Mohammadi
出版情報:
Chichester, West Sussex : John Wiley & Sons, 2012 xxvii, 371 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Nomenclature
Introduction / 1：
Composite Structures / 1.1：
Failures of Composites / 1.2：
Matrix Cracking / 1.2.1：
Delamination / 1.2.2：
Fibre/Matrix Debonding / 1.2.3：
Fibre Breakage / 1.2.4：
Macro Models of Cracking in Composites / 1.2.5：
Crack Analysis / 1.3：
Local and Non-Local Formulations / 1.3.1：
Theoretical Methods for Failure Analysis / 1.3.2：
Analytical Solutions for Composites / 1.4：
Continuum Models / 1.4.1：
Fracture Mechanics of Composites / 1.4.2：
Numerical Techniques / 1.5：
Boundary Element Method / 1.5.1：
Finite Element Method / 1.5.2：
Adaptive Finite/Discrete Element Method / 1.5.3：
Meshless Methods / 1.5.4：
Extended Finite Element Method / 1.5.5：
Extended Isogeometric Analysis / 1.5.6：
Multiscale Analysis / 1.5.7：
Scope of the Book / 1.6：
Fracture Mechanics, A Review / 2：
Basics of Elasticity / 2.1：
Stress-Strain Relations / 2.2.1：
Airy Stress Function / 2.2.2：
Complex Stress Functions / 2.2.3：
Basics of LEFM / 2.3：
Fracture Mechanics / 2.3.1：
Infinite Tensile Plate with a Circular Hole / 2.3.2：
Infinite Tensile Plate with an Elliptical Hole / 2.3.3：
Westergaard Analysis of a Line Crack / 2.3.4：
Williams Solution of a Wedge Corner / 2.3.5：
Stress Intensity Factor, K / 2.4：
Definition of the Stress Intensity Factor / 2.4.1：
Examples of Stress Intensity Factors for LEFM / 2.4.2：
Griffith Energy Theories / 2.4.3：
Mixed Mode Crack Propagation / 2.4.4：
Classical Solution Procedures for K and G / 2.5：
Displacement Extrapolation/Correlation Method / 2.5.1：
Mode I Energy Release Rate / 2.5.2：
Mode I Stiffness Derivative/Virtual Crack Model / 2.5.3：
Two Virtual Crack Extensions for Mixed Mode Cases / 2.5.4：
Single Virtual Crack Extension Based on Displacement Decomposition / 2.5.5：
Quarter Point Singular Elements / 2.6：
J Integral / 2.7：
Generalization of J / 2.7.1：
Effect of Crack Surface Traction / 2.7.2：
Effect of Body Force / 2.7.3：
Equivalent Domain Integral (EDI) Method / 2.7.4：
Interaction Integral Method / 2.7.5：
Elastoplastic Fracture Mechanics (EPFM) / 2.8：
Plastic Zone / 2.8.1：
Crack-Tip Opening Displacements (CTOD) / 2.8.2：
J Integral for EPFM / 2.8.3：
Historic Development of XFEM / 3：
A Review of XFEM Development / 3.2.1：
A Review of XFEM Composite Analysis / 3.2.2：
Enriched Approximations / 3.3：
Partition of Unity / 3.3.1：
Intrinsic and Extrinsic Enrichments / 3.3.2：
Partition of Unity Finite Element Method / 3.3.3：
MLS Enrichment / 3.3.4：
Generalized Finite Element Method / 3.3.5：
Generalized PU Enrichment / 3.3.6：
XFEM Formulation / 3.4：
Basic XFEM Approximation / 3.4.1：
Signed Distance Function / 3.4.2：
Modelling the Crack / 3.4.3：
Governing Equation / 3.4.4：
XFEM Discretization / 3.4.5：
Evaluation of Derivatives of Enrichment Functions / 3.4.6：
Selection of Nodes for Discontinuity Enrichment / 3.4.7：
Numerical Integration / 3.4.8：
XFEM Strong Discontinuity Enrichments / 3.5：
A Modified FE Shape Function / 3.5.1：
The Heaviside Function / 3.5.2：
The Sign Function / 3.5.3：
Strong Tangential Discontinuity / 3.5.4：
Crack Intersection / 3.5.5：
XFEM Weak Discontinuity Enrichments / 3.6：
XFEM Crack-Tip Enrichments / 3.7：
Isotropic Enrichment / 3.7.1：
Orthotropic Enrichment Functions / 3.7.2：
Bimaterial Enrichments / 3.7.3：
Orthotropic Bimaterial Enrichments / 3.7.4：
Dynamic Enrichment / 3.7.5：
Orthotropic Dynamic Enrichments for Moving Cracks / 3.7.6：
Bending Plates / 3.7.7：
Crack-Tip Enrichments in Shells / 3.7.8：
Electro-Mechanical Enrichment / 3.7.9：
Dislocation Enrichment / 3.7.10：
Hydraulic Fracture Enrichment / 3.7.11：
Plastic Enrichment / 3.7.12：
Viscoelastic Enrichment / 3.7.13：
Contact Corner Enrichment / 3.7.14：
Modification for Large Deformation Problems / 3.7.15：
Automatic Enrichment / 3.7.16：
Transition from Standard to Enriched Approximation / 3.8：
Linear Blending / 3.8.1：
Hierarchical Transition Domain / 3.8.2：
Tracking Moving Boundaries / 3.9：
Level Set Method / 3.9.1：
Alternative Methods / 3.9.2：
Numerical Simulations / 3.10：
A Central Crack in an Infinite Tensile Plate / 3.10.1：
An Edge Crack in a Finite Plate / 3.10.2：
Tensile Plate with a Central Inclined Crack / 3.10.3：
A Bending Plate in Fracture Mode III / 3.10.4：
Crack Propagation in a Shell / 3.10.5：
Shear Band Simulation / 3.10.6：
Fault Simulation / 3.10.7：
Sliding Contact Stress Singularity by PUFEM / 3.10.8：
Hydraulic Fracture / 3.10.9：
Dislocation Dynamics / 3.10.10：
Static Fracture Analysis of Composites / 4：
Anisotropic Elasticity / 4.1：
Elasticity Solution / 4.2.1：
Anisotropic Stress Functions / 4.2.2：
Analytical Solutions for Near Crack Tip / 4.3：
The General Solution / 4.3.1：
Special Solutions for Different Types of Composites / 4.3.2：
Orthotropic Mixed Mode Fracture / 4.4：
Energy Release Rate for Anisotropic Materials / 4.4.1：
Anisotropic Singular Elements / 4.4.2：
SIF Calculation by Interaction Integral / 4.4.3：
Orthotropic Crack Propagation Criteria / 4.4.4：
Anisotropic XFEM / 4.5：
Plate with a Crack Parallel to the Material Axis of Orthotropy / 4.5.1：
Edge Crack with Several Orientations of the Axes of Orthotropy / 4.6.2：
Inclined Edge Notched Tensile Specimen / 4.6.3：
Central Slanted Crack / 4.6.4：
An Inclined Centre Crack in a Disk Subjected to Point Loads / 4.6.5：
Crack Propagation in an Orthotropic Beam / 4.6.6：
Dynamic Fracture Analysis of Composites / 5：
Dynamic Fracture Mechanics / 5.1：
Dynamic Fracture Mechanics of Composites / 5.1.2：
Dynamic Fracture by XFEM / 5.1.3：
Analytical Solutions for Near Crack Tips in Dynamic States / 5.2：
Analytical Solution for a Propagating Crack in Isotropic Material / 5.2.1：
Asymptotic Solution for a Stationary Crack in Orthotropic Media / 5.2.2：
Analytical Solution for Near Crack Tip of a Propagating Crack in Orthotropic Material / 5.2.3：
Dynamic Stress Intensity Factors / 5.3：
Stationary and Moving Crack Dynamic Stress Intensity Factors / 5.3.1：
Dynamic Fracture Criteria / 5.3.2：
J Integral for Dynamic Problems / 5.3.3：
Domain Integral for Orthotropic Media / 5.3.4：
Interaction Integral / 5.3.5：
Crack-Axis Component of the Dynamic J Integral / 5.3.6：
Field Decomposition Technique / 5.3.7：
Dynamic XFEM / 5.4：
Dynamic Equations of Motion / 5.4.1：
XFEM Enrichment Functions / 5.4.2：
Time Integration Schemes / 5.4.4：
Plate with a Stationary Central Crack / 5.5：
Mode I Plate with an Edge Crack / 5.5.2：
Mixed Mode Edge Crack in Composite Plates / 5.5.3：
A Composite Plate with Double Edge Cracks under Impulsive Loading / 5.5.4：
Pre-Cracked Three Point Bending Beam under Impact Loading / 5.5.5：
Propagating Central Inclined Crack in a Circular Orthotropic Plate / 5.5.6：
Fracture Analysis of Functionally Graded Materials (FGMs) / 6：
Analytical Solution for Near a Crack Tip / 6.1：
Average Material Properties / 6.2.1：
Mode I Near Tip Fields in FGM Composites / 6.2.2：
Stress and Displacement Field (Similar to Homogeneous Orthotropic Composites) / 6.2.3：
Stress Intensity Factor / 6.3：
FGM Auxillary Fields / 6.3.1：
Isoparametric FGM / 6.3.4：
Crack Propagation in FGM Composites / 6.4：
Inhomogeneous XFEM / 6.5：
XFEM Approximation / 6.5.1：
Numerical Examples / 6.5.3：
Plate with a Centre Crack Parallel to the Material Gradient / 6.6.1：
Proportional FGM Plate with an Inclined Central Crack / 6.6.2：
Non-Proportional FGM Plate with a Fixed Inclined Central Crack / 6.6.3：
Rectangular Plate with an Inclined Crack (Non-Proportional Distribution) / 6.6.4：
Crack Propagation in a Four-Point FGM Beam / 6.6.5：
Delamination/Interlaminar Crack Analysis / 7：
Fracture Mechanics for Bimaterial Interface Cracks / 7.1：
Isotropic Bimaterial Interfaces / 7.2.1：
Orthotropic Bimaterial Interface Cracks / 7.2.2：
Stress Contours for a Crack between Two Dissimilar Orthotropic Materials / 7.2.3：
Stress Intensity Factors for Interlaminar Cracks / 7.3：
Delamination Propagation / 7.4：
Fracture Energy-Based Criteria / 7.4.1：
Stress-Based Criteria / 7.4.2：
Contact-Based Criteria / 7.4.3：
Bimaterial XFEM / 7.5：
XFEM Enrichment Functions for Bimaterial Problems / 7.5.1：
Discretization and Integration / 7.5.4：
Central Crack in an Infinite Bimaterial Plate / 7.6：
Isotropic-Orthotropic Bimaterial Crack / 7.6.2：
Orthotopic Double Cantilever Beam / 7.6.3：
Concrete Beams Strengthened with Fully Bonded GFRP / 7.6.4：
FRP Reinforced Concrete Cantilever Beam Subjected to Edge Loadings / 7.6.5：
Delamination of Metallic I Beams Strengthened by FRP Strips / 7.6.6：
Variable Section Beam Reinforced by FRP / 7.6.7：
New Orthotropic Frontiers / 8：
Orthotropic XIGA / 8.1：
NURBS Basis Function / 8.2.1：
XIGA Simulations / 8.2.2：
Orthotropic Dislocation Dynamics / 8.3：
Straight Dislocations in Anisotropic Materials / 8.3.1：
Edge Dislocations in Anisotropic Materials / 8.3.2：
Curve Dislocations in Anisotropic Materials / 8.3.3：
Anisotropic Dislocation XFEM / 8.3.4：
Plane Strain Anisotropic Solution / 8.3.5：
Individual Sliding Systems s1 and s2 in an Infinite Domain / 8.3.6：
Simultaneous Sliding Systems in an Infinite Domain / 8.3.7：
Other Anisotropic Applications / 8.4：
Biomechanics / 8.4.1：
Piezoelectric / 8.4.2：
References
Index
Preface
Nomenclature
Introduction / 1：
66.
図書
Spencer Kuo
出版情報:
Singapore : World Scientific Publishing, c2019 xxv, 183 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
List of Figures
List of Tables
Introduction / 1：
Characteristics of Atmospheric Plasma / 1.1：
Plasma Medicine Applications / 1.2：
Disinfection and sterilization / 1.2.1：
Decontamination / 1.2.2：
Bleeding control / 1.2.3：
Wounds healing / 1.2.4：
Problems
Atmospheric Pressure Plasma Generators / 2：
Dielectric-barrier Discharges (DBDs) / 2.1：
Atmospheric Pressure Plasma Jets (APPJs) / 2.2：
Arc Seeded Microwave Plasma (ASMP) / 2.3：
Air Plasma Spray (APS) / 2.4：
Free Radicals and Reactive Oxygen Species in Gold Atmospheric Plasma / 3：
Biocidal Effects of Free Radicals and Reactive Oxygen Species / 3.1：
Plasma-liquid Interaction to Generate Additional Free Radicals and Reactive Oxygen Species / 3.2：
Emission Lines of Likely Reactive Species in CAAPs / 3.3：
Emission Spectroscopy of Atomic Oxygen / 3.4：
Emission Spectroscopy of Electron Excitation Temperature / 3.5：
Impacts of Atomic Oxygen, Ozone, Nitric Oxide, and UV Radiation / 3.6：
Plasma Disinfection and Sterilization / 4：
Bacteria / 4.1：
Issues of Disinfection Methods / 4.2：
Plasma Disinfection Approaches / 4.3：
CAPs on Dental Issues / 4.4：
Experiments / 4.5：
Air Plasma Treatment of Oral Pathogens / 4.6：
Experimental conditions / 4.6.1：
Zone of inhibition of microorganisms by plasma treatment / 4.6.2：
Dental Disinfection / 4.7：
Experiment preparation and procedure / 4.7.1：
Plasma treatment effect on biofilm formation / 4.7.1.1：
Plasma treatment effect, on biofilm disinfection / 4.7.1.2：
Experimental results / 4.7.2：
On preventing biofilm formation (case A) / 4.7.2.1：
On biofilm disinfection (case B) / 4.7.2.2：
Microscope observation / 4.7.2.3：
Summary / 4.8：
Discussion / 4.9：
Cancer Treatment / 4.10：
Plasma Decontamination / 5：
Background / 5.1：
Spores / 5.2：
Resistance to the treatments / 5.2.1：
Decontamination via Biological Reactions / 5.3：
Experimental Preparations / 5.4：
Experimental setup / 5.4.1：
Materials / 5.4.2：
Sample preparations prior to and after exposure / 5.4.3：
Prior to exposure / 5.4.3.1：
Procedures of processing the samples after plasma treatment / 5.4.3.2：
Colony-forming Unit (CFU) / 5.5：
Decontamination Experiments and Results / 5.6：
Dry samples on glass slide-coupons / 5.6.1：
Wet samples / 5.6.2：
Sample contained inside an envelope / 5.6.3：
Morphological Studies / 5.7：
Scanning electron microscopy / 5.7.1：
Atomic force microscopy / 5.7.2：
Plausible Mechanism / 5.8：
Applications in Other Emerging Areas / 5.9：
Water treatment / 5.9.1：
Food industry / 5.9.2：
Effect of Air Plasma on Blood Coagulation / 6：
Blood Coagulation / 6.1：
In-Vitro Tests of Air Plasma Blood Coagulation / 6.2：
Tests on Smeared Blood Samples-Cell Count Dependency / 6.3：
Mechanism of Air Plasma Blood Coagulation / 6.4：
Air Plasma Bleeding Control Study with Animal Models / 7：
Bleeding / 7.1：
Hemostasis / 7.3：
Clotting / 7.4：
Experimental Arrangement / 7.5：
Surface Wounds / 7.6：
Test 1 - straight cut / 7.6.1：
Test 2 - cross cut / 7.6.2：
Vessel Wounds / 7.7：
Test 3 - hole in a saphenous vein / 7.7.1：
Test 4 - a cut to an artery / 7.7.2：
Wound Healing / 7.8：
Healing Process / 8.1：
Immune System / 8.2：
Post-Operative Observation of Wound Healing After APS Plasma Treatment / 8.3：
A Plausible Mechanism / 8.4：
Chronic Wounds / 8.5：
Burn Wounds / 8.7：
Wound Care / 8.8：
Advanced Bleeding Control / 9：
Hemostasis in Combat Casualties / 9.1：
APS as an Advanced First Aid Tool / 9.3：
Animal Model Trials / 9.4：
Trial 1 - a deep cut at back / 9.4.1：
Trial 2 - a curved large cut in hind quarters area / 9.4.2：
Trial 3 - amputated leg / 9.4.3：
Proposed Battlefield Simulation Trials / 9.5：
Proposed Trial 1 - close range shotgun wound to rear leg / 9.5.1：
Proposed Trial 2 - close range 7.62 mm gunshot through upper rump with large exit wound through groin / 9.5.2：
Proposed Trial 3 - dissection and laceration of femoral artery / 9.5.3：
Proposed Trial 4 - dissection and complete severing of brachial artery / 9.5.4：
Bibliography / 9.6：
Index
Preface
List of Figures
List of Tables
67.
図書
OpenCV2プログラミングブック制作チーム著
68.
図書
Errol G. Lewars
出版情報:
Dordrecht : Springer, c2011 xvi, 664 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
An Outline of What Computational Chemistry Is All About / 1：
What You Can Do with Computational Chemistry / 1.1：
The Tools of Computational Chemistry / 1.2：
Putting It All Together / 1.3：
The Philosophy of Computational Chemistry / 1.4：
Summary / 1.5：
References
Easier Questions
Harder Questions
The Concept of the Potential Energy Surface / 2：
Perspective / 2.1：
Stationary Points / 2.2：
The Born-Oppenheimer Approximation / 2.3：
Geometry Optimization / 2.4：
Stationary Points and Normal-Mode Vibrations - Zero Point Energy / 2.5：
Symmetry / 2.6：
Molecular Mechanics / 2.7：
The Basic Principles of Molecular Mechanics / 3.1：
Developing a Forcefield / 3.2.1：
Parameterizing a Forcefield / 3.2.2：
A Calculation Using Our Forcefield / 3.2.3：
Examples of the Use of Molecular Mechanics / 3.3：
To Obtain Reasonable Input Geometries for Lengthier (Ab Initio, Semiempirical or Density Functional) Kinds of Calculations / 3.3.1：
To Obtain Good Geometries (and Perhaps Energies) for Small- to Medium-Sized Molecules / 3.3.2：
To Calculate the Geometries and Energies of Very Large Molecules, Usually Polymeric Biomolecules (Proteins and Nucleic Acids) / 3.3.3：
To Generate the Potential Energy Function Under Which Molecules Move, for Molecular Dynamics or Monte Carlo Calculations / 3.3.4：
As a (Usually Quick) Guide to the Feasibility of, or Likely Outcome of, Reactions in Organic Synthesis / 3.3.5：
Geometries Calculated by MM / 3.4：
Frequencies and Vibrational Spectra Calculated by MM / 3.5：
Strengths and Weaknesses of Molecular Mechanics / 3.6：
Strengths / 3.6.1：
Weaknesses / 3.6.2：
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics in Computational Chemistry / 3.7：
The Development of Quantum Mechanics. The Schrödinger Equation / 4.1：
The Origins of Quantum Theory: Blackbody Radiation and the Photoelectric Effect / 4.2.1：
Radioactivity / 4.2.2：
Relativity / 4.2.3：
The Nuclear Atom / 4.2.4：
The Bohr Atom / 4.2.5：
The Wave Mechanical Atom and the Schrödinger Equation / 4.2.6：
The Application of the Schrödinger Equation to Chemistry by Hückel / 4.3：
Introduction / 4.3.1：
Hybridization / 4.3.2：
Matrices and Determinants / 4.3.3：
The Simple Hückel Method - Theory / 4.3.4：
The Simple Hückel Method - Applications / 4.3.5：
Strengths and Weaknesses of the Simple Hückel Method / 4.3.6：
The Determinant Method of Calculating the Hückel c's and Energy Levels / 4.3.7：
The Extended Hückel Method / 4.4：
Theory / 4.4.1：
An Illustration of the EHM: the Protonated Helium Molecule / 4.4.2：
The Extended Hückel Method - Applications / 4.4.3：
Strengths and Weaknesses of the Extended Hückel Method / 4.4.4：
Ab initio Calculations / 4.5：
The Basic Principles of the Ab initio Method / 5.1：
Preliminaries / 5.2.1：
The Hartree SCF Method / 5.2.2：
The Hartree-Fock Equations / 5.2.3：
Basis Sets / 5.3：
Gaussian Functions; Basis Set Preliminaries; Direct SCF / 5.3.1：
Types of Basis Sets and Their Uses / 5.3.3：
Post-Hartree-Fock Calculations: Electron Correlation / 5.4：
Electron Correlation / 5.4.1：
The M0ller-Plesset Approach to Electron Correlation / 5.4.2：
The Configuration Interaction Approach To Electron Correlation - The Coupled Cluster Method / 5.4.3：
Applications of the Ab initio Method / 5.5：
Geometries / 5.5.1：
Energies / 5.5.2：
Frequencies and Vibrational Spectra / 5.5.3：
Properties Arising from Electron Distribution: Dipole Moments, Charges, Bond Orders, Electrostatic Potentials, Atoms-in-Molecules (AIM) / 5.5.4：
Miscellaneous Properties - UV and NMR Spectra, Ionization Energies, and Electron Affinities / 5.5.5：
Visualization / 5.5.6：
Strengths and Weaknesses of Ab initio Calculations / 5.6：
Semiempirical Calculations / 5.6.1：
The Basic Principles of SCF Semiempirical Methods / 6.1：
The Pariser-Parr-Pople (PPP) Method / 6.2.1：
The Complete Neglect of Differential Overlap (CNDO) Method / 6.2.3：
The Intermediate Neglect of Differential Overlap (INDO) Method / 6.2.4：
The Neglect of Diatomic Differential Overlap (NDDO) Methods / 6.2.5：
Applications of Semiempirical Methods / 6.3：
Properties Arising from Electron Distribution: Dipole Moments, Charges, Bond Orders / 6.3.1：
Miscellaneous Properties - UV Spectra, Ionization Energies, and Electron Affinities / 6.3.5：
Some General Remarks / 6.3.6：
Strengths and Weaknesses of Semiempirical Methods / 6.4：
Density Functional Calculations / 6.4.1：
The Basic Principles of Density Functional Theory / 7.1：
Forerunners to Current DFT Methods / 7.2.1：
Current DFT Methods: The Kohn-Sham Approach / 7.2.3：
Applications of Density Functional Theory / 7.3：
Properties Arising from Electron Distribution - Dipole Moments, Charges, Bond Orders, Atoms-in-Molecules / 7.3.1：
Miscellaneous Properties - UV and NMR Spectra, Ionization Energies and Electron Affinities, Electronegativity, Hardness, Softness and the Fukui Function / 7.3.5：
Strengths and Weaknesses of DFT / 7.3.6：
Some "Special" Topics: Solvation, Singlet Diradicals, A Note on Heavy Atoms and Transition Metals / 7.4.1：
Solvation.. / 8.1：
Ways of Treating Solvation / 8.1.1：
Singlet Diradicals / 8.2：
Problems with Singlet Diradicals and Model Chemistries / 8.2.1：
(1) Singlet Diradicals: Beyond Model Chemistries (2) Complete-Active Space Calculations (CAS) / 8.2.3：
A Note on Heavy Atoms and Transition Metals / 8.3：
Heavy Atoms and Relativistic Corrections / 8.3.1：
Some Heavy Atom Calculations / 8.3.3：
Transition Metals / 8.3.4：
Solvation / 8.4：
Heavy Atoms and Transition Metals
Selected Literature Highlights, Books, Websites, Software and Hardware / 9：
From the Literature / 9.1：
Molecules / 9.1.1：
Mechanisms / 9.1.2：
Concepts / 9.1.3：
To the Literature / 9.2：
Books / 9.2.1：
Websites for Computational Chemistry in General / 9.2.2：
Software and Hardware / 9.3：
Software / 9.3.1：
Hardware / 9.3.2：
Postscript / 9.3.3：
Answers
Index
An Outline of What Computational Chemistry Is All About / 1：
What You Can Do with Computational Chemistry / 1.1：
The Tools of Computational Chemistry / 1.2：
69.
図書
Jason Parisi, Justin Ball
出版情報:
New Jersey : World Scientific, c2019 xxvi, 378 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
About the Authors
Acknowledgments
Introduction: The Case for Fusion
Motivation / Part 1：
The Hydrogen-Powered Civilization / 1：
Revolutions in Energy Use / 1.1：
Comparing Options / 1.2：
Energy in Numbers and Graphs / 2：
Can We Even Consume Energy? / 2.1：
A Brief History of Energy / 2.2：
Our Energy Resources / 2.3：
Fusion / 2.3.1：
Nuclear fission / 2.3.2：
Geothermal / 2.3.3：
Solar / 2.3.4：
Wind / 2.3.5：
Biomass / 2.3.6：
Fossil fuels / 2.3.7：
Hydroelectric / 2.3.8：
Tidal / 2.3.9：
Wave / 2.3.10：
Tackling Intermittency / 2.4：
Energy storage / 2.4.1：
Demand management / 2.4.2：
Expanding electrical grids / 2.4.3：
Extra generating capacity / 2.4.4：
What is "Renewable"? / 2.5：
Outlook / 2.6：
The Basics / Part 2：
Fundamentals of Fusion Energy / 3：
The Nuclear Potential / 3.1：
Binding Energy / 3.2：
Fusion Cross-Section / 3.3：
Fusion Fuels / 3.4：
Plasma / 3.5：
Plasma Confinement / 4：
Quantifying Confinement / 4.1：
Magnetic Fields / 4.2：
Electric Fields / 4.3：
Electrostatic Confinement / 4.4：
Linear Magnetic Confinement / 4.5：
Combing a Hairy Ball / 4.6：
Particle Drifts / 4.7：
Toroidal Magnetic Confinement / 4.8：
Magnetic Surfaces / 4.9：
Bananas and Super-Bananas / 4.10：
MIID Stability / 4.11：
Classical and Neoclassical Transport / 4.12：
Turbulent Transport / 4.13：
The Lawson Criterion and the Triple Product / 4.14：
Where is Magnetic Fusion Now? / 4.15：
Fusion Technology / 5：
Magnets / 5.1：
Plasma Heating and Current Drive / 5.2：
Inductive / 5.2.1：
Neutral beam / 5.2.2：
Electromagnetic wave / 5.2.3：
First Wall / 5.3：
Divertors / 5.4：
Tritium Breeding Blanket / 5.5：
Vacuum Vessel / 5.6：
Diagnostics / 5.7：
Radioactive Waste and Remote Maintenance / 5.8：
Generating Net Electricity / 5.9：
The State Of The Art / Part 3：
The Past: Fusion Breakthroughs / 6：
1920s: Understanding Stars / 6.1：
1950s: A Kick-Start for Fusion / 6.2：
1960s: Superconducting Magnets / 6.3：
1960s: The Tokamak / 6.4：
1970s: Bootstrap Current / 6.5：
1980s: H-Mode / 6.6：
1980s: Plasma Shaping / 6.7：
1990s: Deuterium-Tritium Fuel / 6.8：
2000s: Supercomputers / 6.9：
The Present: ITER / 7：
ITER's Goals / 7.1：
ITER's Strategy / 7.2：
Heating systems / 7.2.1：
Divertor / 7.2.2：
First wall / 7.2.3：
ITER's Schedule and Cost / 7.3：
Transition to DEMO / 7.4：
Other Things to be Excited for / 7.5：
The Future: Designing a Tokamak Power Plant / 8：
Power Plant Design from First Principles / 8.1：
Maximizing Net Electric Power / 8.2：
Maximizing Plasma Pressure / 8.3：
Maximizing Plasma Current / 8.4：
Maximizing Magnetic Field Strength / 8.5：
Minimizing External Power / 8.6：
Minimizing Heating Power / 8.7：
Maximizing Plasma Density / 8.8：
Minimizing Current Drive Power / 8.9：
Maximizing Material Survivability / 8.10：
Striking the Right Balance / 8.11：
Special Topics / Part 4：
Alternative Approaches to Fusion Energy / 9：
Stellarators / 9.1：
Inertial Confinement Fusion / 9.2：
Private Fusion Startups / 9.3：
Tokamak Energy Ltd / 9.3.1：
General Fusion / 9.3.2：
Lockheed Martin / 9.3.3：
TAE Technologies / 9.3.4：
Lawrenceville Plasma Physics / 9.3.5：
Helion Energy / 9.3.6：
Commonwealth Fusion Systems / 9.3.7：
Fusion and Nuclear Proliferation / 10：
Nuclear Physics: A Double-edged Sword / 10.1：
Building Nukes / 10.2：
Uranium enrichment / 10.2.1：
Plutonium production / 10.2.2：
Weapon designs / 10.2.3：
Conventional Fission Reactors / 10.3：
Breeder Reactors / 10.4：
Fission Proliferation Risks / 10.5：
Fusion Proliferation Risks / 10.6：
The Nuclear Energy Transition / 10.7：
Reshaping Geopolitics / 10.8：
Being a Role Model / 10.9：
Fusion and Space Exploration / 11：
Basics of Spaceflight / 11.1：
Fusion Thruster / 11.2：
Conclusions / Part 5：
When Will We Have Fusion? / 12：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
About the Authors
Acknowledgments
70.
図書
Stefano Biagi, Andrea Bonfiglioli
出版情報:
New Jersey : World Scientific, c2019 xxv, 423 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Flows of Vector Fields in Space / 1：
Notations for vector fields in space / 1.1：
The flow of a vector field / 1.2：
The semigroup property / 1.2.1：
Global vector fields / 1.2.2：
Regular and singular points / 1.2.3：
Differentiation along a flow / 1.3：
The equation of variation for the flow / 1.4：
A Liouville Theorem for ODEs / 1.4.1：
Further regularity of the flow / 1.4.2：
Flowing through X, Y, -X, -Y: commutators / 1.5：
The product of exponentials: motivations / 1.6：
Exercises / 1.7：
The Exponential Theorem / 2：
Main algebraic setting / 2.1：
The Exponential Theorem for K [t] / 2.2：
Two crucial lemmas of non-commutative algebra / 2.2.1：
Poincare's ODE in the formal power series setting / 2.2.2：
The Exponential Theorem for K<> / 2.3：
Dynkin's Formula / 2.4：
A Dynkin-type formula / 2.4.1：
Dynkin's original formula / 2.4.2：
Identities from the Exponential Theorem / 2.5：
The Exponential Theorem for K [s, t] / 2.6：
The algebra K<(x, y> [s, t] / 2.6.1：
The Exponential Theorem for K[s, t] / 2.6.2：
Poincaré's PDEs on K [s, t] / 2.6.3：
More identities / 2.7：
Appendix: manipulations of formal series / 2.8：
The Composition of Flows of Vector Fields / 2.9：
Again on commutators / 3.1：
Composition of flows of vector fields / 3.2：
Approximation for higher order commutators / 3.3：
Appendix: another identity between formal power series / 3.4：
Hadamard's Theorem for Flows / 3.5：
Preliminaries on derivations and differentials / 4.1：
Time-dependent vector fields / 4.1.1：
Relatedness of vector fields and flows / 4.2：
Invariance of a vector field under a map / 4.2.1：
Commutators and Lie-derivatives / 4.3：
Hadamard's Theorem for flows / 4.4：
Commuting vector fields / 4.5：
Hadamard's Theorem for flows in space / 4.6：
Series expansibility / 4.6.1：
Conjugation of flows / 4.6.2：
The CBHD Operation on Finite Dimensional Lie Algebras / 4.7：
Local convergence of the CBHD series / 5.1：
Recursive identities for Dynkin's polynomials / 5.2：
Poincaré's ODE on Lie algebras / 5.3：
More Poincare-type ODEs / 5.3.1：
The local associativity of the CBHD series / 5.4：
Appendix: multiple series in Banach spaces / 5.5：
The Connectivity Theorem / 5.6：
Hörmander systems of vector fields / 6.1：
A useful Linear Algebra lemma / 6.2：
X-subunit curves and X-connectedness / 6.3：
Connectivity for Hörmander vector fields / 6.3.2：
The Carnot-Carathéodory distance / 6.4：
The X-control distance / 7.1：
Some equivalent definitions of d-x / 7.2：
Basic topological properties of the CC-distance / 7.3：
Euclidean boundedness of the dx balls / 7.3.1：
Length space property / 7.3.2：
The Weak Maximum Principle / 7.4：
Main definitions / 8.1：
Picone's Weak Maximum Principle / 8.2：
Existence of L-barriers / 8.3：
The parabolic Weak Maximum Principle / 8.4：
Appendix: semiellipticity and the WMP / 8.5：
Corollaries of the Weak Maximum Principle / 8.6：
Comparison principles / 9.1：
Maximum-modulus and Maximum Principle / 9.2：
The parabolic case / 9.2.1：
An a priori estimate / 9.3：
Application: Green and Poisson operators / 9.4：
Appendix: Another Maximum Principle / 9.5：
The Maximum Propagation Principle / 9.6：
Assumptions on the operators / 10.1：
Principal vector fields / 10.2：
Propagation and Strong Maximum Principle / 10.3：
Invariant sets and the Nagumo-Bony Theorem / 10.4：
The Hopf Lemma / 10.5：
The proof of the Propagation Principle / 10.6：
Conclusions and a résumé / 10.6.1：
The Maximum Propagation along the Drift / 10.7：
Propagation along the drift / 11.1：
A résumé of drift propagation / 11.2：
The point of view of reachable sets / 11.3：
Examples of propagation sets for a PDO / 11.3.1：
The Differential of the Flow wrt its Parameters / 11.4：
The non-autonomous equation of variation / 12.1：
The autonomous equation of variation / 12.1.1：
More on flow differentiation / 12.2：
Appendix: A review of linear ODEs / 12.3：
The Exponential Theorem for ODEs / 12.4：
Finite-dimensional algebras of vector fields / 13.1：
The differential of the flow wrt the vector held / 13.2：
The Exponential Theorem for Lie Groups / 13.3：
The differential of the Exponential Map / 14.1：
The Exponential Theorem for Lie groups / 14.2：
An alternative approach with analytic functions / 14.3：
The Local Third Theorem of Lie / 14.4：
Local Lie's Third Theorem / 15.1：
Global Lie's Third Theorem in the nilpotent case / 15.2：
The Exponential Map of G / 15.2.1：
Construction of Carnot Groups / 15.3：
Finite-dimensional stratified Lie algebras / 16.1：
Construction of Carnot groups / 16.2：
Exponentiation of Vector Field Algebras into Lie Groups / 16.3：
The assumptions for the exponentiation / 17.1：
Construction of the local Lie group / 17.2：
The local Lie-group multiplication / 17.2.1：
The local left invariance of g / 17.2.2：
Local to global / 17.3：
Schur's ODE on g and prolongation of solutions / 17.3.1：
On the Convergence of the CBHD Series / 17.4：
A domain of convergence for the CBHD series / 18.1：
Some prerequisites of Linear Algebra / 18.2：
Algebras and Lie algebras / A.1：
Stratified Lie algebras / A.1.1：
Positive semidefinite matrices / A.2：
The Moore-Penrose pseudo-inverse / A.3：
Dependence Theory for ODEs / A.4：
Review of basic ODE Theory / B.1：
Preliminaries / B.1.1：
Maximal solutions / B.1.2：
ODEs depending on parameters / B.1.3：
Continuous dependence / B.2：
The Arzelà -Ascoli Theorem / B.2.1：
Dependence on the equation / B.2.2：
Dependence on the datum / B.2.3：
Dependence on the parameters / B.2.4：
Ck dependence / B.3：
The equation of variation / B.3.1：
C¿ dependence / B.4：
A brief review of Lie Group Theory / B.5：
A short review of Lie groups / C.1：
The Lie algebra of G / C.1.1：
The exponential map of G / C.1.2：
Right invariant vector fields / C.1.3：
Lie's First Theorem / C.1.4：
Homomorphisms / C.2：
A few examples / C.3：
Further Readings / C.4：
List of abbreviations
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Flows of Vector Fields in Space / 1：
Notations for vector fields in space / 1.1：
71.
図書
edited by Sebastião Formosinho, Mónica Barroso
出版情報:
Cambridge : Royal Society of Chemistry, c2012 ix, 157 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
RSC catalysis series
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Application of the Marcus Cross Relation to Hydrogen Atom Transfer/Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer Reactions / Jeffrey J. Warren ; James M. MayerChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
An Introduction to Marcus Theory / 1.2：
Predicting Organic Hydrogen Atom Transfer Rate Constants / 1.3：
Obtaining Self-Exchange Rate Constants and Equilibrium Constants / 1.3.1：
Tests of the Cross Relation for Organic HAT Reactions / 1.3.2：
Solvent Effects on HAT Rate and Equilibrium Constants / 1.3.3：
A Test Case: Reactions of Bulky Phenoxyl Radicals with TEMPOH / 1.3.4：
Tests of the Cross Relation using KSE-Corrected Self-Exchange Rate Constants / 1.3.5：
Predicting HAT Rate Constants for Transition Metal Complexes / 1.4：
Applying the Cross Relation as a Function of Temperature; the Importance of Using Free Energies / 1.4.1：
Applying the Cross Relation to Oxidations by [RuIV (O)(bpy)2 (py)]2+ / 1.4.2：
Precursor and Successor Complexes for HAT / 1.4.3：
Applying the Cross Relation for Transition Metal HAT / 1.4.4：
Transition Metal Systems that Deviate from the Cross Relation / 1.4.5：
Conclusions: Implications and Limitations of the Cross Relation for Hydrogen Atom Transfer Reactions / 1.5：
References
A Transition-State Perspective of Proton-Coupled Electron Transfers / Luis G. ArnautChapter 2：
Theory / 2.1：
Hydrogen Atom Transfers / 2.2.1：
Proton Transfers in Hydrogen-Bonded Systems / 2.2.2：
Electron Transfers / 2.2.3：
Concerted Proton-Electron Transfers / 2.2.4：
Applications / 2.3：
HAT in the Benzyl/Toluene Self-Exchange / 2.3.1：
PCET in the Phenoxyl/Phenol Self-Exchange / 2.3.2：
CPET in Soybean Lipoxygenase-1 / 2.3.3：
Conclusions / 2.4：
Experimental Approaches Towards Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer Reactions in Biological Redox Systems / Sibylle Brenner ; Sam Hay ; Derren J. Heyes ; Nigel S. ScruttonChapter 3：
Definitions / 3.1：
Thermodynamics of PCET Reactions / 3.1.2：
Kinetics of PCET Reactions / 3.1.3：
Experimental Kinetic Approaches to Analyse PCET Reactions / 3.2：
Case Studies / 3.3：
PCET in Nitrite Reductase / 3.3.1：
Hydride Transfer Reactions in Old Yellow Enzymes / 3.3.2：
Concluding Remarks / 3.4：
Metal Ion-Coupled and Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer in Catalytic Reduction of Dioxygen / Shunichi Fukuzumi ; Hiroaki KotaniChapter 4：
PCET from Electron Donors to O2 / 4.1：
MCET from Electron Donors to O2 / 4.3：
MCET from O2 •-Mn+ to p-Benzoquinones / 4.4：
Catalytic Two-Electron Reduction of O2 via MCET and PCET / 4.5：
Catalytic Four-Electron Reduction of O2 / 4.6：
Cofacial Dicobalt Porphyrin and Porphyrin-Corrole Dyads / 4.6.1：
Mononuclear Cu Complexes / 4.6.2：
A Heterodinuclear Indium-Ruthenium Complex / 4.6.3：
Mononuclear Mn Complexes / 4.6.4：
Summary and Conclusions / 4.7：
Acknowledgements
Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer in Natural and Artificial Photosynthesis / M. Barroso ; Luis G. Amaut ; Sebastiao J. FormosinhoChapter 5：
Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer Reactions / 5.1：
Interfacial PCET / 5.2.1：
Thermodynamics of Water Splitting and CO2 Reduction / 5.3：
Natural Photosynthesis / 5.4：
Structure and Mechanism of Photosystem II / 5.4.1：
PCET in Photosystem II / 5.4.2：
Artificial Photosynthesis / 5.5：
Model Systems for Photosystem II / 5.5.1：
Water Oxidation Catalysts / 5.5.2：
Proton and CO2 Reduction / 5.5.3：
Subject Index / 5.6：
Application of the Marcus Cross Relation to Hydrogen Atom Transfer/Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer Reactions / Jeffrey J. Warren ; James M. MayerChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
An Introduction to Marcus Theory / 1.2：
72.
図書
Nicholas P. Cheremisinoff and Anton Davletshin
出版情報:
Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley , Salem, Mass. : Scrivener, c2011 xii, 529 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Toxic Nature of Crude Oil / 1：
High Risk Areas / 1.1：
Potential Impacts / 1.2：
Definitions / 1.3：
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) / 1.3.1：
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH) / 1.3.2：
Examples of Historical Oil Spills and Their Impacts / 1.4：
Origins of Spills / 2：
Offshore Drilling / 2.1：
Case Study / 2.2：
Use of Chemical Dispersants / 3：
Dispersants / 3.1：
Methods of Application / 3.2：
Application at Sea / 3.2.1：
Vessel Spraying / 3.2.1.1：
Aerial Spraying / 3.2.1.2：
Types of Dispersants and Commercial Products / 3.3：
Combating Spills at the Shoreline / 4：
Chemical Warfare / 4.1：
Booms and Barriers / 4.2：
Emerging Technologies / 5：
Clean World Innovations and EncapSol / 5.1：
Clean World Innovations Technology / 5.1.1：
EncapSol Technology / 5.1.2：
Centrifuges / 5.2：
Skimmers and Response Vessels / 5.3：
Spill Response and Worker Protection / 6：
Countermeasure Options / 6.1：
Biological Agents / 6.1.1：
Shoreline Cleaners / 6.1.3：
Controlled or In-Situ Burning / 6.1.4：
Suggested References Concerning In-Situ Burning at Sea / 6.1.5：
Spill Response Protocols and Strategies
Defining Worker Training Requirements / 6.2.1：
National Contingency Plan / 6.2.2：
Useful Definitions / 6.2.2.1：
Planning and Coordination Structure ($ 300.205) / 6.2.2.2：
Operational Response Phases for Oil Removal / 6.2.2.3：
Environmental and Health and Safety Definitions / 6.2.3：
Worker Protection / 6.3：
Occupational Exposure Standards / 6.3.1：
Glossary / 6.3.2：
Medical Surveillance / 6.3.3：
Fitness and Heat Stress / 6.3.4：
Awareness and Recognizing the Hazards / 6.3.5：
Material Safety Data Sheets and Worker Orientation / 6.3.6：
Supplementing the Initial Orientation / 6.3.7：
Safe Handling Of Drums / 6.3.8：
Transferring Flammable Liquids / 6.3.8.1：
Chemical Protective Clothing / 6.3.9：
Classification of Protective Clothing / 6.3.9.1：
Garment Selection Factors / 6.3.9.2：
Decontamination / 6.3.9.3：
Levels of Protection / 6.3.10：
Respiratory Protection / 6.3.10.1：
Atmospheres that are Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) / 6.3.10.2：
Glossary of Respiratory Protection Terms / 6.3.10.3：
The Oil Spill Response Plan / 6.4：
Air Monitoring / 6.5：
Reasons for Air Monitoring / 6.5.1：
Direct vs. Indirect Methods / 6.5.2：
Instrumentation and Community Air Monitoring Program / 6.5.3：
Odors / 6.5.4：
Standard of Care and The BP Oil Spill / 7：
The Impacts / 7.1：
The Waxman/Stupak Letter / 7.2：
Well Design / 7.2.1：
Centralizers / 7.2.2：
Cement Bond Log / 7.2.3：
Mud Circulation / 7.2.4：
Lockdown Sleeve / 7.2.5：
Standard of Care / 7.3：
Blowout Preventer / 7.3.1：
Emeregncy Response Preparedness / 7.3.7：
Contractor Training and Worker Protection / 7.3.8：
Use of Dispersants / 7.3.9：
BP's Corporate Culture and Day of Reckoning / 7.3.10：
Mineral Management Services and the Role of Industry / 7.3.11：
Commentary / 7.3.12：
Index
About the Authors
Preface
Toxic Nature of Crude Oil / 1：
High Risk Areas / 1.1：
73.
図書
edited by Hisashi Yamamoto and Takashi Kato
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword / Dr Hamaguchi
Preface / Dr Noyori
Charge Transport Simulations for Organic Semiconductors / Hiroyuki Ishii1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Historical Approach to Organic Semiconductors / 1.1.1：
Recent Progress and Requirements to Computational "Molecular Technology" / 1.1.2：
Theoretical Description of Charge Transport in Organic Semiconductors / 1.2：
Incoherent Hopping Transport Model / 1.2.1：
Coherent Band Transport Model / 1.2.2：
Coherent Polaron Transport Model / 1.2.3：
Trap Potentials / 1.2.4：
Wave-packet Dynamics Approach Based on Density Functional Theory / 1.2.5：
Charge Transport Properties of Organic Semiconductors / 1.3：
Comparison of Polaron Formation Energy with Dynamic Disorder of Transfer Integrals due to Molecular Vibrations / 1.3.1：
Temperature Dependence of Mobility / 1.3.2：
Evaluation of Intrinsic Mobilities for Various Organic Semiconductors / 1.3.3：
Summary / 1.4：
Forthcoming Challenges in Theoretical Studies / 1.4.1：
Acknowledgments
References
Liquid-Phase Interfacial Synthesis of Highly Oriented Crystalline Molecular Nanosheets / Rie Makiura2：
Molecular Nanosheet Formation with Traditional Surfactants at Air/Liquid Interfaces / 2.1：
History of Langmuir-Blodgett Film / 2.2.1：
Basics of Molecular Nanosheet Formation at Air/Liquid Interfaces / 2.2.2：
Application of Functional Organic Molecules for Nanosheet Formation at Air/Liquid Interfaces / 2.3：
Functional Organic Molecules with Long Alkyl Chains / 2.3.1：
Functional Organic Molecules without Long Alkyl Chains / 2.3.2：
Application of Functional Porphyrins on Metal Ion Solutions / 2.3.3：
Porphyrin-Based Metal-Organic Framework (MOF) Nanosheet Crystals Assembled at Air/Liquid Interfaces / 2.4：
Metal-Organic Frameworks / 2.4.1：
Method of MOF Nanosheet Creation at Air/Liquid Interfaces / 2.4.2：
Study of the Formation Process of MOF Nanosheets by In Situ X-Ray Diffraction and Brewster Angle Microscopy at Air/Liquid Interfaces / 2.4.3：
Application of a Postinjection Method Leading to Enlargement of the Uniform MOF Nanosheet Domain Size / 2.4.4：
Layer-by-Layer Sequential Growth of Nanosheets - Toward Three-Dimensionally Stacked Crystalline MOF Thin Films / 2.4.5：
Manipulation of the Layer Stacking Motif in MOF Nanosheets / 2.4.6：
Manipulation of In-Plane Molecular Arrangement in MOF Nanosheets / 2.4.7：
Molecular Technology for Organic Semiconductors Toward Printed and Flexible Electronics / Toshihiro Okamoto3：
Molecular Design and Favorable Aggregated Structure for Effective Charge Transport of Organic Semiconductors / 3.1：
Molecular Design of Linearly Fused Acene-Type Molecules / 3.3：
Molecular Technology of ¿-Conjugated Cores for p-Type Organic Semiconductors / 3.4：
Molecular Technology of Substituents for Organic Semiconductors / 3.5：
Bulky-Type Substituents / 3.5.1：
Linear Alkyl Chain Substituents / 3.5.2：
Molecular Technology of Conceptually-new Bent-shaped ¿-Conjugated Cores for p-Type Organic Semiconductors / 3.6：
Bent-Shaped Heteroacenes / 3.6.1：
Molecular Technology for n-Type Organic Semiconductors / 3.7：
Naphthalene Diimide and Perylene Diimide / 3.7.1：
Design of Multiproton-Responsive Metal Complexes as Molecular Technology for Transformation of Small Molecules / Shigeki Kuwata4：
Cooperation of Metal and Functional Groups in Metalloenzymes / 4.1：
[FeFe] Hydrogenase / 4.2.1：
Peroxidase / 4.2.2：
Nitrogenase / 4.2.3：
Proton-Responsive Metal Complexes with Two Appended Protic Groups / 4.3：
Pincer-Type Bis(azole) Complexes / 4.3.1：
Bis(2-hydroxypyridine) Chelate Complexes / 4.3.2：
Proton-Responsive Metal Complexes with Three Appended Protic Groups on Tripodal Scaffolds / 4.4：
Summary and Outlook / 4.5：
Photo-Control of Molecular Alignment for Photonic and Mechanical Applications / Miho Aizawa and Christopher J. Barrett and Atsushi Shishido5：
Photo-Chemical Alignment / 5.1：
Photo-Physical Alignment / 5.3：
Photo-Physico-Chemical Alignment / 5.4：
Application as Photo-Actuators / 5.5：
Conclusions and Perspectives / 5.6：
Molecular Technology for Chirality Control: From Structure to Circular Polarization / Yoshiaki Uchida and Tetsuya Narushima and Junpei Yuasa6：
Chiral Lanthanide(III) Complexes as Circularly Polarized Luminescence Materials / 6.1：
Circularly Polarized Luminescence (CPL) / 6.1.1：
Theoretical Explanation for Large CPL Activity of Chiral Lanthanide(III) Complexes / 6.1.2：
Optical Activity of Chiral Lanthanide(III) Complexes / 6.1.3：
CPL of Chiral Lanthanide(III) Complexes for Frontier Applications / 6.1.4：
Magnetic Circular Dichroism and Magnetic Circularly Polarized Luminescence / 6.2：
Magnetic-Field-induced Symmetry Breaking on Light Absorption and Emission / 6.2.1：
Molecular Materials Showing MCD and MCPL and Applications / 6.2.2：
Molecular Self-assembled Helical Structures as Source of Circularly Polarized Light / 6.3：
Chiral Liquid Crystalline Phases with Self-assembled Helical Structures / 6.3.1：
Strong CPL of CLC Laser Action / 6.3.2：
Optical Activity Caused by Mesoscopic Chiral Structures and Microscopic Analysis of the Chiroptical Properties / 6.4：
Microscopic CD Measurements via Far-field Detection / 6.4.1：
Optical Activity Measurement Based on Improvement of a PEM Technique / 6.4.2：
Discrete Illumination of Pure Circularly Polarized Light / 6.4.3：
Complete Analysis of Contribution From All Polarization Components / 6.4.4：
Near-field CD Imaging / 6.4.5：
Conclusions / 6.5：
Molecular Technology of Excited Triplet State / Yuki Kurashige and Nobuhiro Yanai and Yong-Jin Pu and So Kawata7：
Properties of the Triplet Exciton and Associated Phenomena for Molecular Technology / 7.1：
Introduction: The Triplet Exciton / 7.1.1：
Molecular Design for Long Diffusion Length / 7.1.2：
Theoretical Analysis for the Electronic Transition Processes Associated with Triplet / 7.1.3：
Near-infrared-to-visible Photon Upconversion: Chromophore Development and Triplet Energy Migration / 7.2：
Evaluation of TTA-UC Properties / 7.2.1：
NIR-to-visible TTA-UC Sensitized by Metalated Macrocyclic Molecules / 7.2.3：
TTA-UC Sensitized by Metal Complexes with S-T Absorption / 7.2.4：
Conclusion and Outlook / 7.2.5：
Singlet Exciton Fission Molecules and Their Application to Organic Photovoltaics / 7.3：
Polycyclic ¿-Conjugated Compounds / 7.3.1：
Pentacene / 7.3.2.1：
Tetracene / 7.3.2.2：
Hexacene / 7.3.2.3：
A Heteroacene
Perylene and Terrylene / 7.3.2.5：
Nonpolycyclic ¿-Conjugated Compounds / 7.3.3：
Polymers / 7.3.4：
Perspectives / 7.3.5：
Material Transfer and Spontaneous Motion in Mesoscopic Scale with Molecular Technology / Yoshiyuki Kageyama and Yoshiko Takenaka and Kenji Higashiguchi8：
Introduction of Chemical Actuators / 8.1：
Composition of This Chapter / 8.1.2：
Mechanism to Originate Mesoscale Motion / 8.2：
Motion Generated by Molecular Power / 8.2.1：
Gliding Motion of a Mesoscopic Object by the Gradient of Environmental Factors / 8.2.2：
Mesoscopic Motion of an Object by Mechanical Motion of Molecules / 8.2.3：
Toward the Implementation of a One-Dimensional Actuator: Artificial Muscle / 8.2.4：
Generation of "Molecular Power" by a Stimuli-Responsive Molecule / 8.3：
Structural Changes of Molecules and Supramolecular Structures / 8.3.1：
Structural Changes of Photo chromic Molecules / 8.3.2：
Fundamentals of Kinetics of Photochromic Reaction / 8.3.3：
Photoisomerization and Actuation / 8.3.4：
Mesoscale Motion Generated by Cooperation of "Molecular Power" / 8.4：
Motion in Gradient Fields / 8.4.1：
Movement Triggered by Mobile Molecules / 8.4.2：
Autonomous Motion with Self-Organization / 8.4.3：
Molecular Technologies for Photocatalytic CO2 Reduction / Yusuke Tamaki and Hiroyuki Takeda and Osamu Ishitani8.5：
Photocatalytic Systems Consisting of Mononuclear Metal Complexes / 9.1：
Rhenium(I) Complexes / 9.2.1：
Reaction Mechanism / 9.2.2：
Multicomponent Systems / 9.2.3：
Photocatalytic CO2 Reduction Using Earth-Abundant Elements as the Central Metal of Metal Complexes / 9.2.4：
Supramolecular Photocatalysts: Multinuclear Complexes / 9.3：
Ru(II)-Re(I) Systems / 9.3.1：
Ru(II)-Ru(II) Systems / 9.3.2：
Ir(III)-Re(I) and Os(II)-Re(I) Systems / 9.3.3：
Photocatalytic Reduction of Low Concentration of CO2 / 9.4：
Hybrid Systems Consisting of the Supramolecular Photocatalyst and Semiconductor Photocatalysts / 9.5：
Conclusion / 9.6：
Acknowledgements
Molecular Design of Photocathode Materials for Hydrogen Evolution and Carbon Dioxide Reduction / Christopher D. Windle and Soundarrajan Chandrasekaran and Hiromu Kumagai and Go Sahara and Keiji Nagai and Toshiyuki Abe and Murielle Chavarot-Kerlidou and Osamu Ishitani and Vincent Artero10：
Photocathode Materials for H2 Evolution / 10.1：
Molecular Photocathodes for H2 Evolution Based on Low Bandgap Semiconductors / 10.2.1：
Molecular Catalysts Physisorbed on a Semiconductor Surface / 10.2.1.1：
Covalent Attachment of the Catalyst to the Surface of the Semiconductor / 10.2.1.2：
Covalent Attachment of the Catalyst Within an Oligomeric or Polymeric Material Coating the Semiconductor Surface / 10.2.1.3：
H2 -evolving Photocathodes Based on Organic Semiconductors / 10.2.2：
Dye-sensitised Photocathodes for H2 Production / 10.2.3：
Dye-sensitised Photocathodes with Physisorbed or Diffusing Catalysts / 10.2.3.1：
Dye-sensitised Photocathodes Based on Covalent or Supramolecular Dye-Catalyst Assemblies / 10.2.3.2：
Dye-sensitised Photocathodes Based on Co-grafted Dyes and Catalysts / 10.2.3.3：
Photocathodes for CO2 Reduction Based on Molecular Catalysts / 10.3：
Photocatalytic Systems Consisting of a Molecular Catalyst and a Semiconductor Photo electrode / 10.3.1：
Dye-sensitised Photocathodes Based on Molecular Photocatalysts / 10.3.2：
Molecular Design of Glucose Biofuel Cell Electrodes / Michael Holzinger and Yuta Nishina and Alan Le Goff and Masato Tominaga and Serge Cosnier and Seiya Tsujimura11：
Molecular Approaches for Enzymatic Electrocatalytic Oxidation of Glucose / 11.1：
Molecular Designs for Enhanced Electron Transfers with Oxygen-Reducing Enzymes / 11.3：
Conclusion and Future Perspectives / 11.4：
Index
Foreword / Dr Hamaguchi
Preface / Dr Noyori
Charge Transport Simulations for Organic Semiconductors / Hiroyuki Ishii1：
74.
図書
John V. Guttag
出版情報:
Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press, c2016 xv, 447 p. ; 23 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Getting Started / 1：
Introduction to Python / 2：
The Basic Elements of Python / 2.1：
Objects, Expressions, and Numerical Types / 2.1.1：
Variables and Assignment / 2.1.2：
Python IDE's / 2.1.3：
Branching Programs / 2.2：
Strings and Input / 2.3：
Input / 2.3.1：
A Digression About Character Encoding / 2.3.2：
Iteration / 2.4：
Some Simple Numerical Programs / 3：
Exhaustive Enumeration / 3.1：
For Loops / 3.2：
Approximate Solutions and Bisection Search / 3.3：
A Few Words About Using Floats / 3.4：
Newton-Raphson / 3.5：
Functions, Scoping, and Abstraction / 4：
Functions and Scoping / 4.1：
Function Definitions / 4.1.1：
Keyword Arguments and Default Values / 4.1.2：
Scoping / 4.1.3：
Specifications / 4.2：
Recursion / 4.3：
Fibonacci Numbers / 4.3.1：
Palindromes / 4.3.2：
Global Variables / 4.4：
Modules / 4.5：
Files / 4.6：
Structured Types, Mutability, and Higher-Order Functions / 5：
Tuples / 5.1：
Sequences and Multiple Assignment / 5.1.1：
Ranges / 5.2：
Lists and Mutability / 5.3：
Cloning / 5.3.1：
List Comprehension / 5.3.2：
Functions as Objects / 5.4：
Strings, Tuples, Ranges, and Lists / 5.5：
Dictionaries / 5.6：
Testing and Debugging / 6：
Testing / 6.1：
Black-Box Testing / 6.1.1：
Glass-box Testing / 6.1.2：
Conducting Tests / 6.1.3：
Debugging / 6.2：
Learning to Debug / 6.2.1：
Designing the Experiment / 6.2.2：
When the Going Gets Tough / 6.2.3：
When You Have Found "The" Bug / 6.2.4：
Exceptions and Assertions / 7：
Handling Exceptions / 7.1：
Exceptions as a Control Flow Mechanism / 7.2：
Assertions / 7.3：
Classes and Object-Oriented Programming / 8：
Abstract Data Types and Classes / 8.1：
Designing Programs Using Abstract Data Types / 8.1.1：
Using Classes to Keep Track of Students and Faculty / 8.1.2：
Inheritance / 8.2：
Multiple Levels of Inheritance / 8.2.1：
The Substitution Principle / 8.2.2：
Encapsulation and Information Hiding / 8.3：
Generators / 8.3.1：
Mortgages, an Extended Example / 8.4：
A Simplistic Introduction to Whom It May Concern: Algorithmic Complexity / 9：
Thinking About Computational Complexity / 9.1：
Asymptotic Notation / 9.2：
Some Important Complexity Classes / 9.3：
Constant Complexity / 9.3.1：
Logarithmic Complexity / 9.3.2：
Linear Complexity / 9.3.3：
Log-Linear Complexity / 9.3.4：
Polynomial Complexity / 9.3.5：
Exponential Complexity / 9.3.6：
Comparisons of Complexity Classes / 9.3.7：
Some Simple Algorithms and Data Structures / 10：
Search Algorithms / 10.1：
Linear Search and Using Indirection to Access Elements / 10.1.1：
Binary Search and Exploiting Assumptions / 10.1.2：
Sorting Algorithms / 10.2：
Merge Sort / 10.2.1：
Exploiting Functions as Parameters / 10.2.2：
Sorting in Python / 10.2.3：
Hash Tables / 10.3：
Plotting and More about Classes / 11：
Plotting Using PyLab / 11.1：
Plotting Mortgages, an Extended Example / 11.2：
Knapsack and Graph Optimization Problems / 12：
Knapsack Problems / 12.1：
Greedy Algorithms / 12.1.1：
An Optimal Solution to the 0/1 Knapsack Problem / 12.1.2：
Graph Optimization Problems / 12.2：
Some Classic Graph-Theoretic Problems / 12.2.1：
Shortest Path: Depth-First Search and Breadth-First Search / 12.2.2：
Dynamic Programming / 13：
Fibonacci Sequences, Revisited / 13.1：
Dynamic Programming and the 0/1 Knapsack Problem / 13.2：
Dynamic Programming and Divide-and-Conquer / 13.3：
Random Walks and More About Data Visualization / 14：
Random Walks / 14.1：
The Drunkards Walk / 14.2：
Biased Random Walks / 14.3：
Treacherous Fields / 14.4：
Stochastic Programs, Probability, and Distributions / 15：
Stochastic Programs / 15.1：
Calculating Simple Probabilities / 15.2：
Inferential Statistics / 15.3：
Distributions / 15.4：
Probability Distributions / 15.4.1：
Normal Distributions / 15.4.2：
Continuous and Discrete Uniform Distributions / 15.4.3：
Binomial and Multinomial Distributions / 15.4.4：
Exponential and Geometric Distributions / 15.4.5：
Benford's Distribution / 15.4.6：
Hashing and Collisions / 15.5：
How Often Does the Better Team Win? / 15.6：
Monte Carlo Simulation / 16：
Pascal's Problem / 16.1：
Pass or Don't Pass? / 16.2：
Using Table Lookup to Improve Performance / 16.3：
Findings π / 16.4：
Some Closing Remarks about Simulation Models / 16.5：
Sampling and Confidence Intervals / 17：
Sampling the Boston Marathon / 17.1：
The Central Limit Theorem / 17.2：
Standard Error of the Mean / 17.3：
Understanding Experimental Data / 18：
The Behavior of Springs / 18.1：
Using Linear Regression to Find a Fit / 18.1.1：
The Behavior of Projectiles / 18.2：
Coefficient of Determination / 18.2.1：
Using a Computational Model / 18.2.2：
Fitting Exponentially Distributed Data / 18.3：
When Theory is Missing / 18.4：
Randomized Trials and Hypothesis Checking / 19：
Checking Significance / 19.1：
Beware of P-values / 19.2：
One-tail and One-sample Tests / 19.3：
Significant or Not? / 19.4：
Which N? / 19.5：
Multiple Hypotheses / 19.6：
Conditional Probability and Bayesian Statistics / 20：
Conditional Probabilities / 20.1：
Bayes' Theorem / 20.2：
Bayesian Updating / 20.3：
Lies, Damned Lies, and Statistics / 21：
Garbage in Garbage Out (GIGO) / 21.1：
Tests Are Imperfect / 21.2：
Pictures Can Be Deceiving / 21.3：
Cum Hoc Ergo Propter Hoc / 21.4：
Statistical Measures Don't Tell the Whole Story / 21.5：
Sampling Bias / 21.6：
Context Matters / 21.7：
Beware of Extrapolation / 21.8：
The Texas Sharpshooter Fallacy / 21.9：
Percentages Can Confuse / 21.10：
Statistically Significant Differences Can Be Insignificant / 21.11：
The Regressive Fallacy / 21.12：
Just Beware / 21.13：
A Quick Look at Machine Learning / 22：
Feature Vectors / 22.1：
Distance Metrics / 22.2：
Clustering / 23：
Class Cluster / 23.1：
K-means Clustering / 23.2：
A Contrived Example / 23.3：
A Less Contrived Example / 23.4：
Classification Methods / 24：
Evaluating Classifiers / 24.1：
Predicting the Gender of Runners / 24.2：
K-nearest Neighbors / 24.3：
Regression-based Classifiers / 24.4：
Surviving the Titanic / 24.5：
Wrapping Up / 24.6：
Python 3.5 Quick Reference
Index
Preface
Acknowledgments
Getting Started / 1：
75.
図書
Lucien Gilles Benguigui
出版情報:
Singapore ; London : World Scientific, c2010 xv, 162 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Dedication
Preface
List of Figures
Physical Constants
Introduction
Fundamentals / I：
The Closed System or the Microcanonical Ensemble / 1：
The Microcanonical Ensemble / 1.1：
Properties of the Entropy / 1.2：
An Example / 1.3：
The System in Thermal Contact with a Reservoir: The Canonical and Grand Canonical Ensembles / 2：
The Canonical Ensemble / 2.1：
The partition function / 2.1.1：
Energy, entropy and thermodynamic potential / 2.1.2：
A two-level system / 2.1.3：
The ideal gas; equipartition of energy in classical mechanics / 2.1.4：
The Grand Canonical Ensemble / 2.2：
The grand partition function / 2.2.1：
The number of particles, energy, entropy and the grand potential / 2.2.2：
An example / 2.2.3：
Summary / 2.3：
Fluctuations / 2.3.1：
Final remark / 2.3.2：
Quantum Statistics / 3：
The Partition Function and the Free Energy / 3.1：
For variable N and for fermions / 3.1.1：
For variable N and for bosons / 3.1.2：
For fixed N, and for both fermions and bosons / 3.1.3：
The Energy and the Entropy / 3.2：
The Classical Ideal Gas: Maxwell-Boltzmann Statistics / 3.3：
Qualitative Behavior of the Chemical Potential and the Derivation of (∂μ/∂T)V,N <0 / 3.4：
Bosons / 3.4.1：
Fermions / 3.4.2：
The Density of States / 4：
The Wave Vector / 4.1：
The Monatomic Ideal Gas / 4.2：
The internal energy, entropy and equation of state / 4.3.1：
The classical limit / 4.3.3：
Some Problems / 5：
The Quantum Harmonic Oscillator / 5.1：
Low temperature limit / 5.1.1：
High temperature limit / 5.1.2：
The Polyatomic Ideal Gas / 5.2：
Bosons and Fermions in a Two-Level System / 5.3：
The particles are bosons / 5.3.1：
The particles are fermions / 5.3.2：
Classical particles / 5.3.3：
The Magnetic Chain / 5.4：
Applications / II：
The Gas of Photons: The Black Body Radiation / 6：
The Energy and the Energy Spectrum / 6.1：
The Free Energy and the Entropy / 6.2：
The relation with the wave picture / 6.2.1：
Light Emission and Absorption of Solids; Kirchhoff's Law / 6.3：
The Black Body Emission / 6.4：
The Properties of Photon Gas are Independent of the Shape and the Material of the Cavity / 6.5：
Atomic Vibration in Solids: Phonons / 7：
Atomic Vibration in Solids / 7.1：
The Properties of Phonons / 7.2：
The Low Temperature Case / 7.3：
The High Temperature Case / 7.4：
The Debye Formula / 7.5：
Resolution of the Differential Equation (7.1) by Means of Trigonometric Functions / 7.6：
Derivation of the Expression (7.30) Giving Cv in the Debye Model / 7.7：
The Boson Gas at Low Temperature: The Bose-Einstein Condensation / 8：
The Chemical Potential / 8.1：
The Energy, Specific Heat, Free Energy and Entropy / 8.2：
Experimental Verfication / 8.3：
The Gas of Fermions: Electrons in Metals and in Semiconductors / 9：
Free Electrons in a Box / 9.1：
The Fermi-Dirac function / 9.1.1：
The chemical potential or the Fermi level / 9.1.2：
The energy / 9.1.3：
The specific heat / 9.1.4：
Applications to metals / 9.1.5：
Electrons in Semiconductors / 9.2：
A History of Statistical Mechanics / 10：
Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics Before Maxwell and Bolztmann / 10.1：
The Kinetic Theory of Maxwell / 10.2：
Boltzmann and Irreversibility / 10.3：
Gibbs, the Father of Statistical Mechanics / 10.4：
Planck and Einstein: Quantum Theory and Statistics / 10.5：
The Method of Bose and the Bose-Einstein Condensation / 10.6：
The Principle of Pauli and the Statistics of Fermi and Dirac / 10.7：
Modern Developments / 10.8：
Exercises
Index
Dedication
Preface
List of Figures
76.
図書
Isabelle Chalendar, Jonathan R. Partington
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Background / 1：
Functional analysis / 1.1：
Weak topology / 1.1.1：
Hahn-Banach theorem / 1.1.2：
Stone-Weierstrass theorem / 1.1.3：
Banach-Steinhaus theorem / 1.1.4：
Complex measures / 1.1.5：
Riesz representation theorem / 1.1.6：
Geometry of Banach spaces / 1.1.7：
Operator theory / 1.2：
Basic definitions and spectral properties / 1.2.1：
Wold decomposition of an isometry / 1.2.2：
Riesz-Dunford functional calculus / 1.2.3：
The Poisson kernel / 1.3：
Hardy spaces / 1.4：
Inner and outer functions / 1.4.1：
Consequences of the inner-outer factorization / 1.4.2：
The theorems of Beurling and Wiener / 1.4.3：
The disc algebra / 1.4.4：
Reproducing kernels, Riesz bases and Carleson sequences / 1.4.5：
Functions of bounded mean oscillation / 1.4.6：
The Hilbert transform on the unit circle / 1.4.7：
Number Theory / 1.5：
The operator-valued Poisson kernel and its applications / 2：
The operator-valued Poisson kernel / 2.1：
The H$ functional calculus for absolutely continuous p-contractions / 2.2：
H$ functional calculus in a complex Banach space / 2.3：
Absolutely continuous elementary spectral measures / 2.4：
Exercises
Comments
The basis of the S. Brown method / 3：
The starting point / 3.1.1：
The class A / 3.1.2：
Factorization of log-integrable functions / 3.1.3：
Applications in harmonic analysis / 3.3：
Subnormal operators / 3.4：
Borelian functional calculus for normal operators / 3.4.1：
Invariant subspaces for subnormal operators / 3.4.2：
Surjectivity of continuous bilinear mapping / 3.5：
Polynomially bounded operators with rich spectrum / 3.5.1：
Apostol's theorem / 4.1：
Operators with a C2(T) functional calculus / 4.2：
The Colojoara-Foias, theorem / 4.2.2：
Zenger's theorem / 4.3：
Zenger's theorem and a factorization result / 4.3.1：
A stronger version of Zenger's theorem / 4.3.2：
Carleson's interpolation theorem / 4.4：
Approximation using Apostol sets / 4.5：
Approximation of integrable non-negative functions / 4.5.1：
Approximate eigenvalues / 4.5.2：
Invariant subspace results / 4.6：
Beurling algebras / 5：
Properties of Beurling algebras / 5.1：
Theorems of Wermer and Atzmon / 5.2：
Bishop operators / 5.3：
Davie's functional calculus / 5.3.1：
The point spectrum / 5.3.2：
Rational Bishop operators / 5.4：
Cyclic vectors / 5.4.1：
The lattice of invariant subspaces / 5.4.2：
Applications of a fixed-point theorem / 6：
Operators commuting with compact operators / 6.1：
Essentially self-adjoint operators / 6.2：
Preliminaries / 6.2.1：
Application to invariant subspaces / 6.2.3：
Minimal vectors / 7：
The basic definitions / 7.1：
Minimal vectors in Hilbert space / 7.2：
A general extremal problem / 7.3：
Approximation in Hilbert spaces / 7.3.1：
Approximation in reflexive Banach spaces / 7.3.2：
Application to hyperinvariant subspaces / 7.4：
The main theorem / 7.4.1：
Compact operators / 7.4.2：
Weighted composition operators / 7.4.3：
Weighted shifts / 7.4.4：
Universal operators / 7.4.5：
Construction of universal models / 8.1：
Bilateral weighted shifts / 8.2：
Composition operators / 8.3：
Universality of composition operators / 8.3.1：
Minimal subspaces and eigenfunctions / 8.3.2：
Moment sequences and binomial sums / 9：
Moment sequences / 9.1：
Operators on sequence spaces / 9.2：
Binomial sums / 9.3：
Proof of Theorem 9.3.1 / 9.3.1：
A technical refinement / 9.3.2：
Application to Banach algebras and invariant subspaces / 9.3.3：
Positive and strictly-singular operators / 10：
Ordered spaces and positive operators / 10.1：
Invariant subspaces for positive operators / 10.2：
Strictly singular operators / 10.3：
References
Index
Preface
Background / 1：
Functional analysis / 1.1：
77.
図書
Jean-Michel Gillet
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
About the Author
Experimental Puzzles and Birth of a New Constant in Physics / Part I：
From Waves to Particles / Chapter 1：
Short Wavelength Issue in Black-Body Radiation / 1.1：
Applications of black-body radiation / 1.1.1：
Frequency Dependence of Photoelectricity / 1.2：
Applications of the photoelectric effect / 1.2.1：
Compton, Checking on Electrons' Speed / 1.3：
Applications and illustrations of Compton scattering / 1.3.1：
From Particles to Wave Fields / Chapter 2：
Bohr Orbits Ground-Breaking Model / 2.1：
Applications of atomic radiation spectra / 2.1.1：
Louis de Broglie Introduces Particle Waves / 2.2：
The Franck and Hertz Energy Loss Experiment / 2.3：
Davisson and Germer Diffract Matter Particles / 2.4：
Applications of massive particles diffraction / 2.4.1：
From Phenomenology to an Axiomatic Formulation of Quantum Physics / Part II：
A Heuristic Approach to Quantum Modelling / Chapter 3：
Waves as We Know Them: Let There Be Light / 3.1：
The medium / 3.1.1：
The energy / 3.1.2：
The waves / 3.1.3：
Matter Wave: Function and Consequences / 3.2：
A wavefunction to describe particles / 3.2.1：
Wavefunctions as plane waves or wave packets / 3.2.2：
A Wave Equation: The Schrödinger Equation / 3.3：
Mean position, mean potential / 3.3.1：
Mean momentum, mean kinetic energy / 3.3.2：
Mean total energy / 3.3.3：
The Schrödinger equation and its operators / 3.3.4：
Stationary solutions to Schrödinger's equation / 3.3.5：
General solution to Schrödinger's equation / 3.3.6：
Stationary States in One Dimension / 3.4：
Piecewise Constant Potentials / Chapter 4：
Potential Jumps and Infinite Forces / 4.1：
On Wavefunction Continuity / 4.2：
Infinite Well / 4.3：
Potential Step / 4.4：
Going down / 4.4.1：
Going up / 4.4.2：
Finite Square Well: Bound and Unbound States / 4.5：
An Application of Quantum Wells: Thermoluminescence and Dating / 4.6：
Potential Barrier / 4.7：
The Jeffreys-Wentzel-Kramers-Brillouin Approximation and Non-constant Barriers / 4.8：
Applications of the Tunnel Transmission / 4.9：
The tunnel effect at two energy scales / 4.9.1：
The scanning tunnelling microscope / 4.9.2：
Quantum Postulates and Their Mathematical Artillery / Chapter 5：
New Game, New Rules / 5.1：
Representation of a physical state / 5.1.1：
Physical quantities and operators / 5.1.2：
Results of measurements / 5.1.3：
Probability of a measurement outcome / 5.1.4：
Collapse of the wave packet / 5.1.5：
Time evolution of a state vector / 5.1.6：
The Mathematical Artillery / 5.2：
State space and kets / 5.2.1：
Operators / 5.2.2：
Mean values and generalized indetermination / 5.2.3：
An Application of Measurement Postulates to Quantum Cryptography / 5.3：
The secret correspondence between Alice and Bob / 5.3.1：
A measurement that leaves its mark / 5.3.2：
Sharing a quantum key / 5.3.3：
Spy, are you there? / 5.3.4：
Time Evolution of a State Ket / 5.4：
General implications of the evolution postulate / 5.4.1：
Application of a tunnelling dynamics to the MASER / 5.4.2：
A Classical to Quantum World Fuzzy Border / Part III：
Phase Space Classical Mechanics / Chapter 6：
Lagrangian and "Least Action Principle" / 6.1：
Lagrange's equations / 6.1.1：
From Lagrange to Hamilton / 6.2：
Constrained Trajectories / 6.3：
From holonomic constraint / 6.3.1：
… to Lagrange multipliers / 6.3.2：
From Hamilton to Hamilton-Jacobi / 6.4：
Reconnecting to Quantum Physics / 6.5：
Quantum Criteria (Who Needs Quantum Physics?) / Chapter 7：
Ehrenfest's Theorem / 7.1：
Transition from Quantum to Classical Hamilton-Jacobi's Equation / 7.2：
Particle Trajectories or Wave Interference? / 7.3：
Large quantum numbers and Bohr's correspondence principle / 7.3.1：
The noticeable interferences criterion / 7.3.2：
The propagator and the multiple paths of a quantum particle / 7.3.3：
Bibliography
Index
Model Hamiltonians and Approximations
Vibrating Systems
On the Role of Harmonic Oscillators in Physics
The pendulum example
A more general perspective / 1.1.2：
The Quantum Harmonic Oscillator
The harmonic Hamiltonian
The creation and annihilation operators / 1.2.2：
Eigenenergies of the Harmonic Oscillator
Application to the recoilless emission: The principle of Mössbauer spectroscopy
Wavefunctions for the Harmonic Oscillator / 1.4：
Discussion and Physical Implications / 1.5：
Applications to Vibrational Spectroscopies / 1.6：
Pollution monitoring / 1.6.1：
Detecting explosives / 1.6.2：
Coherent States, Quasi-classical States / 1.7：
Perturbations to Harmonicity / 1.8：
The perturbation theory: A global approach / 1.8.1：
An application of the second-order perturbation treatment: The London-van der Waals force / 1.8.2：
Application of the perturbation theory to the anharmonic part of Lennard-Jones' potential / 1.8.3：
Application of London-van der Waals forces to atomic force microscopy / 1.8.4：
Rotating Systems
The Angular Momentum Operator
Commutations and Components Incompatibilities
General Properties of the Angular Momentum Eigenstates and Eigenvalues
Properties of L2 and Lz eigenvalues / 2.3.1：
Spherical harmonics: The eigenfunctions / 2.3.2：
Addition of angular momenta / 2.3.3：
Applications from Carbon Monoxide to Microwave Ovens
Spin, a New Degree of Freedom
Stern and Gerlach's Magnetic Surprise
The Pauli matrices
Spinors and Pauli's equation
Indistinguishable Particles and the Pauli Principle
A first wave-function for several electrons
The Pauli principle
Application of Pauli's Principle to Stability Issues: Stars and Nuclei
Pauli's repulsion and white dwarfs' stability
Pauli's principle in the nucleus as a liquid drop
Central Coulombic Potential
The Hamiltonian of a Hydrogenic System
Hydrogenic Energies and Wavefunctions
Applications to Electron Spin Resonance
Details on the Hydrogenic Radial Function
Asymptotic boundary conditions
Truncated series and eigenenergies
Eigenfunctions for a hydrogenic atom / 4.4.3：
Refined Description of the One-Electron Model
"Fine structure" corrections / 4.5.1：
An application of the "hyperfine" structure / 4.5.2：
The N-electron Atom
Optimization of a Trial Wavefunction
JV-electron Atoms: A First Quantum Complexity
A "mean field" approach
When Pauli kicks in
The Periodic Table of Elements
Application: The Fluorescent Fingerprint
The fluorescence process
Traces of Archimedes under the gilding
Statistical Treatment of Large Assemblies at the Classical Limit
Thermodynamics in the Macroworld
Laws of Thermodynamics
Extrema of State Functions: Thermodynamic Potentials
Equations of State and Maxwell's Relations
Equation of state and phase transition
Maxwell's relations
Response functions / 6.3.3：
Application to ferroelectric and magnetic systems / 6.3.4：
Macroequilibria: Phases and Species
Phase diagrams for pure substances / 6.4.1：
Chemical reactions / 6.4.2：
Isolated Systems of Particles
A Large Isolated System: Averages and States
Macroscopic and. microscopic states / 7.1.1：
Gibbs' averaging and the ergodic principle / 7.1.2：
Entropy
Disorder, information and entropy / 7.2.1：
Assigning probabilities / 7.2.2：
Statistical Physics in the Microcanonical Representation
The isolated system: Fixed U, V and N
Connecting statistical and thermodynamic entropies
Counting states, the ideal gas example
Equilibrium conditions from information entropy / 7.3.4：
Regulated Systems of Classical Particles / Chapter 8：
Probability of Microstates / 8.1：
Partition Functions in Action / 8.2：
The name and the role / 8.2.1：
Factorizing partition functions / 8.2.2：
The partition function of a monoatomic ideal gas / 8.2.3：
The classical approximation / 8.2.4：
Application to paramagnetism and magnetic cooling / 8.2.5：
Indistinguishable free particles and the Gibbs paradox / 8.2.6：
Applications to the Prediction of Thermodynamics / 8.3：
An important application of partition functions: Equations of state / 8.3.1：
Application of the canonical partition function: Heat capacities of molecular ideal gases / 8.3.2：
The chemical potential: Multiple applications of the law of mass action / 8.3.3：
Application of the grand-canonical approach to catalysis / 8.3.4：
Preface
About the Author
Experimental Puzzles and Birth of a New Constant in Physics / Part I：
78.
図書
editors, A.J. Smits, T.T. Lim
出版情報:
London : Imperial College Press , Singapore : Distributed by World Scientific Publishing, c2012 xiv, 427 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the First Edition
Preface to the Second Edition
Interpretation of Flow Visualization / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Critical Points in Flow Patterns / 1.2：
Relationship between Streamlines, Pathlines, and Streaklines / 1.3：
Sectional Streamlines / 1.4：
Bifurcation Lines / 1.5：
Interpretation of Unsteady Flow Patterns with the Aid of Streaklines and Streamlines / 1.6：
Concluding Remarks / 1.7：
References / 1.8：
Hydrogen Bubble Visualization / 2：
The Hydrogen Bubble Generation System / 2.1：
Safety / 2.2.1：
Bubble Probes / 2.3：
Lighting / 2.4：
Unique Applications / 2.5：
Dye and Smoke Visualization / 2.6：
Flow Visualization in Water / 3.1：
Conventional dye / 3.2.1：
Laundry brightener / 3.2.2：
Milk / 3.2.3：
Fluorescent dye / 3.2.4：
Methods of dye injection / 3.2.5：
Rheoscopic fluid / 3.2.6：
Electrolytic precipitation / 3.2.7：
Flow Visualization in Air / 3.3：
Smoke tunnel / 3.3.1：
Smoke generator / 3.3.2：
Smoke-wire technique / 3.3.3：
Titanium tetrachloride / 3.3.4：
Photographic Equipment and Techniques / 3.4：
Camera / 3.4.1：
Lens / 3.4.3：
Film / 3.4.4：
Cautionary Notes / 3.5：
Molecular Tagging Velocimetry And thermometry / 3.6：
Properties of Photo-Sensitive Tracers / 4.1：
Photochromic dyes / 4.2.1：
Phosphorescent supramolecules / 4.2.2：
Caged dyes / 4.2.3：
Examples of Molecular Tagging Measurements / 4.3：
Caged dye tracers / 4.3.1：
Image Processing and Experimental Accuracy / 4.4：
Line processing techniques / 4.4.1：
Grid processing techniques / 4.4.2：
Ray tracing / 4.4.3：
Molecular tagging thermometry / 4.4.4：
Planar Imaging of Gas Phase Flows / 4.5：
Planar Laser-Induced Fluorescence / 5.1：
Velocity tracking by laser-induced fluorescence / 5.2.1：
Rayleigh Imaging from Molecules and Particles / 5.3：
Filtered Rayleigh Scattering / 5.4：
Planar Doppler Velocimetry / 5.5：
Summary / 5.6：
Digital Particle Image Velocimetry / 5.7：
Quantitative Flow Visualization / 6.1：
DPIV Experimental Setup / 6.2：
Particle Image Velocimetry: A Visual Presentation / 6.3：
Image Correlation / 6.4：
Peak finding / 6.4.1：
Computational implementation in frequency space / 6.4.2：
Video Imaging / 6.5：
Post Processing / 6.6：
Outlier removal / 6.6.1：
Differentiable flow properties / 6.6.2：
Integrable flow properties / 6.6.3：
Sources of Error / 6.7：
Uncertainty due to particle image density / 6.7.1：
Uncertainty due to velocity gradients within the interrogation windows / 6.7.2：
Uncertainty due to different particle size imaging / 6.7.3：
Effects of using different sizes of interrogation windows / 6.7.4：
Mean-bias error removal / 6.7.5：
DPIV Applications / 6.8：
Investigation of vortex ring formation / 6.8.1：
A novel application for force prediction DPIV / 6.8.2：
DPIV and a CFD counterpart: Common ground / 6.8.3：
Conclusion / 6.9：
Surface Temperature Sensing With Thermochromic Liquid Crystals / 6.10：
Properties of liquid crystals / 7.1：
Temperature calibration techniques / 7.1.2：
Convective heat transfer coefficient measurement techniques / 7.1.3：
Implementation / 7.2：
Sensing sheet preparation / 7.2.1：
Test surface illumination / 7.2.2：
Image capture and reduction / 7.2.3：
Calibration and measurement uncertainty / 7.2.4：
Examples / 7.3：
Turbine cascade / 7.3.1：
Turbulent spot and boundary layer / 7.3.2：
Turbulent juncture flow / 7.3.3：
Particle image thermography / 7.3.4：
Pressure and Shear Sensitive Coatings / 7.4：
Pressure-Sensitive Paint / 8.1：
Obtaining and applying pressure-sensitive paint / 8.2.1：
Lamps / 8.2.2：
Cameras / 8.2.3：
Data reduction / 8.2.4：
Shear-Sensitive Liquid Crystal Coating Method / 8.3：
Color-change responses to shear / 8.3.1：
Coating application / 8.3.2：
Lighting and imaging / 8.3.3：
Data acquisition and analysis / 8.3.4：
Example: Visualization of transition and separation / 8.3.5：
Example: Application of shear vector method / 8.3.6：
Fringe Imaging Skin Friction Interferometry / 8.4：
Physical principles / 8.4.1：
Surface preparation / 8.4.2：
Imaging / 8.4.3：
Calibration / 8.4.5：
Uncertainty / 8.4.6：
Methods for Compressible Flows / 8.4.8：
Basic Optical Concepts / 9.1：
Index of Refraction for a Gas / 9.3：
Light Ray Deflection and Retardation in a Refractive Field / 9.4：
Shadowgraph / 9.5：
Schlieren Method / 9.6：
Interferometry / 9.7：
Interference / 9.8：
Mach-Zehnder Interferometer / 9.9：
Holography / 9.10：
Holographic Interferometry / 9.11：
Applications / 9.12：
Three-Dimensional Imaging / 9.13：
Three-Dimensional Imaging Techniques / 10.1：
Image Data Types / 10.3：
Laser Scanner Designs / 10.4：
Discrete Laser Sheet Systems / 10.5：
Double Scan Laser Sweep Systems / 10.6：
Single Scan Laser Sweep Systems (Discrete) / 10.7：
Drum Scanners / 10.8：
Multiple Fixed Laser Sheets / 10.9：
Moving Laser Sheet Systems / 10.10：
Imaging Issues and Trade-Offs / 10.11：
Position accuracy of laser sheets / 10.11.1：
Illumination issues / 10.11.2：
Sweeps versus sheets for CW lasers / 10.11.3：
Optical components / 10.11.4：
Methods of control / 10.11.5：
Operational considerations / 10.11.6：
Imaging devices / 10.11.7：
Detailed Example / 10.12：
Control system design / 10.12.1：
Analysis and Display of Data / 10.13：
Processing and analysis of data / 10.13.1：
Methods of presentation and display / 10.13.2：
Concluding remarks / 10.14：
Quantitative Flow Visualization Via Fully Resolved Four-Dimensional Imaging / 10.15：
Technical Considerations / 11.1：
Laser induced fluorescence / 11.2.1：
Beam scanning electronics / 11.2.2：
Data acquisition system / 11.2.3：
Signal levels / 11.2.4：
Signal-to-noise ratio / 11.2.5：
Spatial and temporal resolution / 11.2.6：
Data processing / 11.2.7：
Sample Applications / 11.3：
Fine structure of turbulent scalar fields / 11.3.1：
Assessment of Taylor's hypothesis / 11.3.2：
Scalar imaging velocimetry / 11.3.3：
Fractal scaling of turbulent scalar fields / 11.3.4：
Further Information / 11.4：
Visualization, Feature Extraction, and Quantification of Numerical Visualizations of High-Gradient Compressible Flows / 11.5：
Fundamental configuration / 12.1：
Visualization Techniques / 12.2：
Numerical analog of experimental techniques / 12.2.1：
Smoothing and noise suppression / 12.2.2：
Selection of variables for visualization / 12.2.3：
Quantification of Shocks and Contacts / 12.3：
One-dimensional example / 12.3.1：
Algorithm / 12.3.2：
Two-dimensional example / 12.3.3：
Contact tracking and convergence of simulations / 12.3.4：
Quantification of local shock properties / 12.3.5：
Appendix A: Pseudo-code to Extract the Discontinuity Curves / 12.4：
Color Plates and Flow Gallery / 12.6：
Index
Preface to the First Edition
Preface to the Second Edition
Interpretation of Flow Visualization / 1：
79.
図書
Gerhard Schlemmer ... [et al.]
出版情報:
Berlin : De Gruyter, c2019 xii, 402 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
De Gruyter graduate
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Analytical parameters / 1.1：
Define what is to be measured? / 1.1.1：
How important is this analysis? / 1.1.2：
What is the sample, how is it sampled and how does it get to the lab? / 1.1.3：
Accuracy / 1.1.4：
Precision / 1.1.5：
Sensitivity / 1.1.6：
Limit of detection / 1.1.7：
Time of analysis / 1.1.8：
Importance of the results / 1.1.9：
What spectrometric technique is to be used? / 1.1.10：
What sample preparation is required? / 1.1.11：
Available resources / 1.1.12：
Reporting and post-analysis actions / 1.1.13：
Reference materials / 1.2：
Validation / 1.3：
Atomic absorption spectrometry and atomic fluorescence spectrometry / Gerhard Schlemmer2：
Basic principles of atomic absorption spectrometry and atomic fluorescence spectrometry / 2.1：
Interaction of photons with electrons / 2.1.1：
Line width of absorbing atoms / 2.1.2：
Line width of emitting atoms in the source / 2.1.3：
Absorption process / 2.1.4：
Flame optical emission spectroscopy / 2.1.5：
Atomic fluorescence / 2.1.6：
Technical means to facilitate AAS and AFS / 2.2：
General layout / 2.2.1：
Radiation source / 2.2.2：
Photometer and spectrometer / 2.2.3：
Counting photons and transfer to electrical information: Principle way of operation and criteria for optimal use / 2.2.4：
Zero absorption: technical means to define the baseline / 2.2.5：
Separation of specific and nonspecific absorption / 2.2.6：
Sample introduction and principles of atom generation in AAS / 2.2.7：
Physicochemistry outside and inside the atomizer / 2.3：
Flames / 2.3.1：
Graphite furnace / 2.3.2：
Chemical vapor generation / 2.3.3：
Mastering the spectrometer and its accessories / 2.3.4：
Figures of merit / 2.4.1：
Mastering the application; instrument suitability; method development; estimation on expected working range, basics of method optimization for flame, furnace, CVG, cold vapor, cold vapor fluorescence. Special applications: coupling of methods. Analytical quality versus sample and element throughput / 2.5：
Instrument performance verification / 2.5.1：
Estimate of the expected working range / 2.5.2：
Is the instrument suitable for the application? / 2.5.3：
Typical applications in AAS and AFS / 2.6：
Contaminated soils: An easy standard flame AAS application / 2.6.1：
Geochemistry: The determination of refractory elements in refractory matrix / 2.6.2：
Determinations in ultrapure materials: An unusual challenge / 2.6.3：
Between liquid and solid: the direct analysis of clinical samples in GF-AAS / 2.6.4：
Plants and other biological tissue: The way to fast GF-AAS determinations / 2.6.5：
Element-matrix separation: The determination of As and Sb in water samples / 2.6.6：
CVG with analyte trapping for ultra, ultra-traces / 2.6.7：
The determination of mercury with the cold vapor technique and AFS / 2.6.8：
References
Inductively coupled plasma and microwave-induced plasma optical emission spectroscopy / José Luis Todolí3：
Introduction to inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectroscopy / 3.1：
Plasma generation and fundamental parameters / 3.2：
Characteristics of the ICP / 3.2.1：
Mixed gas plasmas / 3.2.2：
Generators / 3.2.3：
Sample introduction systems / 3.3：
Conventional liquid sample introduction system / 3.3.1：
Drawbacks of conventional liquid sample introduction system / 3.3.2：
Efficient nebulizers or spray chambers / 3.3.3：
High solid nebulizers / 3.3.4：
Cooled spray chambers / 3.3.5：
Desolvation systems / 3.3.6：
Low sample consumption systems / 3.3.7：
Electrothermal vaporization / 3.3.8：
Torch configuration / 3.4：
General characteristics / 3.4.1：
Low argon consumption torches / 3.4.2：
Plasma viewing mode / 3.4.3：
Optical system / 3.5：
Dispersive system / 3.5.1：
Detectors / 3.5.2：
General configurations / 3.6：
Interferences in ICP-OES / 3.7：
Spectroscopic interferences in ICP-OES / 3.7.1：
Non-spectroscopic interferences (matrix effects) in ICP-OES / 3.7.2：
Comparing spectroscopic and non-spectroscopic interferences / 3.7.3：
Effect of the analyte chemical form / 3.8：
Optimizing an ICP-OES system / 3.9：
Optimization from the point of view of analytical figures of merit / 3.9.1：
Optimization from the point of view of accuracy / 3.9.2：
Methods for analyte quantification through ICP-OES / 3.10：
Troubleshooting and maintenance in ICP-OES / 3.11：
Microwave plasma optical emission spectroscopy / 3.12：
Instrumentation in MWP-OES / 3.12.1：
Matrix effects in MWP-OES / 3.12.2：
Optimization in MWP-OES / 3.12.3：
Comparison of ICP-OES, MIP-OES with other spectrochemical techniques / 3.13：
Selected applications / 3.14：
Bibliography
Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry / Lieve Balcaen4：
Introduction and brief history / 4.1：
Instrumentation and principle of operation / 4.2：
Sample introduction system / 4.2.1：
Inductively coupled plasma ion source / 4.2.2：
Extraction system / 4.2.3：
Mass spectrometer / 4.2.4：
Alternative sample introduction systems / 4.2.5：
Spectral interferences / 4.3：
Types of interferences / 4.3.1：
Methods to tackle the problem of spectral interferences / 4.3.2：
Nonspectral interferences / 4.4：
Description of nonspectral interferences / 4.4.1：
Methods to tackle the problem of nonspectral interferences / 4.4.2：
Analytical performance / 4.5：
Hyphenated ICP-MS / 4.6：
Examples of typical applications / 4.7：
(Ultra-)trace element determination / 4.7.1：
Isotopic analysis / 4.7.2：
Speciation analysis by means of LC-ICP-MS / 4.7.3：
Spatially resolved analysis by means of LA-ICP-MS / 4.7.4：
X-ray fluorescence spectrometry / Michael W. Hinds5：
Overview / 5.1：
What is X-ray fluorescence (XRF) spectrometry? / 5.1.1：
What distinguishes XRF from other atomic spectrometric techniques? / 5.1.2：
Types: Wavelength Dispersive XRF and Energy Dispersive XRF / 5.1.3：
Physics of X-rays / 5.2：
Characteristic fluorescence lines / 5.2.1：
Absorption and fluorescence / 5.2.3：
Generation of X-rays within the X-ray tube / 5.2.4：
Production of fluorescence X-rays within the sample / 5.2.5：
Infinite thickness and analysis depth / 5.2.6：
Fluorescence yield / 5.2.7：
WDXRF spectrometer and components / 5.3：
X-ray tube / 5.3.1：
Primary beam fitters / 5.3.2：
Atmosphere / 5.3.3：
Sample cups and aperture / 5.3.4：
Mask / 5.3.5：
Collimators / 5.3.6：
Crystals or analyzer crystals / 5.3.7：
Goniometer / 5.3.8：
Pulse height selection / 5.3.9：
Auxiliary services / 5.3.11：
Optimization of parameters / 5.3.12：
EDXRF spectrometer and components / 5.4：
X-ray sources / 5.4.1：
Primary beam filters / 5.4.2：
Multichannel analyzer / 5.4.4：
Handheld EDXRF spectrometer / 5.4.7：
Total reflection XRF / 5.4.9：
Comparison between EDXRF and WDXRF / 5.4.10：
Obtaining optimized net intensities and counting times / 5.5：
Background corrected peaks WDXRF / 5.5.1：
Background correction EDXRF / 5.5.2：
Peak overlap corrections / 5.5.3：
Measurement time / 5.5.4：
Matrix effects specific to XRF / 5.6：
Absorption / 5.6.1：
Enhancement / 5.6.2：
Particle size effects / 5.6.3：
Mineralogical effects / 5.6.4：
Chemical state effects / 5.6.5：
Calibration and mathematical correction models / 5.7：
Matrix correction algorithms / 5.7.1：
Calibration / 5.7.3：
Drift correction / 5.7.4：
Universal calibration XRF analysis / 5.8：
How it works / 5.8.1：
Applications / 5.8.2：
Advantages and disadvantages / 5.8.3：
Sample preparation / 5.9：
Air sample preparation / 5.9.1：
Liquid sample preparation / 5.9.2：
Solid sample preparation / 5.9.3：
Examples applications / 5.10：
EDXRF - determination of Ag, As and Zn in lead concentrate / 5.10.1：
WDXRF - Determination of Ag, Cu, and P in Sterling Silver / 5.10.2：
Different applications and current trends in XRF / 5.11：
Combination WDXRF and EDXRF in one instrument / 5.11.1：
Microfocusing optics and element concentration mapping / 5.11.2：
Layer thickness / 5.11.3：
Vendor method packages / 5.11.4：
Advances in EDXRF / 5.11.5：
Concluding remarks / 5.12：
Appendix / 5.13：
Appendix 1: Table of photon energies of the principle K and L X-ray spectral lines / 5.13.1：
Appendix 2: Table of K, L, and M X-ray excitation potentials of the elements / 5.13.2：
Appendix 3: Table of mass attenuation coefficients for K¿ line energies of selected elements / 5.13.3：
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Analytical parameters / 1.1：
80.
図書
editor, Richard Winpenny
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Supramolecular Polymetallic 2D [n × n] Transition Metal Grids - Approaches to Ordered Molecular Assemblies and Functional Molecular Devices / Laurence K Thompson ; Louise N Dawe ; Konstantin V Shuvaev1：
Convergent Self-assembly
Introduction and overview / 1.1：
Polytopic ligands for [n × n] square grids-design and self-assembly / 1.2：
Thermodynamic aspects of the formation of convergent self-assembled grid architectures / 1.3：
Ligands and Complexes / 2：
Ditopic ligands and their complexes / 2.1：
Homometallic complexes / 2.1.1：
[2×2] grids with heterocyclic diazine (N2 ) bridging ligands / 2.1.1.1：
Ditopic ligands with more remote coordination pockets / 2.1.1.2：
Other polynuclear oligomers with remote ditopic ligands / 2.1.1.3：
[2 × 2] grids with single atom μ-O and μ-S bridging ditopic ligands / 2.1.1.4：
Ditopic hydrazone ligands with both μ-O or μ-NN bridging modes / 2.1.1.5：
Higher order oligomeric clusters based on ditopic ligands / 2.1.1.6：
Heterometallic [2 × 2] and mixed spin state grids / 2.1.2：
Symmetric tritopic ligands and their complexes / 2.2：
Homometallic [3 × 3] grids / 2.2.1：
Heterometallic and mixed spin state [3×3] grids / 2.2.2：
Tetratopic ligands and complexes / 2.3：
Homometallic [4 × 4] grids / 2.3.1：
Pentatopic ligands and their complexes / 2.4：
Homometallic [5 × 5] grids / 2.4.1：
Other Oligomers in the Assembly Process / 3：
Incomplete grids, clusters and chains / 3.1：
Nano-scale Molecular-Based Devices? / 4：
Conclusions and Future Perspectives / 5：
References
Recent Synthetic Results Involving Single Molecule Magnets / Guillem Aromí ; Eric J L Mclnnes ; Richard E P Winpenny
Introduction
A Brief Introduction to the Physics of SMMs
Further SMMs Based on Mn(III)
The largest SMM; a [Mn84 ] torus
Record spin number, ST = 83/2, but no slow relaxation / 3.2：
Record magnetic anisotropy barrier; a Mn6 cluster / 3.3：
Quantum entanglement between SMMs; first discovered in a pair of Mn4 clusters / 3.4：
[Mn3 III MnIV ] clusters with an S = 9/2 ground state / 3.5：
The [Mn2 III Mn2 II ] family of "rhombic" SMMs / 3.6：
Oxime bridged SMMs with the core [Mn3 IIIO] and ST = 6 / 3.7：
Magnetostructural correlations within a family of [Mn6 III] SMMs / 3.8：
MMs Based on Fe(III) Ions
New SMMs Based on Divalent 3d-Ions
Slow Relaxation in Complexes Involving 4f-Elements / 6：
Single atom magnets / 6.1：
Polymetallic 4f-complexes / 6.2：
Heterometallic 3d-4f SMMs / 6.3：
Metallocyanate Based SMMs / 7：
Conclusions / 8：
The Nanoscopic V15 Cluster: A Unique Magnetic Polyoxometalate / Boris Tsukerblat ; Alex Tarantul
The Unique Magnetic Polyoxometalate V15
Structure and Superexchange Pathways
Exchange Interactions within the Triangle Model
Isotropic exchange within the triangle model
æAccidental' degeneracy and spin-frustration
Pseudo-angular momentum representation
Antisymmetric exchange, zero-field splitting
Ab initio calculations
Zeeman Levels, Magnetic Anisotropy
Electron Paramagnetic Resonance
EPR spectrum of V15 : Role of antisymmetric exchange and selection rules / 5.1：
Discussion of the experimental EPR data / 5.2：
Static Magnetization
The theoretical model
Discussion of the experimental magnetization data
Dynamic Properties, Relaxation, Spin Dynamics
Relaxation mechanisms and magnetic hysteresis / 7.1：
Spin dynamics in the muon scattering experiment / 7.2：
Rabi oscillations and implementation of molecular magnets in quantum computing / 7.3：
Spin-vibronic Interaction
Hamiltonian of spin-vibronic coupling / 8.1：
Adiabatic surfaces / 8.2：
Influence of the Jahn-Teller effect on the magnetization / 8.3：
Estimation of the vibronic parameters for V15 / 8.4：
Role of Structural Deformations / 9：
Zero-field splitting in a scalene triangular system / 9.1：
Discussion of inelastic neutron scattering experiments / 9.2：
Energy pattern of a scalene triangular system / 9.3：
Magnetic properties of the scalene systems / 9.4：
Field induced Jahn-Teller instability / 9.5：
NMR Experiments / 10：
Conclusions and Outlook / 11：
Neutron Spectroscopy of Molecular Nanomagnets / Tatiana Guidi
Neutron Scattering: Basics Principles
Neutron scattering cross section
Nuclear scattering
Magnetic scattering
The time-of-flight technique
Exchange Interaction: A Spectroscopic Measurement
Spin dynamics in antiferromagnetic molecular rings
Elementary excitations in antiferromagnetic rings / 3.1.1：
Probing Quantum Coherence
Tunneling of the Néel vector / 4.1：
Quantum oscillations of the total spin / 4.2：
Zero-Field Splitting Anisotropy in High Spin Clusters
The giant spin approximation and beyond
Beyond the giant spin approximation / 5.1.1：
Recent Developments in EPR Spectroscopy of Molecular Nanomagnets / Eric J. L. McInnes
Beyond the Giant Spin Approximation (GSA)
Discrete Clusters-of-Clusters
Pulsed EPR
Simulating Computationally Complex Magnetic Molecules / Larry Engelhardt ; Christian Schroder
Scope and purpose
Introduction to the Heisenberg Hamiltonian
Usefulness and limitations of matrices
Quantum Monte Carlo Simulations
Avoiding the 'roadblock' of large matrices
Energy spectrum for symmetric rings
Applications to heterometallic rings
Applications to frustrated magnetic molecules
Classical Spin Dynamics Simulations
The classical heisenberg hamiltonian
Classical Monte Carlo simulations
The spin equations of motion / 3.2.1：
Heat bath simulational methods
Revealing novel physics in magnetic molecules with classical methods
Competing spin phases and exchange disorder in the Keplerate type molecules {Mo72 Fe30 } and {Mo72 Cr3o } / 3.4.1：
Metamagnetic phase transitions in magnetic polytopes / 3.4.2：
Critical slowing-down in Heisenberg magnetic molecules / 3.4.3：
Summary
Index
Preface
Supramolecular Polymetallic 2D [n × n] Transition Metal Grids - Approaches to Ordered Molecular Assemblies and Functional Molecular Devices / Laurence K Thompson ; Louise N Dawe ; Konstantin V Shuvaev1：
Convergent Self-assembly
81.
図書
Valery N. Pilipchuk
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Brief Literature Overview / 1.1：
Asymptotic Meaning of the Approach / 1.2：
Two Simple Limits of Lyapunov Oscillator / 1.2.1：
Oscillating Time and Hyperbolic Numbers, Standard and Idempotent Basis / 1.2.2：
Quick 'Tutorial' / 1.3：
Remarks on the Basic Functions / 1.3.1：
Viscous Dynamics under the Sawtooth Forcing / 1.3.2：
The Rectangular Cosine Input / 1.3.3：
Oscillatory Pipe Flow Model / 1.3.4：
Periodic Impulsive Loading / 1.3.5：
Strongly Nonlinear Oscillator / 1.3.6：
Geometrical Views on Nonlinearity / 1.4：
Geometrical Example / 1.4.1：
Nonlinear Equations and Nonlinear Phenomena / 1.4.2：
Rigid-Body Motions and Linear Systems / 1.4.3：
Remarks on the Multi-dimensional Case / 1.4.4：
Elementary Nonlinearities / 1.4.5：
Example of Simplification in Nonsmooth Limit / 1.4.6：
Non-smooth Time Arguments / 1.4.7：
Further Examples and Discussion / 1.4.8：
Differential Equations of Motion and Distributions / 1.4.9：
Non-smooth Coordinate Transformations / 1.5：
Caratheodory Substitution / 1.5.1：
Transformation of Positional Variables / 1.5.2：
Transformation of State Variables / 1.5.3：
Smooth Oscillating Processes / 2：
Linear and Weakly Non-linear Approaches / 2.1：
A Brief Overview of Smooth Methods / 2.2：
Periodic Motions of Quasi Linear Systems / 2.2.1：
The Idea of Averaging / 2.2.2：
Averaging Algorithm for Essentially Nonlinear Systems / 2.2.3：
Averaging in Complex Variables / 2.2.4：
Lie Group Approaches / 2.2.5：
Nonsmooth Processes as Asymptotic Limits / 3：
Lyapunov' Oscillator / 3.1：
Nonlinear Oscillators Solvable in Elementary Functions / 3.2：
Hardening Case / 3.2.1：
Localized Damping / 3.2.2：
Softening Case / 3.2.3：
Nonsmoothness Hiden in Smooth Processes / 3.3：
Nonlinear Beats Model / 3.3.1：
Nonlinear Beat Dynamics: The Standard Averaging Approach / 3.4：
Asymptotic of Equipartition / 3.4.1：
Asymptotic of Dominants / 3.4.2：
Necessary Condition of Energy Trapping / 3.4.3：
Sufficient Condition of Energy Trapping / 3.4.4：
Transition from Normal to Local Modes / 3.5：
System Description / 3.6：
Normal and Local Mode Coordinates / 3.7：
Local Mode Interaction Dynamics / 3.8：
Auto-localized Modes in Nonlinear Coupled Oscillators / 3.9：
Nonsmooth Temporal Transformations (NSTT) / 4：
Non-smooth Time Transformations / 4.1：
Positive Time / 4.1.1：
'Single-Tooth' Substitution / 4.1.2：
'Broken Time' Substitution / 4.1.3：
Sawtooth Sine Transformation / 4.1.4：
Links between NSTT and Matrix Algebras / 4.1.5：
Differentiation and Integration Rules / 4.1.6：
NSTT Averaging / 4.1.7：
Generalizations on Asymmetrical Sawtooth Wave / 4.1.8：
Multiple Frequency Case / 4.1.9：
Idempotent Basis Generated by the Triangular Sine-Wave / 4.2：
Definitions and Algebraic Rules / 4.2.1：
Time Derivatives in the Idempotent Basis / 4.2.2：
Idempotent Basis Generated by Asymmetric Triangular Wave / 4.3：
Definition and Algebraic Properties / 4.3.1：
Differentiation Rules / 4.3.2：
Oscillators in the Idempotent Basis / 4.3.3：
Integration in the Idempotent Basis / 4.3.4：
Discussions, Remarks and Justifications / 4.4：
Remarks on Nonsmooth Solutions in the Classical Dynamics / 4.4.1：
Caratheodory Equation / 4.4.2：
Other Versions of Periodic Time Substitutions / 4.4.3：
General Case of Non-invertible Time and Its Physical Meaning / 4.4.4：
NSTT and Cnoidal Waves / 4.4.5：
Sawtooth Power Series / 5：
Manipulations with the Series / 5.1：
Smoothing Procedures / 5.1.1：
Sawtooth Series for Normal Modes / 5.2：
Periodic Version of Lie Series / 5.2.1：
Lie Series of Transformed Systems / 5.3：
Second-Order Non-autonomous Systems / 5.3.1：
NSTT of Lagrangian and Hamiltonian Equations / 5.3.2：
Remark on Multiple Argument Cases / 5.3.3：
NSTT for Linear and Piecewise-Linear Systems / 6：
Free Harmonic Oscillator: Temporal Quantization of Solutions / 6.1：
Non-autonomous Case / 6.2：
Standard Basis / 6.2.1：
Idempotent Basis / 6.2.2：
Systems under Periodic Pulsed Excitation / 6.3：
Regular Periodic Impulses / 6.3.1：
Harmonic Oscillator under the Periodic Impulsive Loading / 6.3.2：
Periodic Impulses with a Temporal 'Dipole' Shift / 6.3.3：
Parametric Excitation / 6.4：
Piecewise-Constant Excitation / 6.4.1：
Parametric Impulsive Excitation / 6.4.2：
General Case of Periodic Parametric Excitation / 6.4.3：
Input-Output Systems / 6.5：
Piecewise-Linear Oscillators with Asymmetric Characteristics / 6.6：
Amplitude-Phase Equations / 6.6.1：
Amplitude Solution / 6.6.2：
Phase Solution / 6.6.3：
Remarks on Generalized Taylor Expansions / 6.6.4：
Multiple Degrees-of-Freedom Case / 6.7：
The Amplitude-Phase Problem in the Idempotent Basis / 6.8：
Periodic and Transient Nonlinear Dynamics under Discontinuous Loading / 7：
Nonsmooth Two Variables Method / 7.1：
Resonances in the Duffing's Oscillator under Impulsive Loading / 7.2：
Strongly Nonlinear Oscillator under Periodic Pulses / 7.3：
Impact Oscillators under Impulsive Loading / 7.4：
Strongly Nonlinear Vibrations / 8：
Periodic Solutions for First Order Dynamical Systems / 8.1：
Second Order Dynamical Systems / 8.2：
Periodic Solutions of Conservative Systems / 8.3：
The Vibroimpact Approximation / 8.3.1：
One Degree-of-Freedom General Conservative Oscillator / 8.3.2：
A Nonlinear Mass-Spring Model That Becomes Linear at High Amplitudes / 8.3.3：
Strongly Non-linear Characteristic with a Step-Wise Discontinuity at Zero / 8.3.4：
A Generalized Case of Odd Characteristics / 8.3.5：
Periodic Motions Close to Separatrix Loop / 8.4：
Self-excited Oscillator / 8.5：
Strongly Nonlinear Oscillator with Viscous Damping / 8.6：
Remark on NSTT Combined with Two Variables Expansion / 8.6.1：
Oscillator with Two Nonsmooth Limits / 8.6.2：
Bouncing Ball / 8.7：
The Kicked Rotor Model / 8.8：
Oscillators with Piece-Wise Nonlinear Restoring Force Characteristics / 8.9：
Strongly Nonlinear Waves / 9：
Wave Processes in One-Dimensional Systems / 9.1：
Klein-Gordon Equation / 9.2：
Impact Modes and Parameter Variations / 10：
An Introductory Example / 10.1：
Parameter Variation and Averaging / 10.2：
A Two-Degrees-of-Freedom Model / 10.3：
Averaging in the 2DOF System / 10.4：
Impact Modes in Multiple Degrees of Freedom Systems / 10.5：
A Double-Pendulum with Amplitude Limiters / 10.5.1：
A Mass-Spring Chain under Constraint Conditions / 10.5.2：
Systems with Multiple Impacting Particles / 10.6：
Principal Trajectories of Forced Vibrations / 11：
Introductory Remarks / 11.1：
Principal Directions of Linear Forced Systems / 11.2：
Definition for Principal Trajectories of Nonlinear Discrete Systems / 11.3：
Asymptotic Expansions for Principal Trajectories / 11.4：
Definition for Principal Modes of Continuous Systems / 11.5：
NSTT and Shooting Method for Periodic Motions / 12：
Problem Formulation / 12.1：
Sample Problems and Discussion / 12.3：
Smooth Loading / 12.3.1：
Step-Wise Discontinuous Input / 12.3.2：
Impulsive Loading / 12.3.3：
Other Applications / 12.4：
Periodic Solutions of the Period - n / 12.4.1：
Two-Degrees-of-Freedom Systems / 12.4.2：
The Autonomous Case / 12.4.3：
Essentially Non-periodic Processes / 13：
Nonsmooth Time Decomposition and Pulse Propagation in a Chain of Particles / 13.1：
Impulsively Loaded Dynamical Systems / 13.2：
Harmonic Oscillator under Sequential Impulses / 13.2.1：
Random Suppression of Chaos / 13.2.2：
Spatially-Oscillating Structures / 14：
Periodic Nonsmooth Structures / 14.1：
Averaging for One-Dimensional Periodic Structures / 14.2：
Two Variable Expansions / 14.3：
Second Order Equations / 14.4：
Acoustic Waves from Non-smooth Periodic Boundary Sources / 14.5：
Spatio-temporal Periodicity / 14.6：
Membrane on a Two-Dimensional Periodic Foundation / 14.7：
The Idempotent Basis for Two-Dimensional Structures / 14.8：
References
Appendices
Introduction / 1：
Brief Literature Overview / 1.1：
Asymptotic Meaning of the Approach / 1.2：
82.
図書
Roger W. Pryor
出版情報:
Dulles : Mercury Learning and Information, c2012 xviii, 553 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction
Modeling Methodology Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 1：
Guidelines for New COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x Modelers
Hardware Considerations
Simple Model Setup Overview
Basic Problem Formulation and Implicit Assumptions
ID Window Heat Flow Models
1D 1 Pane Window Heat Flow Model
1D 2 Pane Window Heat Flow Model
1D 3 Pane Window Heat Flow Model
First Principles as Applied to Model Definition
Some Common Sources of Modeling Errors
References
Suggested Modeling Exercises
Materials Properties Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 2：
Materials Properties Guidelines and Considerations
COMSOL Materials Properties Sources
Other Materials Properties Sources
Material Property Entry Techniques
Multi-Pane Window Model
0D Electrical Circuit Interface Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 3：
Guidelines for Electrical Circuit Interface Modeling in 4.x
Electrical/Electronic Circuit Considerations
Simple Electrical Circuit Interface Model Setup Overview
0D Basic Circuit Models
0D Resistor-Capacitor Series Circuit Model
0D Inductor-Resistor Series Circuit Model
0D Series-Resistor Parallel-Inductor-Capacitor Circuit Model
0D Basic Circuit Models Analysis and Conclusions
First Principles as Applied to 0D Model Definition
1D Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphasics 4.x / Chapter 4：
Guidelines for 1D Modeling in 4.x
1D Modeling Considerations
1D Basic Models
1D KdV Equation Model
1D Telegraph Equation Model
1D Spherically Symmetric Transport Model
1D Spherically Symmetric Transport Model Animation
First Principles as Applied to 1D Model Definition
2D Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 5：
Guidelines for 2D Modeling in 4.x
2D Modeling Considerations
2D Basic Models
2D Electrochemical Polishing Model
2D Hall Effect Model
First Principles as Applied to 2D Model Definition
2D Axisymmetric Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 6：
Guidelines for 2D Axisymmetric Modeling in 4.x
2D Axismmetric Modeling Considerations
2D Axisymmetric Basic Models
2D Axisymmetric Cylinder Conduction Model
2D Axisymmetric Transient Heat Transfer Model
First Principles as Applied to 2D Axisymmetric Model Definition
2D Simple Mixed Mode Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 7：
Guidelines for 2D Simple Mixed Mode Modeling in 4.x
2D Simple Mixed Mode Modeling Considerations
2D Simple Mixed Mode Models
2D Electric Impedance Sensor Model
2D Metal Layer on a Dielectric Block Model
First Principles as Applied to 2D Simple Mixed Mode Model Definition
2D Complex Mixed Mode Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 8：
Guidelines for 2D Complex Mixed Mode Modeling in 4.x
2D Complex Mixed Mode Modeling Considerations
2D Complex Mixed Mode Models
2D Copper Electroplating Model
2D Electrocoalescence Oil/Water Separation Model
First Principles as Applied to 2D Complex Mixed Mode Model Definition
3D Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 9：
Guidelines for 3D Modeling in 4.x
3D Modeling Considerations
3D Models
3D Spiral Coil Microinductor Model
3D Linear Microresistor Beam Model
First Principles as Applied to 3D Model Definition
Perfectly Matched Layer Models Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 10：
Guidelines for Perfecdy Matched Layer (PML) Modeling in 4.x
Perfecdy Matched Layer (PML) Modeling Guidelines and Coordinate Considerations
Perfecdy Matched Layer Models
2D Concave Metallic Mirror PML Model
2D Energy Concentrator PML Model
First Principles as Applied to PML Model Definition
Bioheat Models Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 11：
Guidelines for Bioheat Modeling in 4.x
Bioheat Modeling Considerations
Bioheat Transfer Models
2D Axisymmetric Tumor Laser Irradiation Model
2D Axisymmetric Microwave Cancer Therapy Model
First Principles as Applied to Bioheat Model Definition
Index
Preface
Introduction
Modeling Methodology Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 1：
83.
図書
Kim-Hui Yap ... [et al.]
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Importance of Vision / 1.1：
Adaptive Image Processing / 1.2：
Three Main Image Feature Classes / 1.3：
Smooth Regions / 1.3.1：
Edges / 1.3.2：
Textures / 1.3.3：
Difficulties in Adaptive Image-Processing System Design / 1.4：
Segmentation / 1.4.1：
Characterization / 1.4.2：
Optimization / 1.4.3：
Computational Intelligence Techniques / 1.5：
Neural Networks / 1.5.1：
Fuzzy Logic / 1.5.2：
Evolutionary Computation / 1.5.3：
Scope of the Book / 1.6：
Image Restoration / 1.6.1：
Edge Characterization and Detection / 1.6.2：
Self-Organizing Tree Map for Knowledge Discovery / 1.6.3：
Content-Based Image Categorization and Retrieval / 1.6.4：
Contributions of the Current Work / 1.7：
Application of Neural Networks for Image Restoration / 1.7.1：
Application of Neural Networks to Edge Characterization / 1.7.2：
Application of Fuzzy Set Theory to Adaptive Regularization / 1.7.3：
Application of Evolutionary Programming to Adaptive Regularization and Blind Deconvolution / 1.7.4：
Application of Self-Organization to Image Analysis and Retrieval / 1.7.5：
Application of Evolutionary Computation to Image Categorization / 1.7.6：
Application of Computational Intelligence to Content-Based Image Retrieval / 1.7.7：
Overview of This Book / 1.8：
Fundamentals of CI-Inspired Adaptive Image Restoration / 2：
Neural Networks as a CI Architecture / 2.1：
Image Distortions / 2.2：
Constrained Least Square Error / 2.3：
A Bayesian Perspective / 2.4.1：
A Lagrangian Perspective / 2.4.2：
Neural Network Restoration / 2.5：
Neural Network Restoration Algorithms in the Literature / 2.6：
An Improved Algorithm / 2.7：
Analysis / 2.8：
Implementation Considerations / 2.9：
Numerical Study of the Algorithms / 2.10：
Setup / 2.10.1：
Efficiency / 2.10.2：
Summary / 2.11：
Spatially Adaptive Image Restoration / 3：
Dealing with Spatially Variant Distortion / 3.1：
Adaptive Constraint Extension of the Penalty Function Model / 3.3：
Motivation / 3.3.1：
Gradient-Based Method / 3.3.2：
Local Statistics Analysis / 3.3.3：
Correcting Spatially Variant Distortion Using Adaptive Constraints / 3.4：
Semiblind Restoration Using Adaptive Constraints / 3.5：
More Numerical Examples / 3.6：
Application Example / 3.7.1：
Adaptive Constraint Extension of the Lagrange Model / 3.8：
Problem Formulation / 3.8.1：
Problem Solution / 3.8.2：
Conditions for KKT Theory to Hold / 3.8.3：
Discussion / 3.8.4：
Perceptually Motivated Image Restoration / 3.9：
LVMSE-Based Cost Function / 4.1：
Extended Algorithm for the LVMSE-Modified Cost Function / 4.3.1：
Log LVMSE-Based Cost Function / 4.3.2：
Extended Algorithm for the Log LVR-Modified Cost Function / 4.4.1：
Numerical Examples / 4.4.2：
Color Image Restoration / 4.6.1：
Grayscale Image Restoration / 4.6.2：
LSMSE of Different Algorithms / 4.6.3：
Robustness Evaluation / 4.6.4：
Subjective Survey / 4.6.5：
Local Variance Extension of the Lagrange Model / 4.7：
Computing Local Variance / 4.7.1：
Implementation Considerations for the Lagrangian Approach / 4.7.3：
Numerical Experiment / 4.7.6：
Acknowledgments / 4.8：
Model-Based Adaptive Image Restoration / 5：
Model-Based Neural Network / 5.1：
Weight-Parameterized Model-Based Neuron / 5.1.1：
Hierarchical Neural Network Architecture / 5.2：
Model-Based Neural Network with Hierarchical Architecture / 5.3：
HMBNN for Adaptive Image Processing / 5.4：
Hopfield Neural Network Model for Image Restoration / 5.5：
Adaptive Regularization: An Alternative Formulation / 5.6：
Correspondence with the General HMBNN Architecture / 5.6.1：
Regional Training Set Definition / 5.7：
Determination of the Image Partition / 5.8：
Edge-Texture Characterization Measure / 5.9：
ETC Fuzzy HMBNN for Adaptive Regularization / 5.10：
Theory of Fuzzy Sets / 5.11：
Edge-Texture Fuzzy Model Based on ETC Measure / 5.12：
Architecture of the Fuzzy HMBNN / 5.13：
Estimation of the Desired Network Output / 5.13.1：
Fuzzy Prediction of Desired Gray-Level Value / 5.15：
Definition of the Fuzzy Estimator Membership Function / 5.15.1：
Fuzzy Inference Procedure for Predicted Gray-Level Value / 5.15.2：
Defuzzification of the Fuzzy Set G / 5.15.3：
Regularization Parameter Update / 5.15.4：
Update of the Estimator Fuzzy Set Width Parameters / 5.15.5：
Experimental Results / 5.16：
Adaptive Regularization Using Evolutionary Computation / 5.17：
Introduction to Evolutionary Computation / 6.1：
Genetic Algorithm / 6.2.1：
Evolutionary Strategy / 6.2.2：
Evolutionary Programming / 6.2.3：
ETC-pdf Image Model / 6.3：
Adaptive Regularization Using Evolutionary Programming / 6.4：
Competition under Approximate Fitness Criterion / 6.4.1：
Choice of Optimal Regularization Strategy / 6.4.2：
Other Evolutionary Approaches for Image Restoration / 6.5：
Hierarchical Cluster Model / 6.6.1：
Image Segmentation and Cluster Formation / 6.6.2：
Evolutionary Strategy Optimization / 6.6.3：
Blind Image Deconvolution / 6.7：
Computational Reinforced Learning / 7.1：
Blur Identification by Recursive Soft Decision / 7.1.2：
Formulation of Blind Image Deconvolution as an Evolutionary Strategy / 7.2：
Knowledge-Based Reinforced Mutation / 7.2.2：
Perception-Based Image Restoration / 7.2.3：
Recombination Based on Niche-Space Residency / 7.2.4：
Performance Evaluation and Selection / 7.2.5：
Soft-Decision Method / 7.3：
Recursive Subspace Optimization / 7.3.1：
Hierarchical Neural Network for Image Restoration / 7.3.2：
Soft Parametric Blur Estimator / 7.3.3：
Blur Identification by Conjugate Gradient Optimization / 7.3.4：
Blur Compensation / 7.3.5：
Simulation Examples / 7.4：
Identification of 2-D Gaussian Blur / 7.4.1：
Identification of 2-D Gaussian Blur from Degraded Image with Additive Noise / 7.4.2：
Identification of 2-D Uniform Blur by CRL / 7.4.3：
Identification of Nonstandard Blur by RSD / 7.4.4：
Conclusions / 7.5：
Edge Detection Using Model-Based Neural Networks / 8：
MBNN Model for Edge Characterization / 8.1：
Input-Parameterized Model-Based Neuron / 8.2.1：
Determination of Subnetwork Output / 8.2.2：
Edge Characterization and-Defection / 8.2.3：
Network Architecture / 8.3：
Characterization of Edge Information / 8.3.1：
Binary Edge Configuration / 8.3.2：
Training Stage / 8.3.6：
Acquisition of Valid Edge Configurations / 8.4.1：
Recognition Stage / 8.5：
Identification of Primary Edge Points / 8.5.1：
Identification of Secondary Edge Points / 8.5.2：
Image Analysis and Retrieval via Self-Organization / 8.6：
Self-Organizing Map (SOM) / 9.1：
Self-Organizing Tree Map (SOTM) / 9.3：
SOTM Model: Architecture / 9.3.1：
Competitive Learning Algorithm / 9.3.2：
Dynamic Topology and Classification Capability of the SOTM / 9.3.3：
SOTM in Impulse Noise Removal / 9.3.4：
Models of Impulse Noise / 9.4.1：
Noise-Exclusive Adaptive Filtering / 9.4.3：
SOTM in Content-Based Retrieval / 9.4.4：
Architecture of the AI-CBR System with Compressed Domain Processing / 9.5.1：
Automatic Interaction by the SOTM / 9.5.2：
Features Extraction for Retrieval / 9.5.3：
Features for Relevance Classification / 9.5.4：
Retrieval of Texture Images in Compressed Domain / 9.5.5：
Genetic Optimization of Feature Representation for Compressed-Domain Image Categorization / 10：
Compressed-Domain Representation / 10.1：
Multiple-Classifier Approach / 10.3：
Conclusion / 10.5：
Content-Based Image Retrieval Using Computational Intelligence Techniques / 11：
Problem Description and Formulation / 11.1：
Soft Relevance Feedback in CBIR / 11.3：
Overview and Structure of RFRBFN / 11.3.1：
Network Training / 11.3.2：
Predictive-Label Fuzzy Support Vector Machine for Small Sample Problem / 11.3.3：
Overview of PLFSVM / 11.4.1：
Training of PLFSVM / 11.4.2：
References / 11.4.3：
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Importance of Vision / 1.1：
84.
図書
Masashi Sugiyama and Motoaki Kawanabe
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / I：
Introduction and Problem Formulation / 1：
Machine Learning under Covariate Shift / 1.1：
Quick Tour of Covariate Shift Adaptation / 1.2：
Problem Formulation / 1.3：
Function Learning from Examples / 1.3.1：
Loss Functions / 1.3.2：
Generalization Error / 1.3.3：
Covariate Shift / 1.3.4：
Models for Function Learning / 1.3.5：
Specification of Models / 1.3.6：
Structure of This Book / 1.4：
Part II: Learning under Covariate Shift / 1.4.1：
Part III: Learning Causing Covariate Shift / 1.4.2：
Learning Under Covariate Shift / II：
Function Approximation / 2：
Importance-Weighting Techniques for Covariate Shift Adaptation / 2.1：
Importance-Weighted ERM / 2.1.1：
Adaptive IWERM / 2.1.2：
Regularized IWERM / 2.1.3：
Examples of Importance-Weighted Regression Methods / 2.2：
Squared Loss: Least-Squares Regression / 2.2.1：
Absolute Loss: Least-Absolute Regression / 2.2.2：
Huber Loss: Huber Regression / 2.2.3：
Deadzone-Linear Loss: Support Vector Regression / 2.2.4：
Examples of Importance-Weighted Classification Methods / 2.3：
Squared Loss: Fisher Discriminant Analysis / 2.3.1：
Logistic Loss: Logistic Regression Classifier / 2.3.2：
Hinge Loss: Support Vector Machine / 2.3.3：
Exponential Loss: Boosting / 2.3.4：
Numerical Examples / 2.4：
Regression / 2.4.1：
Classification / 2.4.2：
Summary and Discussion / 2.5：
Model Selection / 3：
Importance-Weighted Akaike Information Criterion / 3.1：
Importance-Weighted Subspace Information Criterion / 3.2：
Input Dependence vs. Input Independence in Generalization Error Analysis / 3.2.1：
Approximately Correct Models / 3.2.2：
Input-Dependent Analysis of Generalization Error / 3.2.3：
Importance-Weighted Cross-Validation / 3.3：
Importance Estimation / 3.4：
Kernel Density Estimation / 4.1：
Kernel Mean Matching / 4.2：
Logistic Regression / 4.3：
Kullback-Leibler Importance Estimation Procedure / 4.4：
Algorithm / 4.4.1：
Model Selection by Cross-Validation / 4.4.2：
Basis Function Design / 4.4.3：
Least-Squares Importance Fitting / 4.5：
Basis Function Design and Model Selection / 4.5.1：
Regularization Path Tracking / 4.5.3：
Unconstrained Least-Squares Importance Fitting / 4.6：
Analytic Computation of Leave-One-Out Cross-Validation / 4.6.1：
Setting / 4.7：
Importance Estimation by KLIEP / 4.7.2：
Covariate Shift Adaptation by IWLS and IWCV / 4.7.3：
Experimental Comparison / 4.8：
Summary / 4.9：
Direct Density-Ratio Estimation with Dimensionality Reduction / 5：
Density Difference in Hetero-Distributional Subspace / 5.1：
Characterization of Hetero-Distributional Subspace / 5.2：
Identifying Hetero-Distributional Subspace / 5.3：
Basic Idea / 5.3.1：
Fisher Discriminant Analysis / 5.3.2：
Local Fisher Discriminant Analysis / 5.3.3：
Using LFDA for Finding Hetero-Distributional Subspace / 5.4：
Density-Ratio Estimation in the Hetero-Distributional Subspace / 5.5：
Illustrative Example / 5.6：
Performance Comparison Using Artificial Data Sets / 5.6.2：
Relation to Sample Selection Bias / 5.7：
Heckman's Sample Selection Model / 6.1：
Distributional Change and Sample Selection Bias / 6.2：
The Two-Step Algorithm / 6.3：
Relation to Covariate Shift Approach / 6.4：
Applications of Covariate Shift Adaptation / 7：
Brain-Computer Interface / 7.1：
Background / 7.1.1：
Experimental Setup / 7.1.2：
Experimental Results / 7.1.3：
Speaker Identification / 7.2：
Formulation / 7.2.1：
Natural Language Processing / 7.2.3：
Perceived Age Prediction from Face Images / 7.3.1：
Incorporating Characteristics of Human Age Perception / 7.4.1：
Human Activity Recognition from Accelerometric Data / 7.4.4：
Importance-Weighted Least-Squares Probabilistic Classifier / 7.5.1：
Experimental Results. / 7.5.3：
Sample Reuse in Reinforcement Learning / 7.6：
Markov Decision Problems / 7.6.1：
Policy Iteration / 7.6.2：
Value Function Approximation / 7.6.3：
Sample Reuse by Covariate Shift Adaptation / 7.6.4：
On-Policy vs. Off-Policy / 7.6.5：
Importance Weighting in Value Function Approximation / 7.6.6：
Automatic Selection of the Flattening Parameter / 7.6.7：
Sample Reuse Policy Iteration / 7.6.8：
Robot Control Experiments / 7.6.9：
Learning Causing Covariate Shift / III：
Active Learning / 8：
Preliminaries / 8.1：
Setup / 8.1.1：
Decomposition of Generalization Error / 8.1.2：
Basic Strategy of Active Learning / 8.1.3：
Population-Based Active Learning Methods / 8.2：
Classical Method of Active Learning for Correct Models / 8.2.1：
Limitations of Classical Approach and Countermeasures / 8.2.2：
Input-Independent Variance-Only Method / 8.2.3：
Input-Dependent Variance-Only Method / 8.2.4：
Input-Independent Bias-and-Variance Approach / 8.2.5：
Numerical Examples of Population-Based Active Learning Methods / 8.3：
Accuracy of Generalization Error Estimation / 8.3.1：
Obtained Generalization Error / 8.3.3：
Pool-Based Active Learning Methods / 8.4：
Classical Active Learning Method for Correct Models and Its Limitations / 8.4.1：
Numerical Examples of Pool-Based Active Learning Methods / 8.4.2：
Active Learning with Model Selection / 8.6：
Direct Approach and the Active Learning/Model Selection Dilemma / 9.1：
Sequential Approach / 9.2：
Batch Approach / 9.3：
Ensemble Active Learning / 9.4：
Analysis of Batch Approach / 9.5：
Analysis of Sequential Approach / 9.5.3：
Comparison of Obtained Generalization Error / 9.5.4：
Applications of Active Learning / 9.6：
Design of Efficient Exploration Strategies in Reinforcement Learning / 10.1：
Efficient Exploration with Active Learning / 10.1.1：
Reinforcement Learning Revisited / 10.1.2：
Estimating Generalization Error for Active Learning / 10.1.3：
Designing Sampling Policies / 10.1.5：
Active Learning in Policy Iteration / 10.1.6：
Wafer Alignment in Semiconductor Exposure Apparatus / 10.1.7：
Conclusions / IV：
Conclusions and Future Prospects / 11：
Future Prospects / 11.1：
Appendix: List of Symbols and Abbreviations
Bibliography
Index
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / I：
85.
図書
Anjam Khursheed
出版情報:
New Jersey : World Scientific, c2011 xiii, 402 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Conventional SEM Design / 1：
Introduction to the SEM / 1.1：
Basic principles of electron optics / 1.2：
The electron gun / 1.3：
Lens aberrations and primary beam probe size / 1.4：
Deflection systems / 1.5：
Quadrupole stigmators / 1.6：
SEM output signals / 1.7：
The emission hemisphere and BSE collection / 1.8：
The scattered electron energy distribution / 1.9：
The SE collection efficiency / 1.10：
Specimen charging / 1.11：
Elastic BSE imaging / 1.12：
Selected SEM image examples / 1.13：
Spectrometer Design Principles / 2：
Figures of merit / 2.1：
The SAM and the SEM / 2.2：
The retarding field analyzer / 2.3：
Deflection field analyzers / 2.4：
The parallel plate analyzer / 2.4.1：
The cylindrical mirror analyzer / 2.4.2：
Electric sector analyzers / 2.4.3：
Magnetic deflector analyzers / 2.4.4：
Wien filters / 2.4.5：
Magnetic collimation and time of flight spectrometers / 2.4.6：
In-lens Improvements / 3：
Magnetic immersion lenses / 3.1：
Magnetic semi-in-lens designs / 3.2：
Electric retarding field lenses / 3.3：
Mixed field in-lens designs / 3.4：
Selected in-lens image examples / 3.5：
Sub-nanometer Probe Diameters / 4：
Monochromators and immersion objective lenses / 4.1：
Aberration correctors / 4.2：
The helium ion microscope / 4.3：
Secondary Electron Spectrometers / 5：
Early deflection analyzers / 5.1：
Retarding field analyzers / 5.2：
Surface fields and signal-to-noise characteristics / 5.3：
Deflection/multi-channel analyzers / 5.4：
Full Range Deflector Spectrometer Designs / 6：
First-order focusing toroidal analyzers / 6.1：
A second-order focusing toroidal analyzer design / 6.2：
A modified fountain analyzer design / 6.3：
Full Range Parallel Energy Spectrometer Designs / 7：
The time-of-flight spectrometer / 7.1：
A Gaussian field magnetic sector / 7.2：
A round magnetic beam separator / 7.3：
Spectroscopic SEM Proposals / 8：
Field Expansions / Appendix 1.0：
Derivation of the Paraxial Equation / Appendix 1.1：
Spherical Aberration / Appendix 1.2：
Chromatic Aberration / Appendix 1.3：
Multipole Lenses / Appendix 2：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Conventional SEM Design / 1：
Introduction to the SEM / 1.1：
86.
図書
John Milsom, Asger Eriksen
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the First Edition
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the Third Edition
Preface to the Fourth Edition
Introduction / 1：
What Geophysics Measures / 1.1：
Fields / 1.2：
Geophysical Survey Design / 1.3：
Geophysical Fieldwork / 1.4：
Geophysical Data / 1.5：
Bases and Base Networks / 1.6：
Real-Time Profiling / 1.7：
Gravity Method / 2：
Physical Basis of the Gravity Method / 2.1：
Gravity Meters / 2.2：
Gravity Reductions / 2.3：
Gravity Surveys / 2.4：
Field Interpretation / 2.5：
Magnetic Method / 3：
Magnetic Properties / 3.1：
The Magnetic Field of the Earth / 3.2：
Magnetic Instruments / 3.3：
Magnetic Surveys / 3.4：
Simple Magnetic Interpretation / 3.5：
Radiometric Surveys / 4：
Natural Radiation / 4.1：
Radiation Detectors / 4.2：
Electric Current Methods: General Considerations / 4.3：
Resistivity and Conductivity / 5.1：
Varying Currents / 5.2：
Resistivity Methods / 6：
DC Survey Fundamentals / 6.1：
DC Practicalities / 6.2：
Resistivity Profiling / 6.3：
Resistivity Depth-Sounding / 6.4：
Electrical Resistivity Imaging (ERI) / 6.5：
Capacitive Coupling / 6.6：
SP and IP / 7：
SP Surveys / 7.1：
Polarisation Fundamentals / 7.2：
Time-Domain IP Surveys / 7.3：
Frequency-Domain Surveys / 7.4：
IP Data / 7.5：
Electromagnetic Methods / 8：
Two-Coil CW Systems / 8.1：
CWEM Conductivity Mapping / 8.2：
Fixed-Source Methods / 8.3：
Transient Electromagnetics / 8.4：
Remote-Source Electromagnetics / 9：
Natural Electromagnetic Radiation / 9.1：
Controlled-Source Audio-Magnetotellurics (CSAMT) / 9.2：
Ground Penetrating Radar / 10：
Radar Fundamentals / 10.1：
GPR Surveys / 10.2：
Data Processing / 10.3：
Siesmic Methods: General Considerations / 11：
Seismic Waves / 11.1：
Seismic Sources / 11.2：
Detection of Seismic Waves / 11.3：
Recording Seismic Signals / 11.4：
Seismic Reflection / 12：
Reflection Theory / 12.1：
Reflection Surveys / 12.2：
Seismic Refraction / 13：
Refraction Surveys / 13.1：
Interpretation / 13.2：
Limitations of the Refraction Method / 13.3：
Seismic Surface Wave Methods / 14：
Surface Wave Surveys / 14.1：
Limitations of the Method / 14.2：
Maps, Mapping and GPS / 15：
Maps and Mapping / 15.1：
Satellite Navigation / 15.2：
Appendix: Terrain Corrections for Hammer Zones B to M
Index
Preface to the First Edition
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the Third Edition
87.
図書
Maria L. Rizzo
出版情報:
Boca Raton : CRC Press, c2019 xiv, 474 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
The R series
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Introduction / 1：
Statistical Computing / 1.1：
The R Environment / 1.2：
Getting Started with R and RStudio / 1.3：
Basic: Syntax / 1.4：
Using the R Online Help System / 1.5：
Distributions and Statistical Tests / 1.6：
Functions / 1.7：
Arrays, Data Frames, and Lists / 1.8：
Formula Specification / 1.9：
Graphics / 1.10：
Introduction to ggplot / 1.11：
Workspace and Files / 1.12：
The Working Directory / 1.12.1：
Reading Data from External Files / 1.12.2：
Importing/Exporting .csv Files / 1.12.3：
Using Scripts / 1.13：
Using Packages / 1.14：
Using R Markdown and knitr / 1.15：
Probability and Statistics Review / 2：
Random Variables and Probability / 2.1：
Some Discrete Distributions / 2.2：
Some Continuous Distributions / 2.3：
Multivariate Normal Distribution / 2.4：
Limit Theorems / 2.5：
Statistics / 2.6：
Bayes' Theorem and Bayesian Statistics / 2.7：
Markov Chains / 2.8：
Methods for Generating Random Variables / 3：
The Inverse Transform Method / 3.1：
Inverse Transform Method, Continuous Case / 3.2.1：
Inverse Transform Method, Discrete Case / 3.2.2：
The Acceptance-Rejection Method / 3.3：
Transformation Methods / 3.4：
Sums and Mixtures / 3.5：
Multivariate Distributions / 3.6：
Mixtures of Multivariate Normals / 3.6.1：
Wishart Distribution / 3.6.3：
Uniform Distribution on the d-Sphere / 3.6.4：
Exercises
Generating Random Processes / 4：
Stochastic Processes / 4.1：
Poisson Processes / 4.1.1：
Renewal Processes / 4.1.2：
Symmetric Random Walk / 4.1.3：
Brownian Motion / 4.2：
Visualization of Multivariate Data / 5：
Panel Displays / 5.1：
Correlation Plots / 5.3：
Surface Plots and 3D Scatter Plots / 5.4：
Surface Plots / 5.4.1：
Three-dimensional Scatter plot / 5.4.2：
Contour Plots / 5.5：
Other 2D Representations of Data / 5.6：
Andrews Curves / 5.6.1：
Parallel Coordinate Plots / 5.6.2：
Segments, Stars, and Other Representations / 5.6.3：
Principal Components Analysis / 5.7：
Other Approaches to Data Visualization / 5.8：
Additional Resources / 5.9：
Monte Carlo Integration and Variance Reduction / 6：
Monte Carlo Integration / 6.1：
Simple Monte Carlo Estimator / 6.2.1：
Variance and Efficiency / 6.2.2：
Variance Reduction / 6.3：
Antithetic Variables / 6.4：
Control Variates / 6.5：
Antithetic Variate as Control Variate / 6.5.1：
Several Control Variates / 6.5.2：
Control Variates and Regression / 6.5.3：
Importance Sampling / 6.6：
Stratified Sampling / 6.7：
Stratified Importance Sampling / 6.8：
R Code
Monte Carlo Methods in Inference / 7：
Monte Carlo Methods for Estimation / 7.1：
Monte Carlo Estimation and Standard Error / 7.2.1：
Estimation of MSE / 7.2.2：
Estimating a Confidence Level / 7.2.3：
Monte Carlo Methods for Hypothesis Tests / 7.3：
Empirical Type I Error Rate / 7.3.1：
Power of a Test / 7.3.2：
Power Comparisons / 7.3.3：
Application: "Count Five" Test for Equal Variance / 7.4：
Bootstrap and Jackknife / 8：
The Bootstrap / 8.1：
Bootstrap Estimation of Standard Error / 8.1.1：
Bootstrap Estimation of Bias / 8.1.2：
The Jackknife / 8.2：
Bootstrap Confidence Intervals / 8.3：
The Standard Normal Bootstrap Confidence Interval / 8.3.1：
The Basic Bootstrap Confidence Interval / 8.3.2：
The Percentile Bootstrap Confidence Interval / 8.3.3：
The Bootstrap t Interval / 8.3.4：
Better Bootstrap Confidence Intervals / 8.4：
Application: Cross Validation / 8.5：
Resampling Applications / 9：
Jackknife-after-Boot strap / 9.1：
Resampling for Regression Models / 9.2：
Resampling Cases / 9.2.1：
Resampling Errors (Model Based) / 9.2.2：
Influence / 9.3：
Empirical Influence Values for a Statistic / 9.3.1：
Jackknife-after-Bootstrap Plots / 9.3.2：
Permutation Tests / 10：
Tests for Equal Distributions / 10.1：
Multivariate Tests for Equal Distributions / 10.3：
Nearest Neighbor Tests / 10.3.1：
Energy Test Tor Equal Distributions / 10.3.2：
Application- Distance Correlation / 10.4：
Markov Chain Monte Carlo Methods / 11：
Integration Problems in Bayesian Inference / 11.1：
Markov Chain Monte Carlo Integration / 11.1.2：
The Metropolis-Hastings Algorithm / 11.2：
Metropolis-Hastings Sampler / 11.2.1：
The Metropolis Sampler / 11.2.2：
Random Walk Metropolis / 11.2.3：
The Independence Sampler / 11.2.4：
The Gibbs Sampler / 11.3：
Monitoring Convergence / 11.4：
Why Monitor Convergence / 11.4.1：
Methods for Monitoring Convergence / 11.4.2：
The Gelman-Rubin Method / 11.4.3：
Application Change Point Analysis / 11.5：
Probability Density Estimation / 12：
Univariate Density Estimation / 12.1：
Histograms / 12.1.1：
Frequency Polygon Density Estimate / 12.1.2：
The Averaged Shifted Histogram / 12.1.3：
Kernel Density Estimation / 12.2：
Bivariate and Multivariate Density Estimation / 12.3：
Bivariate Frequency Polygon / 12.3.1：
Bivariate ASH / 12.3.2：
Multidimensional Kernel Methods / 12.3.3：
Other Methods of Density Estimation / 12.4：
Introduction to Numerical Methods in R / 13：
Root-finding in One Dimension / 13.1：
Numerical Integration / 13.3：
Maximum Likelihood Problems / 13.4：
Application: Evaluating an Expected Value / 13.5：
Optimization / 14：
One-dimensional Optimization / 14.1：
Maximum Likelihood Estimation with mle / 14.3：
Two-dimensional Optimization / 14.4：
The EM Algorithm / 14.5：
Linear Programming - The Simplex Method / 14.6：
Application: Game Theory / 14.7：
Programming Topics / 15：
Benchmarking: Comparing the Execution Time of Code / 15.1：
Using the microbenchmark Package / 15.2.1：
Losing the rbenchmark Package / 15.2.2：
Profiling / 15.3：
Object Size, Attributes, and Equality / 15.4：
Object Size / 15.4.1：
Attributes of Objects / 15.4.2：
Comparing Objects for Equality / 15.4.3：
Finding Source Code / 15.5：
Finding R Function Code / 15.5.1：
Methods / 15.5.2：
Methods and Functions in Packages / 15.5.3：
Compiled Code / 15.5.4：
Linking C/C++ Code Using Rcpp / 15.6：
Application: Baseball Data / 1.5.7：
Notation
Bibliography
Index
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Introduction / 1：
88.
図書
B.R. Martin
出版情報:
Amsterdam : Elsevier/Academic Press, 2012 x, 302 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Statistics, Experiments, and Data / 1：
Experiments and Observations / 1.1：
Displaying Data / 1.2：
Summarizing Data Numerically / 1.3：
Measures of Location / 1.3.1：
Measures of Spread / 1.3.2：
More than One Variable / 1.3.3：
Large Samples / 1.4：
Experimental Errors / 1.5：
Problems 1
Probability / 2：
Axioms of Probability / 2.1：
Calculus of Probabilities / 2.2：
The Meaning of Probability / 2.3：
Frequency Interpretation / 2.3.1：
Subjective Interpretation / 2.3.2：
Problems 2
Probability Distributions I: Basic Concepts / 3：
Random Variables / 3.1：
Single Variates / 3.2：
Probability Distributions / 3.2.1：
Expectation Values / 3.2.2：
Moment Generating, and Characteristic Functions / 3.2.3：
Several Variates / 3.3：
Joint Probability Distributions / 3.3.1：
Marginal and Conditional Distributions / 3.3.2：
Moments and Expectation Values / 3.3.3：
Functions of a Random Variable / 3.4：
Problems 3
Probability Distributions II: Examples / 4：
Uniform / 4.1：
Univariate Normal (Gaussian) / 4.2：
Multivariate Normal / 4.3：
Bivariate Normal / 4.3.1：
Exponential / 4.4：
Cauchy / 4.5：
Binomial / 4.6：
Multinomial / 4.7：
Poisson / 4.8：
Problems 4
Sampling and Estimation / 5：
Random Samples and Estimators / 5.1：
Sampling Distributions / 5.1.1：
Properties of Point Estimators / 5.1.2：
Estimators for the Mean, Variance, and Covariance / 5.2：
Laws of Large Numbers and the Central Limit Theorem / 5.3：
Propagation of Enors / 5.4：
Problems 5
Sampling Distributions Associated with the Normal Distribution / 6：
Chi-Squared Distribution / 6.1：
Student's t Distribution / 6.2：
F Distribution / 6.3：
Relations Between χ2 , t, and F Distributions / 6.4：
Problems 6
Parameter Estimation I: Maximum Likelihood and Minimum Variance / 7：
Estimation of a Single Parameter / 7.1：
Variance of an Estimator / 7.2：
Approximate methods / 7.2.1：
Simultaneous Estimation of Several Parameters / 7.3：
Minimum Variance / 7.4：
Parameter Estimation / 7.4.1：
Minimum Variance Bound / 7.4.2：
Problems 7
Parameter Estimation II: Least-Squares and Other Methods / 8：
Unconstrained Linear Least Squares / 8.1：
General Solution for the Parameters / 8.1.1：
Errors on the Parameter Estimates / 8.1.2：
Quality of the Fit / 8.1.3：
Orthogonal Polynomials / 8.1.4：
Fitting a Straight Line / 8.1.5：
Combining Experiments / 8.1.6：
Linear Least Squares with Constraints / 8.2：
Nonlinear Least Squares / 8.3：
Other Methods / 8.4：
Minimum Chi-Square / 8.4.1：
Method of Moments / 8.4.2：
Bayes' Estimators / 8.4.3：
Problems 8
Interval Estimation / 9：
Confidence Intervals: Basic Ideas / 9.1：
Confidence Intervals: General Method / 9.2：
Normal Distribution / 9.3：
Confidence Intervals for the Mean / 9.3.1：
Confidence Intervals for the Variance / 9.3.2：
Confidence Regions for the Mean and Variance / 9.3.3：
Poisson Distribution / 9.4：
Confidence Intervals Near Boundaries / 9.5：
Bayesian Confidence Intervals / 9.7：
Problems 9
Hypothesis Testing I: Parameters / 10：
Statistical Hypotheses / 10.1：
General Hypotheses: Likelihood Ratios / 10.2：
Simple Hypothesis: One Simple Alternative / 10.2.1：
Composite Hypotheses / 10.2.2：
Basic Ideas / 10.3：
Specific Tests / 10.3.2：
Other Distributions / 10.4：
Analysis of Variance / 10.5：
Problems 10
Hypothesis Testing II: Other Tests / 11：
Goodness-of-Fit Tests / 11.1：
Discrete Distributions / 11.1.1：
Continuous Distributions / 11.1.2：
Linear Hypotheses / 11.1.3：
Tests for Independence / 11.2：
Nonparametric Tests / 11.3：
Sign Test / 11.3.1：
Signed-Rank Test / 11.3.2：
Rank-Sum Test / 11.3.3：
Runs Test / 11.3.4：
Rank Correlation Coefficient / 11.3.5：
Problems 11
Miscellaneous Mathematics / Appendix A：
Matrix Algebra / A.1：
Classical Theory of Minima / A.2：
Optimization of Nonlinear Functions / Appendix B：
General Principles / B.1：
Unconstrained Minimization of Functions of One variable / B.2：
Unconstrained Minimization of Multivariable Functions / B.3：
Direct Search Methods / B.3.1：
Gradient Methods / B.3.2：
Constrained Optimization / B.4：
Statistical Tables / Appendix C：
Binomial Distribution / C.1：
Chi-squared Distribution / C.3：
Answers to Odd-Numbered Problems / C.5：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Statistics, Experiments, and Data / 1：
Experiments and Observations / 1.1：
89.
図書
Walter Harrison
出版情報:
Singapore : World Scientific, c2010 xiii, 196 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Author's Note
Atomic States / 1：
Atomic Energy Levels / 1.1：
Atomic Levels as a Basis for Other Systems / 1.2：
Electron Density Distributions / 1.3：
The Basis of Pseudopotentials / 1.4：
Electron-Electron Interactions / 1.5：
Nuclear Structure / 1.6：
Hydrides / 2：
Hydrogen Molecules / 2.1：
Central Hydrides / 2.2：
Cohesion in the Central Hydrides / 2.3：
Ice and the Hydrogen Bond / 2.4：
Liquids and Solutions / 2.5：
Water near Metal Surfaces / 2.6：
Molecules / 3：
Molecular Orbitals / 3.1：
Lithium Molecule / 3.2：
Homopolar Molecules, Coupling / 3.3：
Polar Molecules, Hybrids / 3.4：
Hydrocarbons / 3.5：
Revisiting Hydrides / 3.7：
Simple Metals / 4：
A Linear Chain / 4.1：
Three-Dimensional Lattices / 4.2：
Cohesion in Simple Metals / 4.3：
Other Properties / 4.4：
Covalent Solids / 4.5：
Homopolar Semiconductors / 5.1：
Compound Semiconductors / 5.2：
Energy Bands / 5.3：
Other Nonmetallic Elements / 5.4：
Resonant Bonds / 5.5：
Covalent Insulators / 5.6：
Ionic Compounds / 6：
Cohesive Energies / 6.1：
Color Centers and Molecular Ions / 6.2：
Dioxides / 6.4：
Oxyanions and Solutions / 6.5：
Transition and f-Shell Metals / 7：
Transition Metals / 7.1：
The Friedel Model and Cohesion / 7.2：
Rare-Earth Metals / 7.3：
Actinides / 7.4：
Transition-Metal Compounds / 8：
Electronic Structure / 8.1：
AB Compounds with Bands / 8.2：
Localized States / 8.3：
Perovskites with Bands / 8.4：
Manganites and Cluster Orbitals / 8.5：
Conducting Manganites / 8.6：
Oxygen at Surfaces / 8.7：
Appendixes
The van-der-Waals Interaction and Atomic Polarizability / 1A：
Calculation of Proton Positions / 2A：
Radial Extension of s, p, and d States / 2B：
The Nature of the Hydrogen Bond / 2C：
Molecular Orbitals with Nonorthogonality / 3A：
Homopolar Molecular Orbitals / 3B：
Exchange / 3C：
Polar Molecules / 13D：
Cyanide, Full Calculation / 3D1：
CN with Hybrids / 3D2：
Oxygen Metallization / 3D3：
Metallization of CN / 3D4：
Lithium Energy Bands / 4A：
Metallic Crystal Structures / 4B：
Water Molecules Bonding to Metals / 4C：
States in the Sulphate Ion / 5A：
Sulphur Dioxide / 6A：
Carbon Dioxide / 6A2：
Dioxides with Hybrids / 6B：
The Special-Points Method / 8A：
References
Subject Index
Author's Note
Atomic States / 1：
Atomic Energy Levels / 1.1：
90.
図書
Daniel A. Fleisch
出版情報:
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 2012 x, 197 p. ; 23 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Vectors / 1：
Definitions (basic) / 1.1：
Cartesian unit vectors / 1.2：
Vector components / 1.3：
Vector addition and multiplication by a scalar / 1.4：
Non-Cartesian unit vectors / 1.5：
Basis vectors / 1.6：
Chapter 1 problems / 1.7：
Vector operations / 2：
Scalar product / 2.1：
Cross product / 2.2：
Triple scalar product / 2.3：
Triple vector product / 2.4：
Partial derivatives / 2.5：
Vectors as derivatives / 2.6：
Nabla - the del operator / 2.7：
Gradient / 2.8：
Divergence / 2.9：
Curl / 2.10：
Laplacian / 2.11：
Chapter 2 problems / 2.12：
Vector applications / 3：
Mass on an inclined plane / 3.1：
Curvilinear motion / 3.2：
The electric field / 3.3：
The magnetic field / 3.4：
Chapter 3 problems / 3.5：
Covariant and contravariant vector components / 4：
Coordinate-system transformations / 4.1：
Basis-vector transformations / 4.2：
Basis-vector vs. component transformations / 4.3：
Non-orthogonal coordinate systems / 4.4：
Dual basis vectors / 4.5：
Finding covariant and contravariant components / 4.6：
Index notation / 4.7：
Quantities that transform contravariantly / 4.8：
Quantities that transform covariantly / 4.9：
Chapter 4 problems / 4.10：
Higher-rank tensors / 5：
Definitions (advanced) / 5.1：
Covariant, contravariant, and mixed tensors / 5.2：
Tensor addition and subtraction / 5.3：
Tensor multiplication / 5.4：
Metric tensor / 5.5：
Index raising and lowering / 5.6：
Tensor derivatives and Christoffel symbols / 5.7：
Covariant differentiation / 5.8：
Vectors and one-forms / 5.9：
Chapter 5 problems / 5.10：
Tensor applications / 6：
The inertia tensor / 6.1：
The electromagnetic field tensor / 6.2：
The Riemann curvature tensor / 6.3：
Chapter 6 problems / 6.4：
Further reading
Index
1 Chapter 5 problems
Preface
Acknowledgments
Vectors / 1：
91.
図書
Hilary Glasman-Deal
出版情報:
London : Imperial College Press, c2010 xiii, 257 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction: How to Use This Book
How to Write an Introduction / Unit 1：
Structure / l.l：
Grammar and Writing Skills / 1.2：
Tense pairs / 1.2.1：
Signalling language / 1.2.2：
Passive/Active / 1.2.3：
Writing Task: Build a Model / 1.3：
Building a model / 1.3.1：
Key / 1.3.2：
The model / 1.3.3：
Testing the Model / 1.3.4：
Vocabulary / 1.4：
Vocabulary for the Introduction / 1.4.1：
Writing an Introduction / 1.5：
Write an Introduction / 1.5.1：
Writing about Methodology / 1.5.2：
Passives and tense pairs / 2.1：
Use of 'a' and 'the' / 2.2.2：
Adverbs and adverb location / 2.2.3：
Testing the model / 2.3：
Vocabulary task / 2.4：
Vocabulary for the Methodology section / 2.4.2：
Writing a Methodology Section / 2.5：
Write a Methodology section / 2.5.1：
Writing about Results / 2.5.2：
Sequence / 3.1：
Frequency / 3.2.2：
Quantity / 3.2.3：
Causality / 3.2.4：
Vocabulary for the Results section / 3.3：
Writing a Results Section / 3.5：
Write a Results section / 3.5.1：
Writing the Discussion/Conclusion / 3.5.2：
Vocabulary for the Discussion/Conclusion / 4.1：
Writing a Discussion/Conclusion / 4.5：
Write a Discussion/Conclusion / 4.5.1：
Writing the Abstract / Unit 5：
Verb tense / 5.1：
Length / 5.2.2：
Language / 5.2.3：
The models / 5.3：
Testing the models / 5.3.4：
Vocabulary for the Abstract / 5.4：
Writing an Abstract / 5.5：
Write an Abstract / 5.5.1：
Creating a Tide / 5.5.2：
Sources and Credits
Useful Resources and Further Reading
Abbreviations Used in Science Writing / Appendix A：
Prefixes Used in Science Writing / Appendix B：
Latin and Greek Singular and Plural Forms / Appendix C：
Useful Verbs / Appendix D：
Index of Contents
Index of Vocabulary
Introduction: How to Use This Book
How to Write an Introduction / Unit 1：
Structure / l.l：
92.
図書
Anthony Kelly and Kevin M. Knowles
出版情報:
Chichester, West Sussex : Wiley, 2012 xiv, 521 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Second Edition
Perfect Crystals / Part I：
Lattice Geometry / 1：
The Unit Cell / 1.1：
Lattice Planes and Directions / 1.2：
The Weiss Zone Law / 1.3：
Symmetry Elements / 1.4：
Translation Symmetry / 1.4.1：
Rotational Symmetry / 1.4.2：
Reflection Symmetry / 1.4.3：
Restrictions on Symmetry Elements / 1.5：
Possible Combinations of Rotational Symmetries / 1.6：
Crystal Systems / 1.7：
Space Lattices (Bravais Lattices) / 1.8：
Problems
Suggestions for Further Reading
References
Point Groups and Space Groups / 2：
Macroscopic Symmetry Elements / 2.1：
Orthorhombic System / 2.2：
Tetragonal System / 2.3：
Cubic System / 2.4：
Hexagonal System / 2.5：
Trigonal System / 2.6：
Monoclinic System / 2.7：
Triclinic System / 2.8：
Special Forms in the Crystal Classes / 2.9：
Enantiomorphous Crystal Classes / 2.10：
Laue Groups / 2.11：
Space Groups / 2.12：
Nomenclature for Point Groups and Space Groups / 2.13：
Groups, Subgroups and Supergroups / 2.14：
An Example of a Three-Dimensional Space Group / 2.15：
Crystal Structures / 3：
Introduction / 3.1：
Common Metallic Structures / 3.2：
Cubic Close-Packed (Fm3m) / 3.2.1：
Hexagonal Close-Packed (P63 /mmc) / 3.2.2：
Double Hexagonal Close-Packed (P63 /mwc) / 3.2.3：
Body-Centred Cubic (Im3m) / 3.2.4：
Related Metallic Structures / 3.3：
Indium (I4/mmm) / 3.3.1：
Mercury (R3m) / 3.3.2：
β-Sn (I41 /amd) / 3.3.3：
Other Elements and Related Compounds / 3.4：
Diamond (Fd3m) / 3.4.1：
Graphite (P63 /mmc) / 3.4.2：
Hexagonal Boron Nitride (P63 /mmc) / 3.4.3：
Arsenic, Antimony and Bismuth (R3m) / 3.4.4：
Simple MX and MX2 Compounds / 3.5：
Sodium Chloride, NaCl (Fm3m) / 3.5.1：
Caesium Chloride, CsCl (Pm3m) / 3.5.2：
Sphalerite, α-ZnS (F43m) / 3.5.3：
Wurtzite, β-ZnS (P63 mc) / 3.5.4：
Nickel Arsenide, NiAs (P63 /mmc) / 3.5.5：
Calcium Fluoride, CaF2 (Fm3m) / 3.5.6：
Rutile, TiO2 (P42 /mnm) / 3.5.7：
Other Inorganic Compounds / 3.6：
Perovskite (Pm3m) / 3.6.1：
α-Al2 O3 (R3c), FeTiO3 (R3) and LiNbO3 (R3c) / 3.6.2：
Spinel (Fd3m), Inverse Spinel and Related Structures / 3.6.3：
Garnet (Ia3d) / 3.6.4：
Calcite, CaCO3 (R3c) / 3.6.5：
Interatomic Distances / 3.7：
Solid Solutions / 3.8：
Polymers / 3.9：
Additional Crystal Structures and their Designation / 3.10：
Amorphous Materials and Special Types of Crystal-Solid Aggregates / 4：
Amorphous Materials / 4.1：
Liquid Crystals / 4.3：
Nematic Phases / 4.3.1：
Cholesteric Phases / 4.3.2：
Smectic Phases / 4.3.3：
Geometry of Polyhedra / 4.4：
Icosahedral Packing / 4.5：
Quasicrystals / 4.6：
A Little Recent History and a New Definition / 4.6.1：
Incommensurate Structures / 4.7：
Foams, Porous Materials and Cellular Materials / 4.8：
Tensors / 5：
Nature of a Tensor / 5.1：
Transformation of Components of a Vector / 5.2：
Dummy Suffix Notation / 5.3：
Transformation of Components of a Second-Rank Tensor / 5.4：
Definition of a Tensor of the Second Rank / 5.5：
Tensor of the Second Rank Referred to Principal Axes / 5.6：
Limitations Imposed by Crystal Symmetry for Second-Rank Tensors / 5.7：
Representation Quadric / 5.8：
Radius-Normal Property of the Representation Quadric / 5.9：
Third- and Fourth-Rank Tensors / 5.10：
Strain, Stress, Piezoelectricity and Elasticity / 6：
Strain: Introduction / 6.1：
Infinitesimal Strain / 6.2：
Stress / 6.3：
Piezoelectricity / 6.4：
Class 2 / 6.4.1：
Class 222 / 6.4.2：
Class 23 / 6.4.3：
Class 432 / 6.4.4：
The Converse Effect / 6.4.5：
Elasticity of Crystals / 6.5：
Class 1 / 6.5.1：
Imperfect Crystals / 6.5.2：
Glide and Texture / 7：
Translation Glide / 7.1：
Glide Elements / 7.2：
Independent Slip Systems / 7.3：
Large Strains of Single Crystals: The Choice of Glide System / 7.4：
Large Strains: The Change in the Orientation of the Lattice During Glide / 7.5：
Texture / 7.6：
Dislocations / 8：
Dislocation Motion / 8.1：
The Force on a Dislocation / 8.3：
The Distortion in a Dislocated Crystal / 8.4：
Atom Positions Close to a Dislocation / 8.5：
The Interaction of Dislocations with One Another / 8.6：
Dislocations in Crystals / 9：
The Strain Energy of a Dislocation / 9.1：
Stacking Faults and Partial Dislocations / 9.2：
Dislocations in C.C.R Metals / 9.3：
Dislocations in the Rock Salt Structure / 9.4：
Dislocations in Hexagonal Metals / 9.5：
Dislocations in B.C.C. Crystals / 9.6：
Dislocations in Some Covalent Solids / 9.7：
Dislocations in Other Crystal Structures / 9.8：
Point Defects / 10：
Point Defects in Ionic Crystals / 10.1：
Point Defect Aggregates / 10.3：
Point Defect Configurations / 10.4：
Experiments on Point Defects in Equilibrium / 10.5：
Experiments on Quenched Metals / 10.6：
Radiation Damage / 10.7：
Anelasticity and Point Defect Symmetry / 10.8：
Twinning / 11：
Description of Deformation Twinning / 11.1：
Examples of Twin Structures / 11.3：
C.C.R Metals / 11.3.1：
B.C.C. Metals / 11.3.2：
Sphalerite (Zinc Blende) / 11.3.3：
Calcite / 11.3.4：
Hexagonal Metals / 11.3.5：
Graphite / 11.3.6：
Twinning Elements / 11.4：
The Morphology of Deformation Twinning / 11.5：
Martensitic Transformations / 12：
General Crystallographic Features / 12.1：
Transformation in Cobalt / 12.3：
Transformation in Zirconium / 12.4：
Transformation of Indium-Thallium Alloys / 12.5：
Transformations in Steels / 12.6：
Transformations in Copper Alloys / 12.7：
Transformations in Ni-Ti-Based Alloys / 12.8：
Transformations in Nonmetals / 12.9：
Crystallographic Aspects of Nucleation and Growth / 12.10：
Crystal Interfaces / 13：
The Structure of Surfaces and Surface Free Energy / 13.1：
Structure and Energy of Grain Boundaries / 13.2：
Interface Junctions / 13.3：
The Shapes of Crystals and Grains / 13.4：
Boundaries between Different Phases / 13.5：
Strained Layer Epitaxy of Semiconductors / 13.6：
Crystallographic Calculations / Appendix 1：
Vector Algebra / A1.1：
The Scalar Product / A1.1.1：
The Vector Product / A1.1.2：
The Reciprocal Lattice / A1.2：
Matrices / A1.3：
Rotation Matrices and Unit Quaternions / A1.4：
The Stereographic Projection / Appendix 2：
Principles / A2.1：
Constructions / A2.2：
To Construct a Small Circle / A2.2.1：
To Find the Opposite of a Pole / A2.2.2：
To Draw a Great Circle through Two Poles / A2.2.3：
To Find the Pole of a Great Circle / A2.2.4：
To Measure the Angle between two Poles on an inclined Great Circle / A2.2.5：
Constructions with the Wulff Net / A2.3：
Two-Surface Analysis / A2.3.1：
Proof of the Properties of the Stereographic Projection / A2.4：
Interplanar Spacings and Interplanar Angles / Appendix 3：
Interplanar Spacings / A3.1：
Triclinic / A3.1.1：
Monoclinic / A3.1.2：
Orthorhombic / A3.1.3：
Trigonal / A3.1.4：
Tetragonal / A3.1.5：
Hexagonal / A3.1.6：
Cubic / A3.1.7：
Interplanar Angles / A3.2：
Transformation of Indices Following a Change of Unit Cell / A3.2.1：
Change of Indices of Directions / A4.1：
Change of Indices of Planes / A4.2：
Example 1: Interchange of Hexagonal and Orthorhombic Indices for Hexagonal Crystals / A4.3：
Example 2: Interchange of Rhombohedral and Hexagonal Indices / A4.4：
Slip Systems in C.C.R and B.C.C. Crystals / Appendix 5：
Independent Glide Systems in C.C.R Metals / A5.1：
Example: Slip Along [110] on the (111) Slip Plane / A5.1.1：
Number of Independent Glide Systems / A5.1.2：
Diehl's Rule and the OILS Rule / A5.2：
Use of Diehl's Rule for {111} <110> Slip (Such as C.C.R Metals) / A5.2.1：
Use of Diehl's Rule for {110} <111> Slip (Such as B.C.C. Metals) / A5.2.2：
The OILS Rule / A5.2.3：
Proof of Diehl's Rule and the OILS Rule / A5.3：
Homogeneous Strain / Appendix 6：
Simple Extension / A6.1：
Simple Shear / A6.2：
Pure Shear / A6.3：
The Relationship between Pure Shear and Simple Shear / A6.4：
Crystal Structure Data / Appendix 7：
Crystal Structures of the Elements, Interatomic Distances and Six-Fold Coordination-Number Ionic Radii / A7.1：
Crystals with the Sodium Chloride Structure / A7.2：
Crystals with the Caesium Chloride Structure / A7.3：
Crystals with the Sphalerite Structure / A7.4：
Crystals with the Wurtzite Structure / A7.5：
Crystals with the Nickel Arsenide Structure / A7.6：
Crystals with the Fluorite Structure / A7.7：
Crystals with the Rutile Structure / A7.8：
Further Resources / Appendix 8：
Useful Web Sites / A8.1：
Computer Software Packages / A8.2：
Brief Solutions to Selected Problems
Index
Translational Symmetry
Double Hexagonal Close-Packed (P63 /mmc)
β-Sn (I41 /and)
introduction
Tensor, of the Second Rank Referred to Principal Axes
Dislocations in C.C.P. Metals
C.C.P. Metals
Slip Systems in C.C.P. and B.C.C. Crystals
Independent Glide Systems in C.C.P. Metals
Use of Diehl's Rule for {111} <110> Slip (Such as C.C.P. Metals)
Preface to the Second Edition
Perfect Crystals / Part I：
Lattice Geometry / 1：
93.
図書
edited by Hisashi Yamamoto, Takashi Kato
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword / Dr Hamaguchi
Preface / Dr Noyori
Control of DNA Packaging by Block Catiomers for Systemic Gene Delivery System / Kensuke Osada1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Packaging of pDNA by Block Catiomers / 1.2：
Rod-Shaped Packaging of pDNA / 1.2.1：
Rod Shape or Globular Shape / 1.2.2：
Polyplex Micelles as a Systemic Gene Delivery System / 1.3：
Stable Encapsulation of pDNA Within Polyplex Micelles for Systemic Delivery / 1.3.1：
Polyplex Micelles for Efficient Cellular Entry / 1.3.2：
Polyplex Micelles for Safe Endosome Escape / 1.3.3：
Polyplex Micelles for Nuclear Translocation / 1.3.4：
Polyplex Micelles for Efficient Transcription / 1.3.5：
Design Criteria of Block Catiomers Toward Systemic Gene Therapy / 1.4：
Rod Shape or Toroid Shape / 1.5：
Summary / 1.6：
References
Manipulation of Molecular Architecture with DNA / Akinori Kuzuya2：
Molecular Structure of DNA / 2.1：
Immobile DNA Junctions / 2.3：
Topologically Unique DNA Molecules / 2.4：
DNA Tiles and Their Assemblies / 2.5：
DNA Origami / 2.6：
DNA Origami as a Molecular Peg Board / 2.7：
Molecular Machines Made of DNA Origami / 2.8：
DNA Origami Pinching Devices / 2.9：
Novel Design Principles / 2.10：
DNA-PAINT: An Application of DNA Devices / 2.11：
Prospects / 2.12：
Chemical Assembly Lines for Skeletally Diverse Indole Alkaloids / Hiroki Oguri3：
Macmillan's Collective Total Synthesis by Means of Organocascade Catalysis / 3.1：
Systematic Synthesis of Indole Alkaloids Employing Cyclopentene Intermediates by the Zhu Group / 3.3：
Biogenetically Inspired Synthesis Employing a Multipotent Intermediate by the Oguri Group / 3.4：
Molecular Technology for Injured Brain Regeneration / Itsuki Ajioka4：
Biology of Angiogenesis / 4.1：
Angiogenesis for Injured Brain Regeneration / 4.3：
Molecular Technology to Promote Angiogenesis / 4.4：
Biology of Cell Cycle / 4.5：
Biology of Neurogenesis / 4.6：
Molecular Technology to Promote Neuron Regeneration / 4.7：
Conclusion / 4.8：
Engineering the Ribosomal Translation System to Introduce Non-proteinogenic Amino Acids into Peptides / Takayuki Katoh5：
Decoding the Genetic Code / 5.1：
Aminoacylation of tRNA by Aminoacyl-tRNA Synthetases / 5.3：
Methods for Preparing Noncanonical Aminoacyl-tRNAs / 5.4：
Ligation of Aminoacyl-pdCpA Dinucleotide with tRNA Lacking the 3'-Terminal CA / 5.4.1：
Post-aminoacylation Modification of Aminoacyl-tRNA / 5.4.2：
Misacylation of Non-proteinogenic Amino Acids by ARSs / 5.4.3：
Flexizyme, an Aminoacylation Ribozyme / 5.4.4：
Methods for Assigning Non-proteinogenic Amino Acids to the Genetic Code / 5.5：
The Nonsense Codon Method / 5.5.1：
Genetic Code Reprogramming / 5.5.2：
The Four-base Codon Method / 5.5.3：
The Nonstandard Base Method / 5.5.4：
Limitation of the Incorporation of Noncanonical Amino Acids: Substrate Scope / 5.6：
Improvement of the Substrate Tolerance of Ribosomal Translation / 5.7：
Ribosomally Synthesized Noncanonical Peptides as Drug Discovery Platforms / 5.8：
Summary and Outlook / 5.9：
Development of Functional Nanoparticles and Their Systems Capable of Accumulating to Tumors / Sotoru Karasawa6：
Accumulation Based on Aberrant Morphology and Size / 6.1：
Accumulation Based on Aberrant pH Microenvironment / 6.3：
Accumulation Based on Temperature of Tumor Microenvironment / 6.4：
Perspective / 6.5：
Glycan Molecular Technology for Highly Selective In Vivo Recognition / Katsunori Tanaka7：
Molecular Technology for Chemical Glycan Conjugation / 7.1：
Conjugation to Lysine / 7.1.1：
Conjugation to Cysteine / 7.1.2：
Bioorthogonal Conjugation / 7.1.3：
Enzymatic Glycosylation / 7.1.4：
In Vivo Kinetic Studies of Monosaccharide-Modified Proteins / 7.2：
Dissection-Based Kinetic and Bio distribution Studies: Effects of Protein Modification by Galactose, Mannose, and Fucose / 7.2.1：
Noninvasive imaging of In Vivo Kinetic and Organ-Specific Accumulation of Monosaccharide-Modified Proteins / 7.2.2：
In Vivo Kinetic Studies of Oligosaccharide-Modified Proteins / 7.3：
In Vivo Kinetics of Proteins Modified by a Few Molecules of N-glycans / 7.3.1：
In Vivo Kinetics of Proteins Modified by Many AT-glycans: Homogeneous N-glycoalbumins / 7.3.2：
In Vivo Kinetics of Proteins Modified by Many N-glycans: Heterogeneous N-glycoalbumins / 7.3.3：
Tumor Targeting by JV-glycoalbumins / 7.3.4：
Glycan Molecular Technology on Live Cells: Tumor Targeting by N-glycas-Engineered Lymphocytes / 7.3.5：
Glycan Molecular Technology Adapted as Metal Carriers: In Vivo Metal-Catalyzed Reactions within Live Animals / 7.4：
Concluding Remarks / 7.5：
Acknowledgments
Molecular Technology Toward Expansion of Nucleic Acid Functionality / Michiko Kimoto and Kiyohiko Kawai8：
Molecular Technologies that Enable Genetic Alphabet Expansion / 8.1：
Nucleotide Modification / 8.2.1：
Unnatural Base Pairs (UBPs) as Third Base Pairs Toward Expansion of Nucleic Acid Functionality / 8.2.2：
High-Affinity DNA Aptamer Generation Using the Expanded Genetic Alphabet / 8.2.3：
Molecular Technologies that Enable Fluorescence Blinking Control / 8.3：
Single Molecule Detection Based on Blinking Observations / 8.3.1：
Blinking Kinetics / 8.3.2：
Control of Fluorescence Blinking by DNA Structure / 8.3.3：
Triplet Blinking / 8.3.3.1：
Redox Blinking / 8.3.3.2：
Isomerization Blinking / 8.3.3.3：
Conclusions / 8.4：
Molecular Technology for Membrane Functionalization / Michio Murakoshi and Takahiro Muraoka9：
Synthetic Approach for Membrane Functionalization / 9.1：
Formation of Multipass Transmembrane Structure / 9.2.1：
Formation of Supramolecular Ion Channels / 9.2.2：
Demonstration of Ligand-Gated Ion Transportation / 9.2.3：
Light-Triggered Membrane Budding / 9.2.4：
Semi-biological Approach for Membrane Functionalization / 9.3：
Mechanical Analysis of the Transmembrane Structure of Membrane Proteins / 9.3.1：
Development of the Nanobiodevice Using a Membrane Protein Expressing in the Inner Ear / 9.3.2：
Improvement of Protein Performance by Genetic Engineering / 9.3.3：
Molecular Technology for Degradable Synthetic Hydrogels for Biomaterials / Hiroharu Ajiro and Takamasa Sakai10：
Scope of the Chapter
Degradation Behavior of Hydrogels / 10.1：
Polylactide Copolymer / 10.2：
Trimethylene Carbonate Derivatives / 10.3：
Polyurethane / 10.4：
Molecular Technology for Epigenetics Toward Drug Discovery / Takayoshi Suzuki11：
Epigenetics / 11.1：
Isozyme-Selective Histone Deacetylase (HDAC) Inhibitors / 11.3：
Identification of HDAC3-Selective Inhibitors by Click Chemistry Approach / 11.3.1：
Identification of HDAC8-Selective Inhibitors by Click Chemistry Approach and Structure-Based Drug Design / 11.3.2：
Identification of HDAC6-Insensitive Inhibitors Using C-H Activation Reaction / 11.3.3：
Identification of HDAC6-Selective Inhibitors by Substrate-Based Drug Design / 11.3.4：
Identification of SIRT1-Selective Inhibitors by Target-Guided Synthesis / 11.3.5：
Identification of SIRT2-Selective Inhibitors by Structure-Based Drug Design and Click Chemistry Approach / 11.3.6：
Histone Lysine Demethylase (KDM) Inhibitors / 11.4：
Identification of KDM4C Inhibitors by Structure-Based Drug Design / 11.4.1：
Identification of KDM5A Inhibitors by Structure-Based Drug Design / 11.4.2：
Identification of KDM7B Inhibitors by Structure-Based Drug Design / 11.4.3：
Identification of LSD1 Inhibitors by Target-Guided Synthesis / 11.4.4：
Small-Molecule-Based Drug Delivery System Using LSD1 and its Inhibitor / 11.4.5：
Molecular Technology for Highly Efficient Gene Silencing: DNA/RNA Heteroduplex Oligonucleotides / Kotaro Yoshioka and Kazutaka Nishina and Tetsuya Nagata and Takanori Yokota11.5：
Therapeutic Oligonucleotides / 12.1：
siRNA / 12.2.1：
ASO / 12.2.2：
Chemical Modifications of Therapeutic Oligonucleotide / 12.3：
Modifications of Inter nucleotide Linkage / 12.3.1：
Modifications of Sugar Moiety / 12.3.2：
Ligand Conjugation for DDS / 12.4：
Development of Ligand Molecules for Therapeutic Oligonucleotides / 12.4.1：
Vitamin E for Ligand Molecule / 12.4.2：
siRNA Conjugated with Tocopherol / 12.4.3：
ASO Conjugated with Tocopherol / 12.4.4：
DNA/RNA Heteroduplex Oligonucleotide / 12.5：
Basic Concept of Heteroduplex Oligonucleotide / 12.5.1：
HDO Conjugated with Tocopherol (Toc-HDO) / 12.5.2：
Design of Toc-HDO / 12.5.2.1：
Potency of Toc-HDO / 12.5.2.2：
Adverse Effect of Toc-HDO / 12.5.2.3：
Mechanism of Toc-HDO / 12.5.2.4：
Future Prospects / 12.6：
Molecular Technology for Highly Sensitive Biomolecular Analysis: Hyperpolarized NMR/MRI Probes / Shinsuke Sando and Hiroshi Nonaka13：
HyperpoJarization / 13.1：
Requirements for HP Molecular Imaging Probes / 13.2：
HP 13 C Molecular Probes for Analysis of Enzymatic Activity / 13.3：
[1-13 C] Pyruvate / 13.3.1：
HP 13 C Probes for Analysis of Glycolysis and Tricarboxylic Acid Cycle / 13.3.2：
¿-Glutamyl-[l-13 C]glycine: HP 13 C Probe for Analysis of ¿-glutamyl Transpeptidase / 13.3.3：
[1-13 C]Alanine-NH2 : HP 13 C Probes for Analysis of Aminopeptidase N / 13.3.4：
HP 13 C Molecular Probes for Analysis of the Chemical Environment / 13.4：
[1-13 C] Bicarbonate / 13.4.1：
[l-13 C]Ascorbate and Dehydroascorbate / 13.4.2：
[13 C]Benzoylformic Acid for Sensing H2 02 / 13.4.3：
[13 C,D3 ]-p-Anisidine for Sensing of HOCl / 13.4.4：
[13 C,D]EDTA for Sensing of Metal Ions / 13.4.5：
HP 15 N Molecular Probes / 13.5：
A Strategy for Designing HP Molecular Probes / 13.6：
Scaffold Structure for Design of 15 N HP Probes: [15 N,D9 ]TMPA / 13.6.1：
[15 N,D14 ]TMPA / 13.6.1.1：
Scaffold Structure for Designing 13 C Hyperpolarized Probes / 13.6.2：
Molecular Technologies in Life Innovation: Novel Molecular Technologies for Labeling and Functional Control of Proteins Under Live Cell Conditions / Itaru Homochi and Shigeki Kiyonaka and Tomonori Tamura and Ryou Kubota13.7：
General Introduction / 14.1：
Ligand-Directed Chemistry for Neurotransmitter Receptor Proteins Under Live Cell Condition and its Application / 14.2：
Affinity-Guided DMAP Reaction for Analysis of Live Cell Surface Proteins / 14.3：
Coordination Chemistry-Based Chemogenetic Approach to Switch the Activity of Glutamate Receptors in Live Cells / 14.4：
Molecular Technologies for Pseudo-natural Peptide Synthesis and Discovery of Bioactive Compounds Against Undruggable Targets / Joseph M. Rogers and Hiroaki Suga14.5：
Peptides Could Target Undruggable Targets / 15.1：
Druggable Proteins / 15.2.1：
Undruggable Proteins / 15.2.2：
Natural Peptides as Drugs / 15.2.3：
Modification to Peptides can Improve Their Drug-Like Characteristics / 15.2.4：
Macro cyclization / 15.2.4.1：
Amino Acids with Unnatural Side Chains / 15.2.4.2：
Backbone Modifications Including N-Methylation / 15.2.4.3：
Cyclosporin - A Membrane-Permeable Anomaly / 15.2.4.4：
Membrane Permeability Cannot be Calculated from Amino Acid Content / 15.2.4.5：
Cyclosporin - The Inspiration for the Cyclic Peptide Approach to Undruggable Targets / 15.2.5：
Molecular Technologies to Discover Functional Peptides / 15.3：
Ribosomal Synthesis of Peptides / 15.3.1：
Natural Peptide Synthesis is an Efficient Method to Generate Huge Libraries / 15.3.2：
Selection Methods / 15.3.3：
Intracellular Peptide Selection / 15.3.3.1：
Phage Display / 15.3.3.2：
A Cell-Free Display, mRNA Display / 15.3.3.3：
Other Methods of Selection / 15.3.4：
Molecular Technology for Pseudo-natural Peptide Synthesis and Its Use in Peptide Drug Discovery / 15.4：
The Need for Pseudo-natural Synthesis - The Limitations of SPPS / 15.4.1：
Intein Cyclization and SICLOPPS / 15.4.2：
Post-translation Modification / 15.4.3：
Genetic Code Expansion / 15.4.4：
Replacing Amino Acids in Translation / 15.4.5：
Flexizymes / 15.4.6：
RaPID System / 15.4.6.2：
Acknowledgment / 15.5：
Index
Foreword / Dr Hamaguchi
Preface / Dr Noyori
Control of DNA Packaging by Block Catiomers for Systemic Gene Delivery System / Kensuke Osada1：
94.
図書
Philip Willmott
出版情報:
Hoboken, NJ : Wiley, 2019 xii, 483 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
About the Companion Website
Introduction / 1：
A Potted History of X-rays / 1.1：
Synchrotron Sources over the Last Seventy Years / 1.2：
References
The Interaction of X-rays with Matter / 2：
The Electromagnetic Spectrum / 2.1：
Compton Scattering / 2.3：
Thomson Scattering / 2.4：
Atomic Scattering Factors / 2.5：
Scattering from a Cloud of Free Electrons / 2.5.1：
Correction Terms for the Atomic Scattering Factor / 2.5.2：
The Refractive Index, Reflection, and Photoabsorption / 2.6：
The Refractive Index / 2.6.1：
Refraction and Reflection / 2.6.2：
Photoabsorption / 2.6.3：
X-ray Fluorescence and Auger Emission / 2.7：
X-ray Fluorescence / 2.7.1：
Auger Emission / 2.7.2：
Fluorescence or Auger? / 2.7.3：
Concluding Remarks / 2.8：
Problems
Synchrotron Physics / 3：
Overview / 3.1：
Production of Light by Acceleration of Charged Particles / 3.3：
Forces Acting on a Charged Particle by Electromagnetic Radiation / 3.4：
Radiation from Relativistic Electrons / 3.5：
Synchrotron Radiation / 3.5.1：
Bremsstrahlung / 3.5.2：
Magnetic Deflection Fields / 3.5.3：
Radiated Power Loss in Synchrotrons / 3.5.4：
Radio-frequency Power Supply and Bunching / 3.6：
Photon-beam Properties / 3.7：
Flux and Brilliance / 3.7.1：
Emittance, Radiation Equilibrium, and Quantum Excitation / 3.7.2：
Coherence / 3.7.3：
Polarization of Synchrotron Radiation / 3.7.4：
The Magnet Lattice / 3.8：
Bending Magnets and Superbends / 3.8.1：
Betatron Oscillations and the Dynamic Aperture / 3.8.2：
Quadrupole and Sextupole Magnets / 3.8.3：
Orbit Control and Feedbacks / 3.8.4：
Multiple-bend Achromats and DLSRs / 3.8.5：
Insertion Devices / 3.9：
Wigglers / 3.9.1：
Damping Wigglers / 3.9.2：
Undulators / 3.9.3：
Undulators at DLSRs / 3.9.4：
Echo-enabled Harmonic Generation at DLSRs / 3.9.5：
Control of Polarization using Undulators / 3.9.6：
Free-electron Lasers / 3.10：
XFEL Architecture / 4.1：
The SASE Process / 4.3：
Properties of XFEL Beams / 4.4：
Tuning the Photon Energy / 4.4.1：
Source Fluctuations / 4.4.2：
Degree of Monochromacity / 4.4.3：
Seeding / 4.5：
High-brilliance SASE using an Array of Short Undulators and Chicanes / 4.5.1：
Self-seeding of Hard XFEL-radiation using Diamond Monochromatization / 4.5.2：
Radiation Damage and Heat Loads / 4.6：
Thermal Loads on Optics / 4.6.1：
Sample Irradiation / 4.6.2：
XFELs and THz Radiation / 4.7：
Beamlines / 4.8：
Front End / 5.1：
X-ray Beam-position Monitors / 5.2.1：
Primary Aperture and Front-end Slits / 5.2.2：
Low-energy Filters / 5.2.3：
Basics of X-ray Optics / 5.3：
Ray Optics / 5.3.1：
Spherical Surfaces and Aberrations / 5.3.2：
Wave Optics / 5.3.3：
Primary Optics / 5.4：
X-ray Mirrors / 5.4.1：
Monochromators / 5.4.2：
Higher Harmonics / 5.4.3：
Double-crystal Deflectors / 5.4.4：
Microfocus and Nanofocus Optics / 5.5：
Compound Refractive Lenses / 5.5.1：
Tapered Glass Capillaries / 5.5.2：
Fresnel Zone Plates / 5.5.3：
Multilayer Laue Lenses / 5.5.4：
Beam-intensity Monitors / 5.6：
Detectors / 5.7：
Sources of Noise in Detectors / 5.7.1：
Photographic Plates / 5.7.2：
Scintillator Detectors / 5.7.3：
The Point-spread Function / 5.7.4：
Crystal Analysers / 5.7.5：
Image Plates / 5.7.6：
Charge-coupled Devices / 5.7.7：
Pixel and Microstrip Detectors / 5.7.8：
To Integrate or to Count? / 5.7.9：
Energy-dispersive Detectors / 5.7.10：
Time-resolved Experiments / 5.8：
Streak Cameras / 5.8.1：
X-ray Streaking at XFELs / 5.8.2：
Scattering Techniques / 5.9：
Diffraction at Synchrotron Sources / 6.1：
Description of Crystals / 6.3：
Lattices and Bases / 6.3.1：
Crystal Planes / 6.3.2：
Labelling Crystallographic Planes and Axes / 6.3.3：
Basic Tenets of X-ray Diffraction / 6.4：
The Bragg Law and Reciprocal Lattice / 6.4.1：
The Influence of the Basis / 6.4.3：
Dynamical Diffraction / 6.4.4：
Diffraction and the Convolution Theorem / 6.5：
The Convolution Theorem / 6.5.1：
Understanding the Structure Factor / 6.5.2：
The Phase Problem and Anomalous Diffraction / 6.6：
The Patterson Map / 6.6.1：
Friedel's Law and Bijvoet Mates / 6.6.3：
Anomalous Diffraction / 6.6.4：
Direct Methods / 6.6.5：
Types of Crystalline Samples / 6.7：
Single Crystal Diffraction / 6.8：
Laue Diffraction / 6.8.1：
Single Crystal Diffraction with Monochromatic X-rays / 6.8.2：
Textured Samples / 6.9：
Powder Diffraction / 6.10：
Basics of Powder Diffraction / 6.10.1：
The Pair-distribution Function / 6.10.3：
Macromolecular Crystallography / 6.11：
Geometries and Photon Energies used in MX / 6.11.1：
Opportunities for MX at DLSRs / 6.11.3：
Solving the Phase Problem in MX / 6.11.4：
MX Studies at XFELs / 6.11.5：
Surface Diffraction / 6.12：
Crystal Truncation Rods / 6.12.1：
Superstructure Rods / 6.12.3：
Data Acquisition / 6.12.4：
Resonant X-ray Scattering / 6.13：
X-ray Reflectometry / 6.14：
Reflection of X-rays and the Fresnel Equations / 6.14.1：
Thin Films and Multilayers / 6.14.3：
XRR Monitoring of Thin Film Growth / 6.14.4：
Small-angle X-ray Scattering / 6.15：
Theory / 6.15.1：
Practical Considerations / 6.15.3：
Grazing Incidence SAXS / 6.15.4：
Spectroscopic Techniques / 6.16：
X-ray Absorption Processes / 7.1：
Energy-level Schemes of Atoms, Molecules, and Solids / 7.2.1：
Absorption Features / 7.2.2：
Photoelectron Energies, Wavelengths, and Absorption Regions / 7.3：
The Universal Curve / 7.3.1：
¿- and ¿-polarizations / 7.3.2：
X-ray Absorption Near-edge Structure, XANES / 7.4：
The XANES Signal / 7.4.1：
Extended X-ray Absorption Fine Structure, EXAFS / 7.5：
The EXAFS Signal / 7.5.1：
Time-resolved Absorption Spectroscopy / 7.5.3：
Fluorescence Spectroscopies / 7.6：
Resonant Inelastic X-ray Scattering / 7.6.1：
X-ray Standing Waves / 7.6.4：
Scanning Transmission X-ray Microscopy, STXM / 7.7：
The Water Window / 7.7.1：
Modes in STXM / 7.7.3：
Photoemission Electron Microscopy, PEEM / 7.8：
Basics of PEEM / 7.8.1：
PEEM and Magnetic Dichroism / 7.8.2：
Photoemission Spectroscopy / 7.9：
Ultraviolet Photoemission Spectroscopy / 7.9.1：
Soft X-ray ARPES / 7.9.3：
X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy / 7.9.4：
Hard X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy / 7.9.5：
Imaging Techniques / 7.10：
X-ray Computed Microtomography / 8.1：
General Concepts / 8.2.1：
Phase-contrast Tomography / 8.2.3：
Fast XTM / 8.2.5：
Laminography / 8.2.6：
Full-field Microscopy / 8.3：
Zernike X-ray Microscopy / 8.3.1：
Lensless Imaging / 8.4：
Speckle / 8.4.1：
Noncrystalline and Crystalline Samples / 8.4.3：
Oversampling and Redundancy / 8.4.4：
Ptychography / 8.4.5：
Scanning SAXS and Small-angle Scattering Tensor Tomography / 8.4.6：
X-ray Photon Correlation Spectroscopy / 8.4.7：
Appendices / 8.5：
Cryogenic Electron Microscopy / A：
Some Helpful Mathematical Relations and Approximations / B：
Fourier Series and Fourier Transforms Made Simple / C：
Introductory Remarks / C.1：
Periodic Functions / C.2：
From Fourier Series to Fourier Transforms / C.3：
Mathematical Properties of Fourier Transforms / C.4：
Argand Diagrams and the Complex Plane / D：
E
Chapter 2 - The Interaction of X-rays with Matter / E.2：
Chapter 3 - Synchrotron Physics / E.3：
Chapter 4 - Free-electron Lasers / E.4：
Chapter 5 - Beamlines / E.5：
Chapter 6 - Scattering Techniques / E.6：
Chapter 7 - Spectroscopic Techniques / E.7：
Chapter 8 - Imaging Techniques / E.8：
Glossary / F：
Physical Constants Relevant to Synchrotron Radiation / G：
Index
Preface
Acknowledgements
About the Companion Website
95.
図書
東工大
酒井俊典 [ほか] 共著
出版情報:
東京 : コロナ社, 2010 2冊 ; 21cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
1 土とは
1.1 土の生成 3
1.2 風化・堆積 7
1.3 岩石の種類 9
2 土の基本的物理量
2.1 土の三相 15
2.1.1 固相・液相・気相 15
2.1.2 体積に関する物理量 17
2.1.3 質量に関する物理量 19
2.1.4 体積と質量に関する物理量 19
2.1.5 三相の間隙比，飽和度，含水比による表現 23
2.1.6 土の単位体積重量 27
2.2 土の粒度 31
2.2.1 土粒子の分類 31
2.2.2 粒度試験 31
2.2.3 粒径加積曲線 35
2.3 土のコンシステンシー 41
2.3.1 液性限界・塑性限界 41
2.3.2 液性限界・塑性限界の試験方法 45
2.3.3 塑性図 47
2.4 土の工学的分類 51
2.4.1 工学的分類法（日本統一分類法） 51
2.4.2 工学的分類の方法 53
2.5 土の締固め 65
2.5.1 締固め曲線 65
2.5.2 締固め試験 67
2.5.3 締固め試験方法 71
2.5.4 種々の締固め特性 71
3 土中の水
3.1 土の透水係数 79
3.1.1 ダルシーの法則 79
3.1.2 透水試験 83
3.1.3 土の種類と透水係数 87
3.2 土中水の浸透 91
3.2.1 土中の水の流れ 91
3.2.2 流線網 95
3.2.3 流線網の描き方 99
4 圧密
4.1 有効応力・全応力 103
4.2 圧密理論 109
4.2.1 圧密とは 109
4.2.2 テルツァーギの圧密理論 109
4.3 圧密試験 115
4.3.1 圧密試験方法 115
4.3.2 圧密試験結果の整理 117
4.3.3 正規圧密状態・過圧密状態 125
5 地盤内応力
5.1 自重による地盤内応力 129
5.1.1 地盤内に作用する全応力 129
5.1.2 地盤内に作用する有効応力 131
5.1.3 圧密時の有効応力と間隙水圧 135
5.2 載荷による地盤内応力 141
付録 146
参考文献 152
英和索引 154
1 土とは
1.1 土の生成 3
1.2 風化・堆積 7
96.
図書
Vallam Sundar, S. A. Sannasiraj
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Background / 1.1：
Behaviour of Waves / 1.2：
Shoaling / 1.2.1：
Refraction / 1.2.2：
Diffraction / 1.2.3：
Breaking / 1.2.4：
Reflection / 1.2.5：
The Indian Coast / 1.3：
General / 1.3.1：
Tamil Nadu / 1.3.2：
Kerala / 1.3.3：
Summary / 1.4：
References
Characteristics and Motion of Sediments / 2：
Sediment Classification / 2.1：
Particle Size / 2.3：
Soil classification / 2.3.1：
Plasticity / 2.4：
Shape / 2.5：
Fall Velocity (vf ) / 2.6：
Angle of Repose / 2.7：
Effect of Temperature / 2.8：
Effect of Sediment Concentration / 2.9：
Effect of Turbulence / 2.10：
Permeability and Porosity / 2.11：
Bulk Creep / 2.12：
Sediment Motion / 2.13：
Incipient sediment motion / 2.13.1：
Liquefaction of Sands / 2.14：
Soil types susceptible to liquefaction / 2.14.1：
Shields Curve / 2.15：
Sediment Transport / 3：
Modes of Sediment Transport / 3.1：
Description of the threshold of movement / 3.2.1：
Load transport general approach / 3.2.3：
Littoral Transport / 3.3：
Definitions / 3.3.1：
Driving Forces / 3.5：
Radiation Stresses / 3.6：
Cross-shore Sediment Transport / 3.7：
Longshore Sediment Transport / 3.8：
Nearshore currents responsible for sediment transport / 3.8.1：
Phenomena of littoral drift / 3.8.2：
Estimating longshore transport / 3.8.3：
CERC method / 3.8.4：
Calculation of Pis using LEO data / 3.8.5：
Method of Kamphuis [1991] / 3.8.6：
Sediment distribution across the surf zone / 3.8.7：
Van Rijn method / 3.8.8：
Sediment Cell Concept and Its Application / 3.9：
Sediment Transport During Extreme Events / 3.10：
Case study / 3.10.1：
Effect of sedimentation during extreme events / 3.10.3：
Coastal Erosion and Protection Measures Including Case Studies / 4：
Erosion Process / 4.1：
Causes for Coastal Erosion / 4.3：
Strategy for Coastal Protection / 4.4：
Coastal Protection Measures / 4.5：
Hard measures / 4.5.1：
Hard structures / 4.5.2.1：
Soft structures / 4.5.2.2：
Soft measures / 4.5.3：
Beach nourishment / 4.5.3.1：
Placement-of sand and borrow site / 4.5.3.2：
Methods / 4.5.3.3：
Vegetation cover / 4.5.3.4：
Case Studies / 4.6：
Concept generation / 4.6.1：
Tamil Nadu (groin field) / 4.6.2：
North of Chennai Harbour (transitional groin field) / 4.6.2.1：
Vaan Island (submerged artificial reefs) / 4.6.2.2：
Kerala coast / 4.6.3：
Behaviour of seawalls prior to and after 2008 / 4.6.3.1：
Failure of seawalls / 4.6.3.3：
Behaviour of groin fields / 4.6.3.4：
Artificial beach nourishment / 4.6.3.5：
Geosynthetic products as coastal protection measure / 4.6.3.6：
Assessment of Hard and Soft Measures / 4.7：
Tidal Inlets / 4.8：
Tidal flushing / 4.8.1：
Stability of an inlet / 4.8.3：
Stabilisation of tidal inlets / 4.8.4：
Crater - Sink sand transfer system / 4.8.5：
Case Studies on Tidal Inlets / 4.9：
Rubble Mound Structures / 5：
Types of Breakwaters / 5.1：
Criteria for Breakwater Selection / 5.3：
Design Principles of Rubble Mound Structures / 5.4：
Concrete Armour Layer Units / 5.5：
Randomly placed armour units - stability factors weight and interlocking / 5.5.1：
Kolos / 5.6：
Dolos vs. Kolos / 5.6.1：
Finite element model / 5.6.3：
Results of analysis / 5.6.4：
Stability of CAUs / 5.7：
Damage assessment / 5.7.1：
Number of units method / 5.7.2：
Wave Run-up and Overtopping / 6：
Wave Run-up / 6.1：
Recent run-up equation / 6.2.1：
Wave Overtopping / 6.3：
Calculation of overtopping rates / 6.3.1：
Complex slopes / 6.3.3：
Designing for overtopping / 6.3.4：
Scour Around Marine Structures / 6.4：
Mechanism of Scour / 7.1：
Fluid mechanism of scour / 7.2.1：
Scour due to steady current / 7.2.3：
Scour due to waves / 7.2.4：
Scour due to simultaneous action of waves and current / 7.2.5：
Sediment Dynamics of Scour / 7.3：
Types of Scour / 7.4：
General scour / 7.4.1：
Local scour / 7.4.3：
Degradation scour / 7.4.4：
Boat scour / 7.4.5：
High-head scour / 7.4.6：
Global or dishpan scour / 7.4.7：
Scour Failures and Evolution / 7.5：
Scour Due to Vertical Walls / 7.6：
Pipelines / 7.7：
Scour around pipelines / 7.7.1：
Scour around pipelines due to current action / 7.7.3：
Scour due to waves and currents / 7.7.4：
Maximum Scour Depth / 7.8：
Scour Protection / 7.9：
Rip rap rock fill / 7.9.1：
Protective mattress / 7.9.3：
Buried toe / 7.9.4：
Sand bags or grout filled bags / 7.9.5：
Concrete grout / 7.9.6：
Structural improvements / 7.9.7：
Bed Shear Stress / 7.10：
Bed shear stress due to waves / 7.10.1：
Current related bed shear stress / 7.10.2：
Combined wave and current shear stress / 7.10.3：
Design of Coastal Structures / 8：
Non-breaking Wave Forces / 8.1：
Wave Forces on Walls and Rubble Mound Structures / 8.3：
Rubble mound structures / 8.3.1：
Pressure distribution on an overtopped wall / 8.3.2：
Minikin's method for a wall on a low rubble mound / 8.3.3：
Wall of rubble foundation / 8.3.4：
Breaking wave forces on vertical walls / 8.3.5：
Wall on a rubble mound / 8.3.6：
Wall of low height / 8.3.7：
Goda's Method of Breaking Wave Force (1974) / 8.4：
Armour layer / 8.5：
Underlayer / 8.5.3：
Core layer / 8.5.4：
Toe mound / 8.5.5：
Thickness of armour and underlayer / 8.5.6：
Crest elevation / 8.5.7：
Filter layer / 8.5.8：
Vertical and Composite Structures / 8.6：
Retaining Structures / 8.7：
Gravity retaining walls / 8.7.1：
Sheet pile walls / 8.7.2：
Anchored earth structures / 8.7.3：
Marine Piled Structures / 8.8：
Problems / 8.9：
Physical Modeling / 9：
Dimensional Analysis / 9.1：
Rayleigh's method / 9.2.1：
Buckingham's pi theorem / 9.2.3：
Model Analysis / 9.3：
Complete similarity / 9.3.1：
Applications of model analysis / 9.3.3：
Principles of Similitude / 9.4：
Similitude in hydrodynamic problems / 9.4.1：
Types of similitude / 9.4.3：
Scale Effects / 9.5：
Model Laws / 9.6：
Numerical Modelling / 9.7：
Need for Numerical Models / 10.1：
Mathematical Description of Flows: Governing Equations / 10.3：
Continuity equation / 10.3.1：
Momentum equation / 10.3.2：
Discretization / 10.4：
Discretization techniques / 10.4.1：
Finite difference method (FDM) / 10.4.1.1：
Finite volume method (FVM) / 10.4.1.2：
Finite element method (FEM) / 10.4.1.3：
Numerical Wave Modelling / 10.5：
Wave spectral models / 10.5.1：
Test case: Wave propagation over constant depth bathymetry / 10.5.2：
Test case: Wave prediction over Bay of Bengal during a cyclone / 10.5.3：
Mild-Slope Equation (MSE) Wave Models / 10.6：
Solution of MSE / 10.6.1：
Boussinesq Approximation / 10.7：
Boussinesq equations / 10.7.1：
Shallow-water equation wave models / 10.7.2：
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Background / 1.1：
97.
図書
Olivier Darrigol
出版情報:
Oxford ; New York : Oxford University Press, 2012 xii, 327 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Conventions and notations
From the Greeks to Kepler / 1：
Greek theories of vision / 1.1：
Medieval optics / 1.2：
Kepler's optics / 1.3：
Conclusions / 1.4：
Mechanical medium theories of the seventeenth century / 2：
Descartes's optics / 2.1：
From Hobbes to Hooke / 2.2：
Pardies's and Huygens's wave theories / 2.3：
Optical imaging / 2.4：
Newton's optics / 2.5：
Neo-atomist theories / 3.1：
Newton's early investigations / 3.2：
Early response / 3.3：
An hypothesis / 3.4：
The Opticks / 3.5：
The eighteenth century / 3.6：
Ray optics / 4.1：
Newtonian optics / 4.2：
Neo-Cartesian optics / 4.3：
Euler's theory of light / 4.4：
Interference, polarization, and waves in the early nineteenth century / 4.5：
Thomas Young on sound and light / 5.1：
Laplacian optics / 5.2：
Fresnel's optics / 5.3：
Ether and matter / 5.4：
The ether as an elastic body / 6.1：
The electromagnetic theory of light / 6.2：
The separation of ether and matter / 6.3：
Waves and rays / 6.4：
Hamiltonian optics / 7.1：
Diffraction theory / 7.2：
Fourier synthesis / 7.3：
Abbreviations / 7.4：
Bibliography
Index
Conventions and notations
From the Greeks to Kepler / 1：
Greek theories of vision / 1.1：
98.
図書
edited by Valery A. Petrenko, George P. Smith
目次情報:
続きを見る
The Phage Nanoparticle Toolkit / George P. SmithChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Virion Structure and Purification / 1.2：
Intrusion / 1.3：
DNA Replication Cycle and Gene Expression / 1.4：
Extrusion of Progeny Virions / 1.5：
Display of Guest Peptides / 1.6：
The Engineer's Toolkit / 1.7：
Acknowledgements
References
The Roles of Structure, Dynamics and Assembly in the Display of Peptides on Filamentous Bacteriophage / Stanley J. OpellaChapter 2：
Molecular and Structural Biology of Filamentous Bacteriophage / 2.1：
Packaging of the Genome into Filamentous Bacteriophage / 2.2：
Structural Form of the Major Coat Protein / 2.3：
Membrane-bound Form of Filamentous Bacteriophage Coat Proteins / 2.4：
Assembly / 2.5：
Phage Display / 2.6：
Conclusion / 2.7：
Quantitative Analysis of Peptide Libraries / Lee MakowskiChapter 3：
Assessing the Quality of a Phage-displayed Library / 3.1：
Peptide Sequence Censorship / 3.2.1：
Experimental Measures / 3.2.2：
Conceptual Measures / 3.2.3：
Quantitative Measures / 3.2.4：
Assessing the Quality of an Affinity Screen Experiment / 3.3：
Change in Diversity / 3.3.1：
Change in Information / 3.3.2：
Identification of Motifs in a Peptide Population / 3.4：
Similarity Matrices / 3.5：
Identification of Binding Sites in Proteins / 3.6：
Identification of Binding Proteins in a Proteome / 3.7：
Relic / 3.8：
Discussion
Phage-mediated Drug Delivery / Valery A. Petrenko ; Prashanth K. JayannaChapter 4：
Targeting of Drugs/Drug Carrier Systems / 4.1：
Targeting Ligands / 4.3：
Phage-displayed Libraries as a Source of Peptide Targeting Ligands / 4.4：
Bacteriophage Capsid-mediated Drug Delivery / 4.5：
Drug-bearing Filamentous Phage as Targeted Chemotherapeutics / 4.6：
Phage Fusion Proteins as Targeting Ligands for Nanomedicines / 4.7：
Imaging with Bacteriophage-derived Probes / Susan L. Deutscher ; Kimberly A. Kelly4.8：
Selection of Bacteriophage as Imaging Probes / 5.1：
Imaging Agents / 5.1.1：
Phage Nanoparticles / 5.1.2：
Phage Display for Imaging Probe Discovery / 5.1.3：
Radiolabled Phage as Imaging Agents / 5.2：
Optical Molecular Imaging with Phage / 5.3：
Phage-based Pathogen Biosensors / Suiqiong Li ; Ramji S. Lakshmanan ; Bryan A. Chin5.4：
Threat of Pathogenic Microorganisms / 6.1：
Pathogen Detection Techniques / 6.1.2：
Current Trends and Existing Methodologies for Pathogen Detection / 6.2：
Conventional Pathogen Detection Techniques / 6.2.1：
Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) / 6.2.2：
Enzyme-linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) / 6.2.3：
Biosensor Techniques / 6.2.4：
Biomolecular Recognition Element / 6.2.5：
Whole Filamentous Bacteriophage Particles as a Biorecognition Probe / 6.3：
Phage Immobilization on Biosensor Platforms / 6.3.1：
Current Trends in Development of Phage-based Biosensors / 6.3.2：
Phage-based Magnetoelastic Particle Resonator Biosensors / 6.4：
Magnetoelastic (ME) Particle Resonator Sensor Platform / 6.4.1：
Fabrication of the Sensor Platform / 6.4.2：
ME Biosensor Assembly / 6.4.3：
Performance of Phage-based ME Biosensors / 6.4.4：
Phage-mediated Detection of Biological Threats / Steven Ripp6.5：
Phage Typing Schemes / 7.1：
Exploiting Phage Specificity for Bacterial Detection / 7.3：
Labeled Phage / 7.3.1：
Reprter Phage / 7.3.2：
Phage Amplification / 7.3.3：
Electrochemical-based Sensing Assays / 7.3.4：
Surface Plasmon Resonance-based Sensing Assays / 7.3.5：
The Phage-mediated Adenylate Kinase Assay / 7.3.6：
Genetically Engineered Virulent Phage Banks for the Detection and Control of Bacterial Biosecurity Threats / Francois Iris ; Flqvie Pouillot ; Helene Blois ; Manuel Geo ; Paul-Henri Lampe7.4：
Host Range engineering / 8.1：
Production of a Genetically Engineered T4 Phage Bank with Vastly Increased Host Range / 8.3：
Reversible Inhibition of the T4 Lytic Cycle Within the Bacterial Host / 8.4：
Large-scale Recombinations into the Genomes of an Infective Wild-type T4 Population / 8.5：
Construction of a T4 Bank of Host Range Variants / 8.6：
Conclusion and Perspectives / 8.7：
Methods / 8.9：
High-fidelity PCR / 8.9.1：
Error-prone PCR / 8.9.2：
Selective High-fidelity Amplification of Desired Fragments / 8.9.3：
Reconstruction of Sequence Through PCR / 8.9.4：
DNA Sequencing and Analysis / 8.9.5：
Production and Expression of Non-functional E. coli Rho Genes / 8.9.6：
Construction and Expression of the Heat-inducible Red-Recombinase System / 8.9.7：
Site-directed Chemical Modification of Phage Particles / Lana Saleh ; Christopher J. NorenChapter 9：
Unique Chemical Properties of Selenocysteine Compared with Cysteine / 9.1：
In vivo Incorporation of Sec by E. coli / 9.3：
Construction of Selenopeptide-displayed Phage Libraries / 9.4：
Applications Using Selenopeptide Phage Display / 9.5：
Screening for Sec Insertion in vivo: Investigating the Stringency of E. coli SECIS Requirements Using Phage Display / 9.5.1：
Catalysis-based Selection of Novel Enzyme Activities from Substrate-appended Phage Libraries / 9.5.2：
Mechanical Manipulation of M13 Phage / 9.5.3：
Filamentous Fhage-templated Synthesis and Assembly of Inorganic Nanomaterials / Binrui Cao ; Chuanbin Mao9.6：
Virion Structure and Phage Display / 10.1：
Biology / 10.2.1：
Chemistry / 10.2.2：
Site-specific Engineering of the Virion Surface / 10.2.3：
Liquid Crystalline Behavior / 10.2.4：
Exploiting Phage Display to Alter Surface Chemistry by Selection Rather Than Rational Design225 / 10.3：
Random Peptide Libraries225 / 10.3.1：
Affinity Selection ('Biopanning')226 / 10.3.2：
Synthesis and Assembly of Inorganic Materials on Individual Virions / 10.4：
Synthesis and Assembly of Inorganic Materials on a Self-assembled Phage Scaffold / 10.5：
Applications of Phage-templated Nanomaterials / 10.6：
Summary and Outlook / 10.7：
Phage Vaccines and Phage Therapy / Karen ManoutcharianChapter 11：
Introduction to Phage / 11.1：
Phage Immunogens / 11.2：
Epitope Discovery with Phage Libraries and Phage Vaccines / 11.3：
Autoimmune Disorders / 11.4：
Cancer / 11.5：
Neurological Disorders / 11.6：
Other Diseases / 11.7：
Antibacterial Therapy / 11.8：
Subject Index
The Phage Nanoparticle Toolkit / George P. SmithChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Virion Structure and Purification / 1.2：
99.
図書
Donu Arapura
出版情報:
New York : Springer, c2012 xii, 329 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
Universitext
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction through Examples / Part I：
Plane Curves / 1：
Conics / 1.1：
Singularities / 1.2：
Bézout's Theorem / 1.3：
Cubics / 1.4：
Genus 2 and 3 / 1.5：
Hyperelliptic Curves / 1.6：
Sheaves and Geometry / Part II：
Manifolds and Varieties via Sheaves / 2：
Sheaves of Functions / 2.1：
Manifolds / 2.2：
Affine Varieties / 2.3：
Algebraic Varieties / 2.4：
Stalks and Tangent Spaces / 2.5：
1-Forms, Vector Fields, and Bundles / 2.6：
Compact Complex Manifolds and Varieties / 2.7：
More Sheaf Theory / 3：
The Category of Sheaves / 3.1：
Exact Sequences / 3.2：
Affine Schemes / 3.3：
Schemes and Gluing / 3.4：
Sheaves of Modules / 3.5：
Line Bundles on Projective Space / 3.6：
Direct and Inverse Images / 3.7：
Differentials / 3.8：
Sheaf Cohomology / 4：
Flasque Sheaves / 4.1：
Cohomology / 4.2：
Soft Sheaves / 4.3：
C∞ -Modules Are Soft / 4.4：
Mayer-Vietoris Sequence / 4.5：
Products* / 4.6：
De Rham Cohomology of Manifolds / 5：
Acyclic Resolutions / 5.1：
De Rham's Theorem / 5.2：
Künneth's Formula / 5.3：
Poincaré Duality / 5.4：
Gysin Maps / 5.5：
Projections / 5.5.1：
Inclusions / 5.5.2：
Fundamental Class / 5.6：
Lefschetz Trace Formula / 5.7：
Riemann Surfaces / 6：
Genus / 6.1：
∂-Cohomology / 6.2：
Projective Embeddings / 6.3：
Function Fields and Automorphisms / 6.4：
Modular Forms and Curves / 6.5：
Simphicial Methods / 7：
Simplicial and Singular Cohomology / 7.1：
Cohomology of Projective Space / 7.2：
Cech Cohomology / 7.3：
Cech Versus Sheaf Cohomology / 7.4：
First Chern Class / 7.5：
Hodge Theory / Part III：
The Hodge Theorem for Riemannian Manifolds / 8：
Hodge Theory on a Simplicial Complex / 8.1：
Harmonic Forms / 8.2：
The Heat Equation* / 8.3：
Toward Hodge Theory for Complex Manifolds / 9：
Riemann Surfaces Revisited / 9.1：
Dolbeault's Theorem / 9.2：
Complex Tori / 9.3：
Kähler Manifolds / 10：
Kähler Metrics / 10.1：
The Hodge Decomposition / 10.2：
Picard Groups / 10.3：
A Little Algebraic Surface Theory / 11：
Examples / 11.1：
The Neron-Severi Group / 11.2：
Adjunction and Riemann-Roch / 11.3：
The Hodge Index Theorem / 11.4：
Fibered Surfaces* / 11.5：
Hodge Structures and Homological Methods / 12：
Pure Hodge Structures / 12.1：
Canonical Hodge Decomposition / 12.2：
Hodge Decomposition for Moishezon Manifolds / 12.3：
Hypercohomology* / 12.4：
Holomorphic de Rham Complex* / 12.5：
The Deligne-Hodge Decomposition* / 12.6：
Topology of Families / 13：
Topology of Families of Elliptic Curves / 13.1：
Local Systems / 13.2：
Higher Direct Images* / 13.3：
First Betti Number of a Fibered Variety* / 13.4：
The Hard Lefschetz Theorem / 14：
Hard Lefschetz / 14.1：
Proof of Hard Lefschetz / 14.2：
Weak Lefschetz and Barth's Theorem / 14.3：
Lefschetz Pencils* / 14.4：
Cohomology of Smooth Projective Maps* / 14.5：
Coherent Cohomology / Part IV：
Coherent Sheaves / 15：
Coherence on Ringed Spaces / 15.1：
Coherent Sheaves on Affine Schemes / 15.2：
Coherent Sheaves on Pn / 15.3：
GAGA, Part I / 15.4：
Cohomology of Coherent Sheaves / 16：
Cohomology of Affine Schemes / 16.1：
Cohomology of Coherent Sheaves on Pn / 16.2：
Cohomology of Analytic Sheaves / 16.3：
GAGA, Part II / 16.4：
Computation of Some Hodge Numbers / 17：
Hodge Numbers of Pn / 17.1：
Hodge Numbers of a Hypersurface / 17.2：
Hodge Numbers of a Hypersurface II / 17.3：
Double Covers / 17.4：
Griffiths Residues* / 17.5：
Deformations and Hodge Theory / 18：
Families of Varieties via Schemes / 18.1：
Semicontinuity of Coherent Cohomology / 18.2：
Deformation Invariance of Hodge Numbers / 18.3：
Noether-Lefschetz* / 18.4：
Analogies and Conjectures* / Part V：
Analogies and Conjectures / 19：
Counting Points and Euler Characteristics / 19.1：
The Weil Conjectures / 19.2：
A Transcendental Analogue of Weil's Conjecture / 19.3：
Conjectures of Grothendieck and Hodge / 19.4：
Problem of Computability / 19.5：
Hodge Theory without Analysis / 19.6：
References
Index
Preface
Introduction through Examples / Part I：
Plane Curves / 1：
100.
図書
Yvette Kosmann-Schwarzbach ; translated by Stephanie Frank Singer
出版情報:
New York : Springer, c2010 xv, 194 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
Universitext
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction
Acknowledgments
General Facts About Groups / 1：
Review of Definitions
Examples of Finitep2 / 2：
Cyclic Group of Order n / 2.1：
Symmetric Group ©n / 2.2：
Dihedral Group / 2.3：
Other Examples / 2.4：
Examples of Infinite Groups / 3：
Group Actions and Conjugacy Classes / 4：
References
Exercises
Representations of Finite Groups
Representations
General Facts / 1.1：
Irreducible Representations / 1.2：
Direct Sum of Representations / 1.3：
Intertwining Operators and Schur's Lemma / 1.4：
Characters and Orthogonality Relations
Functions on a Group, Matrix Coefficients
Characters of Representations and Orthogonality Relations
Character Table
Application to the Decomposition of Representations
The Regular Representation
Definition / 3.1：
Character of the Regular Representation / 3.2：
Isotypic Decomposition / 3.3：
Basis of the Vector Space of Class Functions / 3.4：
Projection Operators
Induced Representations / 5：
Geometric Interpretation / 5.1：
Representations of Compact Groups
Compact Groups
Haar Measure
Representations of Topological Groups and Schur's Lemma
Coefficients of a Representation
Intertwining Operators
Operations on Representations
Schur's Lemma / 3.5：
Complete Reducibility / 4.1：
Orthogonality Relations / 4.2：
Summary of Chapter 3
Lie Groups and Lie Algebras
Lie Algebras
Definition and Examples
Morphisms
Commutation Relations and Structure Constants
Real Forms
Representations of Lie Algebras / 1.5：
Review of the Exponential Map
One-Parameter Subgroups of GL(n, K)
Lie Groups
The Lie Algebra of a Lie Group
The Connected Component of the Identity / 6：
Morphisms of Lie Groups and of Lie Algebras / 7：
Differential of a Lie Group Morphism / 7.1：
Differential of a Lie Group Representation / 7.2：
The Adjoint Representation / 7.3：
Lie Groups SU(2) and SO(3)
The Lie Algebras su(2) and so(3)
Bases of su(2)
Bases of so(3)
Bases of s1(2, C)
The Covering Morphism of SU(2) onto SO(3)
The Lie Group SO(3)
The Lie Group SU(2)
Projection of SU(2) onto SO(3)
Representations of SU(2) and SO(3)
Irreducible Representations of s1(2,C)
The Representations Dj
The Casimir Operator
Hermitian Nature of the Operators J3 and J2
Representations of SU(2)
The Representations TP
Characters of the Representations Dj
Representations of SO(3)
Spherical Harmonics
Review of L2(S2)
Harmonic Polynomials
Representations of Groups on Function Spaces
Spaces of Harmonic Polynomials
Representations of SO(3) on Spaces of Harmonic Polynomials
Definition of Spherical Harmonics
Representations of SO(3) on Spaces of Spherical Harmonics
Eigenfunctions of the Casimir Operator
Bases of Spaces of Spherical Harmonics
Explicit Formulas
Representations of SU(3) and Quarks / 8：
Review of s1(n,C), Representations of s1(3,C) and SU(3)
Review of s l (n, C)
The Case of s1(3, C)
The Bases (I3,Y) and (I3,TB) of h
Representations of sl (3,C) and of SU(3)
The Adjoint Representation and Roots
The Fundamental Representation and Its Dual
The Fundamental Representation
The Dual of the Fundamental Representation
Highest Weight of a Finite-Dimensional Representation
Highest Weight
Weights as Linear Combinations of the &lamda;i
Finite-Dimensional Representations and Weights / 4.3：
Another Example: The Representation 6 / 4.4：
One More Example: The Representation 10 / 4.5：
Tensor Products of Representations
The Eightfold Way
Baryons (B=1) / 6.1：
Mesons (B=0) / 6.2：
Baryon Resonances / 6.3：
Problems and Solutions
Restriction of a Representation to a Finite Groups
The Group O(2)
Representation of the Dihedral and Quaternion Groups
Irreducible Representations of SU(2) and of G3
Pseudo-unitary and Pseudo-orthogonal Groups
Irreducible Representations of SU(2)x SU(2)
Symmetries of Fullerene Molecules
Matrix Coefficients and Spherical Harmonics / 9：
Bibliography
Index
Introduction
Acknowledgments
General Facts About Groups / 1：
図書
図書
